time table no. 11 [1 ] january 1, 2005 time table no. 11 ... · 1 canadian rail operating rules 1.1...

[1 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

WESTERN CANADA REGION

ALBERTA AND BCSUB REGIONS

TIME TABLE

11Peter Marshall

Senior Vice President

DENNIS BROSHKOGENERAL MANAGER ALBERTA SUB REGION

JIM FITZGERALDGENERAL MANAGER BC SUB REGION

EFFECTIVE 0001JANUARY 01, 2005


WESTERN CANADA REGION

ALBERTA AND BCSUB REGIONS

TIME TABLE

11Peter Marshall

Senior Vice President

DENNIS BROSHKOGENERAL MANAGER ALBERTA SUB REGION

JIM FITZGERALDGENERAL MANAGER BC SUB REGION

EFFECTIVE 0001JANUARY 01, 2005


TIME TABLE INSTRUCTIONSThis time table is effective 0001 JANUARY 1, 2005.

TIME ZONE INFORMATIONMountain Time: All subdivisions west of Biggar,

Kindersley and Vermilion that areeast of Jasper.

Pacific Time: All subdivisions west of Jasper.

Governed by:

Standard Time:Commencing at 0100 on the last Sunday in Octoberof each yearDaylight Saving Time:Commencing at 0300 on the first Sunday in April ofeach year.

SPEED TABLETime per mile MPH

36 sec 100.038 sec 95.040 sec 90.042 sec 85.745 sec 80.048 sec 75.051 sec 70.655 sec 65.51 min 5 sec 55.41 min 12 sec 50.01 min 20 sec 45.01 min 30 sec 40.01 min 43 sec 35.02 min 30.02 min 25 sec 25.03 min 204 min 156 min 1012 min 515 min 420 min 330 min 21 hour 1

Cover PhotoDriving of the last spike at Nechako River Crossing

Finmoore, British Columbia, Canada(BC North Division)

7 April 1914Canadian Science and Technology Museum

CN Images of Canada Gallery


TIME TABLE INSTRUCTIONSThis time table is effective 0001 JANUARY 1, 2005.

TIME ZONE INFORMATIONMountain Time: All subdivisions west of Biggar,

Kindersley and Vermilion that areeast of Jasper.

Pacific Time: All subdivisions west of Jasper.

Governed by:

Standard Time:Commencing at 0100 on the last Sunday in Octoberof each yearDaylight Saving Time:Commencing at 0300 on the first Sunday in April ofeach year.

SPEED TABLETime per mile MPH

36 sec 100.038 sec 95.040 sec 90.042 sec 85.745 sec 80.048 sec 75.051 sec 70.655 sec 65.51 min 5 sec 55.41 min 12 sec 50.01 min 20 sec 45.01 min 30 sec 40.01 min 43 sec 35.02 min 30.02 min 25 sec 25.03 min 204 min 156 min 1012 min 515 min 420 min 330 min 21 hour 1

Cover PhotoDriving of the last spike at Nechako River Crossing

Finmoore, British Columbia, Canada(BC North Division)

7 April 1914Canadian Science and Technology Museum

CN Images of Canada Gallery


Alberta Sub Region

ALBERTA Division ................................................ 5ALBREDA...................................................... 34EDSON ......................................................... 16FOOTHILLS ................................................... 26MOUNTAIN PARK.......................................... 30ROBSON ....................................................... 42TETE JAUNE ................................................. 46WAINWRIGHT ................................................. 7

EDMONTON Division .......................................... 48ALLIANCE ..................................................... 73BRAZEAU ..................................................... 59CAMROSE .................................................... 67DRUMHELLER .............................................. 53OYEN ............................................................ 50RAM RIVER .................................................. 64SANGUDO .................................................... 86THREE HILLS ................................................ 56VEGREVILLE ................................................ 75WESTLOCK .................................................. 83

BC Sub Region

BC SOUTH Division ............................................ 93ASHCROFT ................................................. 103CLEARWATER .............................................. 95RAWLISON ................................................. 117SQUAMISH ................................................. 119YALE ........................................................... 110

BC NORTH Division .......................................... 125BULKLEY .................................................... 143CHETWYND ................................................ 156DAWSON CREEK ....................................... 170FORT NELSON ........................................... 168FORT ST. JOHN........................................... 165FRASER...................................................... 126KITIMAT ....................................................... 153LILLOOET .................................................... 130MACKENZIE ................................................ 161NECHAKO................................................... 137PRINCE GEORGE....................................... 133SKEENA ..................................................... 147STUART ...................................................... 172TALKLA ....................................................... 174TELKWA ..................................................... 140TUMBLER .................................................. 163


Alberta Sub Region

ALBERTA Division ................................................ 5ALBREDA...................................................... 34EDSON ......................................................... 16FOOTHILLS ................................................... 26MOUNTAIN PARK.......................................... 30ROBSON ....................................................... 42TETE JAUNE ................................................. 46WAINWRIGHT ................................................. 7

EDMONTON Division .......................................... 48ALLIANCE ..................................................... 73BRAZEAU ..................................................... 59CAMROSE .................................................... 67DRUMHELLER .............................................. 53OYEN ............................................................ 50RAM RIVER .................................................. 64SANGUDO .................................................... 86THREE HILLS ................................................ 56VEGREVILLE ................................................ 75WESTLOCK .................................................. 83

BC Sub Region

BC SOUTH Division ............................................ 93ASHCROFT ................................................. 103CLEARWATER .............................................. 95RAWLISON ................................................. 117SQUAMISH ................................................. 119YALE ........................................................... 110

BC NORTH Division .......................................... 125BULKLEY .................................................... 143CHETWYND ................................................ 156DAWSON CREEK ....................................... 170FORT NELSON ........................................... 168FORT ST. JOHN........................................... 165FRASER...................................................... 126KITIMAT ....................................................... 153LILLOOET .................................................... 130MACKENZIE ................................................ 161NECHAKO................................................... 137PRINCE GEORGE....................................... 133SKEENA ..................................................... 147STUART ...................................................... 172TALKLA ....................................................... 174TELKWA ..................................................... 140TUMBLER .................................................. 163


Notes:[4 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

Notes:


ALBERTA DIVISION

ALBREDA ............................................................. 34

EDSON ................................................................. 16

FOOTHILLS .......................................................... 26

MOUNTAIN PARK ................................................. 30

ROBSON .............................................................. 42

TETE JAUNE ........................................................ 46

WAINWRIGHT ........................................................ 7

Brian Kalin Superintendent Edmonton(780) 472-3475

Ken Sherman Asst. Superintendent Edmonton(780) 472-3820

Greg Cronkright Trainmaster Jasper(780) 852-1701

Dave James Trainmaster Edson(780) 712-3112

Colin Pizziol Trainmaster Jasper(780) 852-1705

Brent Fernuik Trainmaster Biggar(306) 948-6662

ALBERTA DIVISION[5 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

ALBERTA DIVISION

ALBREDA ............................................................. 34

EDSON ................................................................. 16

FOOTHILLS .......................................................... 26

MOUNTAIN PARK ................................................. 30

ROBSON .............................................................. 42

TETE JAUNE ........................................................ 46

WAINWRIGHT ........................................................ 7

Brian Kalin Superintendent Edmonton(780) 472-3475

Ken Sherman Asst. Superintendent Edmonton(780) 472-3820

Greg Cronkright Trainmaster Jasper(780) 852-1701

Dave James Trainmaster Edson(780) 712-3112

Colin Pizziol Trainmaster Jasper(780) 852-1705

Brent Fernuik Trainmaster Biggar(306) 948-6662

ALBERTA DIVISION

[6 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005ALBERTA DIVISION


ALBERTA DIVISION

Notes:

[7 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005ALBERTA DIVISION - WAINWRIGHT SUBDIVISION

BIGGAR Y 0.0 14000

OBAN 8.6 6502

PALO 16.3 6382

CAVELL 30.0 12456

SCOTT 42.7 6486

TAKO 51.2 12710

UNITY 57.9 6488

VERA 68.5 13863

WINTER 76.7

YONKER 84.5 6540

ARTLAND 96.5 14415

CHAUVIN 106.9 6399

DUNN 116.8 12392

HEATH 127.8 6500

GREENSHIELDS 134.6

WAINWRIGHT Y 140.0 12797

FABYAN 146.6 6420

IRMA 157.7 6750

JARROW 165.9 6520

KINSELLA 171.3 12200

VIKING 184.5 6580

BRUCE 200.0 12397

HOLDEN 205.9

RYLEY 214.7 6685

TOFIELD 226.2 6540

LINDBROOK 232.4 14585

UNCAS 243.8 6560

ARDROSSAN 250.0 14087

CLOVER BAR 259.1 7983

BRETVILLE JCT Y 260.2

Jct with Camrose Sub

BAILEY 261.0

Connecting Track withVegreville Sub

EAST JCT Y 263.3Walker Entry-Exit

END OF TRACK 264.7

0.0

WAINWRIGHTSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

13.0

23.9

35.8

45.2

55.3

67.2

79.0

90.9

103.1

119.4

132.5

147.6

162.0

177.0

191.6

206.7

221.1

233.7

246.2

255.1

TGBO

C4

T2

5016

C2

T2

5016

C2T1016

C2T2018ex.

23-07M-F&

15-07S-SC2T1017

W E

CTC

Rul

e 1

05

255.0

TGB

OD

OB

263.6

822031

842032

822033

842034

822321

812322

842323

822324

812325

21

+

+

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN BIGGAR AND MILE 263.6

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.RULE 105 AND RULE 105(a) APPLICABLE

BETWEEN MILE 263.6 AND MILE 264.7.SWITCHING ZONES BETWEEN BIGGAR AND MILE 3.0

AND BETWEEN MILE 255.0 AND MILE 263.6.EDMONTON TERMINALS DOB

BETWEEN MILE 255.0 AND MILE 263.6.SIDING CONTROL TERRITORY.

[7 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005ALBERTA DIVISION - WAINWRIGHT SUBDIVISION

BIGGAR Y 0.0 14000

OBAN 8.6 6502

PALO 16.3 6382

CAVELL 30.0 12456

SCOTT 42.7 6486

TAKO 51.2 12710

UNITY 57.9 6488

VERA 68.5 13863

WINTER 76.7

YONKER 84.5 6540

ARTLAND 96.5 14415

CHAUVIN 106.9 6399

DUNN 116.8 12392

HEATH 127.8 6500

GREENSHIELDS 134.6

WAINWRIGHT Y 140.0 12797

FABYAN 146.6 6420

IRMA 157.7 6750

JARROW 165.9 6520

KINSELLA 171.3 12200

VIKING 184.5 6580

BRUCE 200.0 12397

HOLDEN 205.9

RYLEY 214.7 6685

TOFIELD 226.2 6540

LINDBROOK 232.4 14585

UNCAS 243.8 6560

ARDROSSAN 250.0 14087

CLOVER BAR 259.1 7983

BRETVILLE JCT Y 260.2

Jct with Camrose Sub

BAILEY 261.0

Connecting Track withVegreville Sub

EAST JCT Y 263.3Walker Entry-Exit

END OF TRACK 264.7

0.0

WAINWRIGHTSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

13.0

23.9

35.8

45.2

55.3

67.2

79.0

90.9

103.1

119.4

132.5

147.6

162.0

177.0

191.6

206.7

221.1

233.7

246.2

255.1TG

BO

C4

T2

5016

C2

T2

5016

C2T1016

C2T2018ex.

23-07M-F&

15-07S-SC2T1017

W E

CTC

Rul

e 1

05

255.0TG

BO

DO

B

263.6

822031

842032

822033

842034

822321

812322

842323

822324

812325

21

+

+

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN BIGGAR AND MILE 263.6


BETWEEN MILE 263.6 AND MILE 264.7.SWITCHING ZONES BETWEEN BIGGAR AND MILE 3.0

AND BETWEEN MILE 255.0 AND MILE 263.6.EDMONTON TERMINALS DOB

BETWEEN MILE 255.0 AND MILE 263.6.SIDING CONTROL TERRITORY.

[8 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005 ALBERTA DIVISION - WAINWRIGHT SUBDIVISION

WAINWRIGHT SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES

1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES

1.1 Siding Control Territory - Divisional Data Item 1in effect on entire subdivision except Biggar, Wain-wright and Clover Bar sidings.

1.2 Clover Bar Wainwright and Biggar SidingsRule 40.1 - Exception: The RTC must be advisedbefore performing track work.Rule 105(a) - applicable.

1.3 SWITCHING SIGNALSClover Bar (west end): 2595D2, 2595D3 and2596D.

1.4 CTC SPECIAL FEATURES(a) Clover Bar - Movements entering the main

track through crossover east switch at westend of run-around track Mile 259.2 must ob-tain permission from the RTC before revers-ing switch from track on which the move-ment is standing.

(b) Connecting track with Vegreville Sub. issignalled track.

1.5 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule B

Edmonton Zone - Employees operatingwithin Edmonton Zone must have a copy ofthe Edmonton Zone Operating Manual.Edmonton Intermodal Terminal - SeeSangudo Subdivision footnotes for operatinginstructions.

(b) Rule 14(l)(iv) - applicable at public cross-ings at grade:Mile 0.68 (Highway 4)Mile 57.07 (Highway 21)Mile 57.13 (Highway 14)Mile 58.26 (1st Avenue)Mile 139.50 (Crossing)Mile 146.69; and at all public crossings atgrade between Mile 260.4 and Mile 264.65,and on any tracks leading off between thesemileages.

(c) Rule 104.5 - Self-Restoring Derails: Locatedat Clover Bar on tracks B and C, Mile 259.5(DTMF code *337)

[8 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005 ALBERTA DIVISION - WAINWRIGHT SUBDIVISION

WAINWRIGHT SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 Siding Control Territory - Divisional Data Item 1in effect on entire subdivision except Biggar, Wain-wright and Clover Bar sidings.

1.2 Clover Bar Wainwright and Biggar SidingsRule 40.1 - Exception: The RTC must be advisedbefore performing track work.Rule 105(a) - applicable.

1.3 SWITCHING SIGNALSClover Bar (west end): 2595D2, 2595D3 and2596D.

1.4 CTC SPECIAL FEATURES(a) Clover Bar - Movements entering the main

track through crossover east switch at westend of run-around track Mile 259.2 must ob-tain permission from the RTC before revers-ing switch from track on which the move-ment is standing.

(b) Connecting track with Vegreville Sub. issignalled track.


Edmonton Zone - Employees operatingwithin Edmonton Zone must have a copy ofthe Edmonton Zone Operating Manual.Edmonton Intermodal Terminal - SeeSangudo Subdivision footnotes for operatinginstructions.

(b) Rule 14(l)(iv) - applicable at public cross-ings at grade:Mile 0.68 (Highway 4)Mile 57.07 (Highway 21)Mile 57.13 (Highway 14)Mile 58.26 (1st Avenue)Mile 139.50 (Crossing)Mile 146.69; and at all public crossings atgrade between Mile 260.4 and Mile 264.65,and on any tracks leading off between thesemileages.

(c) Rule 104.5 - Self-Restoring Derails: Locatedat Clover Bar on tracks B and C, Mile 259.5(DTMF code *337)


2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated Locomotive Tie-up Tracks

Clover Bar - VF39 and 40; Biggar - BG09.

2.2 Spring Switch - East Jct - East End

2.3 WHEEL IMPACT LOAD DETECTOR (WILD) - Mile246.2

2.4 BiggarChange-Off Advice - Trains approaching mustnotify outgoing crews of arrival times on Channel4. Radio in crew hostel to be left on Channel 4after use.Prairie Malt - Engine bell must be rung continu-ously while switching within the Prairie Malt Plant.

2.5 Mile 260.4 Bridge - Because of the presence of“sliding joints” to allow for rail expansion and con-traction at bridge, heavy brake applications mustbe voided within 500 feet of either side of the bridge.

2.6 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORSMile 257.69Mile 262.43

3 INTERLOCKINGS

3.1 RAILWAY CROSSING AT GRADEMile 37.7 (CPR Reford Sub) Automatic. If neces-sary to pass interlocking signal indicating STOP,Rule 611 must be complied with. Rule 564 notapplicable. MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE SPEED -40 MPH.

3.2 RAILWAY CROSSING AT GRADEMile 257.8 (CPR Willingdon Sub) Automatic. If nec-essary to pass interlocking signal indicating STOP,Rule 564 and Rule 611 must be complied with.MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE SPEED - 35 MPH.

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS

4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):286,000 lbs.

4.2 Connecting Track with Vegreville Sub - Carsexceeding 80 feet in length prohibited.

4.3 24 Axles Or Less - Trains and transfers handling24 axles or less must not exceed 20 MPH be-tween Mile 0.0 and Mile 263.6 and must not ex-ceed 15 MPH entering all public crossings at gradeequipped with automatic warning devices unlesssuch devices have been operating for at least 20seconds.

ALBERTA DIVISION - WAINWRIGHT SUBDIVISION[9 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated Locomotive Tie-up Tracks

Clover Bar - VF39 and 40; Biggar - BG09.

2.2 Spring Switch - East Jct - East End

2.3 WHEEL IMPACT LOAD DETECTOR (WILD) - Mile246.2

2.4 BiggarChange-Off Advice - Trains approaching mustnotify outgoing crews of arrival times on Channel4. Radio in crew hostel to be left on Channel 4after use.Prairie Malt - Engine bell must be rung continu-ously while switching within the Prairie Malt Plant.

2.5 Mile 260.4 Bridge - Because of the presence of“sliding joints” to allow for rail expansion and con-traction at bridge, heavy brake applications mustbe voided within 500 feet of either side of the bridge.


3 INTERLOCKINGS

3.1 RAILWAY CROSSING AT GRADEMile 37.7 (CPR Reford Sub) Automatic. If neces-sary to pass interlocking signal indicating STOP,Rule 611 must be complied with. Rule 564 notapplicable. MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE SPEED -40 MPH.

3.2 RAILWAY CROSSING AT GRADEMile 257.8 (CPR Willingdon Sub) Automatic. If nec-essary to pass interlocking signal indicating STOP,Rule 564 and Rule 611 must be complied with.MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE SPEED - 35 MPH.



4.2 Connecting Track with Vegreville Sub - Carsexceeding 80 feet in length prohibited.

4.3 24 Axles Or Less - Trains and transfers handling24 axles or less must not exceed 20 MPH be-tween Mile 0.0 and Mile 263.6 and must not ex-ceed 15 MPH entering all public crossings at gradeequipped with automatic warning devices unlesssuch devices have been operating for at least 20seconds.

ALBERTA DIVISION - WAINWRIGHT SUBDIVISION


5 SPEEDS

5.1 Speed Charts(a) TOB - tons per operative brake will be indi-

cated on WOPRT or train journal.(b) Zone speed signs will indicate speeds for

passenger and unrestricted freight trainsonly.

(c) * When a speed is indicated for a signal lo-cation, it is applicable approaching that sig-nal until it can be determined that such sig-nal is displaying a more favorable indicationthan CLEAR TO STOP.


5 SPEEDS







5.2 Subdivision Speed - WestwardMile Frt Frt Frt Psgr

under 80 TOB 100 TOB80 TOB or more & 8000 ft

or longer

0.0 - 55.0 Zone 65 65 65 80BIGGAR SIDING 25 25 25 254.6 - 9.5 65 65 65 705.80 SIGNAL 59 55* 50*OBAN SIDING 25 25 25 25PALO SIDING 25 25 25 2524.0 - 25.0 55 55 55 6027.50 SIGNAL 275 55* 50*CAVELL SIDING 25 25 25 2535.30 SIGNAL 353 60* 55*37.7 INTERLOCKING

(CPR DIAMOND) 40 40 40 40SCOTT SIDING 25 25 25 2547.80 SIGNAL 479 55*TAKO SIDING 25 25 25 2555.0 - 89.1 Zone 60 60 60 7055.20 SIGNAL 553 55*63.05 - 64.5 55 55 55 6068.24 SIGNAL 681 40*VERA SIDING 25 25 25 2574.4 - 76.3 50 50 50 6075.40 SIGNAL 753 45*YONKER SIDING 25 25 25 2589.1 - 126.0 Zone 65 65 65 8089.1 - 90.6 55 55 55 55ARTLAND SIDING 25 25 25 2599.4 - 99.7 55 55 55 60CHAUVIN SIDING 25 25 25 25114.24 SIGNAL 1143 60* 55*DUNN SIDING 25 25 25 25126.0 - 133.0 Zone 60 60 60 70HEATH SIDING 25 25 25 25133.0 - 160.7 Zone 60 60 60 80WAINWRIGHT SIDING 25 25 25 25145.4 - 145.8 60 60 60 65147.5 - 150.2 40 40 40 45150.2 - 153.9 55 55 55 60153.9 - 154.6 60155.41 SIGNAL 1555 50* 45*160.0 - 160.7 70160.7 - 232.7 Zone 65 65 65 80167.88 SIGNAL 1679 60* 55*KINSELLA SIDING 25 25 25 25181.22 SIGNAL 1811 55*BRUCE SIDING 25 25 25 25204.84 SIGNAL 2049 40*212.20 SIGNAL 2121 60* 55*228.0 - 232.7 70LINDBROOK SIDING 25 25 25 25232.7 - 256.5 Zone 60 60 60 60UNCAS SIDING 25 25 25 25241.05 SIGNAL 2411 55* 50*244.2 - 244.5 55 55 55254.77 SIGNAL 2549 55* 50*ARDROSSAN SIDING 25 25 25 25256.5 - 263.4 Zone 40 40 40 45257.8 INTERLOCKING

(CPR DIAMOND) 25 25 25 25263.4 - 263.6 Zone 20 20 20 20263.6 CONNECTING TRACK 10 10 10 10




or longer

0.0 - 55.0 Zone 65 65 65 80BIGGAR SIDING 25 25 25 254.6 - 9.5 65 65 65 705.80 SIGNAL 59 55* 50*OBAN SIDING 25 25 25 25PALO SIDING 25 25 25 2524.0 - 25.0 55 55 55 6027.50 SIGNAL 275 55* 50*CAVELL SIDING 25 25 25 2535.30 SIGNAL 353 60* 55*37.7 INTERLOCKING

(CPR DIAMOND) 40 40 40 40SCOTT SIDING 25 25 25 2547.80 SIGNAL 479 55*TAKO SIDING 25 25 25 2555.0 - 89.1 Zone 60 60 60 7055.20 SIGNAL 553 55*63.05 - 64.5 55 55 55 6068.24 SIGNAL 681 40*VERA SIDING 25 25 25 2574.4 - 76.3 50 50 50 6075.40 SIGNAL 753 45*YONKER SIDING 25 25 25 2589.1 - 126.0 Zone 65 65 65 8089.1 - 90.6 55 55 55 55ARTLAND SIDING 25 25 25 2599.4 - 99.7 55 55 55 60CHAUVIN SIDING 25 25 25 25114.24 SIGNAL 1143 60* 55*DUNN SIDING 25 25 25 25126.0 - 133.0 Zone 60 60 60 70HEATH SIDING 25 25 25 25133.0 - 160.7 Zone 60 60 60 80WAINWRIGHT SIDING 25 25 25 25145.4 - 145.8 60 60 60 65147.5 - 150.2 40 40 40 45150.2 - 153.9 55 55 55 60153.9 - 154.6 60155.41 SIGNAL 1555 50* 45*160.0 - 160.7 70160.7 - 232.7 Zone 65 65 65 80167.88 SIGNAL 1679 60* 55*KINSELLA SIDING 25 25 25 25181.22 SIGNAL 1811 55*BRUCE SIDING 25 25 25 25204.84 SIGNAL 2049 40*212.20 SIGNAL 2121 60* 55*228.0 - 232.7 70LINDBROOK SIDING 25 25 25 25232.7 - 256.5 Zone 60 60 60 60UNCAS SIDING 25 25 25 25241.05 SIGNAL 2411 55* 50*244.2 - 244.5 55 55 55254.77 SIGNAL 2549 55* 50*ARDROSSAN SIDING 25 25 25 25256.5 - 263.4 Zone 40 40 40 45257.8 INTERLOCKING

(CPR DIAMOND) 25 25 25 25263.4 - 263.6 Zone 20 20 20 20263.6 CONNECTING TRACK 10 10 10 10



5.3 Subdivision Speed - EastwardMile Frt Frt Frt Psgr


or longer

263.6 - 263.4 Zone 20 20 20 20263.4 - 256.5 Zone 40 40 40 45257.8 INTERLOCKING

(CPR DIAMOND) 25 25 25 25ARDROSSAN SIDING 25 25 25 25256.5 - 232.7 Zone 60 60 60 60UNCAS SIDING 25 25 25 25244.5 - 244.2 55 55 55LINDBROOK SIDING 25 25 25 25232.7 - 160.7 Zone 65 65 65 80232.7 - 228.0 70229.29 SIGNAL 2292 60*226.64 SIGNAL 2266 40*217.23 SIGNAL 2172 60* 55*208.21 SIGNAL 2082 60* 55*BRUCE SIDING 25 25 25 25186.80 SIGNAL 1868 60* 55*184.80 SIGNAL 1848 40*KINSELLA SIDING 25 25 25 25160.7 - 133.0 Zone 60 60 60 80160.7 - 160.0 70154.6 - 153.9 60153.9 - 150.2 55 55 55 60150.2 - 147.5 40 40 40 45145.8 - 145.4 60 60 60 65WAINWRIGHT SIDING 25 25 25 25135.98 SIGNAL 1360 40*133.0 - 126.0 Zone 60 60 60 70HEATH SIDING 25 25 25 25126.0 - 89.1 Zone 65 65 65 80119.4 SIGNAL 1194 40*DUNN SIDING 25 25 25 25CHAUVIN SIDING 25 25 25 2599.7 - 99.4 55 55 55 60ARTLAND SIDING 25 25 25 2590.6 - 89.1 55 55 55 5589.1 - 55.0 Zone 60 60 60 70YONKER SIDING 25 25 25 2578.08 SIGNAL 782 40*76.3 - 74.4 50 50 50 60VERA SIDING 25 25 25 2564.5 - 63.7 55 55 55 6055.0 - 0.0 Zone 65 65 65 80TAKO SIDING 25 25 25 2543.02 SIGNAL 430 40*SCOTT SIDING 25 25 25 2539.80 SIGNAL 398 55*37.7 INTERLOCKING

(CPR DIAMOND) 40 40 40 4032.00 SIGNAL 320 55* 50*CAVELL SIDING 25 25 25 2530.40 SIGNAL 304 40*24.5 - 24.0 55 55 55 60PALO SIDING 25 25 25 2510.63 SIGNAL 106 55* 50*OBAN SIDING 25 25 25 259.5 - 4.6 65 65 65 702.71 SIGNAL 28 55* 50*BIGGAR SIDING 25 25 25 25




or longer

263.6 - 263.4 Zone 20 20 20 20263.4 - 256.5 Zone 40 40 40 45257.8 INTERLOCKING

(CPR DIAMOND) 25 25 25 25ARDROSSAN SIDING 25 25 25 25256.5 - 232.7 Zone 60 60 60 60UNCAS SIDING 25 25 25 25244.5 - 244.2 55 55 55LINDBROOK SIDING 25 25 25 25232.7 - 160.7 Zone 65 65 65 80232.7 - 228.0 70229.29 SIGNAL 2292 60*226.64 SIGNAL 2266 40*217.23 SIGNAL 2172 60* 55*208.21 SIGNAL 2082 60* 55*BRUCE SIDING 25 25 25 25186.80 SIGNAL 1868 60* 55*184.80 SIGNAL 1848 40*KINSELLA SIDING 25 25 25 25160.7 - 133.0 Zone 60 60 60 80160.7 - 160.0 70154.6 - 153.9 60153.9 - 150.2 55 55 55 60150.2 - 147.5 40 40 40 45145.8 - 145.4 60 60 60 65WAINWRIGHT SIDING 25 25 25 25135.98 SIGNAL 1360 40*133.0 - 126.0 Zone 60 60 60 70HEATH SIDING 25 25 25 25126.0 - 89.1 Zone 65 65 65 80119.4 SIGNAL 1194 40*DUNN SIDING 25 25 25 25CHAUVIN SIDING 25 25 25 2599.7 - 99.4 55 55 55 60ARTLAND SIDING 25 25 25 2590.6 - 89.1 55 55 55 5589.1 - 55.0 Zone 60 60 60 70YONKER SIDING 25 25 25 2578.08 SIGNAL 782 40*76.3 - 74.4 50 50 50 60VERA SIDING 25 25 25 2564.5 - 63.7 55 55 55 6055.0 - 0.0 Zone 65 65 65 80TAKO SIDING 25 25 25 2543.02 SIGNAL 430 40*SCOTT SIDING 25 25 25 2539.80 SIGNAL 398 55*37.7 INTERLOCKING

(CPR DIAMOND) 40 40 40 4032.00 SIGNAL 320 55* 50*CAVELL SIDING 25 25 25 2530.40 SIGNAL 304 40*24.5 - 24.0 55 55 55 60PALO SIDING 25 25 25 2510.63 SIGNAL 106 55* 50*OBAN SIDING 25 25 25 259.5 - 4.6 65 65 65 702.71 SIGNAL 28 55* 50*BIGGAR SIDING 25 25 25 25



5.4 Conditional Speeds

(a) Mile 0.68 (Highway 4) Eastward movementsapproaching within 2050 feet of crossingmust not exceed 50 mph until crossing fullyoccupied.Westward movements approaching within1100 feet of crossing must not exceed 25mph until crossing fully occupied.

(b) Mile 58.36 (First Ave) Eastward movementsproceeding after stopping at signal 586 mustnot exceed 15 mph until crossing fully occu-pied.

(c) Mile 139.5 (14th St) Passenger movementswithin 2250 feet of crossing must not ex-ceed 60 mph until crossing fully occupied.

(d) Mile 258.5 (17th Street) - All trains approach-ing on all tracks south of main track mustnot exceed 5 mph within 200 feet of cross-ing until crossing fully occupied.

(e) Mile 259.21(1st St)- Movements approach-ing crossing must not exceed 40 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.Movements on siding approaching crossingmust not exceed 10 mph until crossing oc-cupied.Movements on other than main track or sid-ing approaching crossing must not exceed5 mph until crossing fully occupied.

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADE

6.1 Mile 0.68 (Highway 4) Automatic Warning Devices.Movements on other than main track must notoccupy the crossing until the gates are known tobe in the horizontal position.

6.2 Mile 16.36 (Highway 656) Automatic Warning De-vices. Movements entering main track from sidingmust not obstruct crossing until Automatic Warn-ing Devices have been in operation for at least 20seconds.

6.3 Mile 30.39 (North-South Road) Automatic Warn-ing Devices. Eastward movements stopped by ablock signal indicating STOP, must stop clear ofcrossing.

6.4 Mile 42.9 (Highway 380) Automatic Warning De-vices. Westward movements stopped by a blocksignal indicating STOP, must stop 150 feet eastof crossing.

6.5 Mile 57.07 (Highway 21) Automatic Warning De-vices. Westward movements stopping east ofcrossing must stop clear of crossing circuit signlocated approximately 120 feet east of crossing.



(a) Mile 0.68 (Highway 4) Eastward movementsapproaching within 2050 feet of crossingmust not exceed 50 mph until crossing fullyoccupied.Westward movements approaching within1100 feet of crossing must not exceed 25mph until crossing fully occupied.

(b) Mile 58.36 (First Ave) Eastward movementsproceeding after stopping at signal 586 mustnot exceed 15 mph until crossing fully occu-pied.

(c) Mile 139.5 (14th St) Passenger movementswithin 2250 feet of crossing must not ex-ceed 60 mph until crossing fully occupied.

(d) Mile 258.5 (17th Street) - All trains approach-ing on all tracks south of main track mustnot exceed 5 mph within 200 feet of cross-ing until crossing fully occupied.

(e) Mile 259.21(1st St)- Movements approach-ing crossing must not exceed 40 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.Movements on siding approaching crossingmust not exceed 10 mph until crossing oc-cupied.Movements on other than main track or sid-ing approaching crossing must not exceed5 mph until crossing fully occupied.


6.1 Mile 0.68 (Highway 4) Automatic Warning Devices.Movements on other than main track must notoccupy the crossing until the gates are known tobe in the horizontal position.

6.2 Mile 16.36 (Highway 656) Automatic Warning De-vices. Movements entering main track from sidingmust not obstruct crossing until Automatic Warn-ing Devices have been in operation for at least 20seconds.

6.3 Mile 30.39 (North-South Road) Automatic Warn-ing Devices. Eastward movements stopped by ablock signal indicating STOP, must stop clear ofcrossing.

6.4 Mile 42.9 (Highway 380) Automatic Warning De-vices. Westward movements stopped by a blocksignal indicating STOP, must stop 150 feet eastof crossing.

6.5 Mile 57.07 (Highway 21) Automatic Warning De-vices. Westward movements stopping east ofcrossing must stop clear of crossing circuit signlocated approximately 120 feet east of crossing.



6.6 Mile 57.13 (Highway 14) Automatic Warning De-vices. Westward movements stopping east ofcrossing must stop clear of crossing circuit signlocated approximately 120 feet east of Highway21 crossing.

6.7 Mile 58.36 (First Ave) Automatic Warning Devices.Westward movements stopping east of crossingmust stop clear of crossing circuit sign locatedapproximately 120 feet east of crossing.

6.8 Mile 107.15 (North-South Road) Automatic Warn-ing Devices. Equipped with push button on maintrack and siding.

6.9 Mile 112.14 (Main St) Automatic Warning Devices.

6.10 Mile 139.5 (14th St) Automatic Warning Devices.Eastward movements proceeding at less than 10MPH within 1300 feet of crossing must not ob-struct crossing until warning devices have been inoperation for at least 20 seconds.

6.11 Mile 146.70 (Municipal Road) Automatic WarningDevices. Rule 103.1(c) not applicable. Track GA02- Stop signs on both sides of crossing. Rule103.1(d) applicable.

6.12 Mile 158.0 (Irma Road) Automatic Warning De-vices. Westward movements stopped by a blocksignal indicating STOP, must stop clear of cross-ing. Track GA11 - Stop signs located on both sidesof crossing.

6.13 Mile 184.78 (Highway 36) Automatic WarningDevices. Eastward movements stopping at signal1848 must stop clear of the crossing circuit signlocated approximately 150 feet west of the cross-ing.

6.14 Mile 206.25 (Highway 855) Automatic WarningDevices. Eastward movements stopped by a STOPindication must stop clear of the crossing.

6.15 Mile 214.80 (North-South Road) Automatic Warn-ing Devices. Siding: Movements must not exceed15 MPH. Rule 103.1(c) not applicable.

6.16 Mile 215.27 (Local Road) Automatic WarningDevices. Siding: Movements must not exceed 15MPH. Rule 103.1(c) not applicable.

6.17 Mile 226.3 (Queens St) Automatic Warning De-vices. Siding: Movements must not exceed 15MPH. Rule 103.1(c) not applicable.

6.18 Mile 250.25 (Secondary Road 825) AutomaticWarning Devices.• Westward movements stopping at signal 2505D

must stop clear of Crossing Circuit sign located70 feet East of Crossing on South side.

• Crossing Circuit sign for Eastward movements


6.6 Mile 57.13 (Highway 14) Automatic Warning De-vices. Westward movements stopping east ofcrossing must stop clear of crossing circuit signlocated approximately 120 feet east of Highway21 crossing.

6.7 Mile 58.36 (First Ave) Automatic Warning Devices.Westward movements stopping east of crossingmust stop clear of crossing circuit sign locatedapproximately 120 feet east of crossing.

6.8 Mile 107.15 (North-South Road) Automatic Warn-ing Devices. Equipped with push button on maintrack and siding.

6.9 Mile 112.14 (Main St) Automatic Warning Devices.

6.10 Mile 139.5 (14th St) Automatic Warning Devices.Eastward movements proceeding at less than 10MPH within 1300 feet of crossing must not ob-struct crossing until warning devices have been inoperation for at least 20 seconds.

6.11 Mile 146.70 (Municipal Road) Automatic WarningDevices. Rule 103.1(c) not applicable. Track GA02- Stop signs on both sides of crossing. Rule103.1(d) applicable.

6.12 Mile 158.0 (Irma Road) Automatic Warning De-vices. Westward movements stopped by a blocksignal indicating STOP, must stop clear of cross-ing. Track GA11 - Stop signs located on both sidesof crossing.

6.13 Mile 184.78 (Highway 36) Automatic WarningDevices. Eastward movements stopping at signal1848 must stop clear of the crossing circuit signlocated approximately 150 feet west of the cross-ing.

6.14 Mile 206.25 (Highway 855) Automatic WarningDevices. Eastward movements stopped by a STOPindication must stop clear of the crossing.

6.15 Mile 214.80 (North-South Road) Automatic Warn-ing Devices. Siding: Movements must not exceed15 MPH. Rule 103.1(c) not applicable.

6.16 Mile 215.27 (Local Road) Automatic WarningDevices. Siding: Movements must not exceed 15MPH. Rule 103.1(c) not applicable.

6.17 Mile 226.3 (Queens St) Automatic Warning De-vices. Siding: Movements must not exceed 15MPH. Rule 103.1(c) not applicable.

6.18 Mile 250.25 (Secondary Road 825) AutomaticWarning Devices.• Westward movements stopping at signal 2505D

must stop clear of Crossing Circuit sign located70 feet East of Crossing on South side.

• Crossing Circuit sign for Eastward movements



in siding lcoated 1050 feet West of Crossingon South Side.

• Westward movements in siding stopped within1050 feet of crossing must not obstruct cross-ing until warning devices have been in opera-tion for at least 20 seconds.

• Rule 103.1(c) not applicable.

6.19 Mile 259.21 (Meridian St.) Automatic WarningDevices. Crossing circuit signs located 325 feeteast of crossing and 200 feet west of crossing onnorth side of track. Movements on either the sid-ing or main track must clear the crossing circuitsigns in order to deactivate the crossing protec-tion devices.

7 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE ONSPURS AND OTHER TRACKS

7.1 Millar Western Inc. Lead - Mile 15.1. Connectswith siding Palo. Extends 2.7 miles westward. Dueto restricted clearance, locomotives must not beoperated west of Bagging Bin Shed, Track WR09.

7.2 Northwest Terminal Lead Spur - Mile 56.8Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 0.36 (Highway14) Movements must not obstruct crossing untilwarning devices have been in operation for at least20 seconds or crossing is manually protected.

7.3 WR-50 - Cargill Elevator - Mile 57.9Maximum speed 10 mph.

7.4 Public Crossing at Grade (Provincial Road 63) -Biggar wye. Equipped with stop signs.

8 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIES

8.1 Westward movements must be inspected at Mile246.2.

8.2 Movements must not exceed 35 MPH betweenMile 257.0 and Mile 263.4.


in siding lcoated 1050 feet West of Crossingon South Side.

• Westward movements in siding stopped within1050 feet of crossing must not obstruct cross-ing until warning devices have been in opera-tion for at least 20 seconds.

• Rule 103.1(c) not applicable.

6.19 Mile 259.21 (Meridian St.) Automatic WarningDevices. Crossing circuit signs located 325 feeteast of crossing and 200 feet west of crossing onnorth side of track. Movements on either the sid-ing or main track must clear the crossing circuitsigns in order to deactivate the crossing protec-tion devices.


7.1 Millar Western Inc. Lead - Mile 15.1. Connectswith siding Palo. Extends 2.7 miles westward. Dueto restricted clearance, locomotives must not beoperated west of Bagging Bin Shed, Track WR09.

7.2 Northwest Terminal Lead Spur - Mile 56.8Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 0.36 (Highway14) Movements must not obstruct crossing untilwarning devices have been in operation for at least20 seconds or crossing is manually protected.

7.3 WR-50 - Cargill Elevator - Mile 57.9Maximum speed 10 mph.

7.4 Public Crossing at Grade (Provincial Road 63) -Biggar wye. Equipped with stop signs.





[16 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005ALBERTA DIVISION - EDSON SUBDIVISION

PROCYK 2.5

WEST JCT Y 4.2

DUNVEGAN JCT 4.9

UNION 6.2

BISSELL 8.3

SPRUCE GROVE 19.9

CARVEL 31.8

WABAMUN 44.3 6450

GAINFORD 58.1 7380

ENTWISTLE 66.3 6530

WILDWOOD 77.5 6400

LEAMAN 88.1 12700

NITON 99.7 6400

PEERS 109.8 6600

WOLF CREEK 120.8

YATES 122.9

EDSON EAST 128.6

EDSON Y 129.6

EDSON WEST 130.1

BIG EDDY 135.7

BICKERDIKE EAST 137.9

East Connecting Track

BICKERDIKE WEST 140.1

West Connecting Track

GALLOWAY 150.2

MEDICINE LODGE 155.8 6546

HARGWEN 161.8

DALEHURST 173.0

PEDLEY 177.0

HINTON 184.6 12300

ENTRANCE 189.7 6682

SOLOMON 195.8

SWAN LANDING 199.4 8082

PARK GATE 206.0

DEVONA 214.6

HENRY HOUSE 225.8

ENGLISH 232.0

JASPER EAST 234.2

JASPER Y 235.7

2.5

10.0

EDSONSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

14.8

23.8

35.4

46.755.9

70.0

82.2

92.3

104.8

116.3

130.9

143.2

155.1

166.5

181.8

192.0

201.9204.5205.1

216.6

231.3

W E

CTC

Rul

e 1

05

234.2

21

21

21

21

21

21

C2T2018

C4T1019

C2T1020

822311

812312

822313

842314

812341

822342

812343

TGB

OD

OB

TGBO

12

1

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN PROCYK AND JASPER EAST AND ON EAST AND WEST

CONNECTING TRACKS CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.RULE 105 AND RULE 105(a) APPLICABLE BETWEEN

JASPER EAST AND JASPER.SWITCHING ZONES MILE 2.5 TO 10.0, 122.0 TO 143.0, 177.8 TO 188.6

AND 232.0 TO 234.2EDMONTON TERMINALS DOB BETWEEN PROCYK AND MILE 10.0

SIDING CONTROL TERRITORY.


PROCYK 2.5

WEST JCT Y 4.2

DUNVEGAN JCT 4.9

UNION 6.2

BISSELL 8.3

SPRUCE GROVE 19.9

CARVEL 31.8

WABAMUN 44.3 6450

GAINFORD 58.1 7380

ENTWISTLE 66.3 6530

WILDWOOD 77.5 6400

LEAMAN 88.1 12700

NITON 99.7 6400

PEERS 109.8 6600

WOLF CREEK 120.8

YATES 122.9

EDSON EAST 128.6

EDSON Y 129.6

EDSON WEST 130.1

BIG EDDY 135.7

BICKERDIKE EAST 137.9

East Connecting Track

BICKERDIKE WEST 140.1

West Connecting Track

GALLOWAY 150.2

MEDICINE LODGE 155.8 6546

HARGWEN 161.8

DALEHURST 173.0

PEDLEY 177.0

HINTON 184.6 12300

ENTRANCE 189.7 6682

SOLOMON 195.8

SWAN LANDING 199.4 8082

PARK GATE 206.0

DEVONA 214.6

HENRY HOUSE 225.8

ENGLISH 232.0

JASPER EAST 234.2

JASPER Y 235.7

2.5

10.0

EDSONSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

14.8

23.8

35.4

46.755.9

70.0

82.2

92.3

104.8

116.3

130.9

143.2

155.1

166.5

181.8

192.0

201.9204.5205.1

216.6

231.3

W E

CTC

Rul

e 1

05

234.2

21

21

21

21

21

21

C2T2018

C4T1019

C2T1020

822311

812312

822313

842314

812341

822342

812343

TGB

OD

OB

TGBO

12

1

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN PROCYK AND JASPER EAST AND ON EAST AND WEST

CONNECTING TRACKS CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.RULE 105 AND RULE 105(a) APPLICABLE BETWEEN

JASPER EAST AND JASPER.SWITCHING ZONES MILE 2.5 TO 10.0, 122.0 TO 143.0, 177.8 TO 188.6

AND 232.0 TO 234.2EDMONTON TERMINALS DOB BETWEEN PROCYK AND MILE 10.0



EDSON SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 Siding Control Territory - Divisional DataItem 1 in effect on entire subdivision.

1.2 SWITCHING SIGNALSDunvegan Jct: 49D and 50D1.Union: 61ND, 62ND, 61SD and 62SD.Bissell: 81SD and 82D.Edson East: 1285S and 1286S.Edson West: 1301S and 1302S.Swan Landing: 1993D and 1994.Jasper East: 2342ND and 2342SD.

1.3 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS

(a) Rule BEdmonton Terminal Operating Manual- Employees operating within Edmonton Ter-minal Area must have a copy of theEdmonton Terminal Operating Manual ac-cessible.Edmonton Intermodal Terminal - instruc-tions will be found in Sangudo Sub footnotes.East and West Connecting Tracks - in-structions will be found in Foothills Subdivi-sion footnotes.

(b) Rule 14(l)(iv) - applicable at public cross-ings at grade:Mile 3.9 to Mile 6.42 - including all trackageleading off the main, and at;Mile 9.67 (199th Street)Mile 10.76 (215th Street)Mile 11.81 (231st Street)Mile 19.03 (Century Road)Mile 20.04 (Golden Spike Road)Mile 23.07 (Golf Course Road)Mile 23.84 (48th St., Fifth Meridian)Mile 24.06 (50th St.)Mile 44.16 (Alberta Street)Mile 45.12 (Point Allison Road)Mile 46.22 (Range Road 43)Mile 47.28 (Range Road 44)Mile 49.24 (Sunset Avenue)Mile 130.0 (54th Street)Mile 130.9 (Willmore Park Road)

(c) Rule 104.5 - Derails(i) Self Restoring derails:

Bissell:North tracks 1 and 2, Mile 8.1;Edson East: Mile 128.6(DTMF code *337);Jasper East: North track, Mile 234.3(DTMF code *336)South track, Mile 234.3 (DTMF Code


EDSON SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



1.2 SWITCHING SIGNALSDunvegan Jct: 49D and 50D1.Union: 61ND, 62ND, 61SD and 62SD.Bissell: 81SD and 82D.Edson East: 1285S and 1286S.Edson West: 1301S and 1302S.Swan Landing: 1993D and 1994.Jasper East: 2342ND and 2342SD.


(a) Rule BEdmonton Terminal Operating Manual- Employees operating within Edmonton Ter-minal Area must have a copy of theEdmonton Terminal Operating Manual ac-cessible.Edmonton Intermodal Terminal - instruc-tions will be found in Sangudo Sub footnotes.East and West Connecting Tracks - in-structions will be found in Foothills Subdivi-sion footnotes.

(b) Rule 14(l)(iv) - applicable at public cross-ings at grade:Mile 3.9 to Mile 6.42 - including all trackageleading off the main, and at;Mile 9.67 (199th Street)Mile 10.76 (215th Street)Mile 11.81 (231st Street)Mile 19.03 (Century Road)Mile 20.04 (Golden Spike Road)Mile 23.07 (Golf Course Road)Mile 23.84 (48th St., Fifth Meridian)Mile 24.06 (50th St.)Mile 44.16 (Alberta Street)Mile 45.12 (Point Allison Road)Mile 46.22 (Range Road 43)Mile 47.28 (Range Road 44)Mile 49.24 (Sunset Avenue)Mile 130.0 (54th Street)Mile 130.9 (Willmore Park Road)

(c) Rule 104.5 - Derails(i) Self Restoring derails:

Bissell:North tracks 1 and 2, Mile 8.1;Edson East: Mile 128.6(DTMF code *337);Jasper East: North track, Mile 234.3(DTMF code *336)South track, Mile 234.3 (DTMF Code


*337). Westward movements mustenter DTMF code prior to reaching Mile234.0.

(d) Rule 105(a) - applicable in Edson and Jas-per yards.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated Locomotive Tieup TracksHinton YA49: Edson FC36: Bickerdike YA12

2.2 HOT BOX AND DRAGGING EQUIPMENT DE-TECTORS(a) Brule Tunnel: Dragging equipment detec-

tors have been installed at both ends of theBrule tunnel, at Mile 204.6 and Mile 205.1.These detectors are designed to detect drag-ging equipment only and the Talker messagegenerated on the passing of a train over thesetwo locations will not include information re:Hot Box or Hot Wheel readings. A train pass-ing either of these locations and receiving aTalker message stating Not Working or if nomessage is received, need not stop, butmust contact the RTC in Edmonton and begoverned by the requirements of GOI 5.6(a).The transmitted Mileages are 204.0 and205.0.

2.3 WHEEL IMPACT LOAD DETECTOR (WILD) -Located at Mile 23.8.

2.4 Jasper(i) Passenger Trains - Unless otherwise di-

rected, passenger trains will use StationTrack YC58.

(ii) WYE Tracks YC49, YC56, YC57 - maximumpermissible speed - 10 mph.

2.5 TUNNELMile 204.8 - 735 feet.

2.6 BRIDGES MILE 67.6, 187.7, 193.7 and 225.7 -Because of the presence of “siding joints” to al-low for rail expansion and contraction at bridge,heavy brake applications must be avoided within500 feet of either side of bridge.


3 INTERLOCKINGSNil

ALBERTA DIVISION - EDSON SUBDIVISION[18 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

*337). Westward movements mustenter DTMF code prior to reaching Mile234.0.

(d) Rule 105(a) - applicable in Edson and Jas-per yards.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated Locomotive Tieup TracksHinton YA49: Edson FC36: Bickerdike YA12

2.2 HOT BOX AND DRAGGING EQUIPMENT DE-TECTORS(a) Brule Tunnel: Dragging equipment detec-

tors have been installed at both ends of theBrule tunnel, at Mile 204.6 and Mile 205.1.These detectors are designed to detect drag-ging equipment only and the Talker messagegenerated on the passing of a train over thesetwo locations will not include information re:Hot Box or Hot Wheel readings. A train pass-ing either of these locations and receiving aTalker message stating Not Working or if nomessage is received, need not stop, butmust contact the RTC in Edmonton and begoverned by the requirements of GOI 5.6(a).The transmitted Mileages are 204.0 and205.0.

2.3 WHEEL IMPACT LOAD DETECTOR (WILD) -Located at Mile 23.8.

2.4 Jasper(i) Passenger Trains - Unless otherwise di-

rected, passenger trains will use StationTrack YC58.

(ii) WYE Tracks YC49, YC56, YC57 - maximumpermissible speed - 10 mph.

2.5 TUNNELMile 204.8 - 735 feet.

2.6 BRIDGES MILE 67.6, 187.7, 193.7 and 225.7 -Because of the presence of “siding joints” to al-low for rail expansion and contraction at bridge,heavy brake applications must be avoided within500 feet of either side of bridge.


3 INTERLOCKINGSNil

ALBERTA DIVISION - EDSON SUBDIVISION




4.2 24 axles or less - Trains and transfers handling24 axles or less must not exceed 20 MPH be-tween Mile 130.1 and Mile 234.2 on the EdsonSubdivision and must not exceed 15 mph enter-ing all public crossings at grade equipped withautomatic warning devices unless such deviceshave been operating for at least 20 seconds.

5 SPEEDS








4.2 24 axles or less - Trains and transfers handling24 axles or less must not exceed 20 MPH be-tween Mile 130.1 and Mile 234.2 on the EdsonSubdivision and must not exceed 15 mph enter-ing all public crossings at grade equipped withautomatic warning devices unless such deviceshave been operating for at least 20 seconds.

5 SPEEDS







5.2 Subdivision Speed - Westward

Mile Frt Frt Frt Psgrunder 80 TOB 100 TOB

80 TOB or more & 8000 ftor longer

2.5 - 4.9 Zone 15 15 15 154.9 - 7.0 Zone 45 45 45 457.0 - 53.4 Zone 65 65 65 7033.0 - 33.7 50 50 50 5043.4 - 44.0 60 60 6044.07 SIGNAL 441N 40*47.0 - 48.7 60 60 60 6048.7 - 53.4 50 50 50 5053.4 - 68.3 Zone 55 55 55 6055.82 SIGNAL 559 45*68.3 - 86.3 Zone 60 60 60 7073.3 - 73.7 55 55 55 6083.0 - 86.3 55 55 55 5586.3 - 123.0 Zone 65 65 65 70LEAMAN SIDING 25 25 25 25100.0 - 107.0 60 60 60 60122.1 BRIDGE 60 60 60122.6 BRIDGE 60 60 60122.9 - 123.0 40 40 40 40123.0 - 149.4 Zone 60 60 60 70128.6 - 130.1 50 50 50 50135.2 - 138.0 45 45 45 45149.4 - 157.5 Zone 50 50 50 55151.70 - 152.0 45 45 45 45157.5 - 170.0 Zone 60 60 60 70166.9 - 170.0 55 55 55 60170.0 - 187.5 Zone 60 60 60 60172.80 SIGNAL 1729N & 1729S 55*174.86 SIGNAL 1749 55*183.9 - 184.2 50 50 50 50HINTON SIDING 25 25 25 25187.5 - 204.1 Zone 45 45 45 55187.5 - 188.2 40 40 40 40ENTRANCE SIDING 25 25 25 25188.2 - 193.3 50193.3 - 193.7 35 35 35 35SWAN LANDING SIDING 25 25 25 25204.1 - 224.5 Zone 55 55 55 60204.1 - 205.6 25 25 25 25205.6 - 206.0 50 50 50 50221.8 - 222.3 50 50 50 50224.5 - 230.7 Zone 60 60 60 70230.7 - 234.2 Zone 40 40 40 45232.3 - 234.2 30 30 30 30





2.5 - 4.9 Zone 15 15 15 154.9 - 7.0 Zone 45 45 45 457.0 - 53.4 Zone 65 65 65 7033.0 - 33.7 50 50 50 5043.4 - 44.0 60 60 6044.07 SIGNAL 441N 40*47.0 - 48.7 60 60 60 6048.7 - 53.4 50 50 50 5053.4 - 68.3 Zone 55 55 55 6055.82 SIGNAL 559 45*68.3 - 86.3 Zone 60 60 60 7073.3 - 73.7 55 55 55 6083.0 - 86.3 55 55 55 5586.3 - 123.0 Zone 65 65 65 70LEAMAN SIDING 25 25 25 25100.0 - 107.0 60 60 60 60122.1 BRIDGE 60 60 60122.6 BRIDGE 60 60 60122.9 - 123.0 40 40 40 40123.0 - 149.4 Zone 60 60 60 70128.6 - 130.1 50 50 50 50135.2 - 138.0 45 45 45 45149.4 - 157.5 Zone 50 50 50 55151.70 - 152.0 45 45 45 45157.5 - 170.0 Zone 60 60 60 70166.9 - 170.0 55 55 55 60170.0 - 187.5 Zone 60 60 60 60172.80 SIGNAL 1729N & 1729S 55*174.86 SIGNAL 1749 55*183.9 - 184.2 50 50 50 50HINTON SIDING 25 25 25 25187.5 - 204.1 Zone 45 45 45 55187.5 - 188.2 40 40 40 40ENTRANCE SIDING 25 25 25 25188.2 - 193.3 50193.3 - 193.7 35 35 35 35SWAN LANDING SIDING 25 25 25 25204.1 - 224.5 Zone 55 55 55 60204.1 - 205.6 25 25 25 25205.6 - 206.0 50 50 50 50221.8 - 222.3 50 50 50 50224.5 - 230.7 Zone 60 60 60 70230.7 - 234.2 Zone 40 40 40 45232.3 - 234.2 30 30 30 30


5.3 Subdivision Speed - Eastward



234.2 - 232.3 Zone 30 30 30 30232.3 - 230.7 Zone 40 40 40 45230.7 - 224.5 Zone 60 60 60 70224.5 - 204.1 Zone 55 55 55 60222.3 - 221.8 50 50 50 50214.71 SIGNAL 2146N AND 2146S 50*206.0 - 205.6 50 50 50 50205.6 - 204.1 25 25 25 25204.1 - 187.5 Zone 45 45 45 55SWAN LANDING SIDING 25 25 25 25193.7 - 193.3 35 35 35 35193.3 - 188.2 50ENTRANCE SIDING 25 25 25 25188.2 - 187.5 40 40 40 40187.5 - 170.0 Zone 60 60 60 60HINTON SIDING 25 25 25 25184.2 - 183.9 50 50 50 50170.0 - 157.5 Zone 60 60 60 70170.0 - 166.9 55 55 55 60157.5 - 149.4 Zone 50 50 50 55152.0 - 151.7 45 45 45 45149.4 - 123.0 Zone 60 60 60 70140.2 SIGNAL 1402S 55* 50*138.07 SIGNAL 1382S 55* 50*138.0 - 135.2 45 45 45 45130.19 SIGNAL 1302S & 1302N 50* 45*130.1 - 128.6 50 50 50 50123.0 - 122.9 40 40 40 40123.0 - 107.0 Zone 65 65 65 70122.6 BRIDGE 60 60 60122.1 BRIDGE 60 60 60107.0 - 100.0 Zone 60 60 60 60LEAMAN SIDING 25 25 25 25100.0 - 68.3 Zone 60 60 60 7086.3 - 83.0 55 55 55 5573.7 - 73.3 55 55 55 6068.3 - 53.4 ZONE 55 55 55 6053.65 SIGNAL 536 50*53.4 - 7.0 Zone 65 65 65 7053.4 - 48.7 50 50 50 5048.7 - 47.0 60 60 60 6044.0 - 43.4 60 60 6033.7 - 33.0 50 50 50 5030.09 SIGNAL 300 60* 55*27.74 SIGNAL 278 60* 55*25.37 SIGNAL 254 60* 55*8.36 SIGNAL 82S & 82N 60* 55*7.0 - 4.9 Zone 45 45 45 456.29 SIGNAL 62S & 62N 40*4.99 SIGNAL 50N & 50S 30* 25*4.9 - 2.5 Zone 15 15 15 15





234.2 - 232.3 Zone 30 30 30 30232.3 - 230.7 Zone 40 40 40 45230.7 - 224.5 Zone 60 60 60 70224.5 - 204.1 Zone 55 55 55 60222.3 - 221.8 50 50 50 50214.71 SIGNAL 2146N AND 2146S 50*206.0 - 205.6 50 50 50 50205.6 - 204.1 25 25 25 25204.1 - 187.5 Zone 45 45 45 55SWAN LANDING SIDING 25 25 25 25193.7 - 193.3 35 35 35 35193.3 - 188.2 50ENTRANCE SIDING 25 25 25 25188.2 - 187.5 40 40 40 40187.5 - 170.0 Zone 60 60 60 60HINTON SIDING 25 25 25 25184.2 - 183.9 50 50 50 50170.0 - 157.5 Zone 60 60 60 70170.0 - 166.9 55 55 55 60157.5 - 149.4 Zone 50 50 50 55152.0 - 151.7 45 45 45 45149.4 - 123.0 Zone 60 60 60 70140.2 SIGNAL 1402S 55* 50*138.07 SIGNAL 1382S 55* 50*138.0 - 135.2 45 45 45 45130.19 SIGNAL 1302S & 1302N 50* 45*130.1 - 128.6 50 50 50 50123.0 - 122.9 40 40 40 40123.0 - 107.0 Zone 65 65 65 70122.6 BRIDGE 60 60 60122.1 BRIDGE 60 60 60107.0 - 100.0 Zone 60 60 60 60LEAMAN SIDING 25 25 25 25100.0 - 68.3 Zone 60 60 60 7086.3 - 83.0 55 55 55 5573.7 - 73.3 55 55 55 6068.3 - 53.4 ZONE 55 55 55 6053.65 SIGNAL 536 50*53.4 - 7.0 Zone 65 65 65 7053.4 - 48.7 50 50 50 5048.7 - 47.0 60 60 60 6044.0 - 43.4 60 60 6033.7 - 33.0 50 50 50 5030.09 SIGNAL 300 60* 55*27.74 SIGNAL 278 60* 55*25.37 SIGNAL 254 60* 55*8.36 SIGNAL 82S & 82N 60* 55*7.0 - 4.9 Zone 45 45 45 456.29 SIGNAL 62S & 62N 40*4.99 SIGNAL 50N & 50S 30* 25*4.9 - 2.5 Zone 15 15 15 15



(a) Mile 5.88 (149th Street) All movements ap-proaching within 1600 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 35 mph until crossing fully oc-cupied.

(b) Mile 6.42 (156th Street)South Service Track - Westward move-ments approaching within 360 feet of cross-ing must not exceed 10 mph until crossingfully occupied. Eastward movements ap-proaching within 210 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 5 mph until crossing fully occu-pied.

(c) Mile 10.76 (Winterburn Road) - Westwardmovements on south track proceeding atless than 10 mph within 2400 feet of cross-ing must not exceed 10 mph until crossingfully occupied.

(d) Mile 87.54 - Eastward movements on sid-ing approaching crossing must not exceed15 mph until crossing fully occupied.

(e) Mile 130.00 (54th Street) - Movements ap-proaching within 2250 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 50 mph until crossing fully oc-cupied. Eastward movements after havingstopped at signal 1302N must not exceed20 mph until crossing fully occupied.

(f) Mile 130.90 (Willmore Park Road) - West-ward movements approaching within 1820feet of crossing must not exceed 50 mphuntil crossing fully occupied.

(g) Mile 181.75 - All movements approachingwithin 2700 feet of crossing must not ex-ceed 60 mph until crossing fully occupied.


6.1 Mile 6.42 (156th Street) Automatic Warning De-vices. Movements in either direction on North andSouth Service tracks must ensure gates are hori-zontal before entering crossing.

6.2 Push Buttons: Public crossings at grade at thefollowing mileages are equipped with automaticwarning devices and push buttons:Mile 9.67 (River Valley Road)Mile 13.84 South Track (Highway 60)Mile 15.91 (Spruce Valley Road)Mile 18.00 (Pioneer Road)Mile 19.03 (Century Road)Mile 32.14 (County Road)Mile 41.56 (North/South Road)Mile 133.08 (Ansel Tower Road)Mile 171.55 (Private Crossing)



(a) Mile 5.88 (149th Street) All movements ap-proaching within 1600 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 35 mph until crossing fully oc-cupied.

(b) Mile 6.42 (156th Street)South Service Track - Westward move-ments approaching within 360 feet of cross-ing must not exceed 10 mph until crossingfully occupied. Eastward movements ap-proaching within 210 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 5 mph until crossing fully occu-pied.

(c) Mile 10.76 (Winterburn Road) - Westwardmovements on south track proceeding atless than 10 mph within 2400 feet of cross-ing must not exceed 10 mph until crossingfully occupied.

(d) Mile 87.54 - Eastward movements on sid-ing approaching crossing must not exceed15 mph until crossing fully occupied.

(e) Mile 130.00 (54th Street) - Movements ap-proaching within 2250 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 50 mph until crossing fully oc-cupied. Eastward movements after havingstopped at signal 1302N must not exceed20 mph until crossing fully occupied.

(f) Mile 130.90 (Willmore Park Road) - West-ward movements approaching within 1820feet of crossing must not exceed 50 mphuntil crossing fully occupied.

(g) Mile 181.75 - All movements approachingwithin 2700 feet of crossing must not ex-ceed 60 mph until crossing fully occupied.


6.1 Mile 6.42 (156th Street) Automatic Warning De-vices. Movements in either direction on North andSouth Service tracks must ensure gates are hori-zontal before entering crossing.

6.2 Push Buttons: Public crossings at grade at thefollowing mileages are equipped with automaticwarning devices and push buttons:Mile 9.67 (River Valley Road)Mile 13.84 South Track (Highway 60)Mile 15.91 (Spruce Valley Road)Mile 18.00 (Pioneer Road)Mile 19.03 (Century Road)Mile 32.14 (County Road)Mile 41.56 (North/South Road)Mile 133.08 (Ansel Tower Road)Mile 171.55 (Private Crossing)



6.3 Mile 57.94 (Municipal District Road) AutomaticWarning Devices. Push button will not function ifmain track occupied within 100 feet on either sideof crossing.

6.4 Mile 87.60 (Range Road 110) - Eastward trainsstopping clear of crossing must stop before pass-ing crossing circuit sign located 120 feet west ofcrossing. This will enable crossing protection totime out. When movement recommences, thecrossing must not be occupied until the crossingprotection has been in operation for at least 20seconds.

6.5 Mile 120.74 (Highway 544) Automatic WarningDevices. Push button will not function if main trackis occupied within 200 feet on either side of cross-ing.

6.6 Mile 130.00 (54th Street) Automatic WarningDevices. Track FC 12 - Stop signs east of cross-ing govern westward movements from Edson yardtrack(s)- FC 12, 13 and 14. Movements must notoccupy crossing until gates are in horizontal po-sition.

6.7 Mile 130.90 (Willmore Park Road) AutomaticWarning Devices. Equipped with push buttons.


7.1 FA 69 Private Spur. Mile 41.8 (South Track) Pri-vate Spur extends 7.3 Miles westward, switchpoints face east. CN locomotives not permittedwestward beyond second derail located 1290 feetfrom switch Mile 41.8. Switch point lock derail in-stalled 690 feet westward from spur switch Mile41.8. A derail equipped with a private lock forTransAlta Utilities employees only, is installed 600feet from the switch point lock derail. MaximumPermissible Speed - 15 MPH.

7.2 FA89 Empire Iron Mile 46.03 Points face east.Maximum Permissible Speed - 10 MPH.


6.3 Mile 57.94 (Municipal District Road) AutomaticWarning Devices. Push button will not function ifmain track occupied within 100 feet on either sideof crossing.

6.4 Mile 87.60 (Range Road 110) - Eastward trainsstopping clear of crossing must stop before pass-ing crossing circuit sign located 120 feet west ofcrossing. This will enable crossing protection totime out. When movement recommences, thecrossing must not be occupied until the crossingprotection has been in operation for at least 20seconds.

6.5 Mile 120.74 (Highway 544) Automatic WarningDevices. Push button will not function if main trackis occupied within 200 feet on either side of cross-ing.

6.6 Mile 130.00 (54th Street) Automatic WarningDevices. Track FC 12 - Stop signs east of cross-ing govern westward movements from Edson yardtrack(s)- FC 12, 13 and 14. Movements must notoccupy crossing until gates are in horizontal po-sition.

6.7 Mile 130.90 (Willmore Park Road) AutomaticWarning Devices. Equipped with push buttons.


7.1 FA 69 Private Spur. Mile 41.8 (South Track) Pri-vate Spur extends 7.3 Miles westward, switchpoints face east. CN locomotives not permittedwestward beyond second derail located 1290 feetfrom switch Mile 41.8. Switch point lock derail in-stalled 690 feet westward from spur switch Mile41.8. A derail equipped with a private lock forTransAlta Utilities employees only, is installed 600feet from the switch point lock derail. MaximumPermissible Speed - 15 MPH.

7.2 FA89 Empire Iron Mile 46.03 Points face east.Maximum Permissible Speed - 10 MPH.



7.3 FC07 (North Track) Mile 127.6 Capacity 940 feet.Points face east.Personal Protective Equipment - Hard hats,must be worn at all times inside building. Safetyequipment available in box at east entrance.Permission To Enter - Crew will not commenceswitching until verbal permission received fromWeyerhaeuser employee (phone inside east en-trance).Switching Requirements - Overhead door mustbe known to be fully open before commencingswitching. A member of CN crew will be positionedat rear of building to ensure cars do not hit stopblock (when required). Crewsmust not ride carsinside the building. Hand brakes to be applied toa minimum of two cars. Maximum PermissibleSpeed inside of building - 4 MPH.

7.4 Lead YA 01 Mile 134.6 (North Track) Extendswestward, switch points face east, capacity 1440feet.Speed - Tracks YA 02 and YA 03 (Loadout) - Move-ments are restricted to 3 MPH through loadout.Switching - During switching, south plant spuris to be used as lead account restricted side clear-ance on north plant spur. Switch to Safety Spurmust be left lined and locked for Safety Spur whennot in use.

7.5 Hinton - WeldwoodControl switch for yellow warning lights locatedon northwest corner of building that is 500 feeteast of track YA 63 switch. These lights must beactivated while any switching is in progress anddeactivated on departure. Before any switchingor coupling to cars in warehouse Tracks YA 62and YA 63, the warehouse door in the track af-fected must be raised and fully open.Private locks are applied to derails on ChemicalSpurs YA 54, YA 56 and YA 57. Before switchingcan be performed, plant chemical unloader mustunlock derails and remove stop blocks from carswhich are spotted in the vicinity of the chemicalunloading station. Crews must check for move-able stop blocks between cars when switchingthese spurs.YA62 - Speed Restrictions between switchesYA29 and YA56:Locomotives with 3 axle trucks - 5 mph.Locomotives with 2 axle trucks - 10 mph.


7.3 FC07 (North Track) Mile 127.6 Capacity 940 feet.Points face east.Personal Protective Equipment - Hard hats,must be worn at all times inside building. Safetyequipment available in box at east entrance.Permission To Enter - Crew will not commenceswitching until verbal permission received fromWeyerhaeuser employee (phone inside east en-trance).Switching Requirements - Overhead door mustbe known to be fully open before commencingswitching. A member of CN crew will be positionedat rear of building to ensure cars do not hit stopblock (when required). Crewsmust not ride carsinside the building. Hand brakes to be applied toa minimum of two cars. Maximum PermissibleSpeed inside of building - 4 MPH.

7.4 Lead YA 01 Mile 134.6 (North Track) Extendswestward, switch points face east, capacity 1440feet.Speed - Tracks YA 02 and YA 03 (Loadout) - Move-ments are restricted to 3 MPH through loadout.Switching - During switching, south plant spuris to be used as lead account restricted side clear-ance on north plant spur. Switch to Safety Spurmust be left lined and locked for Safety Spur whennot in use.

7.5 Hinton - WeldwoodControl switch for yellow warning lights locatedon northwest corner of building that is 500 feeteast of track YA 63 switch. These lights must beactivated while any switching is in progress anddeactivated on departure. Before any switchingor coupling to cars in warehouse Tracks YA 62and YA 63, the warehouse door in the track af-fected must be raised and fully open.Private locks are applied to derails on ChemicalSpurs YA 54, YA 56 and YA 57. Before switchingcan be performed, plant chemical unloader mustunlock derails and remove stop blocks from carswhich are spotted in the vicinity of the chemicalunloading station. Crews must check for move-able stop blocks between cars when switchingthese spurs.YA62 - Speed Restrictions between switchesYA29 and YA56:Locomotives with 3 axle trucks - 5 mph.Locomotives with 2 axle trucks - 10 mph.



7.6 Swan Landing - Mile 199.4Yard connects with siding at Swan Landing.Switch located 100 feet east of siding west switch.

Alberta Rail Net (ARN) Connection - SwanLanding yard and former Grande Cache Sub trackbetween Mile 0.0 and Mile 2.0 is CN trackage.Trains and engines required to operate north ofMile 2.0 are governed by ARN Time Table, Rulesand Regulations.Rule 104(c) - switch to yard from siding may beleft lined and locked in either position.Dimensional Traffic - Trains handling dimen-sional traffic with a classification of D8 or greatermust not operate through the siding unless adja-cent track YB09 is seen or known to be clear ofany type of equipment. Trains handling dimen-sional loads classified D7 or less may operateunrestricted through the siding unless otherwiserestricted in the dimensional load message. Wideloads must not be set off in track YB09 at SwanLanding.


8.1 Eastward movements must be inspected at Mile23.8.



7.6 Swan Landing - Mile 199.4Yard connects with siding at Swan Landing.Switch located 100 feet east of siding west switch.

Alberta Rail Net (ARN) Connection - SwanLanding yard and former Grande Cache Sub trackbetween Mile 0.0 and Mile 2.0 is CN trackage.Trains and engines required to operate north ofMile 2.0 are governed by ARN Time Table, Rulesand Regulations.Rule 104(c) - switch to yard from siding may beleft lined and locked in either position.Dimensional Traffic - Trains handling dimen-sional traffic with a classification of D8 or greatermust not operate through the siding unless adja-cent track YB09 is seen or known to be clear ofany type of equipment. Trains handling dimen-sional loads classified D7 or less may operateunrestricted through the siding unless otherwiserestricted in the dimensional load message. Wideloads must not be set off in track YB09 at SwanLanding.





[26 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005ALBERTA DIVISION - FOOTHILLS SUBDIVISION

0.0

50.86

FOOTHILLSSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

BICKERDIKE 0.0

EAST CONNECTING TRACK

HOLLOWAY EAST 1.1

WEST CONNECTING TRACK

HOLLOWAY WEST 3.0

ERITH 10.7

LYNCH 16.3

EMBARRAS 25.5 7037

BRYAN SPUR 31.4

ROBB 32.1

PARKHILL JCT 35.9

Jct with Mountain Park Sub

COALSPUR 36.7

COAL VALLEY 45.8

END OF OPERATED TRACK 50.86

30.5

C3T2013

C7T2014

C6T2014

C8T1014

Rul

e 10

5CT

C

1

W E

OCS

TGBO

FOOTHILLS SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SIDING CONTROL TERRITORY - Divisional DataItem 1 in effect on entire subdivision.

1.2 SUBDIVISION TRACK - The following is applicableon subdivision track: Mile 45.8 to 50.86;(i) Rule 40.1 - Track work may be performed

using the provisions of Rule 40.1. The RTCmust be advised before track work isundertaken.

(ii) Rule 103.1(c) - Not Applicable.

1.3 SWITCHING SIGNALSHolloway East: Signals 11N, 11S and 12-1.Holloway West: Signals 29-1 and 30.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN BICKERDIKE AND PARKHILL JCT AND

OCS BETWEEN PARKHILL JCT AND COAL VALLEYCONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.

SWITCHING ZONE BETWEEN BICKERDIKE AND MILE 3.0.RULES 105 AND 105(a) APPLICABLE

BETWEEN COAL VALLEY AND MILE 50.86.SIDING CONTROL TERRITORY.


0.0

50.86

FOOTHILLSSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

BICKERDIKE 0.0

EAST CONNECTING TRACK

HOLLOWAY EAST 1.1

WEST CONNECTING TRACK

HOLLOWAY WEST 3.0

ERITH 10.7

LYNCH 16.3

EMBARRAS 25.5 7037

BRYAN SPUR 31.4

ROBB 32.1

PARKHILL JCT 35.9

Jct with Mountain Park Sub

COALSPUR 36.7

COAL VALLEY 45.8


30.5

C3T2013

C7T2014

C6T2014

C8T1014

Rul

e 10

5CT

C

1

W E

OCS

TGBO

FOOTHILLS SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SIDING CONTROL TERRITORY - Divisional DataItem 1 in effect on entire subdivision.

1.2 SUBDIVISION TRACK - The following is applicableon subdivision track: Mile 45.8 to 50.86;(i) Rule 40.1 - Track work may be performed

using the provisions of Rule 40.1. The RTCmust be advised before track work isundertaken.

(ii) Rule 103.1(c) - Not Applicable.

1.3 SWITCHING SIGNALSHolloway East: Signals 11N, 11S and 12-1.Holloway West: Signals 29-1 and 30.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN BICKERDIKE AND PARKHILL JCT AND

OCS BETWEEN PARKHILL JCT AND COAL VALLEYCONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.

SWITCHING ZONE BETWEEN BICKERDIKE AND MILE 3.0.RULES 105 AND 105(a) APPLICABLE

BETWEEN COAL VALLEY AND MILE 50.86.SIDING CONTROL TERRITORY.


1.4 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Connecting Tracks - East connecting track

and West connecting track are signalledtracks. Eastward signal 1382S-1 atBickerdike East and westward signal 1399S-1 at Bickerdike West controlled by EdsonSub. RTC. TBGO applicable.

(b) Rule 83.2 - All crews reporting for duty mustobtain applicable TGBO for their train or en-gine assignment prior to commencing workWHETHER OR NOT they will be operatingon the main track. TGBO may include in-structions or restrictions required to operatewithin non-main trackage.

(c) Rule 104(b) - The following switch may beleft lined and locked in either position:Bryan Spur, Mile 31.4 - RTC must be ad-vised when switch has been left in reversedposition. Train and engine movements en-countering this switch in the reversed posi-tion, must (unless such switch is required inthe reversed position) restore such switchto normal position and advise the RTC fromthat location.

(d) Rule 104(c) - The following subdivisionswitches may be left lined and locked in ei-ther position:All switches between Mile 45.8 and Mile50.86

(e) Rule 112(ii) - Holloway - Tracks MA 01 and02. The minimum handbrake chart must beapplied to a maximum of 2 handbrakes.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated Locomotive Tie-up TracksBickerdike - YA12.

2.2 SPRING SWITCHESEmbarras - West End

2.3 Air brakes must be in service during switchingmovements.

2.4 Parkhill Jct - As the Foothills and Mountain ParkSubs are on the same roadbed between ParkhillJct and Coalspur, when an OCS clearance is is-sued encompassing these locations it will specifythe route to be used, i.e. Parkhill Jct via MountainPark Sub or Parkhill Jct via Foothills Sub.

2.5 Retainers - In the absence of a functioning brakepipe pressure maintaining feature, pressure retain-ing valves must be used on eastward trains be-tween Mile 47.0 and Coalspur.

2.6 TUNNELMile 33.4 - 591 feet


1.4 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Connecting Tracks - East connecting track

and West connecting track are signalledtracks. Eastward signal 1382S-1 atBickerdike East and westward signal 1399S-1 at Bickerdike West controlled by EdsonSub. RTC. TBGO applicable.

(b) Rule 83.2 - All crews reporting for duty mustobtain applicable TGBO for their train or en-gine assignment prior to commencing workWHETHER OR NOT they will be operatingon the main track. TGBO may include in-structions or restrictions required to operatewithin non-main trackage.

(c) Rule 104(b) - The following switch may beleft lined and locked in either position:Bryan Spur, Mile 31.4 - RTC must be ad-vised when switch has been left in reversedposition. Train and engine movements en-countering this switch in the reversed posi-tion, must (unless such switch is required inthe reversed position) restore such switchto normal position and advise the RTC fromthat location.

(d) Rule 104(c) - The following subdivisionswitches may be left lined and locked in ei-ther position:All switches between Mile 45.8 and Mile50.86

(e) Rule 112(ii) - Holloway - Tracks MA 01 and02. The minimum handbrake chart must beapplied to a maximum of 2 handbrakes.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated Locomotive Tie-up TracksBickerdike - YA12.

2.2 SPRING SWITCHESEmbarras - West End



2.5 Retainers - In the absence of a functioning brakepipe pressure maintaining feature, pressure retain-ing valves must be used on eastward trains be-tween Mile 47.0 and Coalspur.

2.6 TUNNELMile 33.4 - 591 feet


3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 35.9 Zone 2532.8 to 33.7 1035.9 to 36.7 Zone 1536.7 to 49.9 Zone 20

East and West Connecting Tracks0.0 to 0.9 Zone 30

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADENil


7.1 Spur (Bryan) - Mile 31 .4. Extends westward 9.4miles. Switch points face east.Rule 105 not applicable.Rule 40.1 not applicable.Rule 301-311 (OCS) applicable.TGBO applicable.Maximum Permissible Speed - 20 MPH.

7.2 Luscar - Sterco Coal Valley Mines - Train, loco-motive or car movements must not be made un-der the loading chute until a GREEN signal is dis-played, or until proper instructions have been re-ceived from the plant operator. This signal is lo-cated above the loading chute. Movements underthe loading chute must use extreme caution, tak-ing extra care in the load-out area, particularly whenfirst entering the road crossing west of the scalebuilding. When a RED signal is displayed, plantoperator must be contacted for instructions. Inevent the plant operator cannot be contacted byradio, a member of the crew must arrange to re-ceive permission by contacting Main Plant Con-trol or Security personnel using the telephonewhich is located in the ground floor entrancewayof the load-out building.Plant phone numbers: Main Plant Control - 133Main Security Gate - 187.Scale: Movements must not exceed 5 MPH overtrack scale located west of tipple at Coal Valley.Rule 112: Cars set out at Coal Valley must haveone (1) handbrake applied for every three (3) carsset out.


3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 35.9 Zone 2532.8 to 33.7 1035.9 to 36.7 Zone 1536.7 to 49.9 Zone 20

East and West Connecting Tracks0.0 to 0.9 Zone 30



7.1 Spur (Bryan) - Mile 31 .4. Extends westward 9.4miles. Switch points face east.Rule 105 not applicable.Rule 40.1 not applicable.Rule 301-311 (OCS) applicable.TGBO applicable.Maximum Permissible Speed - 20 MPH.

7.2 Luscar - Sterco Coal Valley Mines - Train, loco-motive or car movements must not be made un-der the loading chute until a GREEN signal is dis-played, or until proper instructions have been re-ceived from the plant operator. This signal is lo-cated above the loading chute. Movements underthe loading chute must use extreme caution, tak-ing extra care in the load-out area, particularly whenfirst entering the road crossing west of the scalebuilding. When a RED signal is displayed, plantoperator must be contacted for instructions. Inevent the plant operator cannot be contacted byradio, a member of the crew must arrange to re-ceive permission by contacting Main Plant Con-trol or Security personnel using the telephonewhich is located in the ground floor entrancewayof the load-out building.Plant phone numbers: Main Plant Control - 133Main Security Gate - 187.Scale: Movements must not exceed 5 MPH overtrack scale located west of tipple at Coal Valley.Rule 112: Cars set out at Coal Valley must haveone (1) handbrake applied for every three (3) carsset out.


Load/Empty Feature: Crews handling loaded coaltrains must ensure the manual load-empty fea-ture on all cars so equipped is set in the LOADposition prior to departure from the mine site. Themanual load-empty lever or T-handle is mountedat the centre of the car near the control valve andair reservoirs.

8 SPECIAL DANGEROUS COMMODITIESNil


Load/Empty Feature: Crews handling loaded coaltrains must ensure the manual load-empty fea-ture on all cars so equipped is set in the LOADposition prior to departure from the mine site. Themanual load-empty lever or T-handle is mountedat the centre of the car near the control valve andair reservoirs.


[30 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005ALBERTA DIVISION - MOUNTAIN PARK SUBDIVISION

PARKHILL JCT 0.0

Jct with Foothills Sub

COALSPUR 0.8

MERCOAL 6.6

WINGO 20.0

LEYLAND 22.5

CADOMIN 23.7


0.0

MOUNTAIN PARKSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

C6T2014

C7T2014

1

26.0

W E

Rul

e 10

5O

CS

TGBO

MOUNTAIN PARK SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



(a) Subdivision Track - Mile 20.0 to Mile 26.0:(i) Rule 40.1 - Track work may be per-

formed using the provisions of Rule40.1. The RTC must be advised beforetrack work is undertaken.

(ii) Rule 103.1(c) - Not Applicable.(b) Rule 83.2 - All crews reporting for duty must

obtain applicable TGBO for their train or en-gine assignment prior to commencing workWHETHER OR NOT they will be operatingon the main track. TGBO may include in-structions or restrictions required to operatewithin non-main trackage.

(c) Rule 104(c) - The following subdivisionswitches may be left lined and locked in ei-ther position:All switches between Mile 20.0 and Mile 26.0EXCEPT switch to Safety Spur Mile 24.5.Safety Spur switch must be left lined andlocked for Safety Spur whenever unattendedequipment not protected by derail is left westof the Safety Spur.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN PARKHILL JCT AND WINGO

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.RULES 105 AND 105(a) APPLICABLEBETWEEN WINGO AND MILE 26.0.


PARKHILL JCT 0.0

Jct with Foothills Sub

COALSPUR 0.8

MERCOAL 6.6

WINGO 20.0

LEYLAND 22.5

CADOMIN 23.7


0.0

MOUNTAIN PARKSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

C6T2014

C7T2014

1

26.0

W E

Rul

e 10

5O

CS

TGBO

MOUNTAIN PARK SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



(a) Subdivision Track - Mile 20.0 to Mile 26.0:(i) Rule 40.1 - Track work may be per-

formed using the provisions of Rule40.1. The RTC must be advised beforetrack work is undertaken.

(ii) Rule 103.1(c) - Not Applicable.(b) Rule 83.2 - All crews reporting for duty must

obtain applicable TGBO for their train or en-gine assignment prior to commencing workWHETHER OR NOT they will be operatingon the main track. TGBO may include in-structions or restrictions required to operatewithin non-main trackage.

(c) Rule 104(c) - The following subdivisionswitches may be left lined and locked in ei-ther position:All switches between Mile 20.0 and Mile 26.0EXCEPT switch to Safety Spur Mile 24.5.Safety Spur switch must be left lined andlocked for Safety Spur whenever unattendedequipment not protected by derail is left westof the Safety Spur.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN PARKHILL JCT AND WINGO

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.RULES 105 AND 105(a) APPLICABLEBETWEEN WINGO AND MILE 26.0.


(d) Rule 112 - Mile 20 (Wingo) Equipment lefton any track need not have handbrakes ap-plied. Cars are to be left east of the desig-nated location which is marked by a sign.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES



2.3 LeylandLOAD/EMPTY FEATURE: Crews handling loadedcoal trains must ensure the manual load-emptyfeature on all cars so equipped is set in the LOADposition prior to departure from the mine site. Themanual load-empty lever orT-handle is mounted at the centre of the car nearthe control valve and air reservoirs.

2.4 Retainers - In the absence of a functioning brakepipe pressure maintaining feature, pressure retain-ing valves must be used on eastward trains be-tween Mile 20.0 and Mile 15.5 and between Mile8.2 and Coalspur.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 25.6 Zone 20



7.1 Luscar Industrial Spur (L.I.S.) - Mile 22.4. Ex-tends northward 7.9 Miles. Mile 0.0 to Mile 7.9.

Control Features:i) OCS applicable between Mile 1.0 and Mile

4.5ii) TGBO applicable.iii) Rule 40.1 applicable; Mile 0.0 - Mile 1.0 and

Mile 4.5 - Mile 7.9.


(d) Rule 112 - Mile 20 (Wingo) Equipment lefton any track need not have handbrakes ap-plied. Cars are to be left east of the desig-nated location which is marked by a sign.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES



2.3 LeylandLOAD/EMPTY FEATURE: Crews handling loadedcoal trains must ensure the manual load-emptyfeature on all cars so equipped is set in the LOADposition prior to departure from the mine site. Themanual load-empty lever orT-handle is mounted at the centre of the car nearthe control valve and air reservoirs.

2.4 Retainers - In the absence of a functioning brakepipe pressure maintaining feature, pressure retain-ing valves must be used on eastward trains be-tween Mile 20.0 and Mile 15.5 and between Mile8.2 and Coalspur.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS




7.1 Luscar Industrial Spur (L.I.S.) - Mile 22.4. Ex-tends northward 7.9 Miles. Mile 0.0 to Mile 7.9.

Control Features:i) OCS applicable between Mile 1.0 and Mile

4.5ii) TGBO applicable.iii) Rule 40.1 applicable; Mile 0.0 - Mile 1.0 and

Mile 4.5 - Mile 7.9.


iv) Rule 104(c) - Switch Mile 4.5 is normal whenlined for through movement(s) to CardinalRiver.

v) Rule 105 and Rule 105(a) applicable; Mile0.0 - Mile 1.0 and Mile 4.5 - Mile 7.9.

vi) Maximum Permissible Speed 15 MPH.vii) The most easterly track between Mile 4.5

and Mile 5.2 is the through track.

General Instructions:Bridge Mile 7.8: not equipped with walkways orhandrails.Retainers: In the absence of a functioning brakepipe pressure maintaining feature, pressure retain-ing valves must be used on southward movementsbetween Mile 7.9 and Leyland. Southward move-ments must make a brake test.

Specific Instructions:Aluminum Cars - Cardinal RiverThis instruction pertains to trains handlingaluminum car coal sets (series FURX 960 and CNSeries 192, 193 and 194) on the Luscar IndustrialSpur.Trains must be powered by three six-axle loco-motives equipped with dynamic brakes. Loadedtrains must not operate southward on the spurwith less than two of the three locomotives havingthe dynamic brake fully operational. In addition, toassist in braking effort, the operating brake pipepressure is to be increased to 110 psi. Locomo-tive engineers should be aware that with this brakepipe pressure, a full service application of the airbrakes is not reached until a 32 psi brake pipepressure reduction is made. To take advantage ofthe higher braking effort of the 110 psi brake pipe,the locomotive engineer will have to make anoverreduction on the automatic brake valve sincethe full service position on the valve is only abouta 23 or 24 psi reduction. Note that the 30ACDWtype valves may not properly pressure maintainwith more than a 30 psi reduction. In this case,the brake pressure would slowly drop to zero as ifthe handle had been placed in the “Handle Off”position. Should this occur after the 32 lb. reduc-tion has been attained, place the automatic brakevalve back to the full service position in order tostop the brake pipe from reducing further. Pleasenote that the brake valve will only lap when in thefreight position.)When snow conditions may seriously impede brak-ing effectiveness, the crew must advise the RTCfor further instructions before proceeding.

ALBERTA DIVISION - MOUNTAIN PARK SUBDIVISION[32 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

iv) Rule 104(c) - Switch Mile 4.5 is normal whenlined for through movement(s) to CardinalRiver.

v) Rule 105 and Rule 105(a) applicable; Mile0.0 - Mile 1.0 and Mile 4.5 - Mile 7.9.

vi) Maximum Permissible Speed 15 MPH.vii) The most easterly track between Mile 4.5

and Mile 5.2 is the through track.

General Instructions:Bridge Mile 7.8: not equipped with walkways orhandrails.Retainers: In the absence of a functioning brakepipe pressure maintaining feature, pressure retain-ing valves must be used on southward movementsbetween Mile 7.9 and Leyland. Southward move-ments must make a brake test.

Specific Instructions:Aluminum Cars - Cardinal RiverThis instruction pertains to trains handlingaluminum car coal sets (series FURX 960 and CNSeries 192, 193 and 194) on the Luscar IndustrialSpur.Trains must be powered by three six-axle loco-motives equipped with dynamic brakes. Loadedtrains must not operate southward on the spurwith less than two of the three locomotives havingthe dynamic brake fully operational. In addition, toassist in braking effort, the operating brake pipepressure is to be increased to 110 psi. Locomo-tive engineers should be aware that with this brakepipe pressure, a full service application of the airbrakes is not reached until a 32 psi brake pipepressure reduction is made. To take advantage ofthe higher braking effort of the 110 psi brake pipe,the locomotive engineer will have to make anoverreduction on the automatic brake valve sincethe full service position on the valve is only abouta 23 or 24 psi reduction. Note that the 30ACDWtype valves may not properly pressure maintainwith more than a 30 psi reduction. In this case,the brake pressure would slowly drop to zero as ifthe handle had been placed in the “Handle Off”position. Should this occur after the 32 lb. reduc-tion has been attained, place the automatic brakevalve back to the full service position in order tostop the brake pipe from reducing further. Pleasenote that the brake valve will only lap when in thefreight position.)When snow conditions may seriously impede brak-ing effectiveness, the crew must advise the RTCfor further instructions before proceeding.

ALBERTA DIVISION - MOUNTAIN PARK SUBDIVISION


7.2 Mile 4.5 (L.I.S.) Extends north of Leyland off ofthe Luscar Industrial Spur. Points face south.Restricted Clearance - 17 feet. 6 inches ATR atthe tipple. Snow Plows and Flangers - must notbe operated under tipple.Load/Empty Feature - Crews handling loadedcoal trains must ensure the manual load-emptyfeature on all cars so equipped is set in the LOADposition prior to departure from the mine site. Themanual load-empty lever or T-handle is mountedat the centre of the car near the control valve andair reservoirs.Loading Chute - Train, engine and/or car move-ment must not be made under the loading chuteuntil a green light is displayed or until proper in-structions are received from the Loadout Opera-tor. The signal light is located above the chute onthe south side for approaching movements.

7.3 Mile 7.05 (L.I.S.) Extends north of Leyland off ofthe Luscar Industrial Spur. Points face south.

7.4 Cadomin Mile 23.7 - Track 1 (Former Siding Track)Extends eastward - East Switch is located at Mile23.57. Capacity 3540 feet. Points face west.Equipment Restrictions - Loads are not permit-ted.

7.5 Pit Track MC 37 - Mile 24.9 - Switch points faceeast. Capacity 2400 feet. Unattended cars musthave at least 50% of hand brakes applied.

7.6 Genstar Cement Ltd. - Mile 25.0. Restrictedclearance on tipple when chute is down.


ALBERTA DIVISION - MOUNTAIN PARK SUBDIVISION[33 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

7.2 Mile 4.5 (L.I.S.) Extends north of Leyland off ofthe Luscar Industrial Spur. Points face south.Restricted Clearance - 17 feet. 6 inches ATR atthe tipple. Snow Plows and Flangers - must notbe operated under tipple.Load/Empty Feature - Crews handling loadedcoal trains must ensure the manual load-emptyfeature on all cars so equipped is set in the LOADposition prior to departure from the mine site. Themanual load-empty lever or T-handle is mountedat the centre of the car near the control valve andair reservoirs.Loading Chute - Train, engine and/or car move-ment must not be made under the loading chuteuntil a green light is displayed or until proper in-structions are received from the Loadout Opera-tor. The signal light is located above the chute onthe south side for approaching movements.

7.3 Mile 7.05 (L.I.S.) Extends north of Leyland off ofthe Luscar Industrial Spur. Points face south.

7.4 Cadomin Mile 23.7 - Track 1 (Former Siding Track)Extends eastward - East Switch is located at Mile23.57. Capacity 3540 feet. Points face west.Equipment Restrictions - Loads are not permit-ted.

7.5 Pit Track MC 37 - Mile 24.9 - Switch points faceeast. Capacity 2400 feet. Unattended cars musthave at least 50% of hand brakes applied.

7.6 Genstar Cement Ltd. - Mile 25.0. Restrictedclearance on tipple when chute is down.


ALBERTA DIVISION - MOUNTAIN PARK SUBDIVISION

[34 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005ALBERTA DIVISION - ALBREDA SUBDIVISION

82*4451

84*4452

81*4453

82*4454

84*4455

JASPER 0.0

HOME 0.4

WYND 2.5

GEIKIE 8.5

YELLOWHEAD 17.6

FITZWILLIAM 25.2

GRANT BROOK 31.9

MOOSE LAKE 41.6

REDPASS 43.7

Jct with Robson Sub

FOSTER 49.6

MOREY 57.3 7030

JACKMAN 65.5

SPICER 70.6South Connecting Track

with Robson Sub

CHARLES 71.6

Jct with Robson Sub

VON ZUBEN 73.3

VALEMOUNT 74.5

CANOE RIVER 82.6 6480

ALBREDA 91.5 6332

CLEMINA EAST 96.5

CLEMINA WEST 99.8

LEMPRIERE 106.3 8440

PYRAMID 114.2 12508

THUNDER RIVER 122.4 6340

BLUE RIVER EAST 131.7

BLUE RIVER Y 132.3

0.4

132.3

ALBREDASUBDIVISION

PACIFICTIME

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

12.2

26.9

41.4

59.3

75.1

89.8

103.0

120.2

C4T1

*4561

C4T1

*4562

C4T1

*4563

C4T1

*4564

C4T1

*4565

C4T1

*4566

Rul

e 10

5

1

W E

CTC

21

21

21

21

TGBO

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN HOME AND BLUE RIVER

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.SWITCHING ZONES BETWEEN HOME AND GEIKIE

AND BETWEEN MILE 121.3 AND BLUE RIVER.RULES 105 AND 105(a) APPLICABLE BETWEEN

JASPER AND HOME.SIDING CONTROL TERRITORY


82*4451

84*4452

81*4453

82*4454

84*4455

JASPER 0.0

HOME 0.4

WYND 2.5

GEIKIE 8.5

YELLOWHEAD 17.6

FITZWILLIAM 25.2

GRANT BROOK 31.9

MOOSE LAKE 41.6

REDPASS 43.7

Jct with Robson Sub

FOSTER 49.6

MOREY 57.3 7030

JACKMAN 65.5

SPICER 70.6South Connecting Track

with Robson Sub

CHARLES 71.6

Jct with Robson Sub

VON ZUBEN 73.3

VALEMOUNT 74.5

CANOE RIVER 82.6 6480

ALBREDA 91.5 6332

CLEMINA EAST 96.5

CLEMINA WEST 99.8

LEMPRIERE 106.3 8440

PYRAMID 114.2 12508

THUNDER RIVER 122.4 6340

BLUE RIVER EAST 131.7

BLUE RIVER Y 132.3

0.4

132.3

ALBREDASUBDIVISION

PACIFICTIME

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

12.2

26.9

41.4

59.3

75.1

89.8

103.0

120.2

C4T1

*4561

C4T1

*4562

C4T1

*4563

C4T1

*4564

C4T1

*4565

C4T1

*4566

Rul

e 10

5

1

W E

CTC

21

21

21

21

TGBO

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN HOME AND BLUE RIVER

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.SWITCHING ZONES BETWEEN HOME AND GEIKIE

AND BETWEEN MILE 121.3 AND BLUE RIVER.RULES 105 AND 105(a) APPLICABLE BETWEEN

JASPER AND HOME.SIDING CONTROL TERRITORY


ALBREDA SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



1.2 Connecting Track InstructionsWhen entering a Connecting Track and communi-cating with Maintenance of Way personnel, (Rule42, Joint Authorities, etc.) trains and engine move-ments must state the following:a) Directionb) North or South Connecting Trackc) Subdivision (Entering and Leaving)d) Intended Route

Examples:“This is Train 834 entering North ConnectingTrack at Harvey and exiting at Peterson onthe Robson Sub to the Albreda Sub via theSouth Connecting Track”“This is Train 835 entering South Connect-ing Track at Spicer and exiting at Lubin tothe Robson Sub”“This is Train 835 entering the South Con-necting Track at Spicer exiting at Lubin tothe Tete Jaune sub via the North ConnectingTrack”

1.3 Switching SignalsHOME: 05ND, 05SD

1.4 CTC SPECIAL FEATURES

(a) SIGNAL INDICATIONS(i) Mile 41.5 - CLEAR indication on west-

ward signal 415N and CLEAR TO LIM-ITED or LIMITED TO CLEAR indica-tions on westward signal 415S atMoose Lake indicate that route is linedto Robson Subdivision.

(ii) Mile 12.0 - Eastward advance signals120N and 120S may display CLEARTO LIMITED indication whether or notthe route beyond the next controlledsignal (Geikie) is lined to cross over tothe other track.

(b) SIGNAL STATUS REQUEST - Home - thestatus of signal requests for signals 05NDand 05SD may be queried through use ofthe DTMF pad on CN radio channel 1. Usecode *056 for signal 05ND and *057 for sig-nal 05SD. When either of these signals havebeen requested or cancelled by the RTC, amessage will be available as to the status ofthe signal. This message is provided as anaid to avoid movements blocking the public


ALBREDA SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



1.2 Connecting Track InstructionsWhen entering a Connecting Track and communi-cating with Maintenance of Way personnel, (Rule42, Joint Authorities, etc.) trains and engine move-ments must state the following:a) Directionb) North or South Connecting Trackc) Subdivision (Entering and Leaving)d) Intended Route


1.3 Switching SignalsHOME: 05ND, 05SD

1.4 CTC SPECIAL FEATURES

(a) SIGNAL INDICATIONS(i) Mile 41.5 - CLEAR indication on west-

ward signal 415N and CLEAR TO LIM-ITED or LIMITED TO CLEAR indica-tions on westward signal 415S atMoose Lake indicate that route is linedto Robson Subdivision.

(ii) Mile 12.0 - Eastward advance signals120N and 120S may display CLEARTO LIMITED indication whether or notthe route beyond the next controlledsignal (Geikie) is lined to cross over tothe other track.

(b) SIGNAL STATUS REQUEST - Home - thestatus of signal requests for signals 05NDand 05SD may be queried through use ofthe DTMF pad on CN radio channel 1. Usecode *056 for signal 05ND and *057 for sig-nal 05SD. When either of these signals havebeen requested or cancelled by the RTC, amessage will be available as to the status ofthe signal. This message is provided as anaid to avoid movements blocking the public


crossing at grade and not as operating au-thority for movements to proceed past thesesignals.

1.5 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule B - Instructions concerning Jasper Yard

will be found in Edson Subdivision footnotes.(b) Rule 14(l)(iv) - applicable at public crossing

at grade, Mile 0.29 (Hazel Street).

(c) Rule 104.5 Self restoring derails - locatedat Blue River West. Mile 1.1 Clearwater Sub.DTMF *337.

(d) Rule 104.5 Exception derail - located atwest end of siding Morey.

(e) Rule 105(a) - applicable in Jasper and BlueRiver yards.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Hot Box And Dragging Equipment Detectors(a) Mile 41.4 - to avoid receiving an inaccurate

reading, westward trains receiving a CLEARTO STOP signal to Moose Lake must stopshort of the detector unless the signal atMoose Lake is indicating a more favourableindication than STOP.

(b) Hazard Warning SystemMile 56.0 to Mile 56.01Mile 85.6

(c) Stand Alone Dragging EquipmentDetectorsMiles 46.48, 51.70, 55.6, 60.97, 67.00,80.22, 86.22, 93.65, 98.24, 107.00, 112.56,125.00, 129.50

2.2 SLIDE DETECTOR FENCESMile Length6.43 to 6.87 2330 feet7.32 to 7.36 220 feet7.77 to 7.82 260 feet52.96 to 53.23 1475 feet53.28 to 53.31 130 feet53.75 to 54.0 1325 feet54.06 to 54.14 400 feet54.17 to 54.55 1800 feet55.34 to 55.7 2280 feet

2.3 TUNNELSMile 6.6 (North Track) 315 feetMile 48.0 1670 feet

2.4 SNOWSHEDMile 54.9 361 feet

ALBERTA DIVISION - ALBREDA SUBDIVISION[36 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

crossing at grade and not as operating au-thority for movements to proceed past thesesignals.

1.5 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule B - Instructions concerning Jasper Yard

will be found in Edson Subdivision footnotes.(b) Rule 14(l)(iv) - applicable at public crossing

at grade, Mile 0.29 (Hazel Street).

(c) Rule 104.5 Self restoring derails - locatedat Blue River West. Mile 1.1 Clearwater Sub.DTMF *337.

(d) Rule 104.5 Exception derail - located atwest end of siding Morey.

(e) Rule 105(a) - applicable in Jasper and BlueRiver yards.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Hot Box And Dragging Equipment Detectors(a) Mile 41.4 - to avoid receiving an inaccurate

reading, westward trains receiving a CLEARTO STOP signal to Moose Lake must stopshort of the detector unless the signal atMoose Lake is indicating a more favourableindication than STOP.

(b) Hazard Warning SystemMile 56.0 to Mile 56.01Mile 85.6

(c) Stand Alone Dragging EquipmentDetectorsMiles 46.48, 51.70, 55.6, 60.97, 67.00,80.22, 86.22, 93.65, 98.24, 107.00, 112.56,125.00, 129.50

2.2 SLIDE DETECTOR FENCESMile Length6.43 to 6.87 2330 feet7.32 to 7.36 220 feet7.77 to 7.82 260 feet52.96 to 53.23 1475 feet53.28 to 53.31 130 feet53.75 to 54.0 1325 feet54.06 to 54.14 400 feet54.17 to 54.55 1800 feet55.34 to 55.7 2280 feet

2.3 TUNNELSMile 6.6 (North Track) 315 feetMile 48.0 1670 feet

2.4 SNOWSHEDMile 54.9 361 feet

ALBERTA DIVISION - ALBREDA SUBDIVISION


2.5 DEBRIS FLOW DETECTORBridges Mile 53.9, 54.3, 55.6

2.6 Blue River Yarding Instructions - All movementsmust contact Clearwater Sub. RTC for yarding in-structions.

2.7 Blue River Yard - Tracks DJ 08 and DJ 09 (Wye)- MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE SPEED 5 MPH.

2.8 Bridge Mile 80.6 - Because of the presence of“sliding joints” to allow for rail expansion and con-traction at bridge, heavy brake applications mustbe avoided within 500 feet of either side of bridge.

2.9 Mile 129.0 - Bridge not equipped with walkway.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil


4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):286,000 lbs. Exception: Trains handling carsweighing in excess of 268,000 lbs must not ex-ceed 50 MPH.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Speed Charts

(a) TOB - tons per operative brake will be indi-cated on WOPRT or train journal.

(b) Zone speed signs will indicate speeds forpassenger and unrestricted freight trainsonly.



2.5 DEBRIS FLOW DETECTORBridges Mile 53.9, 54.3, 55.6

2.6 Blue River Yarding Instructions - All movementsmust contact Clearwater Sub. RTC for yarding in-structions.

2.7 Blue River Yard - Tracks DJ 08 and DJ 09 (Wye)- MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE SPEED 5 MPH.


2.9 Mile 129.0 - Bridge not equipped with walkway.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS

5.1 Speed Charts








or longer

NORTH TRACK0.4 - 1.7 Zone 35 35 35 351.7 - 5.2 Zone 35 35 35 405.2 - 7.8 Zone 30 30 30 357.8 - 9.8 Zone 40 40 40 409.8 - 14.9 Zone 45 45 45 6014.9 - 16.3 Zone 35 35 35 4516.3 - 18.9 Zone 35 35 35 4018.9 - 23.1 Zone 40 40 40 4523.1 - 25.2 Zone 35 35 35 4031.9 - 33.5 Zone 35 35 35 4533.5 - 43.7 Zone 45 45 45 5071.6 - 73.4 Zone 45 45 45 5596.3 - 99.8 Zone 40 40 40 40SOUTH TRACK0.4 - 1.7 Zone 35 35 35 351.7 - 5.2 Zone 35 35 35 505.2 - 7.8 Zone 35 35 35 357.8 - 9.8 Zone 45 45 45 509.8 - 14.9 Zone 45 45 45 6514.9 - 16.3 Zone 45 45 45 4516.3 - 18.9 Zone 35 35 35 4018.9 - 23.1 Zone 35 35 35 4523.1 - 25.2 Zone 35 35 35 4031.9 - 33.5 Zone 35 35 35 4533.5 - 43.7 Zone 45 45 45 5071.6 - 73.4 Zone 45 45 45 5596.3 - 99.8 Zone 25 25 25 30



SINGLE TRACK25.2 - 31.9 Zone 35 35 35 4043.7 - 47.9 Zone 45 45 45 5047.9 - 63.8 Zone 35 35 35 3563.8 - 66.6 Zone 35 35 35 4566.6 - 71.6 Zone 45 45 45 5573.3 - 73.8 Zone 45 45 45 4573.8 - 78.7 Zone 55 55 55 6578.7 - 86.4 Zone 35 35 35 4086.4 - 88.3 Zone 25 25 25 3588.3 - 94.9 Zone 40 40 40 5094.9 - 96.3 Zone 25 25 25 3599.8 - 101.8 Zone 25 25 25 35101.8 - 107.2 Zone 25 25 25 35107.2 - 110.7 Zone 30 30 30 35110.7 - 116.8 Zone 35 35 35 35PYRAMID SIDING 25 25 25 25116.4 - 116.8 30 30 30 35116.8 - 132.0 Zone 45 45 45 50122.6 - 123.35 35 35 35 40123.35 - 125.5 40 40 40 45132.0 - 132.3 Zone 40 40 40 40




or longer

NORTH TRACK0.4 - 1.7 Zone 35 35 35 351.7 - 5.2 Zone 35 35 35 405.2 - 7.8 Zone 30 30 30 357.8 - 9.8 Zone 40 40 40 409.8 - 14.9 Zone 45 45 45 6014.9 - 16.3 Zone 35 35 35 4516.3 - 18.9 Zone 35 35 35 4018.9 - 23.1 Zone 40 40 40 4523.1 - 25.2 Zone 35 35 35 4031.9 - 33.5 Zone 35 35 35 4533.5 - 43.7 Zone 45 45 45 5071.6 - 73.4 Zone 45 45 45 5596.3 - 99.8 Zone 40 40 40 40SOUTH TRACK0.4 - 1.7 Zone 35 35 35 351.7 - 5.2 Zone 35 35 35 505.2 - 7.8 Zone 35 35 35 357.8 - 9.8 Zone 45 45 45 509.8 - 14.9 Zone 45 45 45 6514.9 - 16.3 Zone 45 45 45 4516.3 - 18.9 Zone 35 35 35 4018.9 - 23.1 Zone 35 35 35 4523.1 - 25.2 Zone 35 35 35 4031.9 - 33.5 Zone 35 35 35 4533.5 - 43.7 Zone 45 45 45 5071.6 - 73.4 Zone 45 45 45 5596.3 - 99.8 Zone 25 25 25 30



SINGLE TRACK25.2 - 31.9 Zone 35 35 35 4043.7 - 47.9 Zone 45 45 45 5047.9 - 63.8 Zone 35 35 35 3563.8 - 66.6 Zone 35 35 35 4566.6 - 71.6 Zone 45 45 45 5573.3 - 73.8 Zone 45 45 45 4573.8 - 78.7 Zone 55 55 55 6578.7 - 86.4 Zone 35 35 35 4086.4 - 88.3 Zone 25 25 25 3588.3 - 94.9 Zone 40 40 40 5094.9 - 96.3 Zone 25 25 25 3599.8 - 101.8 Zone 25 25 25 35101.8 - 107.2 Zone 25 25 25 35107.2 - 110.7 Zone 30 30 30 35110.7 - 116.8 Zone 35 35 35 35PYRAMID SIDING 25 25 25 25116.4 - 116.8 30 30 30 35116.8 - 132.0 Zone 45 45 45 50122.6 - 123.35 35 35 35 40123.35 - 125.5 40 40 40 45132.0 - 132.3 Zone 40 40 40 40





or longer

SINGLE TRACK132.3 - 132.0 Zone 40 40 40 40132.0 - 116.8 Zone 45 45 45 50125.5 - 123.35 40 40 40 45123.35 - 122.6 35 35 35 40116.8 - 110.7 Zone 35 35 35 35116.4 - 116.4 30 30 30 35PYRAMID SIDING 25 25 25 25110.7 - 107.2 Zone 30 30 30 35107.2 - 101.8 Zone 25 25 25 30101.8 - 99.8 Zone 40 40 40 4096.3 - 94.9 Zone 40 40 40 4094.9 - 88.3 Zone 40 40 40 5088.3 - 86.4 Zone 25 25 25 3586.4 - 78.7 Zone 35 35 35 4078.7 - 73.8 Zone 55 55 55 6573.8 - 73.3 Zone 45 45 45 4571.6 - 66.6 Zone 45 45 45 5566.6 - 47.9 Zone 35 35 35 3547.9 - 43.7 Zone 45 45 45 5031.9 - 25.2 Zone 35 35 35 40



SOUTH TRACK99.8 - 96.3 Zone 25 25 25 3073.8 - 71.6 Zone 45 45 45 5543.7 - 33.5 Zone 45 45 45 5033.5 - 31.9 Zone 35 35 35 4525.2 - 23.1 Zone 35 35 35 4023.1 - 18.9 Zone 35 35 35 4518.9 - 16.3 Zone 35 35 35 4016.3 - 14.9 Zone 45 45 45 4514.9 - 9.8 Zone 45 45 45 659.8 - 7.8 Zone 45 45 45 508.69 SIGNAL 86S 35*7.8 - 1.7 Zone 35 35 35 501.7 - 0.4 Zone 35 35 35 35NORTH TRACK99.8 - 96.3 Zone 40 40 40 4073.3 - 71.6 Zone 45 45 45 5543.7 - 31.9 Zone 45 45 45 5033.5 - 31.9 Zone 35 35 35 4525.2 - 23.1 Zone 35 35 35 4023.1 - 18.9 Zone 40 40 40 4518.9 - 16.3 Zone 35 35 35 4016.3 - 14.9 Zone 35 35 35 4514.9 - 9.8 Zone 45 45 45 609.8 - 7.8 Zone 40 40 40 408.69 SIGNAL 86N 35*7.8 - 5.2 Zone 30 30 30 355.2 - 1.7 Zone 35 35 35 401.7 - 0.4 Zone 35 35 35 35




or longer

SINGLE TRACK132.3 - 132.0 Zone 40 40 40 40132.0 - 116.8 Zone 45 45 45 50125.5 - 123.35 40 40 40 45123.35 - 122.6 35 35 35 40116.8 - 110.7 Zone 35 35 35 35116.4 - 116.4 30 30 30 35PYRAMID SIDING 25 25 25 25110.7 - 107.2 Zone 30 30 30 35107.2 - 101.8 Zone 25 25 25 30101.8 - 99.8 Zone 40 40 40 4096.3 - 94.9 Zone 40 40 40 4094.9 - 88.3 Zone 40 40 40 5088.3 - 86.4 Zone 25 25 25 3586.4 - 78.7 Zone 35 35 35 4078.7 - 73.8 Zone 55 55 55 6573.8 - 73.3 Zone 45 45 45 4571.6 - 66.6 Zone 45 45 45 5566.6 - 47.9 Zone 35 35 35 3547.9 - 43.7 Zone 45 45 45 5031.9 - 25.2 Zone 35 35 35 40



SOUTH TRACK99.8 - 96.3 Zone 25 25 25 3073.8 - 71.6 Zone 45 45 45 5543.7 - 33.5 Zone 45 45 45 5033.5 - 31.9 Zone 35 35 35 4525.2 - 23.1 Zone 35 35 35 4023.1 - 18.9 Zone 35 35 35 4518.9 - 16.3 Zone 35 35 35 4016.3 - 14.9 Zone 45 45 45 4514.9 - 9.8 Zone 45 45 45 659.8 - 7.8 Zone 45 45 45 508.69 SIGNAL 86S 35*7.8 - 1.7 Zone 35 35 35 501.7 - 0.4 Zone 35 35 35 35NORTH TRACK99.8 - 96.3 Zone 40 40 40 4073.3 - 71.6 Zone 45 45 45 5543.7 - 31.9 Zone 45 45 45 5033.5 - 31.9 Zone 35 35 35 4525.2 - 23.1 Zone 35 35 35 4023.1 - 18.9 Zone 40 40 40 4518.9 - 16.3 Zone 35 35 35 4016.3 - 14.9 Zone 35 35 35 4514.9 - 9.8 Zone 45 45 45 609.8 - 7.8 Zone 40 40 40 408.69 SIGNAL 86N 35*7.8 - 5.2 Zone 30 30 30 355.2 - 1.7 Zone 35 35 35 401.7 - 0.4 Zone 35 35 35 35




6.1 Mile 0.29 (Hazel Street) Automatic Warning De-vices. Equipped with push buttons. Movementson yard lead proceeding at less than 5 MPH mustnot obstruct crossing until gates are horizontal.

6.2 Mile 74.22 (Dogwood Avenue) Automatic Warn-ing Devices. Equipped with push button. Eastwardmovements proceeding at 10 MPH or less within2150 feet of crossing must not obstruct crossinguntil protection has been in operation for at least20 seconds.

6.3 Mile 77.40 (Forest Road) Automatic WarningDevices. Equipped with push button. Eastwardmovements proceeding at 10 MPH or less within2500 feet of crossing must not obstruct crossinguntil protection has been in operation for at least20 seconds.

6.4 Mile 131.84 (Angus Horne St) Automatic Warn-ing Devices. Main Track: Eastward movementsstopping at signal 1318 shall stop clear of cross-ing circuit sign located approximately 100 feet westof crossing. Westward movements proceeding af-ter stopping at signal 1317 must not exceed 10MPH until crossing occupied.Siding: Eastward movements proceeding at lessthan 10 MPH within 950 feet of crossing must notobstruct crossing until automatic protection hasbeen in operation for at least 20 seconds.


7.1 Spicer - Mile 70.6 - South Connecting TrackExtends 1.4 miles connecting Lubin on the Robsonsub with Spicer on Albreda Sub. TGBO SpecialInstructions applicable.




6.1 Mile 0.29 (Hazel Street) Automatic Warning De-vices. Equipped with push buttons. Movementson yard lead proceeding at less than 5 MPH mustnot obstruct crossing until gates are horizontal.

6.2 Mile 74.22 (Dogwood Avenue) Automatic Warn-ing Devices. Equipped with push button. Eastwardmovements proceeding at 10 MPH or less within2150 feet of crossing must not obstruct crossinguntil protection has been in operation for at least20 seconds.

6.3 Mile 77.40 (Forest Road) Automatic WarningDevices. Equipped with push button. Eastwardmovements proceeding at 10 MPH or less within2500 feet of crossing must not obstruct crossinguntil protection has been in operation for at least20 seconds.

6.4 Mile 131.84 (Angus Horne St) Automatic Warn-ing Devices. Main Track: Eastward movementsstopping at signal 1318 shall stop clear of cross-ing circuit sign located approximately 100 feet westof crossing. Westward movements proceeding af-ter stopping at signal 1317 must not exceed 10MPH until crossing occupied.Siding: Eastward movements proceeding at lessthan 10 MPH within 950 feet of crossing must notobstruct crossing until automatic protection hasbeen in operation for at least 20 seconds.


7.1 Spicer - Mile 70.6 - South Connecting TrackExtends 1.4 miles connecting Lubin on the Robsonsub with Spicer on Albreda Sub. TGBO SpecialInstructions applicable.



[42 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005ALBERTA DIVISION - ROBSON SUBDIVISION

0.0

29.8

ROBSONSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

REDPASS 0.0

Jct with Albreda Sub

SWIFTWATER 14.7

TAVERNA 20.2

Jct with Tete Jaune Sub

McCABE 22.7

PETERSON 24.6

North Connecting

Track with Tete Jaune Sub

LUBIN 28.1South Connecting

Track with Albreda Sub

CHARLES 29.8Jct with Albreda Sub

11.0

25.0

C4T1

*4563

C4T1

*4564

1

W E

CTC

84*4452

81*4453

TGBO

ROBSON SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 Connecting Track Instructions

When entering a Connecting Track and communi-cating with Maintenance of Way personnel, (Rule42, Joint Authorities, etc.) trains and engine move-ments must state the following:a) Directionb) North or South Connecting Trackc) Subdivision (Entering and Leaving)d) Intended Route


SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN REDPASS AND CHARLES AND

ON NORTH AND SOUTH CONNECTING TRACKSCONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.


0.0

29.8

ROBSONSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

REDPASS 0.0

Jct with Albreda Sub

SWIFTWATER 14.7

TAVERNA 20.2

Jct with Tete Jaune Sub

McCABE 22.7

PETERSON 24.6

North Connecting

Track with Tete Jaune Sub

LUBIN 28.1South Connecting

Track with Albreda Sub

CHARLES 29.8Jct with Albreda Sub

11.0

25.0

C4T1

*4563

C4T1

*4564

1

W E

CTC

84*4452

81*4453

TGBO

ROBSON SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES





SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN REDPASS AND CHARLES AND

ON NORTH AND SOUTH CONNECTING TRACKSCONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.


1.2 CTC SPECIAL FEATURESSignalled Tracks:North ConnectingSouth Connecting

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Retainers - Whether dynamic brake equipped ornot, if through a series of applications or by anemergency application, the air supply is depletedto the point where a stop and recharge is neces-sary, before releasing the train brakes a sufficientnumber of pressure retaining valves must be seton high pressure (HP) position, to hold the trainon the grade during recharge of the system. Fieldtests have revealed that a minimum of 35 set re-tainers are required to hold a loaded unit train be-tween Mile 0.0 and Mile 20.2.

2.2 Hot box and dragging equipment detector Mile11 is NOT equipped with a hot wheel detector.

2.3 Slide Detector FencesMile 9.82 to 9.84 65 feetMile 10.12 to 10.1 340 feetMile 11.89 to 12.05 800 feetMile 12.17 to 12.27 645 feet

2.4 Additional Slide Fence ProtectionThe following signals are equipped with T lights:SIGNAL 67 Mile 6.7 - triggered by Albreda SubFence - expect debris Mile 6.7 to 10.2.SIGNAL 97 Mile 9.7 - triggered by Robson Subfence - expect debris Mile 9.7 to 10.2.SIGNAL 102 Mile 10.2 - triggered by Albreda and/or Robson Sub fence - expect debris Mile 10.2 to6.7.

2.5 Hazard Warning SystemMile 4.42 to 4.51 500 feetMile 8.26 to 8.34 385 feetMile 10.17 to 10.36 1000 feetMile 10.47 to 10.71 640 feetMile 11.17 to 11.37 700 feet

2.6 Debris Flow DetectorsBridges Mile 10.54, 10.7 and 11.3, which if acti-vated will trigger slide detector fences.

2.7 Stand Alone Dragging Equipment DetectorMile 4.33Mile 9.79Mile 17.76

2.8 TUNNELMile 19.6 332 feet

2.9 Bridge Mile 10.5 not equipped with handrails.


1.2 CTC SPECIAL FEATURESSignalled Tracks:North ConnectingSouth Connecting

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Retainers - Whether dynamic brake equipped ornot, if through a series of applications or by anemergency application, the air supply is depletedto the point where a stop and recharge is neces-sary, before releasing the train brakes a sufficientnumber of pressure retaining valves must be seton high pressure (HP) position, to hold the trainon the grade during recharge of the system. Fieldtests have revealed that a minimum of 35 set re-tainers are required to hold a loaded unit train be-tween Mile 0.0 and Mile 20.2.

2.2 Hot box and dragging equipment detector Mile11 is NOT equipped with a hot wheel detector.

2.3 Slide Detector FencesMile 9.82 to 9.84 65 feetMile 10.12 to 10.1 340 feetMile 11.89 to 12.05 800 feetMile 12.17 to 12.27 645 feet

2.4 Additional Slide Fence ProtectionThe following signals are equipped with T lights:SIGNAL 67 Mile 6.7 - triggered by Albreda SubFence - expect debris Mile 6.7 to 10.2.SIGNAL 97 Mile 9.7 - triggered by Robson Subfence - expect debris Mile 9.7 to 10.2.SIGNAL 102 Mile 10.2 - triggered by Albreda and/or Robson Sub fence - expect debris Mile 10.2 to6.7.

2.5 Hazard Warning SystemMile 4.42 to 4.51 500 feetMile 8.26 to 8.34 385 feetMile 10.17 to 10.36 1000 feetMile 10.47 to 10.71 640 feetMile 11.17 to 11.37 700 feet

2.6 Debris Flow DetectorsBridges Mile 10.54, 10.7 and 11.3, which if acti-vated will trigger slide detector fences.

2.7 Stand Alone Dragging Equipment DetectorMile 4.33Mile 9.79Mile 17.76


2.9 Bridge Mile 10.5 not equipped with handrails.


3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS

5.1 Speed Charts






5.4 Speed - Connecting TracksMile Frt Frt Psgr

under 80 TOB80 TOB or more

NORTH CONNECTING TRACK0.0 - 1.4 Zone 35 35 451.4 - 4.8 Zone 50 50 65SOUTH CONNECTING TRACK0.0 - 1.4 Zone 35 35 45

Mile Frt Frt Psgrunder 80 TOB

80 TOB or more

29.8 - 28.4 Zone 45 45 6028.4 - 22.0 Zone 50 50 6522.0 - 0.0 Zone 35 35 35


80 TOB or more

0.0 - 22.0 Zone 35 30 3522.0 - 28.4 Zone 50 50 6528.4 - 29.8 Zone 45 45 60


3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS

5.1 Speed Charts






5.4 Speed - Connecting TracksMile Frt Frt Psgr

under 80 TOB80 TOB or more

NORTH CONNECTING TRACK0.0 - 1.4 Zone 35 35 451.4 - 4.8 Zone 50 50 65SOUTH CONNECTING TRACK0.0 - 1.4 Zone 35 35 45


80 TOB or more

29.8 - 28.4 Zone 45 45 6028.4 - 22.0 Zone 50 50 6522.0 - 0.0 Zone 35 35 35


80 TOB or more

0.0 - 22.0 Zone 35 30 3522.0 - 28.4 Zone 50 50 6528.4 - 29.8 Zone 45 45 60




7.1 Peterson - Mile 24.6 - North Connecting TrackExtends 4.8 miles connecting Peterson on theRobson Sub with Harvey on the Tete Jaune Sub.TGBO Special Instructions applicable.

7.2 Lubin - Mile 28.1 - South Connecting TrackExtends 1.4 miles connecting Lubin on the Robsonsub with Spicer on the Albreda Sub. TGBO Spe-cial Instructions applicable.


ALBERTA DIVISION - ROBSON SUBDIVISION[45 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005



7.1 Peterson - Mile 24.6 - North Connecting TrackExtends 4.8 miles connecting Peterson on theRobson Sub with Harvey on the Tete Jaune Sub.TGBO Special Instructions applicable.

7.2 Lubin - Mile 28.1 - South Connecting TrackExtends 1.4 miles connecting Lubin on the Robsonsub with Spicer on the Albreda Sub. TGBO Spe-cial Instructions applicable.


ALBERTA DIVISION - ROBSON SUBDIVISION

[46 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005ALBERTA DIVISION - TETE JAUNE SUBDIVISION

TAVERNA 0.0

Jct with

Robson Sub

HARVEY 1.9North Connecting Track

with Robson Sub

CROYDON 17.2 6510

RAUSH VALLEY 31.0

CADARET 41.0

MCBRIDE 43.4

0.0

TETE JAUNESUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

4.8

25.7OCS 1

C4T1

*4564

C2T1

*4611

W E

CTC

Rul

e 10

5

43.4

82*4501

TGBO

TETE JAUNE SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES





1.2 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 104(c) - The following subdivision

switches may be left lined and locked in ei-ther position: McBride - Switch Mile 42.94.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN TAVERNA AND HARVEY CONTROLLED

BY RTC EDMONTON.OCS BETWEEN HARVEY AND CADARET

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.RULE 105 AND RULE 105(a) APPLICABLE BETWEEN

CADARET AND MCBRIDE.

[46 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005ALBERTA DIVISION - TETE JAUNE SUBDIVISION

TAVERNA 0.0

Jct with

Robson Sub

HARVEY 1.9North Connecting Track

with Robson Sub

CROYDON 17.2 6510

RAUSH VALLEY 31.0

CADARET 41.0

MCBRIDE 43.4

0.0

TETE JAUNESUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

4.8

25.7OCS 1

C4T1

*4564

C2T1

*4611

W E

CTC

Rul

e 10

5

43.4

82*4501

TGBO

TETE JAUNE SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES





1.2 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 104(c) - The following subdivision

switches may be left lined and locked in ei-ther position: McBride - Switch Mile 42.94.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN TAVERNA AND HARVEY CONTROLLED

BY RTC EDMONTON.OCS BETWEEN HARVEY AND CADARET


CADARET AND MCBRIDE.


(b) Rule 105(a) applicable: McBride yard - alltracks.

(c) Rule 112(ii) - McBride Yard: The minimumhandbrake chart must be applied to a maxi-mum of 3 handbrakes per application.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 McBride - All movements must contact RTC foryarding instructions.

Maximum permissible speed on wye and trackYF25 (Rainbow) - 6 MPH.

2.2 Bridge Mile 32.6 - 32.8 (Raush Valley Bridge) -Use of dynamic brakes approaching bridge shouldbe avoided.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile Psgr Frt0.0 - 1.9 Zone 35 301.9 - 5.7 Zone 50 405.7 - 15.4 Zone 45 356.5 - 8.0 40 3510.2 - 12.3 40 3513.5 - 15.4 35 3015.4 - 24.2 Zone 50 4024.2 - 34.8 Zone 45 4024.8 - 27.3 40 3531.4 - 34.8 40 3534.8 - 43.4 Zone 50 4034.8 - 36.0 35 3038.3 - 38.6 45 40



7.1 Harvey - Mile 1.9 - North Connecting TrackExtends 4.8 miles connecting Harvey on TeteJaune Sub with Peterson on Robson Sub. TGBOapplicable.


ALBERTA DIVISION - TETE JAUNE SUBDIVISION[47 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

(b) Rule 105(a) applicable: McBride yard - alltracks.

(c) Rule 112(ii) - McBride Yard: The minimumhandbrake chart must be applied to a maxi-mum of 3 handbrakes per application.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 McBride - All movements must contact RTC foryarding instructions.

Maximum permissible speed on wye and trackYF25 (Rainbow) - 6 MPH.

2.2 Bridge Mile 32.6 - 32.8 (Raush Valley Bridge) -Use of dynamic brakes approaching bridge shouldbe avoided.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile Psgr Frt0.0 - 1.9 Zone 35 301.9 - 5.7 Zone 50 405.7 - 15.4 Zone 45 356.5 - 8.0 40 3510.2 - 12.3 40 3513.5 - 15.4 35 3015.4 - 24.2 Zone 50 4024.2 - 34.8 Zone 45 4024.8 - 27.3 40 3531.4 - 34.8 40 3534.8 - 43.4 Zone 50 4034.8 - 36.0 35 3038.3 - 38.6 45 40



7.1 Harvey - Mile 1.9 - North Connecting TrackExtends 4.8 miles connecting Harvey on TeteJaune Sub with Peterson on Robson Sub. TGBOapplicable.


ALBERTA DIVISION - TETE JAUNE SUBDIVISION


EDMONTON DIVISION

ALLIANCE............................................................. 73

BRAZEAU ............................................................. 59

CAMROSE ........................................................... 67

DRUMHELLER...................................................... 53

OYEN ................................................................... 50

RAM RIVER .......................................................... 64

SANGUDO ............................................................ 86

THREE HILLS ....................................................... 56

VEGREVILLE ....................................................... 75

WESTLOCK.......................................................... 83

Edson/Wainwright - See Alberta Division

Tom Brown Superintendent Walker(780) 472-3081

Mickey Healey Asst. Supt. Walker(780) 472-3490

Rod Shulha Asst. Supt. Walker(780) 472-3033

Bruce Cail Asst. Supt. Walker(780) 472-3776

Larry Rea Asst. Supt. Calgary(403) 974-6606

Rick Brady Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3075

Rick Maze Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3065

Gerry Huard Asst. Supt. Walker(780) 472-3775

Barry Halbauer Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-4076

Rick Sherbo Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3212

Wayne Vandevyvere Trainmaster Clover Bar(780) 473-0076

John McIlhone Trainmaster Scotford(780) 998-0103

Dave Casavant Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3829

Dave Goretzki TrainmasterCamrose, Brazeau,

Ram River, Alliance Subs (780) 472-3829

Dana Carlson Trainmaster. Walker(780) 472-3741

Gerry Guest Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3741


EDMONTON DIVISION

ALLIANCE............................................................. 73

BRAZEAU ............................................................. 59

CAMROSE ........................................................... 67

DRUMHELLER...................................................... 53

OYEN ................................................................... 50

RAM RIVER .......................................................... 64

SANGUDO ............................................................ 86

THREE HILLS ....................................................... 56

VEGREVILLE ....................................................... 75

WESTLOCK.......................................................... 83

Edson/Wainwright - See Alberta Division

Tom Brown Superintendent Walker(780) 472-3081

Mickey Healey Asst. Supt. Walker(780) 472-3490

Rod Shulha Asst. Supt. Walker(780) 472-3033

Bruce Cail Asst. Supt. Walker(780) 472-3776

Larry Rea Asst. Supt. Calgary(403) 974-6606

Rick Brady Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3075

Rick Maze Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3065

Gerry Huard Asst. Supt. Walker(780) 472-3775

Barry Halbauer Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-4076

Rick Sherbo Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3212

Wayne Vandevyvere Trainmaster Clover Bar(780) 473-0076

John McIlhone Trainmaster Scotford(780) 998-0103

Dave Casavant Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3829

Dave Goretzki TrainmasterCamrose, Brazeau,

Ram River, Alliance Subs (780) 472-3829

Dana Carlson Trainmaster. Walker(780) 472-3741

Gerry Guest Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3741

[49 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005EDMONTON DIVISION

Paul Hackett Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3031

Paul Nicoll Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3741

James Covey Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3031

Mike Stevenson Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3741

Corey Bitz Trainmaster E.I.T.(780) 913-4495

Greg Karpo Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3065

Greg Spaetgens Trainmaster Clover Bar(780) 473-0076

Chris Kyte Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3031

Don Schneider Trainmaster Clover Bar(780) 473-0076


Paul Hackett Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3031

Paul Nicoll Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3741

James Covey Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3031

Mike Stevenson Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3741

Corey Bitz Trainmaster E.I.T.(780) 913-4495

Greg Karpo Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3065

Greg Spaetgens Trainmaster Clover Bar(780) 473-0076

Chris Kyte Trainmaster Walker(780) 472-3031

Don Schneider Trainmaster Clover Bar(780) 473-0076

[50 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005EDMONTON DIVISION - OYEN SUBDIVISION

0.0

136.4

OYENSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

KINDERSLEY Y 0.0

BOUDREAU 4.0

PINKHAM 15.0

MARENGO 30.9

MANTARIO JCT 43.7

ALSASK 44.0

OYEN 66.7 3250

CHINOOK 88.8

YOUNGSTOWN 102.3

BATTER 131.8

NICHOLAS 136.1

HANNA 136.4

29.6

86.3

C3

T2

013

Rul

e 10

5O

CS

1

W E

TGBO

OYEN SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) The following is applicable on subdivision

track at Kindersley - Mile 0.0 to Mile 4.0(i) Rule 103.1(c) - Not Applicable.

(b) Rule 83.1 - All crews reporting for duty atKindersley must obtain applicable TGBO fortheir train or engine assignment prior to com-mencing work WHETHER OR NOT they willbe operating on the main track. TGBO mayinclude instructions or restrictions requiredto operate within non-main trackage.

(c) Rule 104 (c) - The following subdivisionswitches may be left lined and locked in ei-ther position: Kindersley - Switch Mile 0.8.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated locomotive tieup tracksHanna KY33 Kindersley KS16

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN BOUDREAU AND HANNA

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.RULES 105 AND 105(a) APPLICABLE

BETWEEN KINDERSLEY AND BOUDREAU.

[50 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005EDMONTON DIVISION - OYEN SUBDIVISION

0.0

136.4

OYENSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

KINDERSLEY Y 0.0

BOUDREAU 4.0

PINKHAM 15.0

MARENGO 30.9

MANTARIO JCT 43.7

ALSASK 44.0

OYEN 66.7 3250

CHINOOK 88.8

YOUNGSTOWN 102.3

BATTER 131.8

NICHOLAS 136.1

HANNA 136.4

29.6

86.3

C3

T2

013

Rul

e 10

5O

CS

1

W E

TGBO

OYEN SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



track at Kindersley - Mile 0.0 to Mile 4.0(i) Rule 103.1(c) - Not Applicable.

(b) Rule 83.1 - All crews reporting for duty atKindersley must obtain applicable TGBO fortheir train or engine assignment prior to com-mencing work WHETHER OR NOT they willbe operating on the main track. TGBO mayinclude instructions or restrictions requiredto operate within non-main trackage.

(c) Rule 104 (c) - The following subdivisionswitches may be left lined and locked in ei-ther position: Kindersley - Switch Mile 0.8.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated locomotive tieup tracksHanna KY33 Kindersley KS16

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN BOUDREAU AND HANNA


BETWEEN KINDERSLEY AND BOUDREAU.




4.2 Unless necessary to set out bad order equipmentor required to reduce to tonnage account locomo-tive failure, locomotives in group E must not oper-ate on sidings or other tracks. These locomotivesmay operate on the following tracks:Mile 15.0 - JR 05 and JR 06, except that portionof the former siding between elevator trackswitches.Mile 30.9 - JR 25 and JR 26Alsask - JS 02 and JS 04, except that portion ofthe former siding between elevator track switchesMile 50.9 - JS 32 and JS 36Oyen - JS 57 and JS 58Mile 83.0 - JT 13 and JT 14Mile 88.8 - JT 26Hanna - all yard tracks except KY 38

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 136.4 Zone 4079.2 to 79.7 35


(a) Mile 0.91 (Highway 21) - Movements ap-proaching crossing must not exceed 10 MPHfrom 400 feet until crossing fully occupied.


6.1 Mile 43.7 (Highway 44) Warning Devices Auto-matic: Equipped with push buttons.

6.2 Mile 83.1 (First Street West) Warning DevicesAutomatic: Equipped with push buttons. Move-ments proceeding at 10 MPH or less within 1850feet of crossing must not obstruct crossing untilautomatic protection has been in operation for atleast 20 seconds. STOP signs erected on Eleva-tor track.

6.3 Mile 136.07 (North South Road) Warning De-vices Automatic: Equipped with push button.

EDMONTON DIVISION - OYEN SUBDIVISION[51 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005



4.2 Unless necessary to set out bad order equipmentor required to reduce to tonnage account locomo-tive failure, locomotives in group E must not oper-ate on sidings or other tracks. These locomotivesmay operate on the following tracks:Mile 15.0 - JR 05 and JR 06, except that portionof the former siding between elevator trackswitches.Mile 30.9 - JR 25 and JR 26Alsask - JS 02 and JS 04, except that portion ofthe former siding between elevator track switchesMile 50.9 - JS 32 and JS 36Oyen - JS 57 and JS 58Mile 83.0 - JT 13 and JT 14Mile 88.8 - JT 26Hanna - all yard tracks except KY 38

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 136.4 Zone 4079.2 to 79.7 35


(a) Mile 0.91 (Highway 21) - Movements ap-proaching crossing must not exceed 10 MPHfrom 400 feet until crossing fully occupied.


6.1 Mile 43.7 (Highway 44) Warning Devices Auto-matic: Equipped with push buttons.

6.2 Mile 83.1 (First Street West) Warning DevicesAutomatic: Equipped with push buttons. Move-ments proceeding at 10 MPH or less within 1850feet of crossing must not obstruct crossing untilautomatic protection has been in operation for atleast 20 seconds. STOP signs erected on Eleva-tor track.

6.3 Mile 136.07 (North South Road) Warning De-vices Automatic: Equipped with push button.

EDMONTON DIVISION - OYEN SUBDIVISION



7.1 Mantario NorthSpur - Mile 43.7 - Extends 6.09miles. Rule 105(a) applicable on this spur andspurs running off this track. Maximum permissiblespeed - 10 MPH.Equipment Restrictions: Heaviest car permitted263,000 lbs. Locomotives in group E prohibited.Locomotives in groups F and G must not exceed6 mph through turnouts.

7.2 Alberta Sulphate Spur - NR 58 - Extends fromMile 5.6 Mantario Spur.Rule 105(a) applicable.Speed: 10 MPH.


EDMONTON DIVISION - OYEN SUBDIVISION[52 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005


7.1 Mantario NorthSpur - Mile 43.7 - Extends 6.09miles. Rule 105(a) applicable on this spur andspurs running off this track. Maximum permissiblespeed - 10 MPH.Equipment Restrictions: Heaviest car permitted263,000 lbs. Locomotives in group E prohibited.Locomotives in groups F and G must not exceed6 mph through turnouts.

7.2 Alberta Sulphate Spur - NR 58 - Extends fromMile 5.6 Mantario Spur.Rule 105(a) applicable.Speed: 10 MPH.


EDMONTON DIVISION - OYEN SUBDIVISION

[53 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005EDMONTON DIVISION - DRUMHELLER SUBDIVISION

0.0

127.0

DRUMHELLERSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

HANNA 0.0

SIPOS Y 0.8

WATTS 7.7

DELIA 21.9

DINOSAUR JCT 40.4

DRUMHELLER 52.4 6630

ROSEDALE 56.8

ROSEBUD 76.4 2701

ROCKYFORD 87.1 3090

LYALTA 111.0

JANET 127.0

SARCEE YARD Y 131.9

4.1

60.9

C3T2013

Rul

e 10

5O

CS

1

115.6

C2T2013C2T1013C2T2013

C3T2013

W E

TGBO

DRUMHELLER SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule B - employees operating within Calgary

Terminal must have a copy of the CalgaryTerminal Operating Manual accessible whileon duty.

(b) Rule 14(l)(iv) - applicable at public cross-ings at grade:Mile 129.44 (68th St South East)Mile 130.45 (52nd St South East)

(c) Rule 104.5 Self-Restoring Derail - Eastend of Sarcee Yard, Mile 130.43.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated locomotive tieup tracksHanna KY33

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN HANNA AND JANETCONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.RULES 105 AND 105(a) APPLICABLE

BETWEEN JANET AND SARCEE YARD.


0.0

127.0

DRUMHELLERSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

HANNA 0.0

SIPOS Y 0.8

WATTS 7.7

DELIA 21.9

DINOSAUR JCT 40.4

DRUMHELLER 52.4 6630

ROSEDALE 56.8

ROSEBUD 76.4 2701

ROCKYFORD 87.1 3090

LYALTA 111.0

JANET 127.0

SARCEE YARD Y 131.9

4.1

60.9

C3T2013

Rul

e 10

5O

CS

1

115.6

C2T2013C2T1013C2T2013

C3T2013

W E

TGBO

DRUMHELLER SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule B - employees operating within Calgary

Terminal must have a copy of the CalgaryTerminal Operating Manual accessible whileon duty.

(b) Rule 14(l)(iv) - applicable at public cross-ings at grade:Mile 129.44 (68th St South East)Mile 130.45 (52nd St South East)

(c) Rule 104.5 Self-Restoring Derail - Eastend of Sarcee Yard, Mile 130.43.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated locomotive tieup tracksHanna KY33

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN HANNA AND JANETCONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.RULES 105 AND 105(a) APPLICABLE

BETWEEN JANET AND SARCEE YARD.


4.2 Unless necessary to set out bad order equipmentor required to reduce to tonnage account locomo-tive failure, locomotives in group E must not oper-ate on sidings or other tracks. These locomotivesmay operate on the following tracks:Hanna - all yard tracks except KY 13 and KY 38Mile 14.5 - track KZ 08Mile 21.9 - tracks KZ 19 and KZ 20Mile 40.3 - track KZ 62Drumheller - siding and tracks KT 33 and KT 48Rosedale - track KU 03Rosebud - track KU 19Rockyford - siding and track KV 02Lyalta - track KV 28Sarcee Yard - other than subdivision tracks

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 32.0 Zone 4532.0 to 40.0 Zone 3540.0 to 52.3 Zone 2552.3 to 60.1 Zone 4057.0 to 57.5 3060.1 to 66.6 Zone 3566.6 to 72.3 Zone 3072.3 to 76.9 Zone 3576.9 to 79.9 Zone 4079.9 to 86.5 Zone 3586.5 to 91.0 Zone 4591.0 to 124.7 Zone 40124.7 to 130.0 Zone 35130.0 to 131.9 Zone 15

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) Mile 52.25 (Second St West) - Movements

approaching crossing must not exceed 25MPH from 950 feet until crossing fully occu-pied.

(b) Mile 52.78 (Highway 9) - Westward move-ments approaching crossing must not ex-ceed 25 MPH from 1260 feet until crossingfully occupied.

(c) Mile 130.43 (52nd St S. E.) - Movementsapproaching crossing must not exceed 10MPH from 450 feet until crossing fully occu-pied.


6.1 Mile 52.25 (Second Street West) Warning De-vices Automatic: Equipped with push buttons. Maintrack movements proceeding at less than 10 MPHwithin 950 feet of crossing must not obstruct cross-ing until automatic protection has been in opera-tion for at least 20 seconds.


4.2 Unless necessary to set out bad order equipmentor required to reduce to tonnage account locomo-tive failure, locomotives in group E must not oper-ate on sidings or other tracks. These locomotivesmay operate on the following tracks:Hanna - all yard tracks except KY 13 and KY 38Mile 14.5 - track KZ 08Mile 21.9 - tracks KZ 19 and KZ 20Mile 40.3 - track KZ 62Drumheller - siding and tracks KT 33 and KT 48Rosedale - track KU 03Rosebud - track KU 19Rockyford - siding and track KV 02Lyalta - track KV 28Sarcee Yard - other than subdivision tracks

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 32.0 Zone 4532.0 to 40.0 Zone 3540.0 to 52.3 Zone 2552.3 to 60.1 Zone 4057.0 to 57.5 3060.1 to 66.6 Zone 3566.6 to 72.3 Zone 3072.3 to 76.9 Zone 3576.9 to 79.9 Zone 4079.9 to 86.5 Zone 3586.5 to 91.0 Zone 4591.0 to 124.7 Zone 40124.7 to 130.0 Zone 35130.0 to 131.9 Zone 15

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) Mile 52.25 (Second St West) - Movements

approaching crossing must not exceed 25MPH from 950 feet until crossing fully occu-pied.

(b) Mile 52.78 (Highway 9) - Westward move-ments approaching crossing must not ex-ceed 25 MPH from 1260 feet until crossingfully occupied.

(c) Mile 130.43 (52nd St S. E.) - Movementsapproaching crossing must not exceed 10MPH from 450 feet until crossing fully occu-pied.


6.1 Mile 52.25 (Second Street West) Warning De-vices Automatic: Equipped with push buttons. Maintrack movements proceeding at less than 10 MPHwithin 950 feet of crossing must not obstruct cross-ing until automatic protection has been in opera-tion for at least 20 seconds.


6.2 Mile 52.78 (Highway 9) Warning Devices Auto-matic: Equipped with push button.

6.3 Mile 76.2 (First Ave) Warning Devices Automatic:Equipped with push button.


7.1 Dinosaur Spur - Mile 40.4 - Extends 1.5 milesnorthward. Maximum permissible speed 10 MPH.Rule 40.1 - the RTC must be advised before trackwork is undertaken.Rule 104.5 - Derails located at Mile 108.0 and oneast leg of wye at Drumheller Sub connection.Rule 105(a) - applicable.General Instructions - First 3069 feet of trackfrom Dinosaur Jct is the west leg of wye. East legof wye extends from Mile 39.7 Drumheller Sub.Mile posts are designated from: Mile 108 (Dino-saur Jct) to Mile 106.5. This spur is used jointlyby CN and RaiLink (CWR) trains and engines.Trains and engines operating north of Mile 106.5are governed by CWR timetable, rules and regula-tions.Radio - C3 T2 013Equipment Restrictions - Heaviest car permit-ted (including contents) 263,000 lbs. Locomotivesare prohibted from east leg of wye 100 feet be-yond derail. Maximum permissible speed on eastleg of wye - 10 MPH.



EDMONTON DIVISION - DRUMHELLER SUBDIVISION[55 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

6.2 Mile 52.78 (Highway 9) Warning Devices Auto-matic: Equipped with push button.

6.3 Mile 76.2 (First Ave) Warning Devices Automatic:Equipped with push button.


7.1 Dinosaur Spur - Mile 40.4 - Extends 1.5 milesnorthward. Maximum permissible speed 10 MPH.Rule 40.1 - the RTC must be advised before trackwork is undertaken.Rule 104.5 - Derails located at Mile 108.0 and oneast leg of wye at Drumheller Sub connection.Rule 105(a) - applicable.General Instructions - First 3069 feet of trackfrom Dinosaur Jct is the west leg of wye. East legof wye extends from Mile 39.7 Drumheller Sub.Mile posts are designated from: Mile 108 (Dino-saur Jct) to Mile 106.5. This spur is used jointlyby CN and RaiLink (CWR) trains and engines.Trains and engines operating north of Mile 106.5are governed by CWR timetable, rules and regula-tions.Radio - C3 T2 013Equipment Restrictions - Heaviest car permit-ted (including contents) 263,000 lbs. Locomotivesare prohibted from east leg of wye 100 feet be-yond derail. Maximum permissible speed on eastleg of wye - 10 MPH.



EDMONTON DIVISION - DRUMHELLER SUBDIVISION

[56 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005EDMONTON DIVISION - THREE HILLS SUBDIVISION

SARCEE YARD Y 126.0

HUBALTA 124.0

DELACOUR 111.9

IRRICANA 97.5

BEISEKER 91.9

BILLHARTE 90.2 4460

SWALWELL 73.2 5370

THREE HILLS 60.2 3500

EQUITY 53.8

TROCHU 50.4

HUXLEY 43.4

LOUSANA 27.9

ALIX JCT 7.9

Jct with Brazeau Sub

ALIX 6.1

BERESKA 1.5

MIRROR Y 0.0

124.0

0.0

THREE HILLSSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

115.0

57.9

C3

T2

011

Rul

e 10

5

1

5.2

C3

T1

011

N S

Rul

e 10

5O

CS

+

Y 95.6TG

BO

THREE HILLS SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



Mirror - Instructions concerning Mirror willbe found in Camrose Subdivision footnotes.Calgary - Employees operating withinCalgary Terminal must have a copy of theCalgary Terminal Operating Manual acces-sible while on duty.

(b) Rule 14(l) (iv) - applicable at public cross-ings at grade:Mile 122.13 (68th St South East)Mile 123.06 (17th Ave South East)Mile 123.57 (52nd St South East)Mile 124.47 (Erinmount Crescent South EastPedestrian Crossing)Mile 124.95 (36th St South East)Mile 125.21 (Peigan Trail South East)Mile 125.87 (50th Ave South East)

(c) Rule 104(c) - Mirror - All switches may beleft lined and locked in either position.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN BERESKA AND HUBALTA

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.RULES 105 AND 105(a) APPLICABLEBETWEEN MIRROR AND BERESKA

AND BETWEEN HUBALTA AND SARCEE YARD.


SARCEE YARD Y 126.0

HUBALTA 124.0

DELACOUR 111.9

IRRICANA 97.5

BEISEKER 91.9

BILLHARTE 90.2 4460

SWALWELL 73.2 5370

THREE HILLS 60.2 3500

EQUITY 53.8

TROCHU 50.4

HUXLEY 43.4

LOUSANA 27.9

ALIX JCT 7.9

Jct with Brazeau Sub

ALIX 6.1

BERESKA 1.5

MIRROR Y 0.0

124.0

0.0

THREE HILLSSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

115.0

57.9

C3

T2

011

Rul

e 10

5

15.2

C3

T1

011

N S

Rul

e 10

5O

CS+

Y 95.6

TGBO

THREE HILLS SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



Mirror - Instructions concerning Mirror willbe found in Camrose Subdivision footnotes.Calgary - Employees operating withinCalgary Terminal must have a copy of theCalgary Terminal Operating Manual acces-sible while on duty.

(b) Rule 14(l) (iv) - applicable at public cross-ings at grade:Mile 122.13 (68th St South East)Mile 123.06 (17th Ave South East)Mile 123.57 (52nd St South East)Mile 124.47 (Erinmount Crescent South EastPedestrian Crossing)Mile 124.95 (36th St South East)Mile 125.21 (Peigan Trail South East)Mile 125.87 (50th Ave South East)

(c) Rule 104(c) - Mirror - All switches may beleft lined and locked in either position.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN BERESKA AND HUBALTA

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.RULES 105 AND 105(a) APPLICABLEBETWEEN MIRROR AND BERESKA

AND BETWEEN HUBALTA AND SARCEE YARD.


2 GENERAL FOOTNOTESNil

3 INTERLOCKINGS

3.1 RAILWAY CROSSING AT GRADEMile 5.7 (CPR) Automatic - Trains must not ex-ceed 30 miles per hour approaching the governingadvance signal. If necessary to pass interlockingsignal indicating STOP, Rule 611 must be com-plied with. Timing circuit extends from Mile 7.3 toMile 5.8. These locations are marked by crossingcircuit signs. Northward movements occupying tim-ing circuit for a period in excess of 16 minutesmust proceed prepared to stop at interlocking sig-nal. Maximum speed 25 MPH.


4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):286,000 lbs. Trains handling cars in excess of268,000 lbs. must not exceed:10 mph - Bridge Mile 115.020 mph - Bridges Mile 94.3 and Mile 95.225 mph - Bridges Mile 12.9 and Mile 46.8

4.2 Locomotive Restrictions - Locomotives in thegroups indicated must not operate on the follow-ing tracks unless necessary to set out bad orderequipment or required to reduce to tonnage ac-count engine failure:Mile 16.3 - E, and GMile 66.9 -Track OU02 E and GMile 95.9 - Past stop sign at north end of westtrack No. 42 E and GMile 124.2 -Track PO22 E and G

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 7.9 Zone 407.9 to 13.5 Zone 2513.5 to 34.5 Zone 4021.13 3534.5 to 41.3 Zone 2541.3 to 51.0 Zone 4051.0 to 85.0 Zone 2585.0 to 121.0 Zone 40121.0 to 124.0 Zone 25124.0 to 125.7 Zone 15



3 INTERLOCKINGS

3.1 RAILWAY CROSSING AT GRADEMile 5.7 (CPR) Automatic - Trains must not ex-ceed 30 miles per hour approaching the governingadvance signal. If necessary to pass interlockingsignal indicating STOP, Rule 611 must be com-plied with. Timing circuit extends from Mile 7.3 toMile 5.8. These locations are marked by crossingcircuit signs. Northward movements occupying tim-ing circuit for a period in excess of 16 minutesmust proceed prepared to stop at interlocking sig-nal. Maximum speed 25 MPH.


4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):286,000 lbs. Trains handling cars in excess of268,000 lbs. must not exceed:10 mph - Bridge Mile 115.020 mph - Bridges Mile 94.3 and Mile 95.225 mph - Bridges Mile 12.9 and Mile 46.8

4.2 Locomotive Restrictions - Locomotives in thegroups indicated must not operate on the follow-ing tracks unless necessary to set out bad orderequipment or required to reduce to tonnage ac-count engine failure:Mile 16.3 - E, and GMile 66.9 -Track OU02 E and GMile 95.9 - Past stop sign at north end of westtrack No. 42 E and GMile 124.2 -Track PO22 E and G

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 7.9 Zone 407.9 to 13.5 Zone 2513.5 to 34.5 Zone 4021.13 3534.5 to 41.3 Zone 2541.3 to 51.0 Zone 4051.0 to 85.0 Zone 2585.0 to 121.0 Zone 40121.0 to 124.0 Zone 25124.0 to 125.7 Zone 15


5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) Mile 0.16 (Highway 50) Southward move-

ments approaching within 400 feet of cross-ing must not exceed 10 MPH until crossingfully occupied.

(b) Mile 21.1 (Highway 21) Northward move-ments proceeding at less than 10 MPH within2100 feet of crossing must not exceed 10MPH until crossing fully occupied.


6.1 Mile 50.7 (Secondary Road 585) Warning DevicesAutomatic: STOP sign for southward movementson other than main track is located on east side ofTrack OT01.

6.2 Mile 60.69 (3rd St South) Warning Devices Auto-matic: STOP sign for southward movements onother than main track located on Track OT 32.STOP signs for movement on other than main tracklocated on both sides of crossing on Track OT 46.

6.3 Mile 106.1 (Municipal Road) Warning Devices Au-tomatic: Equipped with push button.


7.1 Irricana - Mile 95.9. Movements must not ex-ceed 5 MPH on north leg of wye track OU42.


8.1 Southward movements must be inspected at Mile115.0.


5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) Mile 0.16 (Highway 50) Southward move-

ments approaching within 400 feet of cross-ing must not exceed 10 MPH until crossingfully occupied.

(b) Mile 21.1 (Highway 21) Northward move-ments proceeding at less than 10 MPH within2100 feet of crossing must not exceed 10MPH until crossing fully occupied.


6.1 Mile 50.7 (Secondary Road 585) Warning DevicesAutomatic: STOP sign for southward movementson other than main track is located on east side ofTrack OT01.

6.2 Mile 60.69 (3rd St South) Warning Devices Auto-matic: STOP sign for southward movements onother than main track located on Track OT 32.STOP signs for movement on other than main tracklocated on both sides of crossing on Track OT 46.

6.3 Mile 106.1 (Municipal Road) Warning Devices Au-tomatic: Equipped with push button.


7.1 Irricana - Mile 95.9. Movements must not ex-ceed 5 MPH on north leg of wye track OU42.



[59 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005EDMONTON DIVISION - BRAZEAU SUBDIVISION

0.0

95.9

BRAZEAUSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

ALIX JCT 0.0

Jct with Three Hills Sub

JOFFRE 17.2

PRENTISS 22.4

BURBANK 34.0

RED DEER JCT Y 36.5

BRIGGS 38.0

ELSPETH 57.6

ECKVILLE 65.7 6870

LESLIEVILLE 77.0

ROCKY MT. HOUSE 92.0

LOCHEARN 93.9

ULLIN JCT 95.9Jct with Ram River Sub

48.3

C6T2012

Rul

e 10

5O

CS

1

95.4

C7T2012

C6T2012

W E

OCS

TGBO

BRAZEAU SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 104.5 - Rocky Mt. House - Track QT50

Mile 92.0 - account no derail - equipmentmust not be stored on this track.

(b) Rule 112 - Rocky Mt. House - In addition tothe requirements of the Minimum HandbrakeChart, all unattended equipment must havehandbrakes applied on 50% of equipmentand must be coupled together.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated locomotive tieup tracksRocky Mt. House - QT32

2.2 Fire Danger - With the exception of locomotives,all equipment having heaters, stoves, generators,liquid fuel burning lamps, liquid fuel and/or electricmotors, must not be moved onto the following load-ing tracks:Mile 17.5 - The area SOUTH of derail inside theplant is the designated loading track.Mile 57.6 - The entire loading track.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN ALIX JCT AND BURBANKAND BETWEEN BRIGGS AND ULLIN JCT

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.RULES 105 AND 105(a) APPLICABLEBETWEEN BURBANK AND BRIGGS.


0.0

95.9

BRAZEAUSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

ALIX JCT 0.0

Jct with Three Hills Sub

JOFFRE 17.2

PRENTISS 22.4

BURBANK 34.0

RED DEER JCT Y 36.5

BRIGGS 38.0

ELSPETH 57.6

ECKVILLE 65.7 6870

LESLIEVILLE 77.0

ROCKY MT. HOUSE 92.0

LOCHEARN 93.9

ULLIN JCT 95.9Jct with Ram River Sub

48.3

C6T2012

Rul

e 10

5O

CS

1

95.4

C7T2012

C6T2012

W E

OCS

TGBO

BRAZEAU SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 104.5 - Rocky Mt. House - Track QT50

Mile 92.0 - account no derail - equipmentmust not be stored on this track.

(b) Rule 112 - Rocky Mt. House - In addition tothe requirements of the Minimum HandbrakeChart, all unattended equipment must havehandbrakes applied on 50% of equipmentand must be coupled together.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated locomotive tieup tracksRocky Mt. House - QT32

2.2 Fire Danger - With the exception of locomotives,all equipment having heaters, stoves, generators,liquid fuel burning lamps, liquid fuel and/or electricmotors, must not be moved onto the following load-ing tracks:Mile 17.5 - The area SOUTH of derail inside theplant is the designated loading track.Mile 57.6 - The entire loading track.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN ALIX JCT AND BURBANKAND BETWEEN BRIGGS AND ULLIN JCT

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.RULES 105 AND 105(a) APPLICABLEBETWEEN BURBANK AND BRIGGS.


Mile 64.5 - The entire two loading tracks.Mile 93.9 - The entire two loading tracks.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil


4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):- 286,000 lbs. between Alix Jct. and Mile 37.0.

Trains handling cars in excess of 268,000lbs must not exceed 25 MPH between AlixJct and Mile 26.8 and must not exceed 10MPH over bridges, Mile 37.0 and Mile 35.6.

- 268,000 lbs. between Mile 37.0 and Ullin Jct.

4.2 Locomotive Restrictions - Locomotives in thegroups indicated must not operate on the follow-ing sidings and other tracks unless necessary toset out bad order equipment or required to reduceto tonnage account locomotive failure:Track GroupsSpur QS 32 G

4.3 Weather Restrictions - From May 1 to Septem-ber 15, due to rail kinking account of hot weather,the following equipment restriction is applicablebetween Red Deer Jct and Ullin Jct:Between the hours of 1100 and 2000:- all unit trains, loaded or empty, NOT PER-

MITTED.- all other trains are restricted to 25 MPH and

a maximum train length of 3500 feet.NOTE: This restriction may be cancelled for aspecific train by verbal instructions to the train fromthe Track Supervisor, other CN supervisor or theRTC.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision Speed MPHMile0.0 to 36.5 Zone 250.0 to 0.1 1536.5 to 82.0 Zone 4036.5 to 37.0 3041.8 bridge 3043.3 to 43.5 1582.0 to 95.9 Zone 30


Mile 64.5 - The entire two loading tracks.Mile 93.9 - The entire two loading tracks.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil


4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):- 286,000 lbs. between Alix Jct. and Mile 37.0.

Trains handling cars in excess of 268,000lbs must not exceed 25 MPH between AlixJct and Mile 26.8 and must not exceed 10MPH over bridges, Mile 37.0 and Mile 35.6.

- 268,000 lbs. between Mile 37.0 and Ullin Jct.

4.2 Locomotive Restrictions - Locomotives in thegroups indicated must not operate on the follow-ing sidings and other tracks unless necessary toset out bad order equipment or required to reduceto tonnage account locomotive failure:Track GroupsSpur QS 32 G

4.3 Weather Restrictions - From May 1 to Septem-ber 15, due to rail kinking account of hot weather,the following equipment restriction is applicablebetween Red Deer Jct and Ullin Jct:Between the hours of 1100 and 2000:- all unit trains, loaded or empty, NOT PER-

MITTED.- all other trains are restricted to 25 MPH and

a maximum train length of 3500 feet.NOTE: This restriction may be cancelled for aspecific train by verbal instructions to the train fromthe Track Supervisor, other CN supervisor or theRTC.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision Speed MPHMile0.0 to 36.5 Zone 250.0 to 0.1 1536.5 to 82.0 Zone 4036.5 to 37.0 3041.8 bridge 3043.3 to 43.5 1582.0 to 95.9 Zone 30



6.1 Mile 21.39 (North-South Road) - Warning Devices.Automatic: Equipped with push button. Movementsproceeding at less than 10 MPH within 1325 feetof crossing must not obstruct crossing until auto-matic protection has been in operation for at least20 seconds.

6.2 Mile 16.79 (Highway 815) - Crossing Circuit signshave been installed approximately 1400 feet eastand 1100 feet west of this crossing. Train or en-gine movements on either side, required to leaveequipment in this area for an extended period, mustclear the crossing circuit signs in order to deacti-vate the crossing protection devices.


7.1 QQ 24 Mile 17.5 - Extends southward 3.0 miles.Switch points face east. Maximum speed 10 MPH.Trackage beyond the derail is used jointly by CNlocomotives and trackmobile. All switches mustbe left in normal position after use. Only move-ments setting off or lifting traffic are permitted tooperate on this trackage. Smoking and openflames are prohibited.PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE - Mile 2.1 - Warn-ing devices. Automatic: STOP signs erected atthe crossing.Movements may be made south of crossing whenthe following has been complied with:1. 30 minutes prior to entering and immediately

after departing Nova Chemicals trackage, acrew member must communicate with theNova Chemicals yard crew. The following se-quence should be followed in order to patchdirectly to the Nova Chemicals yard crewradio frequency via phone.- dial (403) 314-8638- the normal ring back will be followed

by a tone sound - then dial 800589.- another tone sound will be heard fol-

lowed by silence, which will indicatetie-in to yard crews radio frequency.

If for any reason, communication is inter-rupted during the above sequence, the sys-tem will take between 2 to 4 minutes to timeout before another call can be processed.

2. Information from Nova rail crew to includeroute to be used and switches lined. Instruc-tions must be repeated to ensure correct-ness.

EDMONTON DIVISION - BRAZEAU SUBDIVISION[61 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005


6.1 Mile 21.39 (North-South Road) - Warning Devices.Automatic: Equipped with push button. Movementsproceeding at less than 10 MPH within 1325 feetof crossing must not obstruct crossing until auto-matic protection has been in operation for at least20 seconds.

6.2 Mile 16.79 (Highway 815) - Crossing Circuit signshave been installed approximately 1400 feet eastand 1100 feet west of this crossing. Train or en-gine movements on either side, required to leaveequipment in this area for an extended period, mustclear the crossing circuit signs in order to deacti-vate the crossing protection devices.


7.1 QQ 24 Mile 17.5 - Extends southward 3.0 miles.Switch points face east. Maximum speed 10 MPH.Trackage beyond the derail is used jointly by CNlocomotives and trackmobile. All switches mustbe left in normal position after use. Only move-ments setting off or lifting traffic are permitted tooperate on this trackage. Smoking and openflames are prohibited.PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE - Mile 2.1 - Warn-ing devices. Automatic: STOP signs erected atthe crossing.Movements may be made south of crossing whenthe following has been complied with:1. 30 minutes prior to entering and immediately

after departing Nova Chemicals trackage, acrew member must communicate with theNova Chemicals yard crew. The following se-quence should be followed in order to patchdirectly to the Nova Chemicals yard crewradio frequency via phone.- dial (403) 314-8638- the normal ring back will be followed

by a tone sound - then dial 800589.- another tone sound will be heard fol-

lowed by silence, which will indicatetie-in to yard crews radio frequency.

If for any reason, communication is inter-rupted during the above sequence, the sys-tem will take between 2 to 4 minutes to timeout before another call can be processed.

2. Information from Nova rail crew to includeroute to be used and switches lined. Instruc-tions must be repeated to ensure correct-ness.

EDMONTON DIVISION - BRAZEAU SUBDIVISION


3. Movement must have positive point protec-tion when shoving cars towards plant site.On commencing northward movement, whenclear of crossing, Nova Rail crew is to becontacted and informed of movement loca-tion.

4. Trains or engine movements must not oc-cupy this crossing unless authorized byNovacor personnel.

5. Plant access at north end Nova Chemicalsis a gate equipped with a CN lock.

7.2 QQ 34 Mile 21.0 - Extends 4480 feet north. Onlycars destined to Union Carbide may be stored onthis site. Maximum speed 15 MPH except ontracks QQ37-40 - maximum 5 MPH. All move-ments must have an employee positioned on theleading end of the movement.The following instructions are in effect when trainand engine crews are switching on the Prentissplant site:(a) Entry to Plant: A member of the crew is to

call the Control Room at 403-855-7154 atleast 20 minutes prior to arrival to facilitateplant personnel being in position to removethe private lock on derail and gate. Whenswitching completed, movement is clear ofplant and derail is restored, the Control Roommust be advised and they will apply theirlock on the derail and gate. There is no ac-cess to plant after 20:00.

(b) Plant Emergency: If on the Plant site andthe Plant Emergency horn sounds:(1) Locomotive(s) must be shut down.(2) Train and engine crew must assemble

at the Raw Water Pump House (build-ing between pond and railway tracks)and call the control room giving loca-tion and number of crew members.

(3) Wait for instructions from control room.

7.3 Red Deer North Industrial Spur - Mile 36.5 -Extends 5.3 miles southward.Maximum permissible speed 10 MPH.Rule 105(a) applicable.Public Crossing at Grade (Highway 2A) -Mile0.09 Automatic: Stop signs both sides of cross-ing.General - Due to gradient, movements on spurmust have air throughout movement and sufficientoperative brakes before proceeding southward ontrack QR 95 beyond switch to track QR 99. Track-age between Mile 3.0 and Mile 3.4 is used jointlyby CN locomotives and CGTX Inc. trackmobile.Equipment Restrictions - Maximum speed oncurves - 6 MPH. Locomotives in groups E, F, G


3. Movement must have positive point protec-tion when shoving cars towards plant site.On commencing northward movement, whenclear of crossing, Nova Rail crew is to becontacted and informed of movement loca-tion.

4. Trains or engine movements must not oc-cupy this crossing unless authorized byNovacor personnel.

5. Plant access at north end Nova Chemicalsis a gate equipped with a CN lock.

7.2 QQ 34 Mile 21.0 - Extends 4480 feet north. Onlycars destined to Union Carbide may be stored onthis site. Maximum speed 15 MPH except ontracks QQ37-40 - maximum 5 MPH. All move-ments must have an employee positioned on theleading end of the movement.The following instructions are in effect when trainand engine crews are switching on the Prentissplant site:(a) Entry to Plant: A member of the crew is to

call the Control Room at 403-855-7154 atleast 20 minutes prior to arrival to facilitateplant personnel being in position to removethe private lock on derail and gate. Whenswitching completed, movement is clear ofplant and derail is restored, the Control Roommust be advised and they will apply theirlock on the derail and gate. There is no ac-cess to plant after 20:00.

(b) Plant Emergency: If on the Plant site andthe Plant Emergency horn sounds:(1) Locomotive(s) must be shut down.(2) Train and engine crew must assemble

at the Raw Water Pump House (build-ing between pond and railway tracks)and call the control room giving loca-tion and number of crew members.

(3) Wait for instructions from control room.

7.3 Red Deer North Industrial Spur - Mile 36.5 -Extends 5.3 miles southward.Maximum permissible speed 10 MPH.Rule 105(a) applicable.Public Crossing at Grade (Highway 2A) -Mile0.09 Automatic: Stop signs both sides of cross-ing.General - Due to gradient, movements on spurmust have air throughout movement and sufficientoperative brakes before proceeding southward ontrack QR 95 beyond switch to track QR 99. Track-age between Mile 3.0 and Mile 3.4 is used jointlyby CN locomotives and CGTX Inc. trackmobile.Equipment Restrictions - Maximum speed oncurves - 6 MPH. Locomotives in groups E, F, G



and H may operate between Mile 0.0 and 3.7 butare prohibited from operating on all industrialtracks.

7.4 Fleetwood Lead QR 20 - Mile 3.7 Red DeerNorth Industrial Spur.

Equipment Restrictions - Movements are re-stricted to single locomotive operation and mustnot exceed 6 MPH on curves. Locomotives ingroups F and G prohibited.



and H may operate between Mile 0.0 and 3.7 butare prohibited from operating on all industrialtracks.

7.4 Fleetwood Lead QR 20 - Mile 3.7 Red DeerNorth Industrial Spur.

Equipment Restrictions - Movements are re-stricted to single locomotive operation and mustnot exceed 6 MPH on curves. Locomotives ingroups F and G prohibited.




TGBO

EDMONTON DIVISION - RAM RIVER SUBDIVISION


RAM RIVER 25.0

STRACHAN SPUR 11.1

ULLIN JCT 0.0Jct with Brazeau Sub 0.0

RAM RIVERSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

Rul

e 10

5

1

25.0

OCS

N S

C6

T2

012

RAM RIVER SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES

1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULESNil

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated locomotive tieup tracksRam River - QU22

2.2 SPRING SWITCH - Mile 11.1 (switch to StrachanSpur).

2.3 Sulphur Loading Operations - Ram RiverCrew arriving Rocky Mt house must advise RTC oftheir estimated arrival time at Ram River. RTC willadvise Husky Oil and arrange for a taxi. Split railderail at entrance to plant to be operated by CNcrew. Handbrake chart to a maximum of 3handbrakes must be applied on any train or equip-ment left. Arriving and departing trains at Ram Rivermust sound two long blasts of the engine whistlealerting Husky plant workers of the impendingmovement.Trains To Be Loaded On Arrival: Stop must bemade prior to the loading tipple and train or enginecrew must communicate with plant employees.When plant employees are in position to inspectcars, pull ahead at 5 MPH. Conductor must bewith plant employee(s) for pull-by inspection incase a stop is required. After inspecting 50 cars,a cut should be made prior to the crossover switchand pulled clear of the crossover. Taxi to engine,cut off, and run around via track QU24 to tailend oftrain. Take SBU and couple on engines. Taxi tocrossover and line crossover for

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN ULLIN JCT AND RAM RIVER


BETWEEN RAM RIVER AND MILE 27.0.


TGBO



RAM RIVER 25.0

STRACHAN SPUR 11.1

ULLIN JCT 0.0Jct with Brazeau Sub 0.0

RAM RIVERSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

Rul

e 10

5

1

25.0

OCS

N S

C6

T2

012

RAM RIVER SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES

1 CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULESNil

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated locomotive tieup tracksRam River - QU22

2.2 SPRING SWITCH - Mile 11.1 (switch to StrachanSpur).

2.3 Sulphur Loading Operations - Ram RiverCrew arriving Rocky Mt house must advise RTC oftheir estimated arrival time at Ram River. RTC willadvise Husky Oil and arrange for a taxi. Split railderail at entrance to plant to be operated by CNcrew. Handbrake chart to a maximum of 3handbrakes must be applied on any train or equip-ment left. Arriving and departing trains at Ram Rivermust sound two long blasts of the engine whistlealerting Husky plant workers of the impendingmovement.Trains To Be Loaded On Arrival: Stop must bemade prior to the loading tipple and train or enginecrew must communicate with plant employees.When plant employees are in position to inspectcars, pull ahead at 5 MPH. Conductor must bewith plant employee(s) for pull-by inspection incase a stop is required. After inspecting 50 cars,a cut should be made prior to the crossover switchand pulled clear of the crossover. Taxi to engine,cut off, and run around via track QU24 to tailend oftrain. Take SBU and couple on engines. Taxi tocrossover and line crossover for

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN ULLIN JCT AND RAM RIVER


BETWEEN RAM RIVER AND MILE 27.0.


track QU24. Move forward at 5 MPH for pull-byinspection of remaining 50 cars. When clear ofcross over, secure with three handbrakes. Pro-ceed over crossover and couple onto first cut ofcars and change ends on locomotive consist. Plantemployees will take over and load train.After loading has been completed, proceed to mailbox at crossover for list of train. Taxi to head end,drop off engineer, release handbrakes and grabSBU. Taxi to tailend, install SBU, and do appli-cable air test. On return to head end check carsequipped with manual empty - load feature andset to load. On departure, the derail will be re-stored by plant employees.Trains To Be Yarded For Later Loading: Aftertrain is yarded and secured, the derail must berestored by the CN crew.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 25.5 Zone 301.8 to 2.5 108.5 to 9.5 25



7.1 Strachan Spur (Gulf Oil Canada Ltd.) Mile 11.1Extends 5.2 miles south and west to StrachanSulphur Plant.Switch points face north.Snow plows and flangers must not be operatedunder loading tipples.Rule 40.1 not applicable.TGBO applicable.Maximum Permissible Speed - 20 MPH.Sulphur Loading Operations - StrachanThe plant is protected by two split rail derails atthe entrance and departure tracks. CN crews areresponsible to ensure the derails are lined for theirmovement. For the loading of the train, movementswill proceed staying to the right and must stopone car length before the loading tipple. Usual pro-cedure is that the arriving crew is relieved by a

EDMONTON DIVISION - RAM RIVER SUBDIVISION[65 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

track QU24. Move forward at 5 MPH for pull-byinspection of remaining 50 cars. When clear ofcross over, secure with three handbrakes. Pro-ceed over crossover and couple onto first cut ofcars and change ends on locomotive consist. Plantemployees will take over and load train.After loading has been completed, proceed to mailbox at crossover for list of train. Taxi to head end,drop off engineer, release handbrakes and grabSBU. Taxi to tailend, install SBU, and do appli-cable air test. On return to head end check carsequipped with manual empty - load feature andset to load. On departure, the derail will be re-stored by plant employees.Trains To Be Yarded For Later Loading: Aftertrain is yarded and secured, the derail must berestored by the CN crew.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 25.5 Zone 301.8 to 2.5 108.5 to 9.5 25



7.1 Strachan Spur (Gulf Oil Canada Ltd.) Mile 11.1Extends 5.2 miles south and west to StrachanSulphur Plant.Switch points face north.Snow plows and flangers must not be operatedunder loading tipples.Rule 40.1 not applicable.TGBO applicable.Maximum Permissible Speed - 20 MPH.Sulphur Loading Operations - StrachanThe plant is protected by two split rail derails atthe entrance and departure tracks. CN crews areresponsible to ensure the derails are lined for theirmovement. For the loading of the train, movementswill proceed staying to the right and must stopone car length before the loading tipple. Usual pro-cedure is that the arriving crew is relieved by a



loading crew which is deadheaded from Walkerby taxi. If changes are made, contact the RTC fordirection. Note: If relief loading crew is not there,secure train, and restore derail. Leave instructionson engine as to status of handbrakes and derails.Loading Train: When plant employees are in po-sition to inspect cars, proceed past the loadingtipple not exceeding 5 MPH. Conductor must bewith plant employees in case a stop is required.After inspection is made, back up one car lengthclear of tipple, check manual empty-load feature,and set to load. When plant employees are readyto load, they will indicate speed required on thepacesetter for loading. Conductor must be withplant employees in case a stop is required. Aftertrain is loaded, stop clear of loading tipple. Pro-ceed to crossing No 1, secure train, and cut cross-ing. With remaining portion of train, proceed tocrossing No. 2, stop clear and secure headendportion of train. Restore derail on inbound track.On arrival after loading completed, proceed to con-trol room for list of train. Couple up train, releasehandbrakes and perform required air test. Removedeparting derail, which will be restored by plantemployees after departure.Storing Cars: Track QU16 must not be used forstorage of cars. Strachan Spur must not be usedfor storage of cars between Mile 0.0 and Mile 5.2.


EDMONTON DIVISION - RAM RIVER SUBDIVISION[66 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

loading crew which is deadheaded from Walkerby taxi. If changes are made, contact the RTC fordirection. Note: If relief loading crew is not there,secure train, and restore derail. Leave instructionson engine as to status of handbrakes and derails.Loading Train: When plant employees are in po-sition to inspect cars, proceed past the loadingtipple not exceeding 5 MPH. Conductor must bewith plant employees in case a stop is required.After inspection is made, back up one car lengthclear of tipple, check manual empty-load feature,and set to load. When plant employees are readyto load, they will indicate speed required on thepacesetter for loading. Conductor must be withplant employees in case a stop is required. Aftertrain is loaded, stop clear of loading tipple. Pro-ceed to crossing No 1, secure train, and cut cross-ing. With remaining portion of train, proceed tocrossing No. 2, stop clear and secure headendportion of train. Restore derail on inbound track.On arrival after loading completed, proceed to con-trol room for list of train. Couple up train, releasehandbrakes and perform required air test. Removedeparting derail, which will be restored by plantemployees after departure.Storing Cars: Track QU16 must not be used forstorage of cars. Strachan Spur must not be usedfor storage of cars between Mile 0.0 and Mile 5.2.



[67 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005EDMONTON DIVISION - CAMROSE SUBDIVISION

MIRROR Y 95.1

LAMERTON 93.0

BASHAW 84.3

FERINTOSH 70.6

DUHAMEL 59.8

MCQUARRIE 49.0

CAMROSE Y 48.1

BARLEE 46.4

NEW SAREPTA 24.7 6530

LOOMA 17.2

STRATHCONA 4.8

EAST EDMONTON 2.2 10650

BRETVILLE JCT Y 0.0Jct with Wainwright Sub

95.1

0.0

CAMROSESUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

73.0

44.9

C3T2010

Rul

e 10

5O

CS

1

13.5C2T1017

N S

Rul

e 10

5O

CSCT

C

10.0

TGB

OD

OB+

+TG

BO

CAMROSE SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 CTC SPECIAL FEATURESEast Edmonton- movements entering the main track through

crossover Mile 1.7 must obtain RTC’s per-mission before reversing crossover southswitch.

- movements entering the siding from the CPInterchange must obtain RTC’s permissionbefore reversing the switch for the intendedmovement.

1.2 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) SIDING CONTROL TERRITORY - Dis-

patched Siding Divisional Data Item 1 in ef-fect East Edmonton Siding.

(b) Rule B - Employees operating withinEdmonton Zone must have a copy of theEdmonton Zone Operating Manual acces-sible.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN BRETVILLE JCT AND STRATHCONA

AND OCS BETWEEN STRATHCONA AND BARLEEAND BETWEEN MCQUARRIE AND LAMERTON

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.SWITCHING ZONE BETWEEN BRETVILLE JCT AND STRATHCONA.

RULES 105 AND 105(a) APPLICABLEBETWEEN BARLEE AND MCQUARRIE

AND BETWEEN LAMERTON AND MIRROR.SIDING CONTROL TERRITORY.


MIRROR Y 95.1

LAMERTON 93.0

BASHAW 84.3

FERINTOSH 70.6

DUHAMEL 59.8

MCQUARRIE 49.0

CAMROSE Y 48.1

BARLEE 46.4

NEW SAREPTA 24.7 6530

LOOMA 17.2

STRATHCONA 4.8

EAST EDMONTON 2.2 10650

BRETVILLE JCT Y 0.0Jct with Wainwright Sub

95.1

0.0

CAMROSESUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

73.0

44.9

C3T2010

Rul

e 10

5O

CS

1

13.5C2T1017

N S

Rul

e 10

5O

CSCT

C

10.0

TGB

OD

OB+

+

TGBO

CAMROSE SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 CTC SPECIAL FEATURESEast Edmonton- movements entering the main track through

crossover Mile 1.7 must obtain RTC’s per-mission before reversing crossover southswitch.

- movements entering the siding from the CPInterchange must obtain RTC’s permissionbefore reversing the switch for the intendedmovement.

1.2 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) SIDING CONTROL TERRITORY - Dis-

patched Siding Divisional Data Item 1 in ef-fect East Edmonton Siding.

(b) Rule B - Employees operating withinEdmonton Zone must have a copy of theEdmonton Zone Operating Manual acces-sible.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN BRETVILLE JCT AND STRATHCONA

AND OCS BETWEEN STRATHCONA AND BARLEEAND BETWEEN MCQUARRIE AND LAMERTON

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.SWITCHING ZONE BETWEEN BRETVILLE JCT AND STRATHCONA.

RULES 105 AND 105(a) APPLICABLEBETWEEN BARLEE AND MCQUARRIE

AND BETWEEN LAMERTON AND MIRROR.SIDING CONTROL TERRITORY.


(c) Rule 14(l)(iv) - applicable at all public cross-ings at grade on the Strathcona IndustrialLine including all spurs.

(d) Rule 104(b) - The following switches maybe left lined and locked in reverse position:Alcan Spur, Mile 0.5 and 0.8. RTC mustbe advised when switches have been left inreversed position.

(e) Rule 104(c) - the following switches may beleft lined and locked in either position: Mirror- all subdivision switches between Lamertonand Mirror; switch to CP Interchange (D006)East Edmonton siding, Mile 2.35.

(f) Rule 104(c) - Camrose - North switch ontrack CB58 which connects Alliance Sub withthe Camrose long lead must be left lined andlocked for Alliance Sub.

(g) Rule 104.5 Self Restoring Derail - Mirror- Track OR05 South Lead. Operation of hy-draulic self-restoring derail:(1) Normal condition - red target will indi-

cate that derail is in derailing position.(2) Each movement approaching derail lo-

cation press DTMF *010 to move de-rail in the off position.

(3) When derail is in the off position, agreen strobe light will flash; as well asa green target will indicate derail is inthe non-derailing position.

(4) Within two minutes, after movementhas been completed, derail will selfrestore to the derailing position andbroadcast the following message onCN radio channel 1. “DERAIL MIRRORYARD RESTORED TO DERAILINGPOSITION.”NOTE: If the track circuit is not acti-vated, the derail will remain in non-de-railing position and must be restoredas per item 9 below.

(5) if the derail fails to restore for any rea-son, a broadcast message will betransmitted indicating that derail hasfailed.

(6) In case of failure, use radio DTMF *010again. If that should fail again, pushbuttons are located on the front panelof derail control case. They are labeledNORM and REV. NORM - derail posi-tion. REV - non-derailing position.

(7) Should the push buttons fail, removebar from the control case, place in re-


(c) Rule 14(l)(iv) - applicable at all public cross-ings at grade on the Strathcona IndustrialLine including all spurs.

(d) Rule 104(b) - The following switches maybe left lined and locked in reverse position:Alcan Spur, Mile 0.5 and 0.8. RTC mustbe advised when switches have been left inreversed position.

(e) Rule 104(c) - the following switches may beleft lined and locked in either position: Mirror- all subdivision switches between Lamertonand Mirror; switch to CP Interchange (D006)East Edmonton siding, Mile 2.35.

(f) Rule 104(c) - Camrose - North switch ontrack CB58 which connects Alliance Sub withthe Camrose long lead must be left lined andlocked for Alliance Sub.

(g) Rule 104.5 Self Restoring Derail - Mirror- Track OR05 South Lead. Operation of hy-draulic self-restoring derail:(1) Normal condition - red target will indi-

cate that derail is in derailing position.(2) Each movement approaching derail lo-

cation press DTMF *010 to move de-rail in the off position.

(3) When derail is in the off position, agreen strobe light will flash; as well asa green target will indicate derail is inthe non-derailing position.

(4) Within two minutes, after movementhas been completed, derail will selfrestore to the derailing position andbroadcast the following message onCN radio channel 1. “DERAIL MIRRORYARD RESTORED TO DERAILINGPOSITION.”NOTE: If the track circuit is not acti-vated, the derail will remain in non-de-railing position and must be restoredas per item 9 below.

(5) if the derail fails to restore for any rea-son, a broadcast message will betransmitted indicating that derail hasfailed.

(6) In case of failure, use radio DTMF *010again. If that should fail again, pushbuttons are located on the front panelof derail control case. They are labeledNORM and REV. NORM - derail posi-tion. REV - non-derailing position.

(7) Should the push buttons fail, removebar from the control case, place in re-


ceptacle on back side of machine hous-ing and move level 90 degrees to movederail to the non-derailing position.Moving bar in opposite direction willreturn derail to the derailing position.To ensure derail does not restore whilemovement is occupying derail, DO NOTREPLACE BAR IN ITS HOLDER UN-TIL THE MOVEMENT IS CLEAR OFTHE DERAIL.

(8) A positive track circuit has been in-stalled to prevent derail operating whiletrain movement is oocupying derail.This track circuit extends 50 feet oneither side of derail. If a car is withinthis area, derail will not operte remotelyor via the push buttons.

(9) If for any reason derail has to be re-turned to the derailing position, DTMF*020 may be used. CAUTION: Ensurederail is not restored if another move-ment is in the vicinity of the derail.

Switching Operations: Remove bar fromits holder. Manually move derail to non-de-railing position. DO NOT RETURN BAR TOHOLDER until after switching complete; thenreplace manual bar to its holder.

(h) Rule 112 - Mirror: Due to track gradient carsmust not be left standing on track OR01 be-tween the north switch to track OR01 andthe north switch to track OR02.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated locomotive tieup tracksMirror - OR11

2.2 Lunar Lights - public crossings at grade Mile 4.32,6.22, 8.91 and 47.82. When lunar light on signalbungalow or on crossing warning devices case isextinguished or flashing - the RTC must be noti-fied immediately.

2.3 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORMile 2.2

3 INTERLOCKINGS

3.1 Railway Crossing at GradeMile 2.6 CPR Willingdon Sub - Automatic. If nec-essary to pass interlocking signal indicating STOP,in addition to Rule 611 being complied with, Rule564 must be issued by RTC Edmonton. Maximumspeed 35 MPH.

EDMONTON DIVISION - CAMROSE SUBDIVISION[69 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

ceptacle on back side of machine hous-ing and move level 90 degrees to movederail to the non-derailing position.Moving bar in opposite direction willreturn derail to the derailing position.To ensure derail does not restore whilemovement is occupying derail, DO NOTREPLACE BAR IN ITS HOLDER UN-TIL THE MOVEMENT IS CLEAR OFTHE DERAIL.

(8) A positive track circuit has been in-stalled to prevent derail operating whiletrain movement is oocupying derail.This track circuit extends 50 feet oneither side of derail. If a car is withinthis area, derail will not operte remotelyor via the push buttons.

(9) If for any reason derail has to be re-turned to the derailing position, DTMF*020 may be used. CAUTION: Ensurederail is not restored if another move-ment is in the vicinity of the derail.

Switching Operations: Remove bar fromits holder. Manually move derail to non-de-railing position. DO NOT RETURN BAR TOHOLDER until after switching complete; thenreplace manual bar to its holder.

(h) Rule 112 - Mirror: Due to track gradient carsmust not be left standing on track OR01 be-tween the north switch to track OR01 andthe north switch to track OR02.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated locomotive tieup tracksMirror - OR11

2.2 Lunar Lights - public crossings at grade Mile 4.32,6.22, 8.91 and 47.82. When lunar light on signalbungalow or on crossing warning devices case isextinguished or flashing - the RTC must be noti-fied immediately.

2.3 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORMile 2.2

3 INTERLOCKINGS

3.1 Railway Crossing at GradeMile 2.6 CPR Willingdon Sub - Automatic. If nec-essary to pass interlocking signal indicating STOP,in addition to Rule 611 being complied with, Rule564 must be issued by RTC Edmonton. Maximumspeed 35 MPH.

EDMONTON DIVISION - CAMROSE SUBDIVISION


3.2 Railway Crossing at GradeMile 47.7 CPR Wetaskiwin Sub - Automatic. Ifnecessary to pass interlocking signal indicatingSTOP, Rule 611 must be complied with. South-ward movements entering Camrose Sub. at Mile47.4 must approach southward interlocking sig-nal 476 at Mile 47.6 prepared to stop and there begoverned by the indication displayed. Timing cir-cuit extends from northward approach Signal 485to a point 950 feet south of interlocking Signal477. This location is marked by crossing circuitsign. Northward movements occupying timing cir-cuit for a period in excess of 4 minutes 30 sec-onds must proceed prepared to stop at interlock-ing signal. Maximum speed 25 MPH.


4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):286,000 lbs. Trains handling cars in excess of268,000 lbs must not exceed 25 MPH betweenMile 0.0 and Mile 9.0.

4.2 Locomotive Restrictions - Locomotives in groupsF and G must not be operated on the AlbertaWheat Pool Seed Division spur (CB56) atCamrose.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision Speed (All Trains)Mile MPH0.0 to 0.3 Zone 150.3 to 95.1 Zone 4026.4 to 27.0 3049.2 to 58.4 2593.0 to 95.1 20

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) Mile 1.6 - Northward movements while pass-

ing block signal 16, do not exceed 35 mph.(b) Mile 15.95 (north of Looma) - Movements

approaching within 1500 feet of crossing anduntil crossing fully occupied, do not exceed35 mph.

(c) Mile 47.48 (39th Street) - Movements ap-proaching within 825 feet of crossing and untilcrossing fully occupied, do not exceed 15mph.

(d) Mile 47.82 (51st Avenue) - Movements ap-proaching within 575 feet of crossing and untilcrossing fully occupied, do not exceed 15mph.


3.2 Railway Crossing at GradeMile 47.7 CPR Wetaskiwin Sub - Automatic. Ifnecessary to pass interlocking signal indicatingSTOP, Rule 611 must be complied with. South-ward movements entering Camrose Sub. at Mile47.4 must approach southward interlocking sig-nal 476 at Mile 47.6 prepared to stop and there begoverned by the indication displayed. Timing cir-cuit extends from northward approach Signal 485to a point 950 feet south of interlocking Signal477. This location is marked by crossing circuitsign. Northward movements occupying timing cir-cuit for a period in excess of 4 minutes 30 sec-onds must proceed prepared to stop at interlock-ing signal. Maximum speed 25 MPH.


4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):286,000 lbs. Trains handling cars in excess of268,000 lbs must not exceed 25 MPH betweenMile 0.0 and Mile 9.0.

4.2 Locomotive Restrictions - Locomotives in groupsF and G must not be operated on the AlbertaWheat Pool Seed Division spur (CB56) atCamrose.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision Speed (All Trains)Mile MPH0.0 to 0.3 Zone 150.3 to 95.1 Zone 4026.4 to 27.0 3049.2 to 58.4 2593.0 to 95.1 20

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) Mile 1.6 - Northward movements while pass-

ing block signal 16, do not exceed 35 mph.(b) Mile 15.95 (north of Looma) - Movements

approaching within 1500 feet of crossing anduntil crossing fully occupied, do not exceed35 mph.

(c) Mile 47.48 (39th Street) - Movements ap-proaching within 825 feet of crossing and untilcrossing fully occupied, do not exceed 15mph.

(d) Mile 47.82 (51st Avenue) - Movements ap-proaching within 575 feet of crossing and untilcrossing fully occupied, do not exceed 15mph.



(e) Mirror Yard (Highway 50) - Mile 0.16 ThreeHills Sub. - Southward movements approach-ing within 400 feet of crossing and until cross-ing fully occupied, do not exceed 10 mph.


6.1 Mile 0.75 (Strathcona Science Park Access Road)Warning Devices. Automatic: Equipped with pushbutton. Northward main track movements proceed-ing at 10 MPH or less within 1400 feet of crossingmust not obstruct crossing until warning deviceshave been in operation for at least 20 seconds.Northward movements must stop south of cross-ing unless signal indication authorizes them toproceed.

6.2 Mile 2.51 (Railway St.) Warning Devices. Auto-matic: STOP signs erected on other than the maintrack. Southward movements stopped by a STOPsignal, must stop clear of the crossing.

6.3 Mile 47.48 (39th Street) Warning Devices. Auto-matic: Equipped with push button. Movements pro-ceeding at 10 MPH or less within 825 feet of cross-ing must not obstruct crossing until warning de-vices have been in operation for at least 20 sec-onds.

6.4 Mile 47.8 (51st Avenue) Warning Devices. Auto-matic: Equipped with push button. Movements pro-ceeding at 10 MPH or less within 575 feet of cross-ing must not obstruct crossing until warning de-vices have been in operation for at least 20 sec-onds.

6.5 Mile 259.9 Wainwright Sub South ServiceTrack - Eastward movements from Camrose Submust not exceed 10 MPH until crossing is fullyoccupied or gates are seen to be in horizontalposition.


(e) Mirror Yard (Highway 50) - Mile 0.16 ThreeHills Sub. - Southward movements approach-ing within 400 feet of crossing and until cross-ing fully occupied, do not exceed 10 mph.


6.1 Mile 0.75 (Strathcona Science Park Access Road)Warning Devices. Automatic: Equipped with pushbutton. Northward main track movements proceed-ing at 10 MPH or less within 1400 feet of crossingmust not obstruct crossing until warning deviceshave been in operation for at least 20 seconds.Northward movements must stop south of cross-ing unless signal indication authorizes them toproceed.

6.2 Mile 2.51 (Railway St.) Warning Devices. Auto-matic: STOP signs erected on other than the maintrack. Southward movements stopped by a STOPsignal, must stop clear of the crossing.

6.3 Mile 47.48 (39th Street) Warning Devices. Auto-matic: Equipped with push button. Movements pro-ceeding at 10 MPH or less within 825 feet of cross-ing must not obstruct crossing until warning de-vices have been in operation for at least 20 sec-onds.

6.4 Mile 47.8 (51st Avenue) Warning Devices. Auto-matic: Equipped with push button. Movements pro-ceeding at 10 MPH or less within 575 feet of cross-ing must not obstruct crossing until warning de-vices have been in operation for at least 20 sec-onds.

6.5 Mile 259.9 Wainwright Sub South ServiceTrack - Eastward movements from Camrose Submust not exceed 10 MPH until crossing is fullyoccupied or gates are seen to be in horizontalposition.




7.1 Imperial Oil Lead, Mile 1.8 - Maximum speed10 mph from the Imperial Oil lead switch to thefouling points on tracks DO77, DO30, and DO78.

7.2 Steel Co. of Canada Ltd. CB 17 - Mile 47.7.Capacity 6260 feet. Switch points face south.

Speed: Tracks CB18-21, 26-30 and 32-33 - 5MPH.Locomotives permitted:Single locomotives with 6 axles.Single or multiple locomotives in groups B, D1 andD2.Rule 104(c): North Crossover Switch serving SteelCompany of Canada must be left lined and lockedfor track CB99 when not in use.


8.1 Northward movements must be inspected at Mile13.5.





7.1 Imperial Oil Lead, Mile 1.8 - Maximum speed10 mph from the Imperial Oil lead switch to thefouling points on tracks DO77, DO30, and DO78.

7.2 Steel Co. of Canada Ltd. CB 17 - Mile 47.7.Capacity 6260 feet. Switch points face south.

Speed: Tracks CB18-21, 26-30 and 32-33 - 5MPH.Locomotives permitted:Single locomotives with 6 axles.Single or multiple locomotives in groups B, D1 andD2.Rule 104(c): North Crossover Switch serving SteelCompany of Canada must be left lined and lockedfor track CB99 when not in use.


8.1 Northward movements must be inspected at Mile13.5.





0.0

ALLIANCESUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io


ALLIANCE 58.3

KIRON 8.2

CAMROSE 0.0

Rul

e 10

5

1

TGBO

58.3

OCS

Rul

e 10

5

W E

ALLIANCE SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 103(f) - Rusty Rail Conditions appli-

cable at public crossings at grade at Mile7.17, 34.22, 44.19, 51.44 and 56.63.

(b) Rule 104(c) - Camrose - North switch ontrack CB58 which connects Alliance Sub withthe Camrose long lead must be left lined andlocked for Alliance Sub.


3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS



6.1 Mile 51.4 (Secondary Road 861) Warning De-vices. Automatic: Eastward trains stopped on maintrack must stop clear of crossing sign located 1100feet west of crossing.

EDMONTON DIVISION - ALLIANCE SUBDIVISION

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN KIRON AND ALLIANCE


BETWEEN CAMROSE AND KIRON ANDBETWEEN ALLIANCE AND MILE 59.2.


0.0

ALLIANCESUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io


ALLIANCE 58.3

KIRON 8.2

CAMROSE 0.0

Rul

e 10

5

1

TGBO

58.3

OCS

Rul

e 10

5

W E

ALLIANCE SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 103(f) - Rusty Rail Conditions appli-

cable at public crossings at grade at Mile7.17, 34.22, 44.19, 51.44 and 56.63.

(b) Rule 104(c) - Camrose - North switch ontrack CB58 which connects Alliance Sub withthe Camrose long lead must be left lined andlocked for Alliance Sub.


3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS



6.1 Mile 51.4 (Secondary Road 861) Warning De-vices. Automatic: Eastward trains stopped on maintrack must stop clear of crossing sign located 1100feet west of crossing.

EDMONTON DIVISION - ALLIANCE SUBDIVISION

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN KIRON AND ALLIANCE


BETWEEN CAMROSE AND KIRON ANDBETWEEN ALLIANCE AND MILE 59.2.

[74 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005EDMONTON DIVISION - ALLIANCE SUBDIVISION

7 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE ONSPURS AND OTHER TRACKSNil


[74 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005EDMONTON DIVISION - ALLIANCE SUBDIVISION



[75 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005EDMONTON DIVISION - VEGREVILLE SUBDIVISION

VERMILION Y 0.0

ROSSI 3.5

MANNVILLE 14.6

INNISFREE 30.8 7179

LAVOY 48.2

VEGREVILLE 57.9 7001

MUNDARE 70.9

CHIPMAN 85.1 6871

BRUDERHEIM 99.2

GAUDIN 101.9

EDISON 104.8

HARRIS 108.0

BEAMER JCT 111.0

RIVER BEND 121.3 6795

ST.PAUL JCT 124.2Jct with

Mackenzie North Railway

TROUT 126.0

EAST JCT 127.3connecting track with

Wainwright Sub

JCT WITH WAINWRIGHT SUB 127.7

0.0

127.7

VEGREVILLESUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

18.7

70.4

118.9

Rul

e 10

5O

CS 1

C8T2008

W E

OCS

++

Rul

e 10

5CT

CR

ule

105

124.2

Y 106.8

TGBO

TGB

OD

OB

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN ROSSI AND EDISON AND BETWEEN HARRIS AND

TROUT CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.CTC BETWEEN EAST JCT AND JCT WITH WAINWRIGHT SUB

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.SWITCHING ZONE BETWEEN EAST JCT AND

JCT WITH WAINWRIGHT SUB.RULE 105 AND RULE 105(a) APPLICABLE BETWEEN VERMILION

AND ROSSI, BETWEEN EDISON AND HARRIS AND BETWEENTROUT AND EAST JCT.

VEGREVILLE SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 CTC SPECIAL FEATURESConnecting Track with Wainwright Sub is signalledtrack.

1.2 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule B - Employees operating within

Edmonton Zone must have a copy of theEdmonton Zone Operating Manual acces-sible.

(b) Rule 103.1(c) - Not applicable on Subdivi-sion Track Mile 0.0 to 3.5, 104.8 to108.0 and126.0 to 127.3.


VERMILION Y 0.0

ROSSI 3.5

MANNVILLE 14.6

INNISFREE 30.8 7179

LAVOY 48.2

VEGREVILLE 57.9 7001

MUNDARE 70.9

CHIPMAN 85.1 6871

BRUDERHEIM 99.2

GAUDIN 101.9

EDISON 104.8

HARRIS 108.0

BEAMER JCT 111.0

RIVER BEND 121.3 6795

ST.PAUL JCT 124.2Jct with

Mackenzie North Railway

TROUT 126.0

EAST JCT 127.3connecting track with

Wainwright Sub

JCT WITH WAINWRIGHT SUB 127.7

0.0

127.7

VEGREVILLESUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

18.7

70.4

118.9

Rul

e 10

5O

CS 1

C8T2008

W E

OCS

++

Rul

e 10

5CT

CR

ule

105

124.2

Y 106.8

TGBO

TGB

OD

OB

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN ROSSI AND EDISON AND BETWEEN HARRIS AND

TROUT CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.CTC BETWEEN EAST JCT AND JCT WITH WAINWRIGHT SUB

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.SWITCHING ZONE BETWEEN EAST JCT AND

JCT WITH WAINWRIGHT SUB.RULE 105 AND RULE 105(a) APPLICABLE BETWEEN VERMILION

AND ROSSI, BETWEEN EDISON AND HARRIS AND BETWEENTROUT AND EAST JCT.

VEGREVILLE SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 CTC SPECIAL FEATURESConnecting Track with Wainwright Sub is signalledtrack.

1.2 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule B - Employees operating within

Edmonton Zone must have a copy of theEdmonton Zone Operating Manual acces-sible.

(b) Rule 103.1(c) - Not applicable on Subdivi-sion Track Mile 0.0 to 3.5, 104.8 to108.0 and126.0 to 127.3.


(c) Rule 14(l) (iv) - applicable at all public cross-ings at grade between Mile 123.29 and Mile127.70 and all trackage leading off the maintrack between these miles.

(d) Rule 83.1 - Scotford - Trains to CPRWillingdon Sub. via Scotford Spur must bein possession of CPR Edmonton TerminalDOB.

(e) Rule 104(c) -The following subdivisionswitches may be left lined and locked in ei-ther position:Vermilion Yard - All SwitchesScotford Yard - switches Mile 105.85,107.32, 107.51 and 107.88

(f) Rule 104.1 - St. Paul Jct - Spring switch.Yellow indication on signals 1241 or 1242indicates switch in normal position.

(g) Rule 104.5 - Vegreville and Riverbend -Exception derails located at each end of sid-ing.

(h) Rule 112 - Scotford Yard - Hand brakesare not required for Tracks VC 62 to VC 75inclusive.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEERS MANUALDesignated Locomotive Tieup TracksScotford Yard - VC60

3 INTERLOCKINGS

3.1 RAILWAY CROSSING AT GRADEMile 97.9 (CPR Willingdon Sub) Automatic - Ifnecessary to pass interlocking signal indicatingSTOP, Rule 611 must be complied with. Trainsmust not exceed 20 MPH approaching the gov-erning advance signal. Maximum PermissibleSpeed 35 MPH. The most restrictive indication thatcan be displayed on the advance signal to inter-locking is “CLEAR TO STOP”.

3.2 RAILWAY CROSSING AT GRADEMile 101.7 (CPR Scotford Spur) Automatic - Ifnecessary to pass interlocking signal indicatingSTOP, Rule 611 must be complied with. Switch-ing movements may be made within interlockinglimits after the switch in the box marked Switcheshas been opened as outlined in Rule 611. A mem-ber of the crew must remain in close proximity tothe crossing unless their movement is visible toother movements using the crossing. Switch inbox must not be closed until switching movementshave been completed. Maximum PermissibleSpeed 35 MPH.


(c) Rule 14(l) (iv) - applicable at all public cross-ings at grade between Mile 123.29 and Mile127.70 and all trackage leading off the maintrack between these miles.

(d) Rule 83.1 - Scotford - Trains to CPRWillingdon Sub. via Scotford Spur must bein possession of CPR Edmonton TerminalDOB.

(e) Rule 104(c) -The following subdivisionswitches may be left lined and locked in ei-ther position:Vermilion Yard - All SwitchesScotford Yard - switches Mile 105.85,107.32, 107.51 and 107.88

(f) Rule 104.1 - St. Paul Jct - Spring switch.Yellow indication on signals 1241 or 1242indicates switch in normal position.

(g) Rule 104.5 - Vegreville and Riverbend -Exception derails located at each end of sid-ing.

(h) Rule 112 - Scotford Yard - Hand brakesare not required for Tracks VC 62 to VC 75inclusive.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEERS MANUALDesignated Locomotive Tieup TracksScotford Yard - VC60

3 INTERLOCKINGS

3.1 RAILWAY CROSSING AT GRADEMile 97.9 (CPR Willingdon Sub) Automatic - Ifnecessary to pass interlocking signal indicatingSTOP, Rule 611 must be complied with. Trainsmust not exceed 20 MPH approaching the gov-erning advance signal. Maximum PermissibleSpeed 35 MPH. The most restrictive indication thatcan be displayed on the advance signal to inter-locking is “CLEAR TO STOP”.

3.2 RAILWAY CROSSING AT GRADEMile 101.7 (CPR Scotford Spur) Automatic - Ifnecessary to pass interlocking signal indicatingSTOP, Rule 611 must be complied with. Switch-ing movements may be made within interlockinglimits after the switch in the box marked Switcheshas been opened as outlined in Rule 611. A mem-ber of the crew must remain in close proximity tothe crossing unless their movement is visible toother movements using the crossing. Switch inbox must not be closed until switching movementshave been completed. Maximum PermissibleSpeed 35 MPH.



4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):286,000 lbs. Trains handling cars in excess of268,000 lbs must not exceed 25 MPH betweenMile 0.0 and 44.0 and 40 MPH between Mile 44.0and Mile 127.3.

4.2 Connecting Track with Wainwright Sub - Carsexceeding 80 feet in length prohibited.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 19.2 Zone 402.0 to 3.2 259.6 to 11.8 2519.2 to 41.9 Zone 2541.9 to 105.7 Zone 4052.8 to 54.2 25105.7 to 126.4 Zone 50107.5 to 107.9 35115.0 to 116.0 25116.0 to 118.4 35122.6 to 122.7 25126.4 to 127.7 Zone 20East Jct Connecting Track 10

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) Mile 48.15 (Main Street) Movements ap-

proaching within 1175 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 30 mph until crossing fully occu-pied.

(b) Mile 127.21 (129th Ave) Movements ap-proaching within 1100 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 15 mph until crossing fully occu-pied.


6.1 Mile 39.14 (Ranfurly) Warning Devices Auto-matic: STOP sign on elevator track governs west-ward movements on that track.

6.2 Mile 48.15 (Main Street) Warning Devices Auto-matic: STOP signs located on other than the maintrack.

6.3 Mile 57.1 (50th Street) Warning Devices Auto-matic: STOP sign located on other than the maintrack.

6.4 Mile 70.9 (Main Street) Warning Devices Auto-matic: Equipped with push button. STOP sign lo-cated on other than the main track.

6.5 Mile 105.7 (Range Road 214) - Warning DevicesAutomatic: Eastward movements must not exceed20 MPH within 725 feet of crossing until crossingfully occupied.



4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):286,000 lbs. Trains handling cars in excess of268,000 lbs must not exceed 25 MPH betweenMile 0.0 and 44.0 and 40 MPH between Mile 44.0and Mile 127.3.

4.2 Connecting Track with Wainwright Sub - Carsexceeding 80 feet in length prohibited.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 19.2 Zone 402.0 to 3.2 259.6 to 11.8 2519.2 to 41.9 Zone 2541.9 to 105.7 Zone 4052.8 to 54.2 25105.7 to 126.4 Zone 50107.5 to 107.9 35115.0 to 116.0 25116.0 to 118.4 35122.6 to 122.7 25126.4 to 127.7 Zone 20East Jct Connecting Track 10

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) Mile 48.15 (Main Street) Movements ap-

proaching within 1175 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 30 mph until crossing fully occu-pied.

(b) Mile 127.21 (129th Ave) Movements ap-proaching within 1100 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 15 mph until crossing fully occu-pied.


6.1 Mile 39.14 (Ranfurly) Warning Devices Auto-matic: STOP sign on elevator track governs west-ward movements on that track.

6.2 Mile 48.15 (Main Street) Warning Devices Auto-matic: STOP signs located on other than the maintrack.

6.3 Mile 57.1 (50th Street) Warning Devices Auto-matic: STOP sign located on other than the maintrack.

6.4 Mile 70.9 (Main Street) Warning Devices Auto-matic: Equipped with push button. STOP sign lo-cated on other than the main track.

6.5 Mile 105.7 (Range Road 214) - Warning DevicesAutomatic: Eastward movements must not exceed20 MPH within 725 feet of crossing until crossingfully occupied.



7.1 Mile 97.3 Tracks VC 29 and VC 30. NEXEN. Ca-pacity 4430 feet. Points face east and west. Carsare not to be cut off in motion within the plant site.Rail movements must not be spotted foul of plantcrossings, crossovers or other tracks within theplant. Gate telephone - 796-6139/6140.

7.2 Mile 98.1 Track VC 31. ALBCHEM. Capacity 1320feet. Points face West. Maximum permissiblespeed 5 MPH. Crews must be on the lookout onthese tracks for cars left foul by Albchem employ-ees.

7.3 Scotford Industrial Lead (S.I.L.) - Mile 106.8.Extends north from Scotford Yard and is Jointtrackage with CPR. Connects to lead at east endof Scotford yard. Following Spurs connect to thislead.Rule 105(a) applicable.(i) VC25 - Mile 0.81 (S.I.L.) OXY VINYL

CANADA. Switch points face south. Gatetelephone - 998-8769. Track is protected bya derail located outside the gate.

(ii) VC52 - Mile 1.7 (S.I.L.). SHELL REFINERY.Switch points face north and south.Entrance Signals: are located 430 feet eastand 1635 feet west of main gate. Train, loco-motive or car movements must not be madeuntil a RED OVER GREEN signal is dis-played. When a RED OVER RED signal isdisplayed, contact Scotford yard office whowill then call the plant security office.Switching: Cars must not be kicked or run-ning switches made on Shell Oil Co. track-age.Protective Clothing/Equipment: In addi-tion to CN requirements, employees enter-ing and working within the plant must alsowear a hard hat and clothing that providesfull arm coverage. Employees with beardsare prohibited from entering the Shell Oil Co.Property. (Mustaches are permitted if neatlytrimmed).

(iii) VC 44-45 - Mile 2.9 (S.I.L.). SHELL STY-RENE AND MEG. Switch points face northand south.Protective Clothing/Equipment: In addi-tion to CN requirements, employees enter-ing and working within the plant must alsowear a hard hat and clothing that providesfull arm coverage. Employees with beardsare prohibited from entering the Shell Oil Co.Property. (Mustaches are permitted if neatlytrimmed).



7.1 Mile 97.3 Tracks VC 29 and VC 30. NEXEN. Ca-pacity 4430 feet. Points face east and west. Carsare not to be cut off in motion within the plant site.Rail movements must not be spotted foul of plantcrossings, crossovers or other tracks within theplant. Gate telephone - 796-6139/6140.

7.2 Mile 98.1 Track VC 31. ALBCHEM. Capacity 1320feet. Points face West. Maximum permissiblespeed 5 MPH. Crews must be on the lookout onthese tracks for cars left foul by Albchem employ-ees.

7.3 Scotford Industrial Lead (S.I.L.) - Mile 106.8.Extends north from Scotford Yard and is Jointtrackage with CPR. Connects to lead at east endof Scotford yard. Following Spurs connect to thislead.Rule 105(a) applicable.(i) VC25 - Mile 0.81 (S.I.L.) OXY VINYL

CANADA. Switch points face south. Gatetelephone - 998-8769. Track is protected bya derail located outside the gate.

(ii) VC52 - Mile 1.7 (S.I.L.). SHELL REFINERY.Switch points face north and south.Entrance Signals: are located 430 feet eastand 1635 feet west of main gate. Train, loco-motive or car movements must not be madeuntil a RED OVER GREEN signal is dis-played. When a RED OVER RED signal isdisplayed, contact Scotford yard office whowill then call the plant security office.Switching: Cars must not be kicked or run-ning switches made on Shell Oil Co. track-age.Protective Clothing/Equipment: In addi-tion to CN requirements, employees enter-ing and working within the plant must alsowear a hard hat and clothing that providesfull arm coverage. Employees with beardsare prohibited from entering the Shell Oil Co.Property. (Mustaches are permitted if neatlytrimmed).

(iii) VC 44-45 - Mile 2.9 (S.I.L.). SHELL STY-RENE AND MEG. Switch points face northand south.Protective Clothing/Equipment: In addi-tion to CN requirements, employees enter-ing and working within the plant must alsowear a hard hat and clothing that providesfull arm coverage. Employees with beardsare prohibited from entering the Shell Oil Co.Property. (Mustaches are permitted if neatlytrimmed).


7.4 Fort Saskatchewan Industrial (F.S.I.) Spur -Mile 107.5. Extends 4.5 miles westward.Rule 105(a) - applicable on all tracks.Connecting Spurs:(i) VD 27 - Mile 3.4 (F.S.I.) - DOW CHEMI-

CAL. Capacity 7560 feet. Connects to tail ofwye. Gate telephone - 998-8959.Road Crossing: inside plant area must notbe blocked by standing equipment. All move-ments over this crossing must be manuallyprotected.Switching: Cars must not be kicked or run-ning switches made on this trackage.Speed: 10 mph.Switch Confirmation: All movements push-ing equipment whether entering or after exit-ing the Dow Chemical Plant must complywith the following:The employee handling switch VD27 must,from the location of the switch, communi-cate with all other crew members to confirmthe position in which the switch has beenlined. Other crew members must repeat theconfirmation back to the employee whohandled the switch before the reverse move-ment is commenced. Communication maybe achieved by personal contact, radio ortelephone. In addition, once the reversemovement has commenced, a crew mem-ber must remain at the switch in a positionon the ground until at least one piece ofequipment has moved over the switch pointsto visually ascertain that the movement isproperly lined for the intended route to beused.

(ii) VD 47 - Mile 3.5 (F.S.I.). MARSULEXSULPHIDES. Capacity 810 feet. Switchpoints face west. Gate telephone - 992-7377.Locomotives must not move over the trackscale. Derails may only be appllied or re-moved by Marsulex employees.

(iii) VD 65 - Mile 3.6 (F.S.I.) AGRIUM. Maxi-mum permissible speed - 10 MPH.Smoking on plant site is prohibited.Alarm System: More than one short hornblast on the Agrium plant alarm system sig-nifies an emergency. In case of emergency,CN crews are to uncouple from their move-ment and exit the plant with their locomotiveconsist.


7.4 Fort Saskatchewan Industrial (F.S.I.) Spur -Mile 107.5. Extends 4.5 miles westward.Rule 105(a) - applicable on all tracks.Connecting Spurs:(i) VD 27 - Mile 3.4 (F.S.I.) - DOW CHEMI-

CAL. Capacity 7560 feet. Connects to tail ofwye. Gate telephone - 998-8959.Road Crossing: inside plant area must notbe blocked by standing equipment. All move-ments over this crossing must be manuallyprotected.Switching: Cars must not be kicked or run-ning switches made on this trackage.Speed: 10 mph.Switch Confirmation: All movements push-ing equipment whether entering or after exit-ing the Dow Chemical Plant must complywith the following:The employee handling switch VD27 must,from the location of the switch, communi-cate with all other crew members to confirmthe position in which the switch has beenlined. Other crew members must repeat theconfirmation back to the employee whohandled the switch before the reverse move-ment is commenced. Communication maybe achieved by personal contact, radio ortelephone. In addition, once the reversemovement has commenced, a crew mem-ber must remain at the switch in a positionon the ground until at least one piece ofequipment has moved over the switch pointsto visually ascertain that the movement isproperly lined for the intended route to beused.

(ii) VD 47 - Mile 3.5 (F.S.I.). MARSULEXSULPHIDES. Capacity 810 feet. Switchpoints face west. Gate telephone - 992-7377.Locomotives must not move over the trackscale. Derails may only be appllied or re-moved by Marsulex employees.

(iii) VD 65 - Mile 3.6 (F.S.I.) AGRIUM. Maxi-mum permissible speed - 10 MPH.Smoking on plant site is prohibited.Alarm System: More than one short hornblast on the Agrium plant alarm system sig-nifies an emergency. In case of emergency,CN crews are to uncouple from their move-ment and exit the plant with their locomotiveconsist.


Emergency Assistance: If CN crews requireany form of emergency assistance, they areto contact Agrium Security at 998-6690,through the TMC at Scotford, or by any otheravailable means, and advise Agrium of theemergent situation.

Switching: No cars shall be cut off in mo-tion within the plant. All movements musthave an employee positioned on the leadingend of the movement. Rail cars must not bespotted foul of plant crossings, crossoversor other tracks within the plant. Rail move-ments shall not enter buildings where blueflashing lights have been activated.Plant Access: CN will contact Agrium Se-curity, 998-6690, 15-20 minutes prior to ar-rival at plant, and advise which gate they willrequire unlocked and what time they will ar-rive. CN crews will stop clear of gates andnot proceed into plant until met by Agriumpersonnel who will review switching require-ments with crew prior to their proceeding intoplant site.Leaving Plant: CN crews must adviseAgrium when all work is complete and theyare clear of the plant. If no Agrium personnelare on hand when crew is ready to depart,the TMC at Scotford can contact AgriumSecurity at 998-6690 to advise that CN isclear of the plant site.

(iv) VD57 - North Yard Mile 3.6 - off Agrium Spur.Switch points face east. Smoking on plantsite prohibited.

(v) South Yard Mile 4.1 (F.S.I.) .(InternationalRaw Materials) Switch points facewest.Smoking on plant site prohibited.

(vi) VD 50. Mile 3.6 (F.S.I.) - off Agrium SpurVD 60. MARSULEX.Capacity 900 feet.Switch points face west. Gate telephone 992-7377.Switching: Cars must not be kicked or run-ning switches made on this trackage. Loco-motives and bulkhead Flats must not bemoved foul of loading racks.Protective Clothing/Equipment: In addi-tion to CN requirements, employees enter-ing and working within the Marsulex Inc. prop-erty must also wear clothing that providesfull arm coverage.

(vii) VD 03. Mile 2.23 (F.S.I.) PRAXAIR. Switchpoints face west. Capacity is 3 cars west ofscale.


Emergency Assistance: If CN crews requireany form of emergency assistance, they areto contact Agrium Security at 998-6690,through the TMC at Scotford, or by any otheravailable means, and advise Agrium of theemergent situation.

Switching: No cars shall be cut off in mo-tion within the plant. All movements musthave an employee positioned on the leadingend of the movement. Rail cars must not bespotted foul of plant crossings, crossoversor other tracks within the plant. Rail move-ments shall not enter buildings where blueflashing lights have been activated.Plant Access: CN will contact Agrium Se-curity, 998-6690, 15-20 minutes prior to ar-rival at plant, and advise which gate they willrequire unlocked and what time they will ar-rive. CN crews will stop clear of gates andnot proceed into plant until met by Agriumpersonnel who will review switching require-ments with crew prior to their proceeding intoplant site.Leaving Plant: CN crews must adviseAgrium when all work is complete and theyare clear of the plant. If no Agrium personnelare on hand when crew is ready to depart,the TMC at Scotford can contact AgriumSecurity at 998-6690 to advise that CN isclear of the plant site.

(iv) VD57 - North Yard Mile 3.6 - off Agrium Spur.Switch points face east. Smoking on plantsite prohibited.

(v) South Yard Mile 4.1 (F.S.I.) .(InternationalRaw Materials) Switch points facewest.Smoking on plant site prohibited.

(vi) VD 50. Mile 3.6 (F.S.I.) - off Agrium SpurVD 60. MARSULEX.Capacity 900 feet.Switch points face west. Gate telephone 992-7377.Switching: Cars must not be kicked or run-ning switches made on this trackage. Loco-motives and bulkhead Flats must not bemoved foul of loading racks.Protective Clothing/Equipment: In addi-tion to CN requirements, employees enter-ing and working within the Marsulex Inc. prop-erty must also wear clothing that providesfull arm coverage.

(vii) VD 03. Mile 2.23 (F.S.I.) PRAXAIR. Switchpoints face west. Capacity is 3 cars west ofscale.


Access: Track is protected by 2 derails. Thederail outside the gate is equipped with arailway lock. The gate is equipped with botha railway and a private lock which allowsaccess to the plant by railway employ ees.The derail inside the gate is equipped with aprivate lock and blue flag. Only PRAXAIRemployees are authorized to remove thisderail and blue flag.Scale: Locomotives are prohibited from mov-ing onto or over the track scale. The scale isequipped with 2 separate weight rails andcars spot with a pair of wheels on each rail.PRAXAIR CONTROL ROOM: Telephone998-2240 extension 0 (24 hrs. per day).

(viii) VD 54. Mile 3.7 (F.S.I) MARSULEX Stor-age. Capacity 970 feet. Points face West.

7.5 Beamer Spur (VE 25) Mile 111.0 - Extends 6.6miles northward. Switch points face west.Rule 105 (a) applicable all tracks.Following Industry Spurs connect with BeamerSpur:(i) VE 23. Mile 4.5. Capacity 11,269 feet. WIL-

LIAMS ENERGY. Derails on both ends ofyard.

(ii) VE 15. Mile 5.3. Extends 1.4 miles north-ward. Switch points face west. DEGUSSA.Access: Derails within fenced area of theplant may only be applied or removed byDegussa employees.

(iii) VE 28. Mile 6.1. AGRIUM REDWATERAccess: CN will contact Agrium Redwaterat 998-6215 or 998-6282 thirty (30) minutesprior to arrival at plant gate to advise time ofarrival and number of cars to be set off. CNcrew will stop clear of derail and gate at Mile6.1 Beamer Spur until met by Agrium per-sonnel who will review yarding and lifting in-structions prior to CN crew proceeding intoplant site. Agrium personnel will then unlockderail and open gate and escort crew throughplant.Road Crossing: Movements must stop atStop sign located at main crossing betweenAdministration building and Guardhouse.Movements may proceed if crossing is clear.Engine bell must be rung before fouling anduntil crossing fully occupied.Departing Plant: On departure of plant site,it will be the responsibility of Agrium person-nel to close gate and to line and lock derailin the derailing position as soon as CN move-ment has cleared this location.


Access: Track is protected by 2 derails. Thederail outside the gate is equipped with arailway lock. The gate is equipped with botha railway and a private lock which allowsaccess to the plant by railway employ ees.The derail inside the gate is equipped with aprivate lock and blue flag. Only PRAXAIRemployees are authorized to remove thisderail and blue flag.Scale: Locomotives are prohibited from mov-ing onto or over the track scale. The scale isequipped with 2 separate weight rails andcars spot with a pair of wheels on each rail.PRAXAIR CONTROL ROOM: Telephone998-2240 extension 0 (24 hrs. per day).

(viii) VD 54. Mile 3.7 (F.S.I) MARSULEX Stor-age. Capacity 970 feet. Points face West.

7.5 Beamer Spur (VE 25) Mile 111.0 - Extends 6.6miles northward. Switch points face west.Rule 105 (a) applicable all tracks.Following Industry Spurs connect with BeamerSpur:(i) VE 23. Mile 4.5. Capacity 11,269 feet. WIL-

LIAMS ENERGY. Derails on both ends ofyard.

(ii) VE 15. Mile 5.3. Extends 1.4 miles north-ward. Switch points face west. DEGUSSA.Access: Derails within fenced area of theplant may only be applied or removed byDegussa employees.

(iii) VE 28. Mile 6.1. AGRIUM REDWATERAccess: CN will contact Agrium Redwaterat 998-6215 or 998-6282 thirty (30) minutesprior to arrival at plant gate to advise time ofarrival and number of cars to be set off. CNcrew will stop clear of derail and gate at Mile6.1 Beamer Spur until met by Agrium per-sonnel who will review yarding and lifting in-structions prior to CN crew proceeding intoplant site. Agrium personnel will then unlockderail and open gate and escort crew throughplant.Road Crossing: Movements must stop atStop sign located at main crossing betweenAdministration building and Guardhouse.Movements may proceed if crossing is clear.Engine bell must be rung before fouling anduntil crossing fully occupied.Departing Plant: On departure of plant site,it will be the responsibility of Agrium person-nel to close gate and to line and lock derailin the derailing position as soon as CN move-ment has cleared this location.


7.6 Sturgeon Industrial Lead (VE 60) Mile 114.25.Capacity 8800 feet, switch points face west.Rule 105 (a) applicable.Public Crossing at Grade: Mile 0.75 (Second-ary Road 825) Warning devices Automatic. STOPsigns located at industrial lead and at spur. STOPsign governing northward movements from spur islocated to left of track.





7.6 Sturgeon Industrial Lead (VE 60) Mile 114.25.Capacity 8800 feet, switch points face west.Rule 105 (a) applicable.Public Crossing at Grade: Mile 0.75 (Second-ary Road 825) Warning devices Automatic. STOPsigns located at industrial lead and at spur. STOPsign governing northward movements from spur islocated to left of track.




[83 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005EDMONTON DIVISION - WESTLOCK SUBDIVISION

0.0

WESTLOCKSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

DUNVEGAN JCT 0.0

CAMPBELL PARK 6.0

MORINVILLE 19.5 5000

MORIN JCT 20.2

BUSBY 34.7

WESTLOCK 52.5 5600

JARVIE 74.4

KILSYTH 87.4 6000

FLATBUSH 93.5

CHISHOLM 109.9

MACMATH 124.0

MCARTHUR 133.2Connection with

Mackenzie Railway

49.3

85.2

C3

T1

004

Rul

e 10

5O

CS 1

N S

TGB

OD

OB

Rul

e 10

5

6.0

124.0

TGBO

WESTLOCK SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



track between Dunvegan Jct and CampbellPark and between Macmath and McArthur.(i) Rule 35(b) - Emergency work may be

performed using the provisions of Rule35(b). The RTC must be advised whenemergency work is undertaken.

(ii) Rule 103.1(c) - Not Applicable.(b) Rule B - Employees operating within

Edmonton Terminal Zone must have a copyof the Edmonton Terminal Operating Manualaccessible.

(c) Rule 14(l)(iv) - applicable at public crossingat grade: Mile 1.24 (137th Avenue)

(d) Instructions for interchange - CN andMackenzie Railway. Both CN andMacKenzie Railway employees are autho-rized to operate between Macmath andMcArthur. CN employees NEED NOT be inpossession of Mackenzie Railway Timetable,

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN CAMPBELL PARK AND MACMATH


BETWEEN DUNVEGAN JCT AND CAMPBELL PARKAND BETWEEN MACMATH AND MCARTHUR

[83 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005EDMONTON DIVISION - WESTLOCK SUBDIVISION

0.0

WESTLOCKSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

DUNVEGAN JCT 0.0

CAMPBELL PARK 6.0

MORINVILLE 19.5 5000

MORIN JCT 20.2

BUSBY 34.7

WESTLOCK 52.5 5600

JARVIE 74.4

KILSYTH 87.4 6000

FLATBUSH 93.5

CHISHOLM 109.9

MACMATH 124.0

MCARTHUR 133.2Connection with

Mackenzie Railway

49.3

85.2

C3

T1

004

Rul

e 10

5O

CS 1

N S

TGB

OD

OB

Rul

e 10

5

6.0

124.0

TGBO

WESTLOCK SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



track between Dunvegan Jct and CampbellPark and between Macmath and McArthur.(i) Rule 35(b) - Emergency work may be

performed using the provisions of Rule35(b). The RTC must be advised whenemergency work is undertaken.

(ii) Rule 103.1(c) - Not Applicable.(b) Rule B - Employees operating within

Edmonton Terminal Zone must have a copyof the Edmonton Terminal Operating Manualaccessible.

(c) Rule 14(l)(iv) - applicable at public crossingat grade: Mile 1.24 (137th Avenue)

(d) Instructions for interchange - CN andMackenzie Railway. Both CN andMacKenzie Railway employees are autho-rized to operate between Macmath andMcArthur. CN employees NEED NOT be inpossession of Mackenzie Railway Timetable,

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN CAMPBELL PARK AND MACMATH


BETWEEN DUNVEGAN JCT AND CAMPBELL PARKAND BETWEEN MACMATH AND MCARTHUR


Rules or Regulations while operating be-tween Macmath and McArthur. Trains andengines operating west of McArthur are gov-erned by Mackenzie Railway Timetable,Rules and Regulations.


3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



4.2 Locomotive Restrictions(a) Locomotives in groups E, F and G must not

be operated beyond the fouling point of thesetracks unless necessary to set out bad or-der equipment or required to reduce to ton-nage account locomotive failure: Mile 14.5(former siding), Mile 28.4 (former siding), andMile 122.6 (former siding).

(b) Locomotives in Group G are restricted to 15mph over bridges, Mile 6.4 and 8.1.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 0.7 Zone 200.7 to 5.0 Zone 355.0 to 14.0 Zone 309.4 to 10.4 2014.0 to 42.9 Zone 3532.5 to 39.5 2542.9 to 48.0 Zone 3048.0 to 60.0 Zone 3560.0 to 76.5 Zone 2576.5 to 90.0 Zone 3590.0 to 129.0 Zone 25

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) Miles 0.7 to 5.0; 14.0 to 42.9, 48.0 to 60.0

and 76.5 to 90.0. Trains handling in excessof 10,000 tons must not exceed 30 mph.

(b) Mile 1.24 (137th Avenue) Movements en-tering crossing must not exceed 15 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.

(c) Mile 130.5 (Highway 651) Movements en-tering crossing must not exceed 10 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.

EDMONTON DIVISION - WESTLOCK SUBDIVISION[84 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

Rules or Regulations while operating be-tween Macmath and McArthur. Trains andengines operating west of McArthur are gov-erned by Mackenzie Railway Timetable,Rules and Regulations.


3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



4.2 Locomotive Restrictions(a) Locomotives in groups E, F and G must not

be operated beyond the fouling point of thesetracks unless necessary to set out bad or-der equipment or required to reduce to ton-nage account locomotive failure: Mile 14.5(former siding), Mile 28.4 (former siding), andMile 122.6 (former siding).

(b) Locomotives in Group G are restricted to 15mph over bridges, Mile 6.4 and 8.1.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 0.7 Zone 200.7 to 5.0 Zone 355.0 to 14.0 Zone 309.4 to 10.4 2014.0 to 42.9 Zone 3532.5 to 39.5 2542.9 to 48.0 Zone 3048.0 to 60.0 Zone 3560.0 to 76.5 Zone 2576.5 to 90.0 Zone 3590.0 to 129.0 Zone 25

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) Miles 0.7 to 5.0; 14.0 to 42.9, 48.0 to 60.0

and 76.5 to 90.0. Trains handling in excessof 10,000 tons must not exceed 30 mph.

(b) Mile 1.24 (137th Avenue) Movements en-tering crossing must not exceed 15 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.

(c) Mile 130.5 (Highway 651) Movements en-tering crossing must not exceed 10 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.

EDMONTON DIVISION - WESTLOCK SUBDIVISION



6.1 Mile 20.1 (Old Highway 2) Warning Devices Au-tomatic: Southward trains required to wait at MorinJct for an opposing train to Athabasca Spur muststand clear of crossing circuit signs. Movementmust not again commence until the opposing trainhas cleared the crossing and automatic warningdevices have again been operational for at leasttwenty seconds. If protection is cancelled for anyreason the crossing must not be occupied untilautomatic warning devices have been operationalfor at least 20 seconds.

6.2 Mile 43.5 (Picardville) Warning Devices Auto-matic: STOP signs located on other than maintrack.

6.3 Mile 130.5 (Highway 651) Warning Devices Au-tomatic: Equipped with push buttons.


7.1 Athabasca Spur Mile 20.2 - Extends 12 miles.Points face south.Rule 105 and Rule 105(a) applicable.Conditional Speed - Mile 31.11 (Highway 651) -all movements entering crossing must not exceed10 mph until crossing fully occupied.Public Crossing at Grade Mile 31.11 (Highway651) - Automatic Warning Devices. Stop sign lo-cated 110 feet north of crossing. Crossing circuitsign located 25 feet north of stop sign.Radio - C3 T1 004Equipment Restrictions - Heaviest car permit-ted (including contents): 263,000 lbs. Cars exceed-ing 177,000 lbs gross must not be stored or runthrough storage track AA01 at Mile 21.2.



EDMONTON DIVISION - WESTLOCK SUBDIVISION[85 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005


6.1 Mile 20.1 (Old Highway 2) Warning Devices Au-tomatic: Southward trains required to wait at MorinJct for an opposing train to Athabasca Spur muststand clear of crossing circuit signs. Movementmust not again commence until the opposing trainhas cleared the crossing and automatic warningdevices have again been operational for at leasttwenty seconds. If protection is cancelled for anyreason the crossing must not be occupied untilautomatic warning devices have been operationalfor at least 20 seconds.

6.2 Mile 43.5 (Picardville) Warning Devices Auto-matic: STOP signs located on other than maintrack.

6.3 Mile 130.5 (Highway 651) Warning Devices Au-tomatic: Equipped with push buttons.


7.1 Athabasca Spur Mile 20.2 - Extends 12 miles.Points face south.Rule 105 and Rule 105(a) applicable.Conditional Speed - Mile 31.11 (Highway 651) -all movements entering crossing must not exceed10 mph until crossing fully occupied.Public Crossing at Grade Mile 31.11 (Highway651) - Automatic Warning Devices. Stop sign lo-cated 110 feet north of crossing. Crossing circuitsign located 25 feet north of stop sign.Radio - C3 T1 004Equipment Restrictions - Heaviest car permit-ted (including contents): 263,000 lbs. Cars exceed-ing 177,000 lbs gross must not be stored or runthrough storage track AA01 at Mile 21.2.



EDMONTON DIVISION - WESTLOCK SUBDIVISION

[86 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005EDMONTON DIVISION - SANGUDO SUBDIVISION

TGB

OD

OB

UNION JCT 0.0

ST.ALBERT 5.0

CALAHOO 19.4

ONOWAY 29.4 6435

MAYERTHORPE 74.2

LOMBELL 77.7 6500

BLUE RIDGE 89.7

WHITEMAN 99.5

WHITECOURT Y 103.3

HARMON 106.6

WINDFALL JCT 120.6

KNIGHT 142.9

BENBOW JCT 143.8

PASS CREEK 158.2

HENDERSON 166.0

KAYBOB 167.3

0.0

5.0

SANGUDOSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

17.2

67.5

120.3

Rul

e 10

5O

CS1

C8T1005

C8T144

W E

OCS

Rul

e 10

5R

ule

105

166.0

TGBO

SANGUDO SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 103.1(c) - Not applicable subdivision

track at: Mile 0.0 to Mile 5.0, Mile 99.5 toMile 106.6 and Mile 166.0 to Mile 167.3Sangudo Sub

(b) Rule B - Employees operating withinEdmonton Terminal Zone must have a copyof the Edmonton Terminal Operating Manualaccessible.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated locomotive tieup tracks

Whitecourt - SB56 and SB58

2.2 Mile 2.0 - Eastward movements must contactWalker Control for yarding instructions before pass-ing Mile 2.0.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN ST ALBERT AND WHITEMANAND BETWEEN HARMON AND HENDERSON

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.RULE 105 AND RULE 105(a) APPLICABLE BETWEEN UNION JCT

AND ST ALBERT, BETWEEN WHITEMAN AND HARMON AND BETWEENHENDERSON AND KAYBOB.


TGB

OD

OB

UNION JCT 0.0

ST.ALBERT 5.0

CALAHOO 19.4

ONOWAY 29.4 6435

MAYERTHORPE 74.2

LOMBELL 77.7 6500

BLUE RIDGE 89.7

WHITEMAN 99.5

WHITECOURT Y 103.3

HARMON 106.6

WINDFALL JCT 120.6

KNIGHT 142.9

BENBOW JCT 143.8

PASS CREEK 158.2

HENDERSON 166.0

KAYBOB 167.3

0.0

5.0

SANGUDOSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

17.2

67.5

120.3

Rul

e 10

5O

CS1

C8T1005

C8T144

W E

OCS

Rul

e 10

5R

ule

105

166.0

TGBO

SANGUDO SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 103.1(c) - Not applicable subdivision

track at: Mile 0.0 to Mile 5.0, Mile 99.5 toMile 106.6 and Mile 166.0 to Mile 167.3Sangudo Sub

(b) Rule B - Employees operating withinEdmonton Terminal Zone must have a copyof the Edmonton Terminal Operating Manualaccessible.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated locomotive tieup tracks

Whitecourt - SB56 and SB58

2.2 Mile 2.0 - Eastward movements must contactWalker Control for yarding instructions before pass-ing Mile 2.0.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN ST ALBERT AND WHITEMANAND BETWEEN HARMON AND HENDERSON

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.RULE 105 AND RULE 105(a) APPLICABLE BETWEEN UNION JCT

AND ST ALBERT, BETWEEN WHITEMAN AND HARMON AND BETWEENHENDERSON AND KAYBOB.


2.3 Kaybob - Jumbo LPG tanks must not be movedon loop track. Restricted clearance 17 feet 6 inchesATR at the tipple. Snowplows and flangers mustnot be operated under tipple.

2.4 Windfall and Kaybob - Due to the danger of start-ing fires in and around the bulk sulphur loadingsites, crews are prohibited from smoking in thisarea. Wheel slip on locomotives must be curtailedas much as possible in this area as flying sparkswill also ignite powdered sulphur.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil


4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):Mile 0.0 to 106.6 - 268,000 lbs.Movements with equipment in excess of 263,000lbs must not exceed 10 MPH on bridges: Mile71.4, 95.1, 95.4 and 95.5, 97.9 and 103.5.Mile 106.6 to 167.3 - 263,000 lbs.

4.2 Manual Load-Empty Brake Sensor Valve -crews handling loaded sulphur trains must ensurethe manual load-empty feature on all cars soequipped is set in the LOAD position prior to de-parture from the loading site. The manual load-empty lever or T-handle is mounted at the centreof the car near the control valve and air reservoirs.

4.3 Hot Weather - From May 1 to September 15,due to rail kinking account of hot weather, betweenthe hours of 1100 and 2000, westward trains arerestricted to 5000 feet in length and eastward trainsare restricted to 3500 feet in length. This restric-tion may be cancelled for a specific train by verbalinstructions to the train from the Track Supervisor,other CN supervisor or the RTC.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 60.0 Zone 300.0 to 0.3 1560.0 to 66.5 Zone 2066.5 to 67.8 Zone 1567.8 (bridge) 1067.8 to 75.0 Zone 2574.7 (bridge) 1075.0 to 91.5 Zone 3091.5 to 101.5 Zone 15101.5 to 121.6 Zone 25106.5 to 106.9 15115.5 to 116.5 15120.5 (bridge) 20121.6 to 140.0 Zone 40128.0 to 128.3 30


2.3 Kaybob - Jumbo LPG tanks must not be movedon loop track. Restricted clearance 17 feet 6 inchesATR at the tipple. Snowplows and flangers mustnot be operated under tipple.

2.4 Windfall and Kaybob - Due to the danger of start-ing fires in and around the bulk sulphur loadingsites, crews are prohibited from smoking in thisarea. Wheel slip on locomotives must be curtailedas much as possible in this area as flying sparkswill also ignite powdered sulphur.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil


4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):Mile 0.0 to 106.6 - 268,000 lbs.Movements with equipment in excess of 263,000lbs must not exceed 10 MPH on bridges: Mile71.4, 95.1, 95.4 and 95.5, 97.9 and 103.5.Mile 106.6 to 167.3 - 263,000 lbs.

4.2 Manual Load-Empty Brake Sensor Valve -crews handling loaded sulphur trains must ensurethe manual load-empty feature on all cars soequipped is set in the LOAD position prior to de-parture from the loading site. The manual load-empty lever or T-handle is mounted at the centreof the car near the control valve and air reservoirs.

4.3 Hot Weather - From May 1 to September 15,due to rail kinking account of hot weather, betweenthe hours of 1100 and 2000, westward trains arerestricted to 5000 feet in length and eastward trainsare restricted to 3500 feet in length. This restric-tion may be cancelled for a specific train by verbalinstructions to the train from the Track Supervisor,other CN supervisor or the RTC.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 60.0 Zone 300.0 to 0.3 1560.0 to 66.5 Zone 2066.5 to 67.8 Zone 1567.8 (bridge) 1067.8 to 75.0 Zone 2574.7 (bridge) 1075.0 to 91.5 Zone 3091.5 to 101.5 Zone 15101.5 to 121.6 Zone 25106.5 to 106.9 15115.5 to 116.5 15120.5 (bridge) 20121.6 to 140.0 Zone 40128.0 to 128.3 30


133.6 to 133.9 30140.0 to 147.3 Zone 30147.3 to 148.5 Zone 15148.5 to 157.5 Zone 30157.5 to 167.3 Zone 25

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) Whitecourt Wye Trackage 5 mph.(b) Kaybob Loop Track 5 mph.(c) Mile 102.47 (East Access Road) - Move-

ments approaching within 1000 feet of cross-ing must not exceed 20 mph until crossingfully occupied.

(d) Mile 103.15 (51st Street) - Westward move-ments approaching within 350 feet of cross-ing must not exceed 10 mph until crossingfully occupied.Eastward movements approaching within1000 feet of crossing must not exceed 20mph until crossing fully occupied.

(e) Mile 103.93 (Highway 43) - Movements ap-proaching within 1000 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 20 mph until crossing fully occu-pied.


6.1 Mile 19.33 (Calahoo Access Road) Warning De-vices Automatic: STOP signs erected on other thanthe main track.

6.2 Mile 74.24 (50th St.) Warning Devices Automatic:STOP signs erected on other than the main track.

6.3 Mile 102.47 (East Access Road) Warning DevicesAutomatic: Equipped with push button. Movementsproceeding at less than 10 MPH within 800 feet ofcrossing must not obstruct crossing until auto-matic protection has been in operation for at least20 seconds.


7.1 Edmonton Intermodal Terminal (MIT) - Mile1.79Entering/Leaving - Eastbound trains will entervia the dual control switch at Bissell. Westboundtrains will enter via the switch located at Mile 1.79.Arriving and departing trains must contact WalkerControl for yarding and routing instructions.Rule 105(a) applicable on all tracks within MIT.Rule 112 - the following hand brake chart appliesat MIT:


133.6 to 133.9 30140.0 to 147.3 Zone 30147.3 to 148.5 Zone 15148.5 to 157.5 Zone 30157.5 to 167.3 Zone 25

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) Whitecourt Wye Trackage 5 mph.(b) Kaybob Loop Track 5 mph.(c) Mile 102.47 (East Access Road) - Move-

ments approaching within 1000 feet of cross-ing must not exceed 20 mph until crossingfully occupied.

(d) Mile 103.15 (51st Street) - Westward move-ments approaching within 350 feet of cross-ing must not exceed 10 mph until crossingfully occupied.Eastward movements approaching within1000 feet of crossing must not exceed 20mph until crossing fully occupied.

(e) Mile 103.93 (Highway 43) - Movements ap-proaching within 1000 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 20 mph until crossing fully occu-pied.


6.1 Mile 19.33 (Calahoo Access Road) Warning De-vices Automatic: STOP signs erected on other thanthe main track.

6.2 Mile 74.24 (50th St.) Warning Devices Automatic:STOP signs erected on other than the main track.

6.3 Mile 102.47 (East Access Road) Warning DevicesAutomatic: Equipped with push button. Movementsproceeding at less than 10 MPH within 800 feet ofcrossing must not obstruct crossing until auto-matic protection has been in operation for at least20 seconds.


7.1 Edmonton Intermodal Terminal (MIT) - Mile1.79Entering/Leaving - Eastbound trains will entervia the dual control switch at Bissell. Westboundtrains will enter via the switch located at Mile 1.79.Arriving and departing trains must contact WalkerControl for yarding and routing instructions.Rule 105(a) applicable on all tracks within MIT.Rule 112 - the following hand brake chart appliesat MIT:


1 car 1 handbrake2 - 19 cars 2 handbrakes20 - 29 cars 3 handbrakes30 - 39 cars 4 handbrakes40 or more cars 5 handbrakesLocal Control Dual Control Switches (LCS)General Instructions:Switch point indicator light will always indicate “red”- STOP until a route is selected and confirmed bytalker message. Indicator lights are route indica-tors only and do not convey operating authority.To establish a route:- on channel 4, enter DTMF code for the route- wait for switch to line and light indication- wait for talker message confirming route

Routing Codes: FROM TO DTMF INDICATOR LIGHT

IN98 Sangudo Sub 10#1021 18D1 - Yellow


Sangudo Sub IN98 10#1021 17D - Yellow


Sangudo Sub Sangudo Sub 10#2011 17D or 18D - Green

Failure to Obtain Route, Signal or Talker Mes-sage: Switch(es) must be placed in “hand” posi-tion and the provisions of Rule 104.2(c) will thengovern movement.

7.2 Pro-Western Plastics Ltd. (SA 02) - Mile 4.2 -Capacity 230 feet, switch points face west. Carsmust not be allowed to run free in this spur.

7.3 Blue Ridge Timber Co. (SB 33) - Mile 89.6 -Capacity 10,370 feet, switch points face west. Run-around track, 1610 feet, located opposite Planershed at east end of spur. Speed of 5 MPH mustnot be exceeded on curves. Smoking and openflames prohibited. All employees within the plantarea, not confined to the engine, must wear hardhats. A spare supply is available in the yellow boxlocated between the first two main crossings neartrack SB 31/SB 33 switches.

7.4 Millar Western Spur (SB67) - Mile 103.4.Rule 105 (a) applicable.

7.5 Alberta Newsprint Co. (SB 86) - Mile 104.7 -Extends 5.4 miles northward. Connected off eastend North Yard.Speeds: Mile 0.0 to Mile 4.8 - 25 MPH.Trackage between Mile 4.8 and Mile 5.4 is usedjointly by CN trains and ANC trackmobile.


1 car 1 handbrake2 - 19 cars 2 handbrakes20 - 29 cars 3 handbrakes30 - 39 cars 4 handbrakes40 or more cars 5 handbrakesLocal Control Dual Control Switches (LCS)General Instructions:Switch point indicator light will always indicate “red”- STOP until a route is selected and confirmed bytalker message. Indicator lights are route indica-tors only and do not convey operating authority.To establish a route:- on channel 4, enter DTMF code for the route- wait for switch to line and light indication- wait for talker message confirming route

Routing Codes: FROM TO DTMF INDICATOR LIGHT





Sangudo Sub Sangudo Sub 10#2011 17D or 18D - Green

Failure to Obtain Route, Signal or Talker Mes-sage: Switch(es) must be placed in “hand” posi-tion and the provisions of Rule 104.2(c) will thengovern movement.

7.2 Pro-Western Plastics Ltd. (SA 02) - Mile 4.2 -Capacity 230 feet, switch points face west. Carsmust not be allowed to run free in this spur.

7.3 Blue Ridge Timber Co. (SB 33) - Mile 89.6 -Capacity 10,370 feet, switch points face west. Run-around track, 1610 feet, located opposite Planershed at east end of spur. Speed of 5 MPH mustnot be exceeded on curves. Smoking and openflames prohibited. All employees within the plantarea, not confined to the engine, must wear hardhats. A spare supply is available in the yellow boxlocated between the first two main crossings neartrack SB 31/SB 33 switches.

7.4 Millar Western Spur (SB67) - Mile 103.4.Rule 105 (a) applicable.

7.5 Alberta Newsprint Co. (SB 86) - Mile 104.7 -Extends 5.4 miles northward. Connected off eastend North Yard.Speeds: Mile 0.0 to Mile 4.8 - 25 MPH.Trackage between Mile 4.8 and Mile 5.4 is usedjointly by CN trains and ANC trackmobile.


7.6 Windfall Spur - Mile 120.6 - Extends southward,switch points face east.Rule 40.1 - When applied must encompass com-plete spur.Joint Trackage - Track south of Mile 4.8 is usedjointly by CN and Husky Oil Co.Retainers: In the absence of a functioning brakepipe pressure maintaining feature, pressure retain-ing valves must be used on northward movementsfrom Sulphur plant and run-around track.Brake Test Requirement: Northward movementsat the Sulphur plant must perform a brake test.Loads must not be moved northward from the Sul-phur plant unless the route to be used is clear ofother equipment.Switching Movements: Due to heavy ascendinggrade and sharp curvature, forward pushing move-ments must exercise caution to prevent exces-sive side thrust and possible derailment.Maximum permissible speed on spur: 15 MPH.Maximum speed on bulk loading track: 5 MPH.

7.7 Benbow Spur - Mile 143.8 - Extends 3.4 milessouthward, switch points face east.Rule 40.1 - When applied, it must encompassthe entire spur.Rule 104.5(c) - Derails: Conductors on departingtrains must contact the shift foreman on duty whowill arrange to drive a crew member to the derail.Once restored the crew member will be driven tothe head end of the train at Mile 0.6 Benbow Spur.Rule 105(a) applicable.Rule 112: When spotting a unit train for bulk sul-phur loadout, a minimum of twelve (12) handbrakesare to be applied.Retainers: In the absence of a functioning brakepipe pressure maintaining feature, pressure retain-ing valves must be used on northward movementsleaving loop track.Speeds-Mile MPH0.0 to 0.5 100.5 to 3.4 15From Mile 3.4 (Loop Track) 5Equipment Restrictions: Locomotives must notmove onto or over the electronic scale below thebulk load-out chute on the inside loop track.

7.8 Knight Gravel Pit (SC 27) - Mile 144.6 - Secondtrack in Pit has capacity of 1200 feet. Accountsharp curvature, maximum speed on this track is5 MPH.


7.6 Windfall Spur - Mile 120.6 - Extends southward,switch points face east.Rule 40.1 - When applied must encompass com-plete spur.Joint Trackage - Track south of Mile 4.8 is usedjointly by CN and Husky Oil Co.Retainers: In the absence of a functioning brakepipe pressure maintaining feature, pressure retain-ing valves must be used on northward movementsfrom Sulphur plant and run-around track.Brake Test Requirement: Northward movementsat the Sulphur plant must perform a brake test.Loads must not be moved northward from the Sul-phur plant unless the route to be used is clear ofother equipment.Switching Movements: Due to heavy ascendinggrade and sharp curvature, forward pushing move-ments must exercise caution to prevent exces-sive side thrust and possible derailment.Maximum permissible speed on spur: 15 MPH.Maximum speed on bulk loading track: 5 MPH.

7.7 Benbow Spur - Mile 143.8 - Extends 3.4 milessouthward, switch points face east.Rule 40.1 - When applied, it must encompassthe entire spur.Rule 104.5(c) - Derails: Conductors on departingtrains must contact the shift foreman on duty whowill arrange to drive a crew member to the derail.Once restored the crew member will be driven tothe head end of the train at Mile 0.6 Benbow Spur.Rule 105(a) applicable.Rule 112: When spotting a unit train for bulk sul-phur loadout, a minimum of twelve (12) handbrakesare to be applied.Retainers: In the absence of a functioning brakepipe pressure maintaining feature, pressure retain-ing valves must be used on northward movementsleaving loop track.Speeds-Mile MPH0.0 to 0.5 100.5 to 3.4 15From Mile 3.4 (Loop Track) 5Equipment Restrictions: Locomotives must notmove onto or over the electronic scale below thebulk load-out chute on the inside loop track.

7.8 Knight Gravel Pit (SC 27) - Mile 144.6 - Secondtrack in Pit has capacity of 1200 feet. Accountsharp curvature, maximum speed on this track is5 MPH.



EDMONTON DIVISION

Notes:


BC SOUTH DIVISION

ASHCROFT ........................................................ 103

CLEARWATER ..................................................... 95

RAWLISON ......................................................... 117

SQUAMISH ......................................................... 119

YALE .................................................................. 110

Eric Blokzyl Superintendent - Thornton Yard(604) 582-3604

Doug Ryhorchuk Asst. Supt. TransportationThornton/Kamloops/Vancouver604) 589-6626

Tom Winters Asst. Supt. TransportationNorth Vancouver/West Vancouver/Squamish604) 984-5644 West Van(604) 665-4267 Lynn Creek

George Spanos Asst. Supt. TransportationGVT Terminal/Projects/Admin.(604) 612-7401

Bruce Feltham Terminal Manager - IntermodalVancouver Intermodal Terminals(604) 582-4411

Rick Robinson Trainmaster Squamish Sub.604) 984-5519

John Wetzel Road Foreman Motive PowerSquamish/Lilloot Subs.(604) 817-9544

Tony Villella Trainmaster - IntermodalVancouver Intermodal Terminals(604) 582-4466

Jason McMillanCraig BaldridgeBill ChapmanCurt Montgomery Trainmasters West Vancouver Yard

604) 323-3526

Jesse PowerBill Milne Trainmasters Vancouver/Waterfront

(604) 665-5424

Chris ClutcheyJohn GarlockMichael MorrowJohn Hardwick Trainmasters Lynn Creek

On Duty 24/7 (604) 665-5462

MaryAnn JorgensenGreg Buckingham Trainmasters

Port Operations - Thornton Yard(604) 589-6609

Don PhillipsKari MeersManuel CrosbyJason GoRoger Worsfold Trainmaster

Thornton Yard/Lulu Island/BrownsvilleOn Duty 24/7 (604) 589-6678

BC SOUTH DIVISION[93 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

BC SOUTH DIVISION

ASHCROFT ........................................................ 103

CLEARWATER ..................................................... 95

RAWLISON ......................................................... 117

SQUAMISH ......................................................... 119

YALE .................................................................. 110

Eric Blokzyl Superintendent - Thornton Yard(604) 582-3604

Doug Ryhorchuk Asst. Supt. TransportationThornton/Kamloops/Vancouver604) 589-6626

Tom Winters Asst. Supt. TransportationNorth Vancouver/West Vancouver/Squamish604) 984-5644 West Van(604) 665-4267 Lynn Creek

George Spanos Asst. Supt. TransportationGVT Terminal/Projects/Admin.(604) 612-7401

Bruce Feltham Terminal Manager - IntermodalVancouver Intermodal Terminals(604) 582-4411

Rick Robinson Trainmaster Squamish Sub.604) 984-5519

John Wetzel Road Foreman Motive PowerSquamish/Lilloot Subs.(604) 817-9544

Tony Villella Trainmaster - IntermodalVancouver Intermodal Terminals(604) 582-4466

Jason McMillanCraig BaldridgeBill ChapmanCurt Montgomery Trainmasters West Vancouver Yard

604) 323-3526

Jesse PowerBill Milne Trainmasters Vancouver/Waterfront

(604) 665-5424

Chris ClutcheyJohn GarlockMichael MorrowJohn Hardwick Trainmasters Lynn Creek

On Duty 24/7 (604) 665-5462

MaryAnn JorgensenGreg Buckingham Trainmasters

Port Operations - Thornton Yard(604) 589-6609

Don PhillipsKari MeersManuel CrosbyJason GoRoger Worsfold Trainmaster

Thornton Yard/Lulu Island/BrownsvilleOn Duty 24/7 (604) 589-6678

BC SOUTH DIVISION


Tina SheavesRon LarsonBob StewartJerry BerriaultLee CobergBrian Marchinko Operations Coordinator Thornton Yard

On Duty 24/7 (604) 589-6663

Susan Spencer Supervisor TRS Thornton Yard(604) 589-6625

Dave Goode BC South WOC Manager(604) 984-5641

Traffic Coordinators(604) 984-5498, ext. 5 or 6On duty 24/7

Randy Deacon Trainmaster DRZ Yale/Ashcroft/Rawlison(604) 582-3649

John Gosse TrainmasterAshcroft/Clearwater (Blue River toBasque)(250) 828-6302

Mitch McAmmondElio MarrelliPatrick KleinDave SavageGuy Vlaanderen Trainmasters Kamloops Terminal

On Duty 24/7 (250) 828-6314

BC SOUTH DIVISION[94 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

Tina SheavesRon LarsonBob StewartJerry BerriaultLee CobergBrian Marchinko Operations Coordinator Thornton Yard

On Duty 24/7 (604) 589-6663

Susan Spencer Supervisor TRS Thornton Yard(604) 589-6625

Dave Goode BC South WOC Manager(604) 984-5641

Traffic Coordinators(604) 984-5498, ext. 5 or 6On duty 24/7

Randy Deacon Trainmaster DRZ Yale/Ashcroft/Rawlison(604) 582-3649

John Gosse TrainmasterAshcroft/Clearwater (Blue River toBasque)(250) 828-6302

Mitch McAmmondElio MarrelliPatrick KleinDave SavageGuy Vlaanderen Trainmasters Kamloops Terminal

On Duty 24/7 (250) 828-6314

BC SOUTH DIVISION

[95 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005BC SOUTH DIVISION - CLEARWATER SUBDIVISION

BLUE RIVER 0.0

BLUE RIVER WEST 1.2

EWASIUK 2.5

WOLFENDEN 8.0

MESSITER EAST 13.3

MESSITER WEST 16.0

AVOLA EAST 22.2

AVOLA WEST 26.3

McMURPHY 34.5 6780

WABRON 41.2 6230

IRVINE 47.1

VAVENBY 53.0 6490

BIRCH ISLAND 61.6 13038

BLACKPOOL 73.8 8150

BOULDER 83.0 6210

CHU CHUA 90.9 13820

CHINOOK COVE 98.1 6550

BARRIERE 104.4 6450

EXLOU 108.2 6420

McLURE 115.8 7910

VINSULLA 123.7

MACKENZIE 134.3

BATCHELOR 135.8

CHAPMAN 137.4

KAMLOOPS Y 139.4

0.0

CLEARWATERSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

3.8

17.0

29.9

45.9

57.5

71.1

82.2

94.4

106.4

120.2

134.5

W E

CTC

Rul

e 1

05

137.4

1

1

1

C2T1

*4551

C2T1

*4552

C2T1

*4553

C2T1

*4554

C2T1

*4555

81*4441

82*4442

84*4443

82*4444

84*4445

21

11

12

22

TGBO

CLEARWATER SUBDIVISON FOOTNOTES



1.2 Switching SignalsBLUE RIVER WEST: 11S,12N,12SBATCHELOR:1360D,1357N

1.3 CTC SPECIAL FEATURES Signalled Sidings: Chinook Cove, Exlou

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN BLUE RIVER AND CHAPMAN


BETWEEN CHAPMAN AND KAMLOOPS.SWITCHING ZONES BETWEEN BLUE RIVER AND MILE 8.0

AND BETWEEN MILE 122.0 AND CHAPMAN.SIDING CONTROL TERRITORY.

1


BLUE RIVER 0.0

BLUE RIVER WEST 1.2

EWASIUK 2.5

WOLFENDEN 8.0

MESSITER EAST 13.3

MESSITER WEST 16.0

AVOLA EAST 22.2

AVOLA WEST 26.3

McMURPHY 34.5 6780

WABRON 41.2 6230

IRVINE 47.1

VAVENBY 53.0 6490

BIRCH ISLAND 61.6 13038

BLACKPOOL 73.8 8150

BOULDER 83.0 6210

CHU CHUA 90.9 13820

CHINOOK COVE 98.1 6550

BARRIERE 104.4 6450

EXLOU 108.2 6420

McLURE 115.8 7910

VINSULLA 123.7

MACKENZIE 134.3

BATCHELOR 135.8

CHAPMAN 137.4

KAMLOOPS Y 139.4

0.0

CLEARWATERSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

3.8

17.0

29.9

45.9

57.5

71.1

82.2

94.4

106.4

120.2

134.5

W E

CTC

Rul

e 1

05

137.4

11

1

C2T1

*4551

C2T1

*4552

C2T1

*4553

C2T1

*4554

C2T1

*4555

81*4441

82*4442

84*4443

82*4444

84*4445

21

11

12

22

TGBO

CLEARWATER SUBDIVISON FOOTNOTES



1.2 Switching SignalsBLUE RIVER WEST: 11S,12N,12SBATCHELOR:1360D,1357N

1.3 CTC SPECIAL FEATURES Signalled Sidings: Chinook Cove, Exlou

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN BLUE RIVER AND CHAPMAN


BETWEEN CHAPMAN AND KAMLOOPS.SWITCHING ZONES BETWEEN BLUE RIVER AND MILE 8.0

AND BETWEEN MILE 122.0 AND CHAPMAN.SIDING CONTROL TERRITORY.

1


1.4 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 13 - Engine bell must be rung continu-

ously approaching and passing the yard of-fice and the Via waiting room on tracks KF23 and KF 24 at Kamloops.

(b) Rule 14(l)(iv): Applicable at public cross-ings at grade:Mile 104.82 (Hall Road)Mile 129.06 (Heffley Creek Road)Mile 133.70 (Puett Ranch Road)Mile 134.12 (Mattock-McKeague Road)

(c) Rule 103.1(c) - Not applicable in Birch Is-land and Chu Chua sidings.

(d) Rule 104.5 - Self Restoring Derails locatedat:Blue River West, Mile 1.1(DTMF code *337);Batchelor, Mile 136.0 DTMF code *337)

(e) Rule 105(a) - Applicable in Blue River on allyard tracks and all tracks where Rule 105 isapplicable except sidings between Blue Riverand Kamloops.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Kamloops TerminalLimits - Extends between Mile 135.8 (Batchelor)Clearwater Sub and Mile 0.7 (Mann) Ashcroft Sub.Includes the Okanagan Connecting Track.(a) Rule 26(e) - Blue Flag Derails - Track KR59.(b) Rule 105(a) - Applicable in all yard tracks.(c) Rule 112(ii) - Handbrake requirements:

1 car 1 handbrake2 - 19 cars 2 handbrakes20 + cars 3 handbrakes

Exceptions:(1) KC Yard - Tracks KC 1O - KC 18 - 1 hand

brake at the west end of each track.KR Yard - Tracks KR 50 - KR 53: 1 handbrake at each end of track.

(2) While switching, setoff or a lift is being per-formed by trains at Kamloops, that portionof the train that isn’t being set off may re-main without handbrakes applied providedsuch portion;i) is ten (10) cars or more;ii) has air brakes applied in Full Service

or Emergency;iii) has angle cock fully open;iv) will not be left in excess of two hours.v) If the above conditions (i to iv) cannot

be met, handbrakes must be appliedas per the above chart.

BC SOUTH DIVISION - CLEARWATER SUBDIVISION[96 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

1.4 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 13 - Engine bell must be rung continu-

ously approaching and passing the yard of-fice and the Via waiting room on tracks KF23 and KF 24 at Kamloops.

(b) Rule 14(l)(iv): Applicable at public cross-ings at grade:Mile 104.82 (Hall Road)Mile 129.06 (Heffley Creek Road)Mile 133.70 (Puett Ranch Road)Mile 134.12 (Mattock-McKeague Road)

(c) Rule 103.1(c) - Not applicable in Birch Is-land and Chu Chua sidings.

(d) Rule 104.5 - Self Restoring Derails locatedat:Blue River West, Mile 1.1(DTMF code *337);Batchelor, Mile 136.0 DTMF code *337)

(e) Rule 105(a) - Applicable in Blue River on allyard tracks and all tracks where Rule 105 isapplicable except sidings between Blue Riverand Kamloops.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Kamloops TerminalLimits - Extends between Mile 135.8 (Batchelor)Clearwater Sub and Mile 0.7 (Mann) Ashcroft Sub.Includes the Okanagan Connecting Track.(a) Rule 26(e) - Blue Flag Derails - Track KR59.(b) Rule 105(a) - Applicable in all yard tracks.(c) Rule 112(ii) - Handbrake requirements:

1 car 1 handbrake2 - 19 cars 2 handbrakes20 + cars 3 handbrakes

Exceptions:(1) KC Yard - Tracks KC 1O - KC 18 - 1 hand

brake at the west end of each track.KR Yard - Tracks KR 50 - KR 53: 1 handbrake at each end of track.

(2) While switching, setoff or a lift is being per-formed by trains at Kamloops, that portionof the train that isn’t being set off may re-main without handbrakes applied providedsuch portion;i) is ten (10) cars or more;ii) has air brakes applied in Full Service

or Emergency;iii) has angle cock fully open;iv) will not be left in excess of two hours.v) If the above conditions (i to iv) cannot

be met, handbrakes must be appliedas per the above chart.

BC SOUTH DIVISION - CLEARWATER SUBDIVISION


(3) While switching, blocks of cars of 10 carbodies or more may be left without handbrakes applied as long as the conditions setforth in item (2) (ii) to (v) are applied.

(d) All movements from RMR and CPR track-age must contact the Traffic Coordinator onCh 3 for permission to enter Kamloops Ter-minal Limits.

(e) South Connecting TrackMile 137.4 - Mile 139.4 Clearwater Subi) Extends between Chapman and

Kamloops.ii) Maximum Permissible Speed 25 MPH

Mile 0.0 - Mile 0.7 Ashcroft Subi) Extends between Mann and Kamloops.ii) Maximum Permissible Speed - 25

MPH.iii) Equipment Restrictiton - To prevent de-

railments movements must use ex-treme care when switching over thecrossover located between the northand south connecting tracks at Mile0.1.

(f) North Connecting TrackMile 135.8 - Mile 139.4 Clearwater Subi) Extends between North Track

Batchelor to Kamloops Yard.ii) Maximum Permissible Speed 15 MPH

Mile 0.0 - Mile 0.1 Ashcroft Subi) Extends from Kamloops yard to Mile

0.1.ii) Maximum permissible speed 15 MPH.

(g) Speeds on Other Tracksi) Approaching and passing the yard of-

fice and the Via waiting room on tracksKF23 and KF24 - 5 MPH.

ii) All tracks south of the South Connect-ing Track, except Okanagan Connect-ing Track - 10 MPH.

iii) Movements handling Automobile Trans-porter Cars and Intermodal Equipmentutilizing crossovers from the Yard andNorth Connecting Tracks onto theOkanagan Connecting Track -5 MPH.

(h) Yarding InstructionsFrom the Ashcroft sub: All movements mustcontact Yard Coordinator Kamloops for yard-ing instructions prior to arrival at Mann. East-bound trains in excess of 11000 feet mustnot pass Red Lake Road, Mile 7.43, untilyarding instructions have been received fromthe Traffic Coordinator.


(3) While switching, blocks of cars of 10 carbodies or more may be left without handbrakes applied as long as the conditions setforth in item (2) (ii) to (v) are applied.

(d) All movements from RMR and CPR track-age must contact the Traffic Coordinator onCh 3 for permission to enter Kamloops Ter-minal Limits.

(e) South Connecting TrackMile 137.4 - Mile 139.4 Clearwater Subi) Extends between Chapman and

Kamloops.ii) Maximum Permissible Speed 25 MPH

Mile 0.0 - Mile 0.7 Ashcroft Subi) Extends between Mann and Kamloops.ii) Maximum Permissible Speed - 25

MPH.iii) Equipment Restrictiton - To prevent de-

railments movements must use ex-treme care when switching over thecrossover located between the northand south connecting tracks at Mile0.1.

(f) North Connecting TrackMile 135.8 - Mile 139.4 Clearwater Subi) Extends between North Track

Batchelor to Kamloops Yard.ii) Maximum Permissible Speed 15 MPH

Mile 0.0 - Mile 0.1 Ashcroft Subi) Extends from Kamloops yard to Mile

0.1.ii) Maximum permissible speed 15 MPH.

(g) Speeds on Other Tracksi) Approaching and passing the yard of-

fice and the Via waiting room on tracksKF23 and KF24 - 5 MPH.

ii) All tracks south of the South Connect-ing Track, except Okanagan Connect-ing Track - 10 MPH.

iii) Movements handling Automobile Trans-porter Cars and Intermodal Equipmentutilizing crossovers from the Yard andNorth Connecting Tracks onto theOkanagan Connecting Track -5 MPH.

(h) Yarding InstructionsFrom the Ashcroft sub: All movements mustcontact Yard Coordinator Kamloops for yard-ing instructions prior to arrival at Mann. East-bound trains in excess of 11000 feet mustnot pass Red Lake Road, Mile 7.43, untilyarding instructions have been received fromthe Traffic Coordinator.



From the Clearwater sub: All movementsmust contact Yard Coordinator Kamloops foryarding instructions prior to arrival atBatchelor.

(i) Radio Monitoring: Traffic coordinatorKamploops monitors CH 3.

(j) EMERGENCY Calls: Must be made on CH1 and CH 3.

2.2 Designated Locomotive Tie Up Tracks Blue River - DJ18.

2.3 Blue River - All movements must contactClearwater Sub RTC for yarding instructions. Move-ments must not exceed 5 MPH on Tracks DJ 08and DJ 09 (Wye).

2.4 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTOR17.50 to 17.72 1150 feet19.23 to 19.49 1450 feet20.03 to 20.14 600 feet

2.5 Derailment DetectorsMile 12.0 Mile 64.4Mile 20.5 Mile 68.3Mile 23.8 Mile 76.7Mile 33.7Mile 36.5 Mile 87.5Mile 39.6 Mile 99.8Mile 51.0 Mile 113.7

2.6 Hazard DetectorMile 102.08 to 102.14 300 feet

2.7 Wheel Impact Load Detector (WILD)Mile 120.8



3 INTERLOCKINGSNil


4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):286,000 lbs. Exception: Trains handling carsweighing in excess of 268,000 lbs must not ex-ceed 20 MPH over bridge Mile 32.3 and 50 MPHover the rest of the subdivison.


From the Clearwater sub: All movementsmust contact Yard Coordinator Kamloops foryarding instructions prior to arrival atBatchelor.

(i) Radio Monitoring: Traffic coordinatorKamploops monitors CH 3.

(j) EMERGENCY Calls: Must be made on CH1 and CH 3.

2.2 Designated Locomotive Tie Up Tracks Blue River - DJ18.

2.3 Blue River - All movements must contactClearwater Sub RTC for yarding instructions. Move-ments must not exceed 5 MPH on Tracks DJ 08and DJ 09 (Wye).

2.4 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTOR17.50 to 17.72 1150 feet19.23 to 19.49 1450 feet20.03 to 20.14 600 feet

2.5 Derailment DetectorsMile 12.0 Mile 64.4Mile 20.5 Mile 68.3Mile 23.8 Mile 76.7Mile 33.7Mile 36.5 Mile 87.5Mile 39.6 Mile 99.8Mile 51.0 Mile 113.7

2.6 Hazard DetectorMile 102.08 to 102.14 300 feet

2.7 Wheel Impact Load Detector (WILD)Mile 120.8



3 INTERLOCKINGSNil


4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):286,000 lbs. Exception: Trains handling carsweighing in excess of 268,000 lbs must not ex-ceed 20 MPH over bridge Mile 32.3 and 50 MPHover the rest of the subdivison.



5 SPEEDS









0.0 - 1.1 Zone 40 40 40 401.1 - 8.9 Zone 45 45 45 458.9 - 12.3 Zone 35 35 35 459.0 - 9.2 4012.3 - 20.4 Zone 30 30 30 3513.4 - 15.9 North Track 3020.4 - 23.3 Zone 35 35 35 4022.2 - 23.3 South Track 30 30 30 3023.3 - 30.3 Zone 45 45 45 5023.3 - 26.3 South Track 30 30 30 3027.97 SIGNAL 279 40*30.3 - 33.7 Zone 35 35 35 4533.7 - 54.8 Zone 30 30 30 3543.0 - 46.4 25 25 2551.0 - 52.4 25 25 2554.8 - 66.7 Zone 40 40 40 50BIRCH ISLAND SIDING 25 25 25 2561.7 - 62.3 4566.7 - 69.3 Zone 40 40 40 4569.3 - 69.9 Zone 30 30 30 4069.9 - 74.9 Zone 45 45 45 4573.99 SIGNAL 741 40*74.9 - 79.4 Zone 40 40 40 4074.9 - 75.3 30 30 30 3579.4 - 85.8 Zone 30 30 30 3585.8 - 90.6 Zone 40 40 40 4590.6 - 99.4 Zone 45 45 45 50CHU CHUA SIDING 25 25 25 2593.10 SIGNAL 931 40*CHINOOK COVE SIDING 25 25 25 3099.4 - 110.7 Zone 35 35 35 45102.7 - 102.9 40105.9 - 106.2 40EXLOU SIDING 25 25 25 30109.4 - 110.7 40110.7 - 113.2 Zone 40 40 40 45113.2 - 124.5 Zone 50 50 50 65117.5 - 118.8 35 35 35 45118.8 - 119.5 55124.5 - 129.1 Zone 40 40 40 50126.9 - 129.1 45129.1 - 137.4 Zone 45 45 45 50


5 SPEEDS









0.0 - 1.1 Zone 40 40 40 401.1 - 8.9 Zone 45 45 45 458.9 - 12.3 Zone 35 35 35 459.0 - 9.2 4012.3 - 20.4 Zone 30 30 30 3513.4 - 15.9 North Track 3020.4 - 23.3 Zone 35 35 35 4022.2 - 23.3 South Track 30 30 30 3023.3 - 30.3 Zone 45 45 45 5023.3 - 26.3 South Track 30 30 30 3027.97 SIGNAL 279 40*30.3 - 33.7 Zone 35 35 35 4533.7 - 54.8 Zone 30 30 30 3543.0 - 46.4 25 25 2551.0 - 52.4 25 25 2554.8 - 66.7 Zone 40 40 40 50BIRCH ISLAND SIDING 25 25 25 2561.7 - 62.3 4566.7 - 69.3 Zone 40 40 40 4569.3 - 69.9 Zone 30 30 30 4069.9 - 74.9 Zone 45 45 45 4573.99 SIGNAL 741 40*74.9 - 79.4 Zone 40 40 40 4074.9 - 75.3 30 30 30 3579.4 - 85.8 Zone 30 30 30 3585.8 - 90.6 Zone 40 40 40 4590.6 - 99.4 Zone 45 45 45 50CHU CHUA SIDING 25 25 25 2593.10 SIGNAL 931 40*CHINOOK COVE SIDING 25 25 25 3099.4 - 110.7 Zone 35 35 35 45102.7 - 102.9 40105.9 - 106.2 40EXLOU SIDING 25 25 25 30109.4 - 110.7 40110.7 - 113.2 Zone 40 40 40 45113.2 - 124.5 Zone 50 50 50 65117.5 - 118.8 35 35 35 45118.8 - 119.5 55124.5 - 129.1 Zone 40 40 40 50126.9 - 129.1 45129.1 - 137.4 Zone 45 45 45 50



5.4 Conditional Speeds(a) Mile 33.7 (Forestry Road) - Westward

movements approaching within 1175 feetmust not exceed 35 mph until crossing fullyoccupied.Eastward movements approaching within1025 feet must not exceed 30 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.

(b) Mile 55.40 (Mill Road) - Movements ap-proaching within 1500 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 45 mph until crossing fully occu-pied.




137.4 - 129.1 Zone 45 45 45 50129.1 - 124.5 Zone 40 40 40 50129.1 - 126.9 45124.5 - 113.2 Zone 50 50 50 65119.5 - 118.8 55118.8 - 117.5 35 35 35 45113.2 - 110.7 Zone 40 40 40 45110.7 - 99.4 Zone 35 35 35 45110.7 - 109.4 40EXLOU SIDING 25 25 25 30106.2 - 105.9 40102.9 - 102.7 4099.4 - 90.6 Zone 45 45 45 50CHINOOK COVE SIDING 25 25 25 3095.71 SIGNAL 958 40*CHU CHUA SIDING 25 25 25 2590.6 - 85.8 Zone 40 40 40 4585.8 - 79.4 Zone 30 30 30 3579.4 - 74.9 Zone 40 40 40 4075.3 - 74.9 30 30 30 3574.9 - 69.9 Zone 45 45 45 4569.9 - 69.3 Zone 30 30 30 4069.3 - 66.7 Zone 40 40 40 4566.7 - 54.8 Zone 40 40 40 5062.3 - 61.7 45BIRCH ISLAND SIDING 25 25 25 2554.8 - 33.7 Zone 30 30 30 3552.4 - 51.0 25 25 2546.4 - 43.0 25 25 2533.7 - 30.3 Zone 35 35 35 4530.3 - 23.3 Zone 45 45 45 5026.3 - 22.2 South Track 30 30 30 3025.00 SIGNAL 250N AND 250S 40*23.3 - 20.4 Zone 35 35 35 4020.4 - 12.3 Zone 30 30 30 3515.9 - 13.4 North Track 3012.3 - 8.9 Zone 35 35 35 459.2 - 9.0 408.9 - 1.1 Zone 45 45 45 451.1 - 0.0 Zone 40 40 40 40



5.4 Conditional Speeds(a) Mile 33.7 (Forestry Road) - Westward

movements approaching within 1175 feetmust not exceed 35 mph until crossing fullyoccupied.Eastward movements approaching within1025 feet must not exceed 30 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.

(b) Mile 55.40 (Mill Road) - Movements ap-proaching within 1500 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 45 mph until crossing fully occu-pied.




137.4 - 129.1 Zone 45 45 45 50129.1 - 124.5 Zone 40 40 40 50129.1 - 126.9 45124.5 - 113.2 Zone 50 50 50 65119.5 - 118.8 55118.8 - 117.5 35 35 35 45113.2 - 110.7 Zone 40 40 40 45110.7 - 99.4 Zone 35 35 35 45110.7 - 109.4 40EXLOU SIDING 25 25 25 30106.2 - 105.9 40102.9 - 102.7 4099.4 - 90.6 Zone 45 45 45 50CHINOOK COVE SIDING 25 25 25 3095.71 SIGNAL 958 40*CHU CHUA SIDING 25 25 25 2590.6 - 85.8 Zone 40 40 40 4585.8 - 79.4 Zone 30 30 30 3579.4 - 74.9 Zone 40 40 40 4075.3 - 74.9 30 30 30 3574.9 - 69.9 Zone 45 45 45 4569.9 - 69.3 Zone 30 30 30 4069.3 - 66.7 Zone 40 40 40 4566.7 - 54.8 Zone 40 40 40 5062.3 - 61.7 45BIRCH ISLAND SIDING 25 25 25 2554.8 - 33.7 Zone 30 30 30 3552.4 - 51.0 25 25 2546.4 - 43.0 25 25 2533.7 - 30.3 Zone 35 35 35 4530.3 - 23.3 Zone 45 45 45 5026.3 - 22.2 South Track 30 30 30 3025.00 SIGNAL 250N AND 250S 40*23.3 - 20.4 Zone 35 35 35 4020.4 - 12.3 Zone 30 30 30 3515.9 - 13.4 North Track 3012.3 - 8.9 Zone 35 35 35 459.2 - 9.0 408.9 - 1.1 Zone 45 45 45 451.1 - 0.0 Zone 40 40 40 40


(c) Mile 60.53 (Lost Creek Road) - Westwardmovements stopped by Signal 603 must notexceed 25 MPH until crossing fully occu-pied.

(d) Mile 129.1 (Heffley Station Road) - West-ward movements approaching within 1225feet must not exceed 35 mph until crossingfully occupied.Eastward movements approaching within1550 feet must not exceed 40 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.

(e) Mile 133.7 (Puette Ranch Road) - Move-ments approaching within 1810 feet must notexceed 40 mph until crossing fully occupied.

(f) Mile 134.1 (Mattock McKeague Road) -Movements approaching within 1725 feetmust not exceed 40 mph until crossing fullyoccupied.


6.1 Mile 52.98 - Movements required to cut crossingmust make cut clear of signs posted 100 feet oneither side of crossing to deactivate crossing pro-tection devices.

6.2 Mile 116.4 (McLure Ferry Road) Warning DevicesAutomatic: Equipped with push buttons.

6.3 Mile 133.7 (Puette Ranch Road) Warning DevicesAutomatic: Equipped with push buttons.

6.4 Mile 134.1 (Mattock McKeague Road) WarningDevices Automatic: Equipped with push buttons.


7.1 The Okanagan Connecting TrackExtends southward from Kamloops Yard for 3.5miles.Rule 105 and Rule 105(a) applicable.Radio monitoring: Rail movements will monitor andif required, make emergency calls on Channel 3.Conditional Speeds - Mile 3.3 (Lorne Street) - Move-ments within 500 feet of crossing until crossingfully occupied, must not exceed 10 MPH.Non-interlocked Drawbridge, Mile 2.8: In serviceJuly 1st to September 1st. When in service, stopsigns are erected on both sides of bridge. Move-ments approaching these stop signs must com-ply with the requirements of Rule 98(b).

7.2 Vavenby - Slocan Forest Products Spur - Mile53.7Maximum Permissible Speed - 6 MPH.


(c) Mile 60.53 (Lost Creek Road) - Westwardmovements stopped by Signal 603 must notexceed 25 MPH until crossing fully occu-pied.

(d) Mile 129.1 (Heffley Station Road) - West-ward movements approaching within 1225feet must not exceed 35 mph until crossingfully occupied.Eastward movements approaching within1550 feet must not exceed 40 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.

(e) Mile 133.7 (Puette Ranch Road) - Move-ments approaching within 1810 feet must notexceed 40 mph until crossing fully occupied.

(f) Mile 134.1 (Mattock McKeague Road) -Movements approaching within 1725 feetmust not exceed 40 mph until crossing fullyoccupied.


6.1 Mile 52.98 - Movements required to cut crossingmust make cut clear of signs posted 100 feet oneither side of crossing to deactivate crossing pro-tection devices.

6.2 Mile 116.4 (McLure Ferry Road) Warning DevicesAutomatic: Equipped with push buttons.

6.3 Mile 133.7 (Puette Ranch Road) Warning DevicesAutomatic: Equipped with push buttons.

6.4 Mile 134.1 (Mattock McKeague Road) WarningDevices Automatic: Equipped with push buttons.


7.1 The Okanagan Connecting TrackExtends southward from Kamloops Yard for 3.5miles.Rule 105 and Rule 105(a) applicable.Radio monitoring: Rail movements will monitor andif required, make emergency calls on Channel 3.Conditional Speeds - Mile 3.3 (Lorne Street) - Move-ments within 500 feet of crossing until crossingfully occupied, must not exceed 10 MPH.Non-interlocked Drawbridge, Mile 2.8: In serviceJuly 1st to September 1st. When in service, stopsigns are erected on both sides of bridge. Move-ments approaching these stop signs must com-ply with the requirements of Rule 98(b).

7.2 Vavenby - Slocan Forest Products Spur - Mile53.7Maximum Permissible Speed - 6 MPH.



7.3 Weyerhaeuser Spur - Mile 55.2 - Tracks CF46and CF47Derail located approximately 200 feet east of thewest chip road crossing. This derail is equippedwith a private lock and will be controlled by plantemployees only. Equipment must be spotted westof the derail only. Maximum Permissible Speed -6 MPH.


8.1 Westward movements, unless inspected at Mile120.2, must not exceed 35 MPH between Mile131 .0 and Mile 137.4.


7.3 Weyerhaeuser Spur - Mile 55.2 - Tracks CF46and CF47Derail located approximately 200 feet east of thewest chip road crossing. This derail is equippedwith a private lock and will be controlled by plantemployees only. Equipment must be spotted westof the derail only. Maximum Permissible Speed -6 MPH.


8.1 Westward movements, unless inspected at Mile120.2, must not exceed 35 MPH between Mile131 .0 and Mile 137.4.

[103 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005BC SOUTH DIVISION - ASHCROFT SUBDIVISION

ASHCROFT SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



1.2 SWITCHING SIGNALSBOSTON BAR EAST: 1253N, 1253S, 1254N

1.3 CTC SPECIAL FEATURESSignalled Sidings: Jaleslie - Lasha - Conrad

KAMLOOPS Y 0.0

MANN 0.7

KISSICK 9.3

FREDERICK 13.8 6910

JALESLIE 19.4 7569

SAVONA 25.7 13350

WALHACHIN 32.6 6455

McABEE 40.0 6497

ASHCROFT 48.7 7016

COHO 57.2

BASQUE 58.4 6824

MARTEL 68.4

SPENCES BRIDGE Y 74.8 8340

SEDDALL 82.8

MORRIS 89.5 6830

LASHA 96.5 6930

CISCO 101.0

CONRAD 105.7 6650

FALLS CREEK 110.2 6820

INKITSAPH 115.3

MARTINSON 121.5

SPENCE 124.0

BOSTON BAR EAST 125.3

BOSTON BAR 125.5

ASHCROFTSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

4.9

14.8

28.3

39.3

55.5

71.1

80.8

97.6

112.2

W E

CTC

0.7

21

21

C4T1

*4541*9999

C8T2

#4542#9999

C8T1

*4542*9999

C4T1

*4543

C4T1

*4544

C4T1

*4545

81*99995084

82*99995082

84*4433

82*4434

84*4435

Connecting Trackwith CPR

1 125.5

Rul

e10

5

1

1

1

TGBO

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN MANN AND BOSTON BAR


KAMLOOPS AND MANN.SWITCHING ZONES MILE 0.7 TO 9.3 AND 118.0 TO 125.5.


[103 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005BC SOUTH DIVISION - ASHCROFT SUBDIVISION

ASHCROFT SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



1.2 SWITCHING SIGNALSBOSTON BAR EAST: 1253N, 1253S, 1254N

1.3 CTC SPECIAL FEATURESSignalled Sidings: Jaleslie - Lasha - Conrad

KAMLOOPS Y 0.0

MANN 0.7

KISSICK 9.3

FREDERICK 13.8 6910

JALESLIE 19.4 7569

SAVONA 25.7 13350

WALHACHIN 32.6 6455

McABEE 40.0 6497

ASHCROFT 48.7 7016

COHO 57.2

BASQUE 58.4 6824

MARTEL 68.4

SPENCES BRIDGE Y 74.8 8340

SEDDALL 82.8

MORRIS 89.5 6830

LASHA 96.5 6930

CISCO 101.0

CONRAD 105.7 6650

FALLS CREEK 110.2 6820

INKITSAPH 115.3

MARTINSON 121.5

SPENCE 124.0

BOSTON BAR EAST 125.3

BOSTON BAR 125.5

ASHCROFTSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

4.9

14.8

28.3

39.3

55.5

71.1

80.8

97.6

112.2

W E

CTC

0.7

21

21

C4T1

*4541*9999

C8T2

#4542#9999

C8T1

*4542*9999

C4T1

*4543

C4T1

*4544

C4T1

*4545

81*99995084

82*99995082

84*4433

82*4434

84*4435

Connecting Trackwith CPR

1 125.5

Rul

e10

5

1

1

1

TGBO

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN MANN AND BOSTON BAR


KAMLOOPS AND MANN.SWITCHING ZONES MILE 0.7 TO 9.3 AND 118.0 TO 125.5.



1.4 Kamloops - Westward block signal 03 at yardwest switch Kamloops is the advance signal toCTC. Westward trains must obtain permission fromthe RTC before proceeding on CLEAR TO STOPor RESTRICTING SIGNAL indication.

1.5 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule B - Instructions concerning Kamloops

Terminal will be found in Clearwater Sub foot-notes.

(b) Rule 14(l)(iv) - Applicable at public cross-ings at grade:Mile 1.82 (Singh St)Mile 2.98 (McLean St)Mile 3.89 (Farm Rd)Mile 37.92 (Juniper Beach)Mile 125.49 (Boston Bar Station Rd)

(c) Rule 102 - Black bar in station column indi-cates area where Rule 102 application wouldaffect a foreign railway.

(d) Rule 104.5(c) - Exception Derails: Basque -Mile 58.4; Morris siding - Mile 89.5.

(e) Rule 105(a) - Applicable:i) Boston Bar Yard - All yard tracksii) All trackage where Rule 105 applies,

EXCEPT sidings, between Kamloopsand Boston Bar.

iii) CPR connecting track HB53 at Mile104.4

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated Locomotive Tie Up TracksBoston Bar - HC24.

2.2 Ashcroft - Trains handling dimensional loads ofD-4 classification or greater must not use siding.Dimensional loads must not be set off on TracksHA 33 or HA 35.

2.3 Basque - Farm crossing at grade Mile 58.6. Be-tween 0900 and 1800 train crews must cut andclear this crossing when it is known that the cross-ing will be blocked in excess of 30 minutes. Thecrossing must be left clear until the stopped move-ment is ready to proceed.

2.4 Boston Bar - All movements must contact YaleSub. RTC for yarding instructions.

2.5 Slide Detector FencesMile Feet9.64 to 9.88 124110.41 to 10.74 170611.55 to 11.89 179038.46 to 38.97 270047.4 to 47.5 63051.6 to 52.9 720061.16 to 61.44 1460

BC SOUTH DIVISION - ASHCROFT SUBDIVISION[104 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

1.4 Kamloops - Westward block signal 03 at yardwest switch Kamloops is the advance signal toCTC. Westward trains must obtain permission fromthe RTC before proceeding on CLEAR TO STOPor RESTRICTING SIGNAL indication.

1.5 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule B - Instructions concerning Kamloops

Terminal will be found in Clearwater Sub foot-notes.

(b) Rule 14(l)(iv) - Applicable at public cross-ings at grade:Mile 1.82 (Singh St)Mile 2.98 (McLean St)Mile 3.89 (Farm Rd)Mile 37.92 (Juniper Beach)Mile 125.49 (Boston Bar Station Rd)

(c) Rule 102 - Black bar in station column indi-cates area where Rule 102 application wouldaffect a foreign railway.

(d) Rule 104.5(c) - Exception Derails: Basque -Mile 58.4; Morris siding - Mile 89.5.

(e) Rule 105(a) - Applicable:i) Boston Bar Yard - All yard tracksii) All trackage where Rule 105 applies,

EXCEPT sidings, between Kamloopsand Boston Bar.

iii) CPR connecting track HB53 at Mile104.4

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated Locomotive Tie Up TracksBoston Bar - HC24.

2.2 Ashcroft - Trains handling dimensional loads ofD-4 classification or greater must not use siding.Dimensional loads must not be set off on TracksHA 33 or HA 35.

2.3 Basque - Farm crossing at grade Mile 58.6. Be-tween 0900 and 1800 train crews must cut andclear this crossing when it is known that the cross-ing will be blocked in excess of 30 minutes. Thecrossing must be left clear until the stopped move-ment is ready to proceed.

2.4 Boston Bar - All movements must contact YaleSub. RTC for yarding instructions.

2.5 Slide Detector FencesMile Feet9.64 to 9.88 124110.41 to 10.74 170611.55 to 11.89 179038.46 to 38.97 270047.4 to 47.5 63051.6 to 52.9 720061.16 to 61.44 1460

BC SOUTH DIVISION - ASHCROFT SUBDIVISION


80.18 to 80.22 22580.26 to 80.29 15080.38 to 80.41 17480.5 to 80.61 55086.58 to 87.51 487093.23 to 93.85 330594.02 to 94.7 3671107.4 to 107.52 616109.00 to 109.64 3170118.62 to 118.91 1560

2.6 Washout DetectorsMile Feet105.6 to 105.66 300105.72 to 105.8 400105.95 to 106.05 500106.11 to 106.17 300121.65 to 121.75 500

2.7 Stand Alone Dragging Equipment DetectorsMile Mile9.4 76.421.6 84.830.533.0 86.136.8 91.744.4 92.950.6 102.854.2 104.960.3 107.664.0 117.269.0 120.2

2.8 Hazard DetectorsMile Feet50.8450.89 to 50.97 400

2.9 TUNNELSMile Feet9.1 21710.2 283120.3 75951.5 93454.8 136667.5 29267.6 23780.2 27180.4 42880.5 57991.3 21693.1 27694.0 74294.7 301109.3 458120.0 186


80.18 to 80.22 22580.26 to 80.29 15080.38 to 80.41 17480.5 to 80.61 55086.58 to 87.51 487093.23 to 93.85 330594.02 to 94.7 3671107.4 to 107.52 616109.00 to 109.64 3170118.62 to 118.91 1560

2.6 Washout DetectorsMile Feet105.6 to 105.66 300105.72 to 105.8 400105.95 to 106.05 500106.11 to 106.17 300121.65 to 121.75 500

2.7 Stand Alone Dragging Equipment DetectorsMile Mile9.4 76.421.6 84.830.533.0 86.136.8 91.744.4 92.950.6 102.854.2 104.960.3 107.664.0 117.269.0 120.2

2.8 Hazard DetectorsMile Feet50.8450.89 to 50.97 400

2.9 TUNNELSMile Feet9.1 21710.2 283120.3 75951.5 93454.8 136667.5 29267.6 23780.2 27180.4 42880.5 57991.3 21693.1 27694.0 74294.7 301109.3 458120.0 186



2.10 Rock ShedsMile Feet80.3 20091.4 4493.7 4393.8 5193.9 4394.3 2494.4 36109.4 60

2.11 Engineering Radio Network - RTC CallsTranquille and Campbell Hill.To call RTC dial *9999 to get dial tone.To call RTC controlling East of Mile 57.8 dial 5084.To call RTC controlling West of Mile 57.8 dial 5082.

2.12 Bridge Mile 123.6 - No catwalk on south side ofbridge on north track.

2.13 Bridges Mile 28.8, 45.8, 47.3, 59.5, 97.4, 98.3,103.7 and 123.6 - Because of the presence of“sliding joints” to allow for rail expansion and con-traction at bridge, heavy brake applications mustbe avoided within 500 feet of either side of bridge.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil


4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):286,000 lbs. Exception: Trains handling cars inexcess of 268,000 lbs must not exceed 50 MPHand further restricted to 20 MPH over bridge - Mile103.7.

5 SPEEDS






2.10 Rock ShedsMile Feet80.3 20091.4 4493.7 4393.8 5193.9 4394.3 2494.4 36109.4 60

2.11 Engineering Radio Network - RTC CallsTranquille and Campbell Hill.To call RTC dial *9999 to get dial tone.To call RTC controlling East of Mile 57.8 dial 5084.To call RTC controlling West of Mile 57.8 dial 5082.

2.12 Bridge Mile 123.6 - No catwalk on south side ofbridge on north track.

2.13 Bridges Mile 28.8, 45.8, 47.3, 59.5, 97.4, 98.3,103.7 and 123.6 - Because of the presence of“sliding joints” to allow for rail expansion and con-traction at bridge, heavy brake applications mustbe avoided within 500 feet of either side of bridge.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil


4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):286,000 lbs. Exception: Trains handling cars inexcess of 268,000 lbs must not exceed 50 MPHand further restricted to 20 MPH over bridge - Mile103.7.

5 SPEEDS










0.7 - 5.2 Zone 50 50 50 505.2 - 6.9 Zone 40 40 40 506.9 - 10.4 Zone 35 35 35 3510.4 - 26.8 Zone 30 30 30 35JALESLIE SIDING 30 30 30 30SAVONA SIDING 25 25 25 2526.8 - 30.7 Zone 35 35 35 3530.7 - 32.8 Zone 40 40 40 4032.8 - 45.6 Zone 35 35 35 4032.8 - 33.6 35MCABEE SIDING 25 25 25 2545.6 - 55.2 Zone 30 30 30 4055.2 - 61.0 Zone 35 35 35 4059.2 - 59.8 30 30 30 3061.0 - 63.3 Zone 40 40 40 4063.3 - 66.7 Zone 40 40 40 4566.7 - 68.0 Zone 35 35 35 3568.0 - 72.5 Zone 35 35 35 4072.0 - 72.5 3572.5 - 75.4 Zone 40 40 40 40SPENCES BRIDGE SIDING 25 25 25 2575.4 - 78.7 Zone 35 35 35 3578.7 - 80.8 Zone 30 30 30 3580.8 - 85.0 Zone 40 40 40 4085.0 - 91.0 Zone 35 35 35 3587.3 - 87.5 30 30 30 3591.0 - 97.2 Zone 30 30 30 35LASHA SIDING 25 25 25 3097.2 - 98.9 Zone 25 25 25 3598.9 - 101.4 Zone 35 35 35 35101.4 - 108.5 Zone 30 30 30 35CONRAD SIDING 30 30 30 30107.3 - 107.7 25 25 25108.5 - 114.4 Zone 30 30 30 35FALLS CREEK SIDING 25 25 25 25114.4 - 117.6 Zone 35 35 35 35117.6 - 120.7 Zone 25 25 25 35120.7 - 125.3 Zone 30 30 30 40125.3 - 125.5 Zone 30 30 30 30





0.7 - 5.2 Zone 50 50 50 505.2 - 6.9 Zone 40 40 40 506.9 - 10.4 Zone 35 35 35 3510.4 - 26.8 Zone 30 30 30 35JALESLIE SIDING 30 30 30 30SAVONA SIDING 25 25 25 2526.8 - 30.7 Zone 35 35 35 3530.7 - 32.8 Zone 40 40 40 4032.8 - 45.6 Zone 35 35 35 4032.8 - 33.6 35MCABEE SIDING 25 25 25 2545.6 - 55.2 Zone 30 30 30 4055.2 - 61.0 Zone 35 35 35 4059.2 - 59.8 30 30 30 3061.0 - 63.3 Zone 40 40 40 4063.3 - 66.7 Zone 40 40 40 4566.7 - 68.0 Zone 35 35 35 3568.0 - 72.5 Zone 35 35 35 4072.0 - 72.5 3572.5 - 75.4 Zone 40 40 40 40SPENCES BRIDGE SIDING 25 25 25 2575.4 - 78.7 Zone 35 35 35 3578.7 - 80.8 Zone 30 30 30 3580.8 - 85.0 Zone 40 40 40 4085.0 - 91.0 Zone 35 35 35 3587.3 - 87.5 30 30 30 3591.0 - 97.2 Zone 30 30 30 35LASHA SIDING 25 25 25 3097.2 - 98.9 Zone 25 25 25 3598.9 - 101.4 Zone 35 35 35 35101.4 - 108.5 Zone 30 30 30 35CONRAD SIDING 30 30 30 30107.3 - 107.7 25 25 25108.5 - 114.4 Zone 30 30 30 35FALLS CREEK SIDING 25 25 25 25114.4 - 117.6 Zone 35 35 35 35117.6 - 120.7 Zone 25 25 25 35120.7 - 125.3 Zone 30 30 30 40125.3 - 125.5 Zone 30 30 30 30




5.4 Conditional Speeds(a) Mile 1.82 (Singh St) Movements appoaching

witiin 1410 feet of crossing must not exceed30 MPH until crossing fully occupied.


6.1 Mile 125.49 (Boston Bar Station Road) WarningDevices Automatic: Crossing circuit sign govern-ing eastward movements from tracks HC 02,HC 03 and HC 04 is located to the left of track HC04.



125.5 - 125.3 Zone 30 30 30 30125.3 - 120.7 Zone 30 30 30 40120.7 - 117.6 Zone 25 25 25 35117.6 - 114.4 Zone 35 35 35 35114.4 - 108.5 Zone 30 30 30 35FALLS CREEK SIDING 25 25 25 25108.5 - 101.4 Zone 30 30 30 35107.7 - 107.3 25 25 25CONRAD SIDING 30 30 30 30101.4 - 98.9 Zone 35 35 35 3598.9 - 97.2 Zone 25 25 25 3597.2 - 91.0 Zone 30 30 30 35LASHA SIDING 25 25 25 3091.0 - 85.0 Zone 35 35 35 3587.5 - 87.3 30 30 3085.0 - 80.8 Zone 40 40 40 4080.8 - 78.7 Zone 30 30 30 3578.7 - 75.4 Zone 35 35 35 3575.4 - 72.5 Zone 40 40 40 40SPENCES BRIDGE SIDING 25 25 25 2572.5 - 68.0 Zone 35 35 35 4072.5 - 72.0 3568.0 - 66.7 Zone 35 35 35 3566.7 - 63.3 Zone 40 40 40 4563.3 - 61.0 Zone 40 40 40 4061.0 - 55.2 Zone 35 35 35 4059.8 - 59.2 30 30 30 3055.2 - 45.6 Zone 30 30 30 4045.6 - 32.8 Zone 35 35 35 40MCABEE SIDING 25 25 25 2533.6 - 32.8 3532.8 - 30.7 Zone 40 40 40 4030.7 - 26.8 Zone 35 35 35 3526.8 - 10.4 Zone 30 30 30 35SAVONA SIDING 25 25 25 25JALESLIE SIDING 30 30 30 3010.4 - 6.9 Zone 35 35 35 356.9 - 5.2 Zone 40 40 40 505.2 - 0.7 Zone 50 50 50 50



5.4 Conditional Speeds(a) Mile 1.82 (Singh St) Movements appoaching

witiin 1410 feet of crossing must not exceed30 MPH until crossing fully occupied.


6.1 Mile 125.49 (Boston Bar Station Road) WarningDevices Automatic: Crossing circuit sign govern-ing eastward movements from tracks HC 02,HC 03 and HC 04 is located to the left of track HC04.



125.5 - 125.3 Zone 30 30 30 30125.3 - 120.7 Zone 30 30 30 40120.7 - 117.6 Zone 25 25 25 35117.6 - 114.4 Zone 35 35 35 35114.4 - 108.5 Zone 30 30 30 35FALLS CREEK SIDING 25 25 25 25108.5 - 101.4 Zone 30 30 30 35107.7 - 107.3 25 25 25CONRAD SIDING 30 30 30 30101.4 - 98.9 Zone 35 35 35 3598.9 - 97.2 Zone 25 25 25 3597.2 - 91.0 Zone 30 30 30 35LASHA SIDING 25 25 25 3091.0 - 85.0 Zone 35 35 35 3587.5 - 87.3 30 30 3085.0 - 80.8 Zone 40 40 40 4080.8 - 78.7 Zone 30 30 30 3578.7 - 75.4 Zone 35 35 35 3575.4 - 72.5 Zone 40 40 40 40SPENCES BRIDGE SIDING 25 25 25 2572.5 - 68.0 Zone 35 35 35 4072.5 - 72.0 3568.0 - 66.7 Zone 35 35 35 3566.7 - 63.3 Zone 40 40 40 4563.3 - 61.0 Zone 40 40 40 4061.0 - 55.2 Zone 35 35 35 4059.8 - 59.2 30 30 30 3055.2 - 45.6 Zone 30 30 30 4045.6 - 32.8 Zone 35 35 35 40MCABEE SIDING 25 25 25 2533.6 - 32.8 3532.8 - 30.7 Zone 40 40 40 4030.7 - 26.8 Zone 35 35 35 3526.8 - 10.4 Zone 30 30 30 35SAVONA SIDING 25 25 25 25JALESLIE SIDING 30 30 30 3010.4 - 6.9 Zone 35 35 35 356.9 - 5.2 Zone 40 40 40 505.2 - 0.7 Zone 50 50 50 50




7.1 Petro Canada Spur - Mile 3.4.Extends off the south track. Track Designated asKN 21. Capacity 3770 feet. Switch points faceeast.PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE: Mile 0.5(Tranquille Road) Movements over this crossingmust be manually protected. Maximum permis-sible speed 7 MPH.

7.2 McAbee Pit - Mile 40.0Track Designated as HA 27. Capacity 2010. Switchpoints face east and west. Movement must notexceed 5 MPH over scale when weighing cars.

Track Designated as HA29. Maximum permissiblespeed 5 MPH. Six axle locomotives prohibited.Use of this track by other locomotives must beavoided if possible by using reachers when avail-able when setting off or lifting equipment

7.3 Ashcroft Ore Spur - Mile 48.7Track Designated as HA 36. Capacity 2170.Switch points face east and west. Scales on thistrack. Locomotive and cars other than gondola carsare prohibited inside shed.

7.4 CPR Connecting Track - Mile 104.4Track designated as HB 53. Capacity 6400 feet.Switch points face west.


8.1 Eastward movements, unless inspected at Mile14.8, must not exceed 35 MPH between Mile 4.0and Mile 0.7.



7.1 Petro Canada Spur - Mile 3.4.Extends off the south track. Track Designated asKN 21. Capacity 3770 feet. Switch points faceeast.PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE: Mile 0.5(Tranquille Road) Movements over this crossingmust be manually protected. Maximum permis-sible speed 7 MPH.

7.2 McAbee Pit - Mile 40.0Track Designated as HA 27. Capacity 2010. Switchpoints face east and west. Movement must notexceed 5 MPH over scale when weighing cars.

Track Designated as HA29. Maximum permissiblespeed 5 MPH. Six axle locomotives prohibited.Use of this track by other locomotives must beavoided if possible by using reachers when avail-able when setting off or lifting equipment

7.3 Ashcroft Ore Spur - Mile 48.7Track Designated as HA 36. Capacity 2170.Switch points face east and west. Scales on thistrack. Locomotive and cars other than gondola carsare prohibited inside shed.

7.4 CPR Connecting Track - Mile 104.4Track designated as HB 53. Capacity 6400 feet.Switch points face west.




[110 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005BC SOUTH DIVISION - YALE SUBDIVISION

81*4421

82*4422

81*4423

82*4424

BOSTON BAR 0.0

BOSTON BAR WEST 1.3

HICKS 3.1

KOMO 10.2 6040

STOUT 18.3

YALE 26.7 6030

TRAFALGAR 36.0

HOPE Y 40.2

FLOODS 44.0 6030

CHEAM VIEW 54.1

ROSEDALE 65.9 5930

CHILLIWACK 71.8

ARNOLD 76.5 8360

SUMAS MTN 86.7

MATSQUI 87.4

MATSQUI JCT 87.9Connecting Track

with CPR

PAGE 89.8

Jct with CPR

ABRAHAMSON 90.9

GLEN VALLEY 94.5

HYDRO 101.7

Jct with Rawlison Sub

HAMPTON 110.7

DOUGLAS ISLAND 112.6

MACDONALD 113.8

0.0

113.8

YALESUBDIVISION

PACIFICTIME

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

1.7

13.8

29.2

39.8

58.2

70.2

84.9

91.1

105.2

C2T1

*4531

C2T1

*4532

C2T1

*4533

C2T1

*4534

C2T1

*4535

C2T2

#4536

W E

CTC

11

22

1

1

TGBO

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN BOSTON BAR AND MACDONALD

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.SWITCHING ZONES BETWEEN BOSTON BAR AND MILE 3.7

AND BETWEEN MILE 94.0 AND MACDONALDSIDING CONTROL TERRITORY.

+


81*4421

82*4422

81*4423

82*4424

BOSTON BAR 0.0

BOSTON BAR WEST 1.3

HICKS 3.1

KOMO 10.2 6040

STOUT 18.3

YALE 26.7 6030

TRAFALGAR 36.0

HOPE Y 40.2

FLOODS 44.0 6030

CHEAM VIEW 54.1

ROSEDALE 65.9 5930

CHILLIWACK 71.8

ARNOLD 76.5 8360

SUMAS MTN 86.7

MATSQUI 87.4

MATSQUI JCT 87.9Connecting Track

with CPR

PAGE 89.8

Jct with CPR

ABRAHAMSON 90.9

GLEN VALLEY 94.5

HYDRO 101.7

Jct with Rawlison Sub

HAMPTON 110.7

DOUGLAS ISLAND 112.6

MACDONALD 113.8

0.0

113.8

YALESUBDIVISION

PACIFICTIME

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

1.7

13.8

29.2

39.8

58.2

70.2

84.9

91.1

105.2

C2T1

*4531

C2T1

*4532

C2T1

*4533

C2T1

*4534

C2T1

*4535

C2T2

#4536

W E

CTC

11

22

1

1

TGBO

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN BOSTON BAR AND MACDONALD

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.SWITCHING ZONES BETWEEN BOSTON BAR AND MILE 3.7

AND BETWEEN MILE 94.0 AND MACDONALDSIDING CONTROL TERRITORY.

+


YALE SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 Siding Control Territory - Dispatched SidingDivisional Data Item 1 in effect on entire subdivi-sion.

1.2 SWITCHING SIGNALS(a) DOUGLAS ISLAND: 1125S, 1125D, 1125N,

1126D, 1128D-2(b) HAMPTON: 1106D, 1105S(c) MACDONALD: 1139, 1140, 1140D

1.3 CTC SPECIAL FEATURES(a) Signalled Sidings: Arnold(b) Vancouver Intermodal Terminal (VIT) - A

crew required to switch over the control planton the VIT lead at Douglas Island must con-tact the east Yard Coordinator who in turnwill contact the Yale Sub. RTC and requestthe switching signal for the crew. The crewwill be required to notify the Traffic Coordina-tor when all switching movements have beencompleted. The Traffic Coordinator in turn willcontact the Yale Sub. RTC to cancel suchswitching signal.

(c) Chilliwack - Switch leading to interchangetrack at west end of Track YG01 Chilliwackmust not be lined for movement to or fromthe SRY Interchange Track YG98 until per-mission has been obtained from the RTC.When the switch is lined for movement to orfrom the SRY Interchange Track YG98, Sig-nal 719D will display a Restricting Signal in-dication continuously. This switch must re-main lined for the interchange track whileany portion of the movement is occupyingthe track between Signal 719D and the BlockEnd sign located on the interchange track.Movements from interchange track to TrackYG01 must not pass Block End sign untilthe hand operated switch has been properlylined.

1.4 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule B - Employees operating west of Hamp-

ton must have the Greater Vancouver Termi-nal Operating Manual accessible while onduty.

(b) Rule 6 - Manual Crossover - Mile 106.3.(c) Rule 14(l):

Bridge Mile 39.76 - must be sounded fromwhistle post located 700 feet on either sideof the bridge Mile 39.76 until bridge fully oc-cupied.

1


YALE SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 Siding Control Territory - Dispatched SidingDivisional Data Item 1 in effect on entire subdivi-sion.

1.2 SWITCHING SIGNALS(a) DOUGLAS ISLAND: 1125S, 1125D, 1125N,

1126D, 1128D-2(b) HAMPTON: 1106D, 1105S(c) MACDONALD: 1139, 1140, 1140D

1.3 CTC SPECIAL FEATURES(a) Signalled Sidings: Arnold(b) Vancouver Intermodal Terminal (VIT) - A

crew required to switch over the control planton the VIT lead at Douglas Island must con-tact the east Yard Coordinator who in turnwill contact the Yale Sub. RTC and requestthe switching signal for the crew. The crewwill be required to notify the Traffic Coordina-tor when all switching movements have beencompleted. The Traffic Coordinator in turn willcontact the Yale Sub. RTC to cancel suchswitching signal.

(c) Chilliwack - Switch leading to interchangetrack at west end of Track YG01 Chilliwackmust not be lined for movement to or fromthe SRY Interchange Track YG98 until per-mission has been obtained from the RTC.When the switch is lined for movement to orfrom the SRY Interchange Track YG98, Sig-nal 719D will display a Restricting Signal in-dication continuously. This switch must re-main lined for the interchange track whileany portion of the movement is occupyingthe track between Signal 719D and the BlockEnd sign located on the interchange track.Movements from interchange track to TrackYG01 must not pass Block End sign untilthe hand operated switch has been properlylined.

1.4 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule B - Employees operating west of Hamp-

ton must have the Greater Vancouver Termi-nal Operating Manual accessible while onduty.

(b) Rule 6 - Manual Crossover - Mile 106.3.(c) Rule 14(l):

Bridge Mile 39.76 - must be sounded fromwhistle post located 700 feet on either sideof the bridge Mile 39.76 until bridge fully oc-cupied.

1


Private Crossings Mile 82.46 and 99.99 -must be sounded from one quarter mile untilcrossing fully occupied.

(d) Rule 14(l)(iv) applicable at public crossingsat grade:Mile 40.05 (6th Ave)Mile 40.43 (3rd Ave)Mile 43.90 (Airport Rd)Mile 70.33 (Prest Rd)Mile 71.13 (Broadway St)Mile 71.94 (Young Rd)Mile 102.92 (Glover Rd)Mile 103.55 (96th Ave)Mile 104.77 (96th Ave)Mile 105.08 (216th St)Mile 106.13 (208th St)Mile 106.91 (201st St)

(e) Rule 83.1 - Unless authorized by the RTCall movements destined to GVT must be inpossession of BNSF DOB.

(f) Rule 102 - Black bar in station column indi-cates area where Rule 102 application wouldaffect a foreign railway.

(g) Rule 104.2 - Moveable Point Frogs - SumasMtn - Mile 86.7, Abrahamson - Mile 91.0 andGlen Valley - Mile 94.52.

(h) Rule 104.5 - Self-Restoring Derail. Locatedat Boston Bar West, Mile 1.3 (DTMF code*337)

(i) Rule 105(a) - Applicable:i) Boston Bar Yard - All yard tracksii) All trackage where Rule 105 applies,

EXCEPT sidings, between Boston Barand Macdonald.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Boston Bar - All movements must contact RTCfor yarding instructions.

2.2 Moveable Point Frog - SUMAS MTN, Mile 86.7,ABRAHAMSON, Mile 91.0 and GLEN VALLEY,Mile 94.5.

2.3 Hazard Warning SystemMile FeetMile 24.74 - Mile 24.99 1300Mile 91.90 - Mile 92.68 1100Mile 92.68 - Mile 94.53 10,000

2.4 Slide Detector FencesMile Feet5.25 to 5.4 8006.95 to 7.11 8508.10 to 8.25 7808.51 to 8.7 10258.88 to 8.92 210

BC SOUTH DIVISION - YALE SUBDIVISION[112 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

Private Crossings Mile 82.46 and 99.99 -must be sounded from one quarter mile untilcrossing fully occupied.

(d) Rule 14(l)(iv) applicable at public crossingsat grade:Mile 40.05 (6th Ave)Mile 40.43 (3rd Ave)Mile 43.90 (Airport Rd)Mile 70.33 (Prest Rd)Mile 71.13 (Broadway St)Mile 71.94 (Young Rd)Mile 102.92 (Glover Rd)Mile 103.55 (96th Ave)Mile 104.77 (96th Ave)Mile 105.08 (216th St)Mile 106.13 (208th St)Mile 106.91 (201st St)

(e) Rule 83.1 - Unless authorized by the RTCall movements destined to GVT must be inpossession of BNSF DOB.

(f) Rule 102 - Black bar in station column indi-cates area where Rule 102 application wouldaffect a foreign railway.

(g) Rule 104.2 - Moveable Point Frogs - SumasMtn - Mile 86.7, Abrahamson - Mile 91.0 andGlen Valley - Mile 94.52.

(h) Rule 104.5 - Self-Restoring Derail. Locatedat Boston Bar West, Mile 1.3 (DTMF code*337)

(i) Rule 105(a) - Applicable:i) Boston Bar Yard - All yard tracksii) All trackage where Rule 105 applies,

EXCEPT sidings, between Boston Barand Macdonald.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Boston Bar - All movements must contact RTCfor yarding instructions.

2.2 Moveable Point Frog - SUMAS MTN, Mile 86.7,ABRAHAMSON, Mile 91.0 and GLEN VALLEY,Mile 94.5.

2.3 Hazard Warning SystemMile FeetMile 24.74 - Mile 24.99 1300Mile 91.90 - Mile 92.68 1100Mile 92.68 - Mile 94.53 10,000

2.4 Slide Detector FencesMile Feet5.25 to 5.4 8006.95 to 7.11 8508.10 to 8.25 7808.51 to 8.7 10258.88 to 8.92 210

BC SOUTH DIVISION - YALE SUBDIVISION


11.24 to 11.35 60020.28 to 20.76 256520.77 to 21.00 121821.10 to 21.54 235022.27 to 22.35 40022.49 to 22.59 50023.44 to 23.70 1040

2.5 Wheel Impact Load Detector (WILD)Located at Mile 74.6.

2.6 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORLocated at Mile 7.70, 20.81 25.0, 34.3, 45.59,52.29, 62.19, 77.60, 79.54, 92.68 and 117.5.

2.7 TunnelsMile Feet5.5 7497.2 6028.5 5008.7 3309.0 8009.2 27711.4 54812.3 50017.5 32618.8 20019.7 15021.7 190223.2 39926.0 210435.0 496

3 INTERLOCKING

3.1 Railway Crossing at GradeMile 88.1 (CPR Mission Sub) Automatic. If nec-essary to pass an interlocking signal indicatingSTOP, Rule 564 and Rule 611 must be compliedwith.Westward movements to Mission Sub. via con-necting track stopped by a stop signal must com-ply with rule 564; Rule 611 not applicable.RTC must be contacted before opening the switchin the box marked Switches.Maximum permissible speed - 35 MPH.


4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):286,000 lbs. Exception: Trains handling cars ex-ceeding 268,000 lbs. must not exceed 50 MPH.


11.24 to 11.35 60020.28 to 20.76 256520.77 to 21.00 121821.10 to 21.54 235022.27 to 22.35 40022.49 to 22.59 50023.44 to 23.70 1040

2.5 Wheel Impact Load Detector (WILD)Located at Mile 74.6.

2.6 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORLocated at Mile 7.70, 20.81 25.0, 34.3, 45.59,52.29, 62.19, 77.60, 79.54, 92.68 and 117.5.

2.7 TunnelsMile Feet5.5 7497.2 6028.5 5008.7 3309.0 8009.2 27711.4 54812.3 50017.5 32618.8 20019.7 15021.7 190223.2 39926.0 210435.0 496

3 INTERLOCKING

3.1 Railway Crossing at GradeMile 88.1 (CPR Mission Sub) Automatic. If nec-essary to pass an interlocking signal indicatingSTOP, Rule 564 and Rule 611 must be compliedwith.Westward movements to Mission Sub. via con-necting track stopped by a stop signal must com-ply with rule 564; Rule 611 not applicable.RTC must be contacted before opening the switchin the box marked Switches.Maximum permissible speed - 35 MPH.


4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):286,000 lbs. Exception: Trains handling cars ex-ceeding 268,000 lbs. must not exceed 50 MPH.



5 SPEEDS





5.2 Subdivision Speeds - Westward



0.0 - 10.9 Zone 30 30 30 3010.9 - 15.6 Zone 35 35 35 4015.6 - 24.9 Zone 30 30 30 3524.9 - 26.9 Zone 35 35 35 4026.9 - 30.5 Zone 45 45 45 5030.5 - 41.0 Zone 40 40 40 4039.5 - 40.0 35 35 3541.0 - 45.7 Zone 50 50 50 5545.7 - 52.2 Zone 55 55 55 5552.2 - 57.1 Zone 35 35 35 4057.1 - 63.3 Zone 45 45 45 5061.5 - 61.7 35 35 35 3561.7 - 63.3 4563.3 - 74.4 Zone 65 65 65 7071.92 SIGNAL 719 50*73.78 SIGNAL 737 55*74.4 - 77.6 Zone 50 50 50 50ARNOLD SIDING 30 30 30 3077.6 - 80.0 Zone 45 45 45 5080.0 - 81.6 Zone 30 30 30 3581.6 - 84.6 Zone 40 40 40 4584.6 - 90.0 Zone 55 55 55 5590.0 - 94.2 Zone 40 40 40 4594.2 - 100.0 Zone 60 60 60 6594.2 - 94.5 35 35 35 35100.0 - 100.5 Zone 45 45 45 50100.5 - 113.8 Zone 50 50 50 50


5 SPEEDS





5.2 Subdivision Speeds - Westward



0.0 - 10.9 Zone 30 30 30 3010.9 - 15.6 Zone 35 35 35 4015.6 - 24.9 Zone 30 30 30 3524.9 - 26.9 Zone 35 35 35 4026.9 - 30.5 Zone 45 45 45 5030.5 - 41.0 Zone 40 40 40 4039.5 - 40.0 35 35 3541.0 - 45.7 Zone 50 50 50 5545.7 - 52.2 Zone 55 55 55 5552.2 - 57.1 Zone 35 35 35 4057.1 - 63.3 Zone 45 45 45 5061.5 - 61.7 35 35 35 3561.7 - 63.3 4563.3 - 74.4 Zone 65 65 65 7071.92 SIGNAL 719 50*73.78 SIGNAL 737 55*74.4 - 77.6 Zone 50 50 50 50ARNOLD SIDING 30 30 30 3077.6 - 80.0 Zone 45 45 45 5080.0 - 81.6 Zone 30 30 30 3581.6 - 84.6 Zone 40 40 40 4584.6 - 90.0 Zone 55 55 55 5590.0 - 94.2 Zone 40 40 40 4594.2 - 100.0 Zone 60 60 60 6594.2 - 94.5 35 35 35 35100.0 - 100.5 Zone 45 45 45 50100.5 - 113.8 Zone 50 50 50 50




5.4 Conditional Speeds Mile 41 to Mile 44.3 -Loaded CP Coal Trains - 30 MPH. Loaded CN CoalTrains - 35 MPH.


6.1 Mile 43.9 (Airport Road) - Warning Devices Au-tomatic: Rule 103.1(c) not applicable.

6.2 Mile 47.75 (St. Elmo Road) - Warning DevicesAutomatic: Movements proceeding at 10 MPH orless within 2470 feet of crossing must not obstructcrossing until automatic protection has been inoperation for at least 20 seconds.

6.3 Mile 71.94 (Young Street) - Warning Devices Au-tomatic: Westward movements stopping at signal719 must stop at least 150 feet east of signal.


7.1 Hope - Mile 40.2 - Tracks YF 22, YF 28 and YF29. Capacity 3450. Points face west. Tracks YF28, and YF 29, north of Track YF 22 are restrictedas follows: Six axle units are prohibited. All otherunits are restricted to single unit consists only.



113.8 - 100.5 Zone 50 50 50 50112.82 SIGNAL 1128 40* 35*110.81 SIGNAL 1108S & 1108N 45*100.5 - 100.0 Zone 45 45 45 50100.0 - 94.2 Zone 60 60 60 6594.5 - 94.2 35 35 35 3594.2 - 90.0 Zone 40 40 40 4590.0 - 84.6 Zone 55 55 55 5584.6 - 81.6 Zone 40 40 40 4581.6 - 80.0 Zone 30 30 30 3580.0 - 77.6 Zone 45 45 45 5077.6 - 74.4 Zone 50 50 50 50ARNOLD SIDING 30 30 30 3074.4 - 63.3 Zone 65 65 65 7063.3 - 57.1 Zone 45 45 45 5063.3 - 61.7 4561.7 - 61.5 35 35 35 3557.1 - 52.2 Zone 35 35 35 4052.2 - 45.7 Zone 55 55 55 5545.7 - 41.0 Zone 50 50 50 5541.0 - 30.5 Zone 40 40 40 4040.0 - 39.5 35 35 3530.5 - 26.9 Zone 45 45 45 5026.9 - 24.9 Zone 35 35 35 4024.9 - 15.6 Zone 30 30 30 3515.6 - 10.9 Zone 35 35 35 4010.9 - 0.0 Zone 30 30 30 30



5.4 Conditional Speeds Mile 41 to Mile 44.3 -Loaded CP Coal Trains - 30 MPH. Loaded CN CoalTrains - 35 MPH.


6.1 Mile 43.9 (Airport Road) - Warning Devices Au-tomatic: Rule 103.1(c) not applicable.

6.2 Mile 47.75 (St. Elmo Road) - Warning DevicesAutomatic: Movements proceeding at 10 MPH orless within 2470 feet of crossing must not obstructcrossing until automatic protection has been inoperation for at least 20 seconds.

6.3 Mile 71.94 (Young Street) - Warning Devices Au-tomatic: Westward movements stopping at signal719 must stop at least 150 feet east of signal.


7.1 Hope - Mile 40.2 - Tracks YF 22, YF 28 and YF29. Capacity 3450. Points face west. Tracks YF28, and YF 29, north of Track YF 22 are restrictedas follows: Six axle units are prohibited. All otherunits are restricted to single unit consists only.



113.8 - 100.5 Zone 50 50 50 50112.82 SIGNAL 1128 40* 35*110.81 SIGNAL 1108S & 1108N 45*100.5 - 100.0 Zone 45 45 45 50100.0 - 94.2 Zone 60 60 60 6594.5 - 94.2 35 35 35 3594.2 - 90.0 Zone 40 40 40 4590.0 - 84.6 Zone 55 55 55 5584.6 - 81.6 Zone 40 40 40 4581.6 - 80.0 Zone 30 30 30 3580.0 - 77.6 Zone 45 45 45 5077.6 - 74.4 Zone 50 50 50 50ARNOLD SIDING 30 30 30 3074.4 - 63.3 Zone 65 65 65 7063.3 - 57.1 Zone 45 45 45 5063.3 - 61.7 4561.7 - 61.5 35 35 35 3557.1 - 52.2 Zone 35 35 35 4052.2 - 45.7 Zone 55 55 55 5545.7 - 41.0 Zone 50 50 50 5541.0 - 30.5 Zone 40 40 40 4040.0 - 39.5 35 35 3530.5 - 26.9 Zone 45 45 45 5026.9 - 24.9 Zone 35 35 35 4024.9 - 15.6 Zone 30 30 30 3515.6 - 10.9 Zone 35 35 35 4010.9 - 0.0 Zone 30 30 30 30



7.2 Matsqui - Connecting Track with CP Mission Sub.CTC rules applicable. TGBO applicable. MaximumPermissible Speed 15 MPH.

7.3 Langley Industrial Park Lead - Mile 107.5(South Track) - Extends 5980 feet southward.Switch points face east.PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADEMile 0.44 (96th Ave)Mile 1.14 (92A Ave)Stop signs erected at each crossing. Movementsover these crossings must be protected in accor-dance with Rule 103(g).


8.1 Westward movements must be inspected at Mile84.9 and Mile 105.2.Movements must not exceed 35 MPH betweenMile 97.0 and Mile 113.8.

8.2 Westward movements, unless inspected at Mile58.2, must not exceed 35 MPH between Mile 66.0and Mile 79.0.

8.3 Eastward movements, unless inspected at Mile105.2, must not exceed 35 MPH between Mile90.0 and Mile 85.0.



7.2 Matsqui - Connecting Track with CP Mission Sub.CTC rules applicable. TGBO applicable. MaximumPermissible Speed 15 MPH.

7.3 Langley Industrial Park Lead - Mile 107.5(South Track) - Extends 5980 feet southward.Switch points face east.PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADEMile 0.44 (96th Ave)Mile 1.14 (92A Ave)Stop signs erected at each crossing. Movementsover these crossings must be protected in accor-dance with Rule 103(g).


8.1 Westward movements must be inspected at Mile84.9 and Mile 105.2.Movements must not exceed 35 MPH betweenMile 97.0 and Mile 113.8.

8.2 Westward movements, unless inspected at Mile58.2, must not exceed 35 MPH between Mile 66.0and Mile 79.0.

8.3 Eastward movements, unless inspected at Mile105.2, must not exceed 35 MPH between Mile90.0 and Mile 85.0.



[117 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005BC SOUTH DIVISION - RAWLISON SUBDIVISION

RAWLISON SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 CTC SPECIAL FEATURESSignal 00 at Hydro, signals 07, 08 and 08D atsiding east switch Rawlison are controlled by CNRTC at Edmonton. Signals at siding west switchRawlison are controlled by BCR RTC.

1.2 Signalled Siding: Rawlison

1.3 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 104.5(c) - Exception Derail - Rawlison

Siding(b) Rule 112 - Rawlison Siding - Cars left must

be secured with 1 handbrake for every 3 loadsand 1 handbrake for every 5 empties. Whenunable to determine whether cars are loadedor empty, they must be regarded as loadedcars. Handbrakes must be applied at lowend of track (east end) and on consecutivecars if at all possible.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 DOB - Trains west of Mile 2.1 must be in posses-sion of current ROBERTS BANK ROUTE JOINTDOB. In the application of Rule 83.1(b), Port SubRTC will extend DOB and may cancel a specificitem of the DOB between Mile 2.1 and RobertsBank.

0.0

2.1

RAWLISONSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

HYDRO 0.0

Jct with Yale Sub

RAWLISON 1.6 8115

HOPEWELL 2.1

Connection withCPR Page Sub

C2T1

*4535

1

W E

CTC

82*4424

1

TGBO

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN HYDRO AND HOPEWELL

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.Movements between Mile 2.1 and Livingstone - Jct with CPR

controlled by PORT SUB RTC.

1

[117 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005BC SOUTH DIVISION - RAWLISON SUBDIVISION

RAWLISON SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 CTC SPECIAL FEATURESSignal 00 at Hydro, signals 07, 08 and 08D atsiding east switch Rawlison are controlled by CNRTC at Edmonton. Signals at siding west switchRawlison are controlled by BCR RTC.

1.2 Signalled Siding: Rawlison

1.3 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 104.5(c) - Exception Derail - Rawlison

Siding(b) Rule 112 - Rawlison Siding - Cars left must

be secured with 1 handbrake for every 3 loadsand 1 handbrake for every 5 empties. Whenunable to determine whether cars are loadedor empty, they must be regarded as loadedcars. Handbrakes must be applied at lowend of track (east end) and on consecutivecars if at all possible.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 DOB - Trains west of Mile 2.1 must be in posses-sion of current ROBERTS BANK ROUTE JOINTDOB. In the application of Rule 83.1(b), Port SubRTC will extend DOB and may cancel a specificitem of the DOB between Mile 2.1 and RobertsBank.

0.0

2.1

RAWLISONSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

HYDRO 0.0

Jct with Yale Sub

RAWLISON 1.6 8115

HOPEWELL 2.1

Connection withCPR Page Sub

C2T1

*4535

1

W E

CTC

82*4424

1

TGBO

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN HYDRO AND HOPEWELL

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.Movements between Mile 2.1 and Livingstone - Jct with CPR

controlled by PORT SUB RTC.

1


2.2 TRAIN BRAKE STATUS REPORT - Locomotiveengineers on loaded coal trains arriving at Rob-erts Bank will arrange to leave copy of Brake Sta-tus Report with Work Report 538D on leading lo-comotive for outgoing movement.

2.3 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORMile 0.7.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to Livingstone Zone 45Rawlison Siding 30

6 PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE

6.1 Mile 0.17 (River Road) - Warning Devices Auto-matic. Circuit activation sign located 200 feet westof crossing. Eastward movements observing aSTOP indication on eastward block signal 00 atHYDRO must stop west of this sign so that cross-ing protection will deactivate. To reactivate cross-ing protection, train must move passed circuitactivation sign and must not enter the crossinguntil the crossing protection is seen to have beenworking for at least 20 seconds. Eastward move-ments from Rawlison siding must not exceed 40MPH until crossing fully occupied.



BC SOUTH DIVISION - RAWLISON SUBDIVISION[118 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

2.2 TRAIN BRAKE STATUS REPORT - Locomotiveengineers on loaded coal trains arriving at Rob-erts Bank will arrange to leave copy of Brake Sta-tus Report with Work Report 538D on leading lo-comotive for outgoing movement.

2.3 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORMile 0.7.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to Livingstone Zone 45Rawlison Siding 30

6 PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE

6.1 Mile 0.17 (River Road) - Warning Devices Auto-matic. Circuit activation sign located 200 feet westof crossing. Eastward movements observing aSTOP indication on eastward block signal 00 atHYDRO must stop west of this sign so that cross-ing protection will deactivate. To reactivate cross-ing protection, train must move passed circuitactivation sign and must not enter the crossinguntil the crossing protection is seen to have beenworking for at least 20 seconds. Eastward move-ments from Rawlison siding must not exceed 40MPH until crossing fully occupied.



BC SOUTH DIVISION - RAWLISON SUBDIVISION


NORTH VANCOUVER 1.4

AMBLESIDE 3.5

WESTBAY 7.7

HORSESHOE BAY 11.9

BRUNSWICK 19.6 6880

PORTEAU 26.0 4440

SHANNON 36.4

SQUAMISH Y 40.4 7800

BRACKENDALE 44.6

CHEAKAMUS 50.0 7400

GARIBALDI 59.7 6600

MCGUIRE 67.4 6940

WHISTLER 73.7

MONS 77.4 6900

Y 80.9

GREEN RIVER 86.5

TISDALL 90.4 5500

PEMBERTON 95.0 2300

MOUNT CURRIE 99.4

CREEKSIDE 106.5 7200

BIRKEN 112.6 6850

DARCY 122.9 6390

MARNE 130.6

SETON 139.5 6300

RETASKIT 149.2 6300

COOPERS 155.5

LILLOOET 157.6

BC SOUTH DIVISION - SQUAMISH SUBDIVISION

UTA311

3.5

157.6

SQUAMISHSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

14.4

120

N S

OCS

1

TGBO

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN AMBLESIDE AND COOPERS


BETWEEN NORTH VANCOUVER AND AMBLESIDEAND BETWEEN COOPERS AND LILLOOET

Rul

e 1

05R

ule

105

UTB312

121

UTA313

122

UTB314

123

UTA315

125

126

129

128

44.3

97.7

152.3

SQUAMISH SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 13 (iv) not applicable at public crossing

Mile 0.0 (Chesterfield Ave), Mile 1.29(Pemberton Ave), Mile 1.56 (Phillip Ave) andMile 2.6 (Bridge Road - when manuallyoperated crossing protection gates are inhorizontal position) and Mile 41.0(Government Road).


NORTH VANCOUVER 1.4

AMBLESIDE 3.5

WESTBAY 7.7

HORSESHOE BAY 11.9

BRUNSWICK 19.6 6880

PORTEAU 26.0 4440

SHANNON 36.4

SQUAMISH Y 40.4 7800

BRACKENDALE 44.6

CHEAKAMUS 50.0 7400

GARIBALDI 59.7 6600

MCGUIRE 67.4 6940

WHISTLER 73.7

MONS 77.4 6900

Y 80.9

GREEN RIVER 86.5

TISDALL 90.4 5500

PEMBERTON 95.0 2300

MOUNT CURRIE 99.4

CREEKSIDE 106.5 7200

BIRKEN 112.6 6850

DARCY 122.9 6390

MARNE 130.6

SETON 139.5 6300

RETASKIT 149.2 6300

COOPERS 155.5

LILLOOET 157.6


UTA311

3.5

157.6

SQUAMISHSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

14.4

120

N S

OCS

1

TGBO

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN AMBLESIDE AND COOPERS


BETWEEN NORTH VANCOUVER AND AMBLESIDEAND BETWEEN COOPERS AND LILLOOET

Rul

e 1

05R

ule

105

UTB312

121

UTA313

122

UTB314

123

UTA315

125

126

129

128

44.3

97.7

152.3

SQUAMISH SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 13 (iv) not applicable at public crossing

Mile 0.0 (Chesterfield Ave), Mile 1.29(Pemberton Ave), Mile 1.56 (Phillip Ave) andMile 2.6 (Bridge Road - when manuallyoperated crossing protection gates are inhorizontal position) and Mile 41.0(Government Road).


(b) Rule 14(l) (iv) applicable at public crossingMile 0.0 (Chesterfield Ave), Mile 1.29(Pemberton Ave), Mile 1.56 (Phillip Ave) andMile 2.6 (Bridge Road - when manuallyoperated crossing protection gates are inhorizontal position) and at all publiccrossings at grade between Mile 2.8 andHorseshoe Bay and Mile 41.0 (GovernmentRoad).

(c) Rule 104 (o) -Mile 99.7. Switch to back trackequipped with a switch point lock.

(d) Rule 104.2 -Dual control switches locatedat Cheakamus - north switch, Garibaldi- bothswitches and McGuire - both switches(DTMF #6670 south and DTMF#6813 north).Divisional Data Item 79 applicable.

(e) Rule 104.5 - Exception Derails: Squamishsiding, south end; Cheakamus siding, southend; Garibaldi siding, south end; McGuiresiding, south end; Tisdall siding, north end;Creekside siding, south end; Birken siding,both ends; and Retaskit siding, north end.

(f) Rule 105.1 - Unless authorization received,equipment must not be left on Garibaldi,McGuire, Tisdall, Creekside, Birken, andDarcy sidings. Equipment left at Darcy mustnot be within 1420 feet of siding south switchunless otherwise authorized.

(g) Rule 112 - North Vancouver yard and allindustrial trackage - the minimum handbrakechart must be applied to a maximum of 2handbrakes.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 North Vancouver(a) Southward movements must not enter yard

at Mile 3.5 until permission received fromthe BC South Coordinator or yardassignment working at the north end of NorthVancouver yard.

(b) Beltpack assignments working betweenthe south end of Capilano River Bridge(Mile 2.8) and Ambleside can considerthis trackage known to be clear provided:1. It is first ascertained to be clear;2. Any subsequent departing train has

reported clear of Ambleside. Thisinformation may be received from theRTC or the crew of the departingtrain; and

3. Any subsequent arriving train hasreported clear of this trackage or isphysically identified to have arrived.When required, such information

BC SOUTH DIVISION - SQUAMISH SUBDIVISION[120 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

(b) Rule 14(l) (iv) applicable at public crossingMile 0.0 (Chesterfield Ave), Mile 1.29(Pemberton Ave), Mile 1.56 (Phillip Ave) andMile 2.6 (Bridge Road - when manuallyoperated crossing protection gates are inhorizontal position) and at all publiccrossings at grade between Mile 2.8 andHorseshoe Bay and Mile 41.0 (GovernmentRoad).

(c) Rule 104 (o) -Mile 99.7. Switch to back trackequipped with a switch point lock.

(d) Rule 104.2 -Dual control switches locatedat Cheakamus - north switch, Garibaldi- bothswitches and McGuire - both switches(DTMF #6670 south and DTMF#6813 north).Divisional Data Item 79 applicable.

(e) Rule 104.5 - Exception Derails: Squamishsiding, south end; Cheakamus siding, southend; Garibaldi siding, south end; McGuiresiding, south end; Tisdall siding, north end;Creekside siding, south end; Birken siding,both ends; and Retaskit siding, north end.

(f) Rule 105.1 - Unless authorization received,equipment must not be left on Garibaldi,McGuire, Tisdall, Creekside, Birken, andDarcy sidings. Equipment left at Darcy mustnot be within 1420 feet of siding south switchunless otherwise authorized.

(g) Rule 112 - North Vancouver yard and allindustrial trackage - the minimum handbrakechart must be applied to a maximum of 2handbrakes.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 North Vancouver(a) Southward movements must not enter yard

at Mile 3.5 until permission received fromthe BC South Coordinator or yardassignment working at the north end of NorthVancouver yard.

(b) Beltpack assignments working betweenthe south end of Capilano River Bridge(Mile 2.8) and Ambleside can considerthis trackage known to be clear provided:1. It is first ascertained to be clear;2. Any subsequent departing train has

reported clear of Ambleside. Thisinformation may be received from theRTC or the crew of the departingtrain; and

3. Any subsequent arriving train hasreported clear of this trackage or isphysically identified to have arrived.When required, such information



may be received from the BC SouthCoordinator.

When this trackage is known to be clear,Beltpack crews are not required tophysically observe the track ahead of themovement when proceeding northwardprovided:1. The headlight is displayed at

BRIGHT;2. The bell is sounded continuously;3. Speed does not exceed 10 MPH;

and4. The movement does not foul Mile 3.2

Pedestrian Crossing. The measureddistance between Bridge roadcrossing Mile 2.6 and the PedestrianCrossing at Mile 3.2 is 3,212 feet (44- 73 foot cars).

(c) Movements must contact the BC SOUTHcoordinator for track use instructions beforeleaving the shop tracks.

(d) Restricted Clearance - Engines with baywindows may not be able to operate in Shed3. Reachers may be required.

2.2 Vancouver Wharves(a) Movements must have permission from the

BCS coordinator before entering wharftrackage.

(b) Maximum permissible speed - 10 mph.(c) Pushing equipment - in the application of

Rule 115, the track must be SEEN to beclear.

(d) Dumper: Maximum speed for locomotives 4mph. Movements must stop before enteringdumper and not proceed until a green lightis displayed. Due to restricted clearance,south facing locomotives with bay windowsare prohibited. Smoking, eating or drinkingis prohibited in Berth One.

(e) Equipment Restriction: locomotives andcars are not permitted beyond “No CN RailBeyond This Point” signs on C-6 lead, C-7lead and on cement platform located northof Northwood and Ronco sheds.

2.3 Fibreco - Movements must have permission fromthe BCS coordinator before entering trackage.

2.4 Squamish(a) Southward movements must not enter yard

siding at Squamish until permission receivedfrom the BCS coordinator or yardassignment working at Squamish yard.


may be received from the BC SouthCoordinator.



and4. The movement does not foul Mile 3.2

Pedestrian Crossing. The measureddistance between Bridge roadcrossing Mile 2.6 and the PedestrianCrossing at Mile 3.2 is 3,212 feet (44- 73 foot cars).

(c) Movements must contact the BC SOUTHcoordinator for track use instructions beforeleaving the shop tracks.

(d) Restricted Clearance - Engines with baywindows may not be able to operate in Shed3. Reachers may be required.

2.2 Vancouver Wharves(a) Movements must have permission from the

BCS coordinator before entering wharftrackage.

(b) Maximum permissible speed - 10 mph.(c) Pushing equipment - in the application of

Rule 115, the track must be SEEN to beclear.

(d) Dumper: Maximum speed for locomotives 4mph. Movements must stop before enteringdumper and not proceed until a green lightis displayed. Due to restricted clearance,south facing locomotives with bay windowsare prohibited. Smoking, eating or drinkingis prohibited in Berth One.

(e) Equipment Restriction: locomotives andcars are not permitted beyond “No CN RailBeyond This Point” signs on C-6 lead, C-7lead and on cement platform located northof Northwood and Ronco sheds.

2.3 Fibreco - Movements must have permission fromthe BCS coordinator before entering trackage.

2.4 Squamish(a) Southward movements must not enter yard

siding at Squamish until permission receivedfrom the BCS coordinator or yardassignment working at Squamish yard.



(b) Beltpack assignments working betweenGovernment Road crossing (Mile 41) and theSwitch (Mile 41.5) can consider thistrackage known to be clear provided:1. It is first ascertained to be clear;2. Any subsequent departing train has

reported clear of Government Roadcrossing (Mile 41) and the NorthYard Siding Switch (Mile 41.5). Thisinformation may be received from theRTC or the crew of the departingtrain; and

3. Any subsequent arriving train hasreported clear of this trackage or isphysically identified to have arrived.



and4. No more than 25 cars are handled

north of Government Road Crossing(Mile 41)

2.5 Wayside Inspection SystemsDetector Inspection and Setoff Point14.4 S - Mile 12.7; N - Brunswick44.3 S - Squamish; N- Cheakamus97.7 S - Pemberton; N - Creekside152.3 S - Retaskit; N - Lillooet

2.6 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORSMile 3.5, 9.7, 12.7, 22.2, 31.2, 36.4, 51.7, 54.6,58.5, 61.6, 65.5, 69.1, 72.9, 79.4, 85.1, 87.9,92.4, 101.1, 104.7, 109.0, 114.5, 117.0, 122.0,125.0, 128.4, 135.0, 142.7, 147.5, 154.2.

2.7 Slide DetectorsMile 154.2

2.8 TunnelsMile 11.3 - 4500 feet. TIBS communicationoutage area.Mile 20.4, 29.0, 29.9, 32.2, 33.0, 53.5, 55.4,55.5 and 125.6 Mile 140.6 - 3939 feet. TIBScommunication outage area.


(b) Beltpack assignments working betweenGovernment Road crossing (Mile 41) and theSwitch (Mile 41.5) can consider thistrackage known to be clear provided:1. It is first ascertained to be clear;2. Any subsequent departing train has

reported clear of Government Roadcrossing (Mile 41) and the NorthYard Siding Switch (Mile 41.5). Thisinformation may be received from theRTC or the crew of the departingtrain; and

3. Any subsequent arriving train hasreported clear of this trackage or isphysically identified to have arrived.



and4. No more than 25 cars are handled

north of Government Road Crossing(Mile 41)

2.5 Wayside Inspection SystemsDetector Inspection and Setoff Point14.4 S - Mile 12.7; N - Brunswick44.3 S - Squamish; N- Cheakamus97.7 S - Pemberton; N - Creekside152.3 S - Retaskit; N - Lillooet

2.6 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORSMile 3.5, 9.7, 12.7, 22.2, 31.2, 36.4, 51.7, 54.6,58.5, 61.6, 65.5, 69.1, 72.9, 79.4, 85.1, 87.9,92.4, 101.1, 104.7, 109.0, 114.5, 117.0, 122.0,125.0, 128.4, 135.0, 142.7, 147.5, 154.2.


2.8 TunnelsMile 11.3 - 4500 feet. TIBS communicationoutage area.Mile 20.4, 29.0, 29.9, 32.2, 33.0, 53.5, 55.4,55.5 and 125.6 Mile 140.6 - 3939 feet. TIBScommunication outage area.



2.9 Hazard DetectorsMile 51.97 - 52.08 317 feetMile 54.89 - 55.41 770 feetMile 55.29 - 55.53 1385 feetMile 55.76 - 56.00 1265 feetMile 56.47 - 56.56 452 feet

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil


4.1 Equipment RestrictionsHeaviest car permitted (included contents):286,000 lbs.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH3.5 to 10.9 zone 2010.9 to 42.0 zone 2542.0 to 50.8 zone 3550.8 to 95.0 zone 2095.0 to 100.4 zone 30100.4 to 105.4 zone 20105.4 to 110.6 zone 25110.6 to 116.4 zone 20116.4 to 124.0 zone 25124.0 to 157.6 zone 20135.2 to 135.6 15146.8 to 147.7 15150.6 to 150.9 15

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) Mile 29.2 to 29.3, Mile 91.5 to 92.0, and

Mile 125.5 to 126.0 - Unless track is seento be clear, maximum permissible speed 15MPH.

(b) 2%+ Grades - 20 MPH must not beexceeded by northward movements Mile80.4 - 94.9 and Mile 114.3 - 123.3 andsouthward movements Mile 112.6- 100.4 andMile 73.1- 50.8. This instruction is notapplicable to northward movements Mile116.4 - 123.3 where the engines are dynamicbrake equipped and less than 26% of thecars on the train are loaded.

(c) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 0.19(Mahon Ave) - movements approachingwithin 300 feet of crossing must not exceed10 mph until crossing fully occupied.

(d) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 0.22(Marina Ave) - movements approachingwithin 300 feet of crossing must not exceed10 mph until crossing fully occupied.


2.9 Hazard DetectorsMile 51.97 - 52.08 317 feetMile 54.89 - 55.41 770 feetMile 55.29 - 55.53 1385 feetMile 55.76 - 56.00 1265 feetMile 56.47 - 56.56 452 feet

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH3.5 to 10.9 zone 2010.9 to 42.0 zone 2542.0 to 50.8 zone 3550.8 to 95.0 zone 2095.0 to 100.4 zone 30100.4 to 105.4 zone 20105.4 to 110.6 zone 25110.6 to 116.4 zone 20116.4 to 124.0 zone 25124.0 to 157.6 zone 20135.2 to 135.6 15146.8 to 147.7 15150.6 to 150.9 15

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) Mile 29.2 to 29.3, Mile 91.5 to 92.0, and

Mile 125.5 to 126.0 - Unless track is seento be clear, maximum permissible speed 15MPH.

(b) 2%+ Grades - 20 MPH must not beexceeded by northward movements Mile80.4 - 94.9 and Mile 114.3 - 123.3 andsouthward movements Mile 112.6- 100.4 andMile 73.1- 50.8. This instruction is notapplicable to northward movements Mile116.4 - 123.3 where the engines are dynamicbrake equipped and less than 26% of thecars on the train are loaded.

(c) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 0.19(Mahon Ave) - movements approachingwithin 300 feet of crossing must not exceed10 mph until crossing fully occupied.

(d) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 0.22(Marina Ave) - movements approachingwithin 300 feet of crossing must not exceed10 mph until crossing fully occupied.



(e) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 0.55(Bewicke Ave)- movements approachingwithin 300 feet of crossing must not exceed10 mph until crossing fully occupied.

(f) Mile 42.8 - Do not exceed 30 MPH whilepassing the AEI Reader located at the publiccrossing at grade.

(g) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 141.4 -movements approaching within 500 feet ofcrossing must not exceed 15 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.

(h) Public Crossing at Grade -Mile 157.8 -northward movements approaching within300 feet of crossing must not exceed 10mph until crossing fully occupied.

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADEMile 2.6 - Crossing gates manually or DTMFoperated. Before operating gates, an employeemust be in the immediate vicinity to ensure that itis safe to do so. DTMF code to lower: Channel 7code 0259*. DTMF code to raise: Channel 7 code0259#. Manual operation: switch box at bungalowcontains switch with “Gates Closed” and “GatesOpen” positions. Box must be left closed andlocked when not in use. NOTE: Whichever methodwas used to lower gate, must also be employedto raise gate.

7 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE ONSPURS AND OTHER TRACKSMile 139.5 - Darcy - Back track - Rail BusStorage. Equipment must not be left foul of thistrack.



(e) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 0.55(Bewicke Ave)- movements approachingwithin 300 feet of crossing must not exceed10 mph until crossing fully occupied.

(f) Mile 42.8 - Do not exceed 30 MPH whilepassing the AEI Reader located at the publiccrossing at grade.

(g) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 141.4 -movements approaching within 500 feet ofcrossing must not exceed 15 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.

(h) Public Crossing at Grade -Mile 157.8 -northward movements approaching within300 feet of crossing must not exceed 10mph until crossing fully occupied.

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADEMile 2.6 - Crossing gates manually or DTMFoperated. Before operating gates, an employeemust be in the immediate vicinity to ensure that itis safe to do so. DTMF code to lower: Channel 7code 0259*. DTMF code to raise: Channel 7 code0259#. Manual operation: switch box at bungalowcontains switch with “Gates Closed” and “GatesOpen” positions. Box must be left closed andlocked when not in use. NOTE: Whichever methodwas used to lower gate, must also be employedto raise gate.

7 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE ONSPURS AND OTHER TRACKSMile 139.5 - Darcy - Back track - Rail BusStorage. Equipment must not be left foul of thistrack.



[125 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION

PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION

Bulkley Subdivision ............................................. 143

Chetwynd Subdivision ......................................... 156

Dawson Creek Subdivision .................................. 170

Fort Nelson ......................................................... 168

Fort St. John ....................................................... 165

Fraser Subdivision ............................................... 126

Kitimat Subdivision .............................................. 153

Lillooet Subdivision .............................................. 130

Mackenzie Subdivision ........................................ 161

Nechako Subdivision ........................................... 137

Prince George Subdivision .................................. 133

Skeena Subdivision ............................................. 147

Stuart Subdivision ............................................... 172

Takla Subdivision ................................................. 174

Telkwa Subdivision .............................................. 140

Tumbler Subdivision ............................................ 163

ZONE OFFICERSJoe Bekavac Superintendent Prince George

(250) 561-4046

Dave Radford Asst. Superintendent Prince George(250) 565-8285

Tony Fortino Asst. Superintendent Prince George(250) 561-4182

Dan Carter Asst. Superintendent Fort St. John(250) 261-2801

Brad Butterwick Trainmaster Prince George(250) 565-8270

Terry Chupa Trainmaster Prince George(250) 565-8270

Peter Sampson Trainmaster Prince George(250) 565-8270

Wade Spencer Trainmaster Prince George(250) 561-4124

Rob Pasowicz Trainmaster Prince George(250) 561-4045

Peter McCordic Trainmaster Fort St. John(250) 261-2802

Andrew Glastetter Trainmaster Chetwynd(250) 788-7780

Robin Anderson Trainmaster Williams Lake(250) 398-3780

Scott Cullion Trainmaster Williams Lake(250) 398-3786

Darren Payment Trainmaster Terrace(250) 638-6632

[125 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION

PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION

Bulkley Subdivision ............................................. 143

Chetwynd Subdivision ......................................... 156

Dawson Creek Subdivision .................................. 170

Fort Nelson ......................................................... 168

Fort St. John ....................................................... 165

Fraser Subdivision ............................................... 126

Kitimat Subdivision .............................................. 153

Lillooet Subdivision .............................................. 130

Mackenzie Subdivision ........................................ 161

Nechako Subdivision ........................................... 137

Prince George Subdivision .................................. 133

Skeena Subdivision ............................................. 147

Stuart Subdivision ............................................... 172

Takla Subdivision ................................................. 174

Telkwa Subdivision .............................................. 140

Tumbler Subdivision ............................................ 163

ZONE OFFICERSJoe Bekavac Superintendent Prince George

(250) 561-4046

Dave Radford Asst. Superintendent Prince George(250) 565-8285

Tony Fortino Asst. Superintendent Prince George(250) 561-4182

Dan Carter Asst. Superintendent Fort St. John(250) 261-2801

Brad Butterwick Trainmaster Prince George(250) 565-8270

Terry Chupa Trainmaster Prince George(250) 565-8270

Peter Sampson Trainmaster Prince George(250) 565-8270

Wade Spencer Trainmaster Prince George(250) 561-4124

Rob Pasowicz Trainmaster Prince George(250) 561-4045

Peter McCordic Trainmaster Fort St. John(250) 261-2802

Andrew Glastetter Trainmaster Chetwynd(250) 788-7780

Robin Anderson Trainmaster Williams Lake(250) 398-3780

Scott Cullion Trainmaster Williams Lake(250) 398-3786

Darren Payment Trainmaster Terrace(250) 638-6632

[126 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - FRASER SUBDIVISION

FRASER SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule B - Prince George Terminal Area

(PGTA) - consists of all trackage betweenMile 143.0 Fraser Sub and Mile 6.31Nechako Sub. All employees within this areamust have a copy of the Prince George Emer-gency Preparedness Plan accessible whileon duty.

(b) Rule 14(l)(iv) applicable at all crossingswithin the PGTA.

(c) Subdivision Tracks - applicable betweenMcBride and Harrison and betweenMatheson and Prince George. Rule 103.1(c)not applicable.

(d) Rule 104 (c) - subdivision switch, Mile 1.01McBride may be left lined and locked in ei-ther position.

MCBRIDE Y 0.0

HARRISON 4.0

POSER 14.1 6590

LOOS 36.9 6570

BEND 57.7 6370

PENNY 69.5

LONGWORTH 79.4 13000

HUTTON 87.4

DEWEY 92.2 6540

HANSARD 100.2

ALEZA LAKE 108.8 6475

GISCOME 122.4

WOLVERINE 123.6 6510

SHELLEY 136.3 6560

MATHESON 143.0

PRINCE GEORGE Y 146.1

0.0

FRASERSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

12.3

42.0

70.2

98.9

126.4

C3T1

*4612

C3T2

#4613

C2T1

*4614

C2T2

#4615

C2T1

*4616

W E

OCS

Rul

e 10

5 143.0

84*4502

81*4503

84*4504

81*4505

84*4506

1+

Rul

E10

5

TGBO

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN HARRISON AND MATHESON


BETWEEN MCBRIDE AND HARRISON ANDBETWEEN MATHESON AND PRINCE GEORGE


FRASER SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



(PGTA) - consists of all trackage betweenMile 143.0 Fraser Sub and Mile 6.31Nechako Sub. All employees within this areamust have a copy of the Prince George Emer-gency Preparedness Plan accessible whileon duty.

(b) Rule 14(l)(iv) applicable at all crossingswithin the PGTA.

(c) Subdivision Tracks - applicable betweenMcBride and Harrison and betweenMatheson and Prince George. Rule 103.1(c)not applicable.

(d) Rule 104 (c) - subdivision switch, Mile 1.01McBride may be left lined and locked in ei-ther position.

MCBRIDE Y 0.0

HARRISON 4.0

POSER 14.1 6590

LOOS 36.9 6570

BEND 57.7 6370

PENNY 69.5

LONGWORTH 79.4 13000

HUTTON 87.4

DEWEY 92.2 6540

HANSARD 100.2

ALEZA LAKE 108.8 6475

GISCOME 122.4

WOLVERINE 123.6 6510

SHELLEY 136.3 6560

MATHESON 143.0

PRINCE GEORGE Y 146.1

0.0

FRASERSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

12.3

42.0

70.2

98.9

126.4

C3T1

*4612

C3T2

#4613

C2T1

*4614

C2T2

#4615

C2T1

*4616

W E

OCS

Rul

e 10

5 143.0

84*4502

81*4503

84*4504

81*4505

84*4506

1+

Rul

E10

5

TGBO

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN HARRISON AND MATHESON


BETWEEN MCBRIDE AND HARRISON ANDBETWEEN MATHESON AND PRINCE GEORGE


(e) Rule 104.5 - Exception derail located at:Shelley east end of siding.

(f) Rule 105(a) - applicable on all trackagewhere Rule 105 applies.

(g) Rule 105 - PGTA: maximum permissiblespeed on east and west legs of wye andtracks G062-3, G071, G081, G105 and G222- 7 miles per hour.

(h) Rule 112(ii)McBride Yard - the minimum handbrakechart must be applied to a maximum of 3handbrakes per application.PGTA• All AB, AD, AE and G226 - a minimum

of 1 handbrake must be applied to themost eastward piece of equipment lefton these tracks.

• AC32 thru to AC41, G061, G070-71,G105 and G223-225 - a minimum of 1handbrake must be applied to mostwestward piece of equipment left onthese tracks.

• handbrakes are not required on cars inall AA tracks.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 McBride - All movements must contact RTC foryarding instructions. Maximum permissible speed:tracks YF25 - Rainbow and on wye - 6 mph.

2.2 Radio Mile 130.5 - When attempting to makeradio contact in this area, if no response is re-ceived when broadcasting on channel 1, set theradio to channel 8 and re-transmit the message.The message will be broadcast on both channels1 and 8. The party answering need not changetheir radio channel, and can reply on channel 1.


2.4 HAZARD WARNING SYSTEMMile 7.91 240 feetMile 45.6 160 feet

2.5 PGTA - WEST DEPRESS TRACK G124 - switch-ing must be performed with air throughout themovement. Equipment must be shoved to rest.

PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - FRASER SUBDIVISION[127 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

(e) Rule 104.5 - Exception derail located at:Shelley east end of siding.

(f) Rule 105(a) - applicable on all trackagewhere Rule 105 applies.

(g) Rule 105 - PGTA: maximum permissiblespeed on east and west legs of wye andtracks G062-3, G071, G081, G105 and G222- 7 miles per hour.

(h) Rule 112(ii)McBride Yard - the minimum handbrakechart must be applied to a maximum of 3handbrakes per application.PGTA• All AB, AD, AE and G226 - a minimum

of 1 handbrake must be applied to themost eastward piece of equipment lefton these tracks.

• AC32 thru to AC41, G061, G070-71,G105 and G223-225 - a minimum of 1handbrake must be applied to mostwestward piece of equipment left onthese tracks.

• handbrakes are not required on cars inall AA tracks.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 McBride - All movements must contact RTC foryarding instructions. Maximum permissible speed:tracks YF25 - Rainbow and on wye - 6 mph.

2.2 Radio Mile 130.5 - When attempting to makeradio contact in this area, if no response is re-ceived when broadcasting on channel 1, set theradio to channel 8 and re-transmit the message.The message will be broadcast on both channels1 and 8. The party answering need not changetheir radio channel, and can reply on channel 1.


2.4 HAZARD WARNING SYSTEMMile 7.91 240 feetMile 45.6 160 feet

2.5 PGTA - WEST DEPRESS TRACK G124 - switch-ing must be performed with air throughout themovement. Equipment must be shoved to rest.

PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - FRASER SUBDIVISION


3 INTERLOCKINGS

3.1 Non Interlocked Railway Crossing at Grade -Northwest connector between Fraser andChetwynd Subs. Maximum speed - 15 MPH.


4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):286,000 lbs. Exception: Trains handling cars ex-ceeding 268,000 lbs. must not exceed 20 MPHover bridge at Mile 99.1.Trains handling cars exceeding 276,000 lbs. mustnot exceed 15 mph over bridges Mile 46.8, 91.4and 116.0.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile Psgr Frt0.0 to 26.0 Zone 35 304.1 to 8.8 30 2515.4 to 16.0 30 2518.0 to 19.1 30 2526.0 to 50.5 Zone 40 3541.1 to 41.6 35 3048.0 to 50.5 30 2550.5 to 58.5 Zone 50 4058.5 to 68.9 Zone 45 3559.2 to 61.9 40 3568.6 to 68.9 40 3568.9 to 111.0 Zone 50 4073.0 to 73.8 40 35108.0 to 111.0 25 25111.0 to 141.2 Zone 50 45120.3 to 121.8 45 40129.6 to 129.9 40 35141.2 to 143.0 Zone 40 35143.0 to 146.1 Zone 15 15

5.2 Conditional SpeedsMile 99.1 (Bridge) - Trains handling snow plows,flangers and spreaders in operation must not ex-ceed 10 mph while the aforementioned equipmentis passing over bridge.


6.1 Mile 136.07 (Shelley Rd) - westward movementsat less than 5 MPH must be manually protected.

6.2 Mile 145.5 (First Ave) Industrial Lead and Spur -must be manually protected.


7.1 McBride Forest Spur Mile 2.5 - Track FF01. Ca-pacity 1450 feet. Points face East. Maximum Per-missible Speed -10 MPH.

PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - FRASER SUBDIVISION[128 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

3 INTERLOCKINGS

3.1 Non Interlocked Railway Crossing at Grade -Northwest connector between Fraser andChetwynd Subs. Maximum speed - 15 MPH.


4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):286,000 lbs. Exception: Trains handling cars ex-ceeding 268,000 lbs. must not exceed 20 MPHover bridge at Mile 99.1.Trains handling cars exceeding 276,000 lbs. mustnot exceed 15 mph over bridges Mile 46.8, 91.4and 116.0.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile Psgr Frt0.0 to 26.0 Zone 35 304.1 to 8.8 30 2515.4 to 16.0 30 2518.0 to 19.1 30 2526.0 to 50.5 Zone 40 3541.1 to 41.6 35 3048.0 to 50.5 30 2550.5 to 58.5 Zone 50 4058.5 to 68.9 Zone 45 3559.2 to 61.9 40 3568.6 to 68.9 40 3568.9 to 111.0 Zone 50 4073.0 to 73.8 40 35108.0 to 111.0 25 25111.0 to 141.2 Zone 50 45120.3 to 121.8 45 40129.6 to 129.9 40 35141.2 to 143.0 Zone 40 35143.0 to 146.1 Zone 15 15

5.2 Conditional SpeedsMile 99.1 (Bridge) - Trains handling snow plows,flangers and spreaders in operation must not ex-ceed 10 mph while the aforementioned equipmentis passing over bridge.


6.1 Mile 136.07 (Shelley Rd) - westward movementsat less than 5 MPH must be manually protected.

6.2 Mile 145.5 (First Ave) Industrial Lead and Spur -must be manually protected.


7.1 McBride Forest Spur Mile 2.5 - Track FF01. Ca-pacity 1450 feet. Points face East. Maximum Per-missible Speed -10 MPH.

PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - FRASER SUBDIVISION


7.2 Goat River Pit Mile 27.36 - Tracks FF21 - Maxi-mum Permissible Speed - 7 MPH.



7.2 Goat River Pit Mile 27.36 - Tracks FF21 - Maxi-mum Permissible Speed - 7 MPH.


[130 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - LILLOOET SUBDIVISION

UTA315

LILLOOET 157.6

POLLEY 158.5

FOUNTAIN 165.3

GLENFRASER 172.8 7100

PAVILION 177.9

MORAN 181.0 7065

KELLY LAKE Y 192.6 7230

CLINTON 202.8

KOSTER 218.5 7340

GRAHAM 230.3

POTTER 240.9 6960

NORRIS 248.0

EDMUND 256.1

EXETER 259.5 8900

TATTON 263.2

LAC LA HACHE 273.4 2545

WRIGHT 281.4 7250

ONWARD 305.7 6635

LAKESIDE 310.4

WILLIAMS LAKE 312.9

157.6

312.9

LILLOOETSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

203.2

139

N S

ocs 1

Rul

e 1

05

TGBO

Rul

e 1

05

238.6

298.2

142

140

141

143

144

146

UTA317

UTB316

LILLOOET SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 104.2 - Dual control switches located

at Glenfraser - both switches and Moran -both switches. Divisional Data Item 9applicable.

(b) Rule 104.5 - Exception Derails: GlenFraser - south end. Onward - north end.

(c) Rule 105.1 - Unless authorization received,equipment must not be left on Onwardsiding.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN POLLEY AND LAKESIDE


BETWEEN LILLOOET AND POLLEYAND BETWEEN LAKESIDE AND WILLIAMS LAKE

145


UTA315

LILLOOET 157.6

POLLEY 158.5

FOUNTAIN 165.3

GLENFRASER 172.8 7100

PAVILION 177.9

MORAN 181.0 7065

KELLY LAKE Y 192.6 7230

CLINTON 202.8

KOSTER 218.5 7340

GRAHAM 230.3

POTTER 240.9 6960

NORRIS 248.0

EDMUND 256.1

EXETER 259.5 8900

TATTON 263.2

LAC LA HACHE 273.4 2545

WRIGHT 281.4 7250

ONWARD 305.7 6635

LAKESIDE 310.4

WILLIAMS LAKE 312.9

157.6

312.9

LILLOOETSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

203.2

139

N S

ocs 1

Rul

e 1

05

TGBO

Rul

e 1

05

238.6

298.2

142

140

141

143

144

146

UTA317

UTB316

LILLOOET SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 104.2 - Dual control switches located

at Glenfraser - both switches and Moran -both switches. Divisional Data Item 9applicable.

(b) Rule 104.5 - Exception Derails: GlenFraser - south end. Onward - north end.

(c) Rule 105.1 - Unless authorization received,equipment must not be left on Onwardsiding.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN POLLEY AND LAKESIDE


BETWEEN LILLOOET AND POLLEYAND BETWEEN LAKESIDE AND WILLIAMS LAKE

145


2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Lime - Mile 197.6(a) Six axle locomotives permitted only on south

end of the additional trackage up to 200 feetbeyond the clear mark and from the northend of the additional trackage up to 600 feetbeyond the clear mark.

(b) Chemical facilities are protected by alocked gate which must be left closed andlocked after use. Derails located 1483 and1699 feet from south switch.

(c) Due to restricted clearance, only cars theheight of a cement car or less may behandled under the cement silo.

2.2 Wayside Inspection SystemsDetector Inspection and Setoff Point203.2 S - Mile 197.6, N - Mile 213.2238.6 S - Graham; N - Potter298.2 S - Mile 293.7; N - Onward

2.3 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORMile 161.3, 167.1, 167.7, 169.3, 175.3, 179.7,183.0, 190.7, 199.9, 210.3, 221.8, 246.5, 253.8,257.1, 270.4, 283.7, 293.5, 308.6


2.5 TunnelsMile 168.4, 186.4, 186.6

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



4.2 Lillooet - Ainsworth Lumber - 6 axle locomotivesprohibited.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH157.6 to 191.4 zone 20191.4 to 242.7 zone 35205.9 to 206.1 (bridge) 20242.7 to 260.2 zone 25260.2 to 295.3 zone 35291.5 to 295.3 25295.3 to 312.9 zone 30310.2 to 312.9 20


2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Lime - Mile 197.6(a) Six axle locomotives permitted only on south

end of the additional trackage up to 200 feetbeyond the clear mark and from the northend of the additional trackage up to 600 feetbeyond the clear mark.

(b) Chemical facilities are protected by alocked gate which must be left closed andlocked after use. Derails located 1483 and1699 feet from south switch.

(c) Due to restricted clearance, only cars theheight of a cement car or less may behandled under the cement silo.

2.2 Wayside Inspection SystemsDetector Inspection and Setoff Point203.2 S - Mile 197.6, N - Mile 213.2238.6 S - Graham; N - Potter298.2 S - Mile 293.7; N - Onward

2.3 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORMile 161.3, 167.1, 167.7, 169.3, 175.3, 179.7,183.0, 190.7, 199.9, 210.3, 221.8, 246.5, 253.8,257.1, 270.4, 283.7, 293.5, 308.6


2.5 TunnelsMile 168.4, 186.4, 186.6

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



4.2 Lillooet - Ainsworth Lumber - 6 axle locomotivesprohibited.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH157.6 to 191.4 zone 20191.4 to 242.7 zone 35205.9 to 206.1 (bridge) 20242.7 to 260.2 zone 25260.2 to 295.3 zone 35291.5 to 295.3 25295.3 to 312.9 zone 30310.2 to 312.9 20


5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 157.8 -

northward movements approaching within300 feet of crossing must not exceed 10mph until crossing fully occupied.

(b) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 158.1 -movements approaching within 500 feet ofcrossing must not exceed 10 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.

(c) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 194.5 -northward movements within 650 feet ofcrossing must not exceed 25 mphapproaching until crossing fully occupied.

(d) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 198.1 -southward movements within 550 feet ofcrossing must not exceed 20 mphapproaching until crossing fully occupied.

(e) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 260.2 -movements within 250 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 10 mph approaching untilcrossing fully occupied.

(f) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 271.6 -southward movements within 750 feet ofcrossing must not exceed 25 mphapproaching until crossing fully occupied.

(g) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 310.2 -movements within 750 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 20 mph approaching untilcrossing fully occupied.




PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - LILLOOET SUBDIVISION[132 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005



(b) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 158.1 -movements approaching within 500 feet ofcrossing must not exceed 10 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.

(c) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 194.5 -northward movements within 650 feet ofcrossing must not exceed 25 mphapproaching until crossing fully occupied.


(e) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 260.2 -movements within 250 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 10 mph approaching untilcrossing fully occupied.

(f) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 271.6 -southward movements within 750 feet ofcrossing must not exceed 25 mphapproaching until crossing fully occupied.

(g) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 310.2 -movements within 750 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 20 mph approaching untilcrossing fully occupied.




PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - LILLOOET SUBDIVISION

[133 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - PRINCE GEORGE SUBDIVISION

UTA317

WILLIAMS LAKE 312.9

COMER 318.0

MACKIN 326.8 7350

SODA CREEK 335.5 1500

GIBRALTAR 344.1

MACALISTER 346.6 7300

AUSTRALIAN 365.2

DRAGON 374.4 7230

WESTPLY 381.0

QUESNEL 384.8 11365

BAKER 389.0

COTWOOD 396.6

GREENING 404.6 5525

DUNKLEY 413.6

COLEBANK 416.5 7200

HIXON 424.5 2350

CRYSDALE 440.3 6045

CALE CREEK 452.6

CARRIER 456.5

PRINCE GEORGE SOUTH 462.4

312.9

462.4

PRINCE GEORGESUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

350.1

160

N S

ocs

1

Rul

e 1

05

TGBO

Rul

e 1

05

409.3

163

161

162

164

165

166

UTA319

UTB318

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN COMER AND WESTPLY AND BETWEEN

BAKER AND CARRIERCONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.

RULE 105 AND RULE 105(a) APPLICABLEBETWEEN WILLIAMS LAKE AND COMER AND BETWEEN

WESTPLY AND BAKER AND BETWEENCARRIER AND PRINCE GEORGE SOUTH

PRINCE GEORGE SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 104.5 - Exception Derails: Norlake

siding north end, Mackin siding north endand Colebank siding north end.

(b) Rule 105.1 - Unless authorization received,equipment must not be left on Mackin orGreening siding.

(c) Subdivision Track - Westply to Baker:WOC coordinator must provide verbalpermission for the movement of trains,engines and track units as well as protectionof track work as provided for by Rule 40.1on this track.

167

ocs

Rul

e 1

05


UTA317

WILLIAMS LAKE 312.9

COMER 318.0

MACKIN 326.8 7350

SODA CREEK 335.5 1500

GIBRALTAR 344.1

MACALISTER 346.6 7300

AUSTRALIAN 365.2

DRAGON 374.4 7230

WESTPLY 381.0

QUESNEL 384.8 11365

BAKER 389.0

COTWOOD 396.6

GREENING 404.6 5525

DUNKLEY 413.6

COLEBANK 416.5 7200

HIXON 424.5 2350

CRYSDALE 440.3 6045

CALE CREEK 452.6

CARRIER 456.5

PRINCE GEORGE SOUTH 462.4

312.9

462.4

PRINCE GEORGESUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

350.1

160

N S

ocs

1

Rul

e 1

05

TGBO

Rul

e 1

05

409.3

163

161

162

164

165

166

UTA319

UTB318

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN COMER AND WESTPLY AND BETWEEN

BAKER AND CARRIERCONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.

RULE 105 AND RULE 105(a) APPLICABLEBETWEEN WILLIAMS LAKE AND COMER AND BETWEEN

WESTPLY AND BAKER AND BETWEENCARRIER AND PRINCE GEORGE SOUTH

PRINCE GEORGE SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 104.5 - Exception Derails: Norlake

siding north end, Mackin siding north endand Colebank siding north end.

(b) Rule 105.1 - Unless authorization received,equipment must not be left on Mackin orGreening siding.

(c) Subdivision Track - Westply to Baker:WOC coordinator must provide verbalpermission for the movement of trains,engines and track units as well as protectionof track work as provided for by Rule 40.1on this track.

167

ocs

Rul

e 1

05


(d) Subdivision Track - Carrier to PrinceGeorge South: Prince George coordinatormust provide verbal permission for themovement of trains, engines and track unitsas well as protection of track work asprovided for by Rule 40.1 on this track.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Williams Lake(a) Six axle locomotives prohibited from

operating on the industrial track or any trackon the Web north of the paved road crossing.

(b) Riverside - prior to entering, warning lightsmust be activated. Channel 7, Press *4,listen to voice message and tone. Press 111to activate lights. Press 222 to deactivatelights. When clear of trackage.Note: Before entering track, crews mustensure that other movements are notswitching at this location unless anunderstanding is made to avoid conflict.

(c) Lignum Lumber Track - crew must activatewarning lights before entering track.

2.2 Norlake(a) Six axle locomotives prohibited from

operating on the Riverside and Soda CreekTie Track, West Fraser Chip Track, P&Ttracks 2 and 3 and chip tracks 1 and 2, orany Weldwood trackage.

(b) West Fraser Chip track and P&T Trackage- crew must activate warning lights beforeentering tracks.

2.3 QuesnelEngines must have permission from the WOCcoordinator prior to entering Cariboo Pulp orQuesnel River Pulp trackage. Permission mustbe obtained at least 30 minutes prior to entry.Coordinator must be advised when switching hasbeen completed.

2.4 DunkleyDue to restricted side clearance for locomotivesat lumber loading spur platform, sufficient reachersmust be used when switching.

2.5 Prince George(a) Freight trains arriving Prince George must

not exceed 5 mph while passing personnelperforming a roll-by inspection.

(b) Movements pulling or spotting customertrackage located south of Mile 461.2 musthave air throughout movement to providesufficient operative brake to controlmovement.


(d) Subdivision Track - Carrier to PrinceGeorge South: Prince George coordinatormust provide verbal permission for themovement of trains, engines and track unitsas well as protection of track work asprovided for by Rule 40.1 on this track.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Williams Lake(a) Six axle locomotives prohibited from

operating on the industrial track or any trackon the Web north of the paved road crossing.

(b) Riverside - prior to entering, warning lightsmust be activated. Channel 7, Press *4,listen to voice message and tone. Press 111to activate lights. Press 222 to deactivatelights. When clear of trackage.Note: Before entering track, crews mustensure that other movements are notswitching at this location unless anunderstanding is made to avoid conflict.

(c) Lignum Lumber Track - crew must activatewarning lights before entering track.

2.2 Norlake(a) Six axle locomotives prohibited from

operating on the Riverside and Soda CreekTie Track, West Fraser Chip Track, P&Ttracks 2 and 3 and chip tracks 1 and 2, orany Weldwood trackage.

(b) West Fraser Chip track and P&T Trackage- crew must activate warning lights beforeentering tracks.

2.3 QuesnelEngines must have permission from the WOCcoordinator prior to entering Cariboo Pulp orQuesnel River Pulp trackage. Permission mustbe obtained at least 30 minutes prior to entry.Coordinator must be advised when switching hasbeen completed.

2.4 DunkleyDue to restricted side clearance for locomotivesat lumber loading spur platform, sufficient reachersmust be used when switching.

2.5 Prince George(a) Freight trains arriving Prince George must


(b) Movements pulling or spotting customertrackage located south of Mile 461.2 musthave air throughout movement to providesufficient operative brake to controlmovement.


(c) Wye Mile 460.8 - six axle locomotives mustbe wyed individually.

2.6 WILD Detector - Mile 350.0. Trains shouldoperate at a consistent speed of 35 mph to ensureproper wheel impact load detection.

2.7 Wayside Inspection SystemsDetector Inspection and Setoff Point350.1 S - Gibraltar; N - Mile 358.2409.3 S - Greening B/T; N - Dunkley

2.8 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORSMile 319.6, 328.6, 332.0, 367.4, 372.9, 380.5,396.8, 402.0, 427.9, 445.1.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONSHeaviest car permitted (included contents):286,000 lbs.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH312.9 to 315.0 zone 25315.0 to 367.6 zone 35318.8 to 320.0 20320.0 to 325.5 30325.5 to 331.5 20331.5 to 333.6 25339.5 to 343.2 30367.6 to 375.2 zone 40375.2 to 414.0 zone 30377.0 to 380.0 25380.0 to 397.0 20400.5 to 401.0 20405.5 to 408.0 25414.0 to 420.0 zone 40420.0 to 444.5 zone 30426.8 to 429.2 20444.2 to 444.5 25444.5 to 462.4 zone 40451.5 to 454.3 30460.0 to 462.4 30


(c) Wye Mile 460.8 - six axle locomotives mustbe wyed individually.


2.7 Wayside Inspection SystemsDetector Inspection and Setoff Point350.1 S - Gibraltar; N - Mile 358.2409.3 S - Greening B/T; N - Dunkley

2.8 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORSMile 319.6, 328.6, 332.0, 367.4, 372.9, 380.5,396.8, 402.0, 427.9, 445.1.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONSHeaviest car permitted (included contents):286,000 lbs.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH312.9 to 315.0 zone 25315.0 to 367.6 zone 35318.8 to 320.0 20320.0 to 325.5 30325.5 to 331.5 20331.5 to 333.6 25339.5 to 343.2 30367.6 to 375.2 zone 40375.2 to 414.0 zone 30377.0 to 380.0 25380.0 to 397.0 20400.5 to 401.0 20405.5 to 408.0 25414.0 to 420.0 zone 40420.0 to 444.5 zone 30426.8 to 429.2 20444.2 to 444.5 25444.5 to 462.4 zone 40451.5 to 454.3 30460.0 to 462.4 30



southward movements approaching within500 feet of crossing must not exceed 25mph until crossing fully occupied.

(b) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 360.2 -northward movements approaching within1000 feet of crossing must not exceed 30mph until crossing fully occupied.

(c) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 367.6 -northward movements approaching within1000 feet of crossing must not exceed 30mph until crossing fully occupied.

(d) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 375.2 -movements approaching within 750 feet ofcrossing must not exceed 30 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADEMile 460.05 Prince George - Northwardmovements entering main track at Mile 460.03must not exceed 5 mph until crossing fullyoccupied.



PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - PRINCE GEORGE SUBDIVISION[136 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005


southward movements approaching within500 feet of crossing must not exceed 25mph until crossing fully occupied.


(c) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 367.6 -northward movements approaching within1000 feet of crossing must not exceed 30mph until crossing fully occupied.


6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADEMile 460.05 Prince George - Northwardmovements entering main track at Mile 460.03must not exceed 5 mph until crossing fullyoccupied.



PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - PRINCE GEORGE SUBDIVISION

[137 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - NECHAKO SUBDIVISION

PRINCE GEORGE Y 0.0

PRINCE GEORGEWEST 1.1

MIWORTH 7.2 6630

NECHAKO 16.4

NICHOL 27.8 6805

WEDGWOOD 45.7 6510

HULATT 56.3

CARIBOO 66.3 6810

VANDERHOOF 69.4

McCALL 76.3

ENGEN 82.6 6665

WILLOWVALE 90.8

ENCOMBE 102.0 6670

ENDAKO Y 115.4

1.1

NECHAKOSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

14.9*

18.3

42.7

69.9

87.8

112.6

C2T1

*4481

C4T1

*4602

C4T1

*4603

C4T1

*4604

C4T1*4605

W E

CTC

115.4

82*4491

81*4492

84*4493

82*4494

81*4495

1

Rul

E10

5

TGBO

NECHAKO SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 Siding Control Territory - Divisional Data Item 1in effect on entire subdivision.

1.2 Switching signalsPrince George West - 11, 13D, 14Endako - 1149, 1150-1


(PGTA) - consists of all trackage betweenMile 143.0 Fraser Sub and Mile 6.31Nechako Sub. All employees within this areamust have a copy of the Prince GeorgeEmergency Preparedness Plan accessiblewhile on duty.

(b) Rule 14(l)(iv) applicable on trackage withinPrince George Terminal Area.

(c) Subdivision Tracks - applicable betweenPrince George and Prince George West.Rule 103.1(c) not applicable.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN PRINCE GEORGE WEST AND ENDAKO

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.SWITCHING ZONE BETWEEN MILE 1.1 AND MILE 8.0 AND

BETWEEN MILE 113.0 AND 115.4.RULE 105 AND RULE 105(a) APPLICABLE

BETWEEN PRINCE GEORGE AND PRINCE GEORGE WEST.SIDING CONTROL TERRITORY.


PRINCE GEORGE Y 0.0

PRINCE GEORGEWEST 1.1

MIWORTH 7.2 6630

NECHAKO 16.4

NICHOL 27.8 6805

WEDGWOOD 45.7 6510

HULATT 56.3

CARIBOO 66.3 6810

VANDERHOOF 69.4

McCALL 76.3

ENGEN 82.6 6665

WILLOWVALE 90.8

ENCOMBE 102.0 6670

ENDAKO Y 115.4

1.1

NECHAKOSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

14.9*

18.3

42.7

69.9

87.8

112.6

C2T1

*4481

C4T1

*4602

C4T1

*4603

C4T1

*4604

C4T1*4605

W E

CTC

115.4

82*4491

81*4492

84*4493

82*4494

81*4495

1

Rul

E10

5

TGBO

NECHAKO SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



1.2 Switching signalsPrince George West - 11, 13D, 14Endako - 1149, 1150-1


(PGTA) - consists of all trackage betweenMile 143.0 Fraser Sub and Mile 6.31Nechako Sub. All employees within this areamust have a copy of the Prince GeorgeEmergency Preparedness Plan accessiblewhile on duty.

(b) Rule 14(l)(iv) applicable on trackage withinPrince George Terminal Area.

(c) Subdivision Tracks - applicable betweenPrince George and Prince George West.Rule 103.1(c) not applicable.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN PRINCE GEORGE WEST AND ENDAKO

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.SWITCHING ZONE BETWEEN MILE 1.1 AND MILE 8.0 AND

BETWEEN MILE 113.0 AND 115.4.RULE 105 AND RULE 105(a) APPLICABLE

BETWEEN PRINCE GEORGE AND PRINCE GEORGE WEST.SIDING CONTROL TERRITORY.


(d) Rule 104.5 - Exception Derail - East endMiworth Siding.

(e) Rule 105(a) - applicable on all trackagewhere Rule 105 applies, EXCEPT sidings,between Mile 0.0 and Mile 115.4.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Endako - All movements must contact RTC foryarding instructions.

2.2 WHEEL IMPACT LOAD DETECTOR (WILD) - Mile14.9.

2.3 Bridge Mile 95.0 - Because of the presence of“sliding joints” to allow for rail expansion and con-traction at bridge, heavy brake applications mustbe aboided within 500 feet of either side of bridge.

2.4 Endako - Maximum permissible speed on Wyetracks, NH25, 26 and 28 - 7 mph.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile Psgr Frt0.0 to 1.1 Zone 15 151.1 to 10.0 Zone 40 3510.0 to 34.5 Zone 45 4012.1 to 13.7 35 3022.5 to 24.3 30 2534.5 to 44.3 Zone 50 4544.3 to 59.8 Zone 40 3546.7 to 49.6 30 2553.4 to 54.0 35 3059.8 to 81.2 Zone 50 4067.3 to 68.4 35 3572.5 to 72.8 40 3574.1 to 77.6 35 3081.2 to 97.5 Zone 50 4587.2 to 91.3 50 4097.5 to 115.4 Zone 50 4097.5 to 101.3 35 35106.7 to 107.1 35 35



(d) Rule 104.5 - Exception Derail - East endMiworth Siding.

(e) Rule 105(a) - applicable on all trackagewhere Rule 105 applies, EXCEPT sidings,between Mile 0.0 and Mile 115.4.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Endako - All movements must contact RTC foryarding instructions.

2.2 WHEEL IMPACT LOAD DETECTOR (WILD) - Mile14.9.

2.3 Bridge Mile 95.0 - Because of the presence of“sliding joints” to allow for rail expansion and con-traction at bridge, heavy brake applications mustbe aboided within 500 feet of either side of bridge.

2.4 Endako - Maximum permissible speed on Wyetracks, NH25, 26 and 28 - 7 mph.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile Psgr Frt0.0 to 1.1 Zone 15 151.1 to 10.0 Zone 40 3510.0 to 34.5 Zone 45 4012.1 to 13.7 35 3022.5 to 24.3 30 2534.5 to 44.3 Zone 50 4544.3 to 59.8 Zone 40 3546.7 to 49.6 30 2553.4 to 54.0 35 3059.8 to 81.2 Zone 50 4067.3 to 68.4 35 3572.5 to 72.8 40 3574.1 to 77.6 35 3081.2 to 97.5 Zone 50 4587.2 to 91.3 50 4097.5 to 115.4 Zone 50 4097.5 to 101.3 35 35106.7 to 107.1 35 35




7.1 Mile 29.5 - Canfor NF23. Capacity 1794 feet.Maximum speed 5 MPH.

7.2 Mile 84.3 - Plateau Mills Ltd. NG 40 - Capacity3500 feet. Switch points face east and west. Maxi-mum Permissible Speed - 5 MPH.




7.1 Mile 29.5 - Canfor NF23. Capacity 1794 feet.Maximum speed 5 MPH.

7.2 Mile 84.3 - Plateau Mills Ltd. NG 40 - Capacity3500 feet. Switch points face east and west. Maxi-mum Permissible Speed - 5 MPH.


[140 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - TELKWA SUBDIVISION

ENDAKO Y 0.0

SAVORY 6.6

WATSON 17.8 6400

TINTAGEL 27.4 6600

BURNS LAKE 35.0

PALLING 45.4 6400

BROMAN LAKE 57.5

TOPLEY 66.5 6400

LUCAS 79.0 7380

HOUSTON 85.1

Y 88.2

BARRETT 91.7

ROBIN CREEK 105.3 6400

HUNTINGTON 117.5 6400

SMITHERS Y 125.2

0.0

TELKWASUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

25.3

50.0

73.5

97.9

C2T1

*4481

C2T1

*4482

C2T1

*4483

C2T1

*4484

C2T1

*4485

W E

CTC

125.2

82*4471

84*4472

81*4473

82*4474

81*4475

1

TGBO

TELKWA SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



1.2 SWITCHING SIGNALSEndako- 11D, 12Smithers - 1243, 1243D, 1244D

1.3 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule B - Instructions concerning Endako

yard are found in Nechako Subdivision foot-notes.

(b) Rule 14(l)(iv) applicable at public crossingsat grade Mile 85.47 and Mile 85.91.

(c) Rule 105(a) applicable on all trackage whereRule 105 applies, EXCEPT sidings betweenMile 0.0 and Mile 125.2.Exceptions: Not applicable at SmithersTracks TG01-TG12. On these tracks, fore-men requiring protection for track units mustprovide positive protection by locking out thetrack through the use of special locks or bythe use of the red signals as prescribed by

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN ENDAKO AND SMITHERS

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.SWITCHING ZONES MILE 0.0 TO 3.0 AND MILE 121.0 TO 125.2.



ENDAKO Y 0.0

SAVORY 6.6

WATSON 17.8 6400

TINTAGEL 27.4 6600

BURNS LAKE 35.0

PALLING 45.4 6400

BROMAN LAKE 57.5

TOPLEY 66.5 6400

LUCAS 79.0 7380

HOUSTON 85.1

Y 88.2

BARRETT 91.7

ROBIN CREEK 105.3 6400

HUNTINGTON 117.5 6400

SMITHERS Y 125.2

0.0

TELKWASUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

25.3

50.0

73.5

97.9

C2T1

*4481

C2T1

*4482

C2T1

*4483

C2T1

*4484

C2T1

*4485

W E

CTC

125.2

82*4471

84*4472

81*4473

82*4474

81*4475

1

TGBO

TELKWA SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



1.2 SWITCHING SIGNALSEndako- 11D, 12Smithers - 1243, 1243D, 1244D

1.3 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule B - Instructions concerning Endako

yard are found in Nechako Subdivision foot-notes.

(b) Rule 14(l)(iv) applicable at public crossingsat grade Mile 85.47 and Mile 85.91.

(c) Rule 105(a) applicable on all trackage whereRule 105 applies, EXCEPT sidings betweenMile 0.0 and Mile 125.2.Exceptions: Not applicable at SmithersTracks TG01-TG12. On these tracks, fore-men requiring protection for track units mustprovide positive protection by locking out thetrack through the use of special locks or bythe use of the red signals as prescribed by

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN ENDAKO AND SMITHERS

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.SWITCHING ZONES MILE 0.0 TO 3.0 AND MILE 121.0 TO 125.2.



Rule 40.1, ensuring that they will be visible toall trains and engines, moving and or switch-ing within these limits.

(d) Rule 112 - Smithers - Handbrakes must beapplied to a maximum of 6 handbrakes.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Smithers Terminal(a) Maximum permissible speed on wye

tracks - TG26, TG27 and TG29 - 10 MPH.(b) Yarding Instructions Smithers - All trains

must contact the Edmonton Pod on CH 3and keying * 1 on the DTMF pad.

(c) Loaded coal trains may only operate ontracks TG 01 to TG 04 inclusive.

2.2 Bridge Mile 93.3 - Because of the presence of“sliding joints” to allow for rail expansion and con-traction at bridge, heavy brake applications mustbe avoided witin 500 feet of either side of bridge.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile Psgr Frt0.0 to 3.1 Zone 35 353.1 to 42.0 Zone 50 407.8 to 8.3 40 3510.9 to 12.9 45 4027.7 to 28.2 40 3530.8 to 33.6 35 3042.0 to 84.0 Zone 50 4553.0 to 54.5 40 3584.0 to 125.2 Zone 50 4099.3 to 99.7 45 40102.1 to 104.1 35 30111.6 to 111.9 40 35119.7 to 120.0 45 40



7.1 Canfor - Mile 88.2. Access to Canfor is gainedfrom the east leg of Wye track TD72. Crews mustbe on the lookout for the Canfor car mover operat-ing on east leg of Wye track TD72.


Rule 40.1, ensuring that they will be visible toall trains and engines, moving and or switch-ing within these limits.

(d) Rule 112 - Smithers - Handbrakes must beapplied to a maximum of 6 handbrakes.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Smithers Terminal(a) Maximum permissible speed on wye

tracks - TG26, TG27 and TG29 - 10 MPH.(b) Yarding Instructions Smithers - All trains

must contact the Edmonton Pod on CH 3and keying * 1 on the DTMF pad.

(c) Loaded coal trains may only operate ontracks TG 01 to TG 04 inclusive.

2.2 Bridge Mile 93.3 - Because of the presence of“sliding joints” to allow for rail expansion and con-traction at bridge, heavy brake applications mustbe avoided witin 500 feet of either side of bridge.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile Psgr Frt0.0 to 3.1 Zone 35 353.1 to 42.0 Zone 50 407.8 to 8.3 40 3510.9 to 12.9 45 4027.7 to 28.2 40 3530.8 to 33.6 35 3042.0 to 84.0 Zone 50 4553.0 to 54.5 40 3584.0 to 125.2 Zone 50 4099.3 to 99.7 45 40102.1 to 104.1 35 30111.6 to 111.9 40 35119.7 to 120.0 45 40



7.1 Canfor - Mile 88.2. Access to Canfor is gainedfrom the east leg of Wye track TD72. Crews mustbe on the lookout for the Canfor car mover operat-ing on east leg of Wye track TD72.


7.2 West Fraser - Mile 123.6. Tracks TF 15 to TF 17inclusive. Capacity 2200 ft. Switch points face eastand west. Maximum Permissible Speed - 5 mph.


PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - TELKWA SUBDIVISION[142 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

7.2 West Fraser - Mile 123.6. Tracks TF 15 to TF 17inclusive. Capacity 2200 ft. Switch points face eastand west. Maximum Permissible Speed - 5 mph.


PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - TELKWA SUBDIVISION

[143 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - BULKLEY SUBDIVISION

0.0

131.9

BULKLEYSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

SMITHERS Y 0.0

EVELYN 9.5 6490

MORICETOWN 22.3 7150

BULKLEY CANYON 38.8

FLEMING 45.6

McLEOD 48.6

CARNABY 57.2

ANDIMAUL 68.1 6530

CEDARVALE 85.9 6855

GRAND TRUNK 96.6

PACIFIC 106.9 6650

HEGSTAD 117.3

TERRACE Y 131.9

24.1

51.2

78.3

99.8

122.6

C4T1

*4581

C4T1

*4582

C4T1

*4583

C4T1

*4584

C4T1

*4585

CTC

2

W E

11

82*4471

84*4472

81*4473

82*4474

81*4475

TGBO

BULKLEY SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



1.2 Switching SignalsSmithers: 07D, 08Terrace: 1311, 1313D, 1314S, 11D, 12D

1.3 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule B - Instructions concerning Smithers

Yard will be found in Telkwa Subdivision foot-notes. Instructions concerning Terrace Yardwill be found in Skeena Subdivision footnotes.

(b) Rule 104.5 Self Restoring Derail locatedat: Smithers West, Mile 0.7 (DTMF code*337).

(c) Rule 105(a) - Applicable on all trackagewhere Rule 105 applies, EXCEPT sidings be-tween Mile 0.0 and Mile 131.9.Exceptions: Not applicable at SmithersTracks TG01-TG12 and Terrace TracksBF11-BF23. On these tracks, foremen re-quiring protection for track units must pro-vide positive protection by locking out thetrack through the use of special locks or bythe use of the red signals as prescribed by

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN SMITHERS AND TERRACE

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.SWITCHING ZONE BETWEEN MILE 0.0 AND MILE 5.0

AND BETWEEN MILE 129.0 AND MILE 131.9.SIDING CONTROL TERRITORY.

[143 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - BULKLEY SUBDIVISION

0.0

131.9

BULKLEYSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

SMITHERS Y 0.0

EVELYN 9.5 6490

MORICETOWN 22.3 7150

BULKLEY CANYON 38.8

FLEMING 45.6

McLEOD 48.6

CARNABY 57.2

ANDIMAUL 68.1 6530

CEDARVALE 85.9 6855

GRAND TRUNK 96.6

PACIFIC 106.9 6650

HEGSTAD 117.3

TERRACE Y 131.9

24.1

51.2

78.3

99.8

122.6

C4T1

*4581

C4T1

*4582

C4T1

*4583

C4T1

*4584

C4T1

*4585

CTC

2

W E

11

82*4471

84*4472

81*4473

82*4474

81*4475

TGBO

BULKLEY SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



1.2 Switching SignalsSmithers: 07D, 08Terrace: 1311, 1313D, 1314S, 11D, 12D

1.3 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule B - Instructions concerning Smithers

Yard will be found in Telkwa Subdivision foot-notes. Instructions concerning Terrace Yardwill be found in Skeena Subdivision footnotes.

(b) Rule 104.5 Self Restoring Derail locatedat: Smithers West, Mile 0.7 (DTMF code*337).

(c) Rule 105(a) - Applicable on all trackagewhere Rule 105 applies, EXCEPT sidings be-tween Mile 0.0 and Mile 131.9.Exceptions: Not applicable at SmithersTracks TG01-TG12 and Terrace TracksBF11-BF23. On these tracks, foremen re-quiring protection for track units must pro-vide positive protection by locking out thetrack through the use of special locks or bythe use of the red signals as prescribed by

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN SMITHERS AND TERRACE

CONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.SWITCHING ZONE BETWEEN MILE 0.0 AND MILE 5.0



Rule 40.1, ensuring that they will be visibleto all trains and engines, moving and orswitching within these limits.

1.4 CTC SPECIAL FEATURESTerrace: Terrace East control location consistsof a turnout for movement between Terrace yardand the Bulkley or Kitimat Subdivisions. The trackbetween Signal 1313D and 1314S is signalledtrack.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Locomotive Engineers ManualDesignated Locomotive tie-up tracks:Terrace: BF 40, 41 and 43

2.2 EMERGENCY RADIOSBulkley Canyon East - Mile 38.1 (PT-500 5 wattRadio Channels 1, 4, 82, 84)Andimaul East - Mile 67.4 (Motorola Locomotive30-watt Radio Channels 1, 4, 81, 84)Grand Trunk East - Mile 95.9 (Motorola Locomo-tive 30-watt Radio Channels 1, 4, 81, 82)Pacific East - Mile 106.2 (PT-300 5-watt RadioChannels 1, 4, 81, 82)Hegstad East - Mile 116.6 (PT-300 5-watt RadioChannels 1, 4, 81, 82)Hot Box Detector - Mile 122.6 (PT-300 5-wattRadio Channels 1, 4, 81, 82)Radios are mounted on track side of bungalowsinside green boxes and are secured with standardswitch locks. Also installed inside is a 10 volt 18watt signal light bulb constantly lit during dark-ness hours and for slight heat purposes for theradios during the winter months. All locations mustbe secured after use.

2.3 Avalanche Zone - Mile 119.9 and Mile 120.5. Ava-lanche rescue equipment located at Mile 122.0Kitselas Tunnel tool shed.

2.4 TUNNELSMile Length13.4 395 feet40.8 2069 feet41.9 479 feet43.3 349 feet78.9 655 feet90.8 120 feet121.9 1238 feet122.1 201 feet122.3 555 feet122.8 931 feet

PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - BULKLEY SUBDIVISION[144 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

Rule 40.1, ensuring that they will be visibleto all trains and engines, moving and orswitching within these limits.

1.4 CTC SPECIAL FEATURESTerrace: Terrace East control location consistsof a turnout for movement between Terrace yardand the Bulkley or Kitimat Subdivisions. The trackbetween Signal 1313D and 1314S is signalledtrack.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Locomotive Engineers ManualDesignated Locomotive tie-up tracks:Terrace: BF 40, 41 and 43

2.2 EMERGENCY RADIOSBulkley Canyon East - Mile 38.1 (PT-500 5 wattRadio Channels 1, 4, 82, 84)Andimaul East - Mile 67.4 (Motorola Locomotive30-watt Radio Channels 1, 4, 81, 84)Grand Trunk East - Mile 95.9 (Motorola Locomo-tive 30-watt Radio Channels 1, 4, 81, 82)Pacific East - Mile 106.2 (PT-300 5-watt RadioChannels 1, 4, 81, 82)Hegstad East - Mile 116.6 (PT-300 5-watt RadioChannels 1, 4, 81, 82)Hot Box Detector - Mile 122.6 (PT-300 5-wattRadio Channels 1, 4, 81, 82)Radios are mounted on track side of bungalowsinside green boxes and are secured with standardswitch locks. Also installed inside is a 10 volt 18watt signal light bulb constantly lit during dark-ness hours and for slight heat purposes for theradios during the winter months. All locations mustbe secured after use.

2.3 Avalanche Zone - Mile 119.9 and Mile 120.5. Ava-lanche rescue equipment located at Mile 122.0Kitselas Tunnel tool shed.

2.4 TUNNELSMile Length13.4 395 feet40.8 2069 feet41.9 479 feet43.3 349 feet78.9 655 feet90.8 120 feet121.9 1238 feet122.1 201 feet122.3 555 feet122.8 931 feet

PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - BULKLEY SUBDIVISION


2.5 Bridges Mile 28.4, 36.4, 50.5 and 62.3 -Because of presence of “sliding joints” toallow for rail expansion and contraction at bridge,heavy brake applications must be avoided witin500 feet of either side of bridge.

2.6 Terrace Yard - Tracks BF 12 and 13. Maximumpermissible speed - 10 mph.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



4.2 Bridge Mile 48.1 - Movements handling cars inseries 679000-679499 must stop and may thenproceed on hand or radio signals over bridge onNorth Track and South Track at Mile 48.1.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile Psgr Frt

MPH MPH0.0 to 4.6 Zone 45 354.6 to 22.8 Zone 45 4022.8 to 36.2 Zone 45 3527.9 to 29.2 40 3530.8 to 31.7 35 2536.2 to 40.1 Zone 35 3040.1 to 45.6 Zone 30 2545.6 to 55.2 Zone 35 3045.6 to 48.6 N. Track 30 3055.2 to 62.0 Zone 45 4062.0 to 70.7 Zone 40 3562.0 to 63.1 35 2566.0 to 67.3 30 25Andimaul Siding 25 2570.7 to 82.6 Zone 45 4082.6 to 88.5 Zone 40 35Cedarvale Siding 25 2588.5 to 119.7 Zone 50 4593.0 to 93.4 40 35102.0 to 102.8 40 35Pacific Siding 25 25110.4 to 111.4 40 35115.0 to 115.2 45 40119.7 to 123.3 Zone 40 35123.3 to 130.4 Zone 50 45130.4 to 131.9 Zone 40 35131.1 to 131.9 30 20

5.2 Mile 73.1 to 73.7Trains must not exceed 35 mph within these lim-its but may resume subdivision speed when lead-ing end of movement exits these limits.


2.5 Bridges Mile 28.4, 36.4, 50.5 and 62.3 -Because of presence of “sliding joints” toallow for rail expansion and contraction at bridge,heavy brake applications must be avoided witin500 feet of either side of bridge.

2.6 Terrace Yard - Tracks BF 12 and 13. Maximumpermissible speed - 10 mph.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



4.2 Bridge Mile 48.1 - Movements handling cars inseries 679000-679499 must stop and may thenproceed on hand or radio signals over bridge onNorth Track and South Track at Mile 48.1.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile Psgr Frt

MPH MPH0.0 to 4.6 Zone 45 354.6 to 22.8 Zone 45 4022.8 to 36.2 Zone 45 3527.9 to 29.2 40 3530.8 to 31.7 35 2536.2 to 40.1 Zone 35 3040.1 to 45.6 Zone 30 2545.6 to 55.2 Zone 35 3045.6 to 48.6 N. Track 30 3055.2 to 62.0 Zone 45 4062.0 to 70.7 Zone 40 3562.0 to 63.1 35 2566.0 to 67.3 30 25Andimaul Siding 25 2570.7 to 82.6 Zone 45 4082.6 to 88.5 Zone 40 35Cedarvale Siding 25 2588.5 to 119.7 Zone 50 4593.0 to 93.4 40 35102.0 to 102.8 40 35Pacific Siding 25 25110.4 to 111.4 40 35115.0 to 115.2 45 40119.7 to 123.3 Zone 40 35123.3 to 130.4 Zone 50 45130.4 to 131.9 Zone 40 35131.1 to 131.9 30 20

5.2 Mile 73.1 to 73.7Trains must not exceed 35 mph within these lim-its but may resume subdivision speed when lead-ing end of movement exits these limits.




6.1 Mile 8.83 (Owens Road) - Warning Devices Au-tomatic.Main Track - Eastward movements after havingstopped at Signal 88, must not exceed 10 MPHuntil crossing fully occupied.Siding - Eastward movements leaving siding atSignal 88-1 must not exceed 10 MPH until cross-ing fully occupied.


7.1 Mile 73.0 KITWANGA, BD32 - Maximum permis-sible speed - 6 mph.




6.1 Mile 8.83 (Owens Road) - Warning Devices Au-tomatic.Main Track - Eastward movements after havingstopped at Signal 88, must not exceed 10 MPHuntil crossing fully occupied.Siding - Eastward movements leaving siding atSignal 88-1 must not exceed 10 MPH until cross-ing fully occupied.


7.1 Mile 73.0 KITWANGA, BD32 - Maximum permis-sible speed - 6 mph.



[147 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - SKEENA SUBDIVISION

TERRACE Y 0.0

AMSBURY 9.6

EXSTEW 24.0 6660

SALVUS 36.5

KWINITSA 48.2 6580

SKEENA 58.5

TYEE 68.1 7650

SOCKEYE 78.3

WATSON ISLAND 86.4 6470

NEMOTO 87.3

HORBAY 91.0

PRINCE RUPERT Y 94.6

0.0

91.0

SKEENASUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

17.0

45.9

75.2

C2T1

*4462

C2T1

*4463

C2T1

*4464

C2T1

*4465

C2T1

*4466

CTC

1

W E

84*4572

81*4573

84*4574

82*4575

81*4576

RU

LE10

5

TGBO

SKEENA SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



1.2 Switching SignalsTERRACE: 11D, 12D


(a) Rule 14(l)(iv) applicable at: Mile 1.15(Kenney St.)

(b) Rule 14(l) - Applicable at: Mile 92.27 (Pri-vate Crossing) - All movements must soundwhistle signal 14(l) from one quarter mile dis-tant until private crossing fully occupied.

(c) Rule 104(c) - The following switches maybe left lined and locked in either position: Allswitches between Mile 91.0 and Mile 94.6.

(d) Rule 104.5 - Self restoring derail andswitch located at:Nemoto - DTMF 10#1011-PRG. DTMF10#1021-RTI. See divisional data for operat-ing instructions.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN TERRACE AND HORBAY


HORBAY AND PRINCE RUPERTSWITCHING ZONE BETWEEN MILE 0.0 AND MILE 5.0


[147 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - SKEENA SUBDIVISION

TERRACE Y 0.0

AMSBURY 9.6

EXSTEW 24.0 6660

SALVUS 36.5

KWINITSA 48.2 6580

SKEENA 58.5

TYEE 68.1 7650

SOCKEYE 78.3

WATSON ISLAND 86.4 6470

NEMOTO 87.3

HORBAY 91.0

PRINCE RUPERT Y 94.6

0.0

91.0

SKEENASUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

17.0

45.9

75.2

C2T1

*4462

C2T1

*4463

C2T1

*4464

C2T1

*4465

C2T1

*4466

CTC

1

W E

84*4572

81*4573

84*4574

82*4575

81*4576

RU

LE10

5

TGBO

SKEENA SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



1.2 Switching SignalsTERRACE: 11D, 12D


(a) Rule 14(l)(iv) applicable at: Mile 1.15(Kenney St.)

(b) Rule 14(l) - Applicable at: Mile 92.27 (Pri-vate Crossing) - All movements must soundwhistle signal 14(l) from one quarter mile dis-tant until private crossing fully occupied.

(c) Rule 104(c) - The following switches maybe left lined and locked in either position: Allswitches between Mile 91.0 and Mile 94.6.

(d) Rule 104.5 - Self restoring derail andswitch located at:Nemoto - DTMF 10#1011-PRG. DTMF10#1021-RTI. See divisional data for operat-ing instructions.

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESCTC BETWEEN TERRACE AND HORBAY


HORBAY AND PRINCE RUPERTSWITCHING ZONE BETWEEN MILE 0.0 AND MILE 5.0



(e) Rule 105(a) applicable on all trackage whereRule 105 applies, EXCEPT sidings betweenMile 0.0 and Mile 94.6.Exceptions: Not applicable at TerraceTracks BF11-BF23. On these tracks, fore-men requiring protection for track units mustprovide positive protection by locking out thetrack through the use of special locks or bythe use of the red signals as prescribed byRule 40.1, ensuring that they will be visibleto all trains and engines, moving and orswitching within these limits.

(f) Rule 112 (ii) - applicable as follows:Terrace Tracks BF15 to BF231 car 1 hand brake2 or more cars 2 hand brakesTerrace Tracks BF11 to BF141 car 1 hand brake2 cars 2 hand brakes3 or more cars 3 hand brakesPrince Rupert Yard:ALL TRACKS, 1 or more cars, 1 hand brakeR103 to R111 (Fairview Terminals, includingSurge Tracks):1 or more cars 1 hand brake

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated Locomotive Tie-up TracksTracks:Terrace: BF 40, 41 and 42Prince Rupert: RR 53Ridley Island - SF 69 and SF 70

2.2 Terrace Terminal(a) Equipment Restrictions

Track BF68: Heaviest car permitted (includ-ing contents) 250,000 lbs. Locomotives inGroups E, F, G, and H are not permitted.Wye: Tracks BF 59, 60 and 61. Maximumpermissible speed - 6 mph. Locomotives inseries EF-644e, GE-9s numbered 2643 andhigher are restricted from operating on wyeand connecting tracks.Loaded Coal Trains: may only operate ontracks BF 11 to BF 14 inclusive.

(b) Yarding Instructions: All trains must con-tact the Edmonton Pod on CH 3 and keying* 1 on the DTMF pad.

(c) Imperial Oil Spur Track BF 27: Due to firehazard, locomotives are only permitted tooperate up to the signs posted on this spur.No open flame appliances or smoking per-mitted while on this trackage. If reachers arerequired, such cars must not be equipped

PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - SKEENA SUBDIVISION[148 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

(e) Rule 105(a) applicable on all trackage whereRule 105 applies, EXCEPT sidings betweenMile 0.0 and Mile 94.6.Exceptions: Not applicable at TerraceTracks BF11-BF23. On these tracks, fore-men requiring protection for track units mustprovide positive protection by locking out thetrack through the use of special locks or bythe use of the red signals as prescribed byRule 40.1, ensuring that they will be visibleto all trains and engines, moving and orswitching within these limits.

(f) Rule 112 (ii) - applicable as follows:Terrace Tracks BF15 to BF231 car 1 hand brake2 or more cars 2 hand brakesTerrace Tracks BF11 to BF141 car 1 hand brake2 cars 2 hand brakes3 or more cars 3 hand brakesPrince Rupert Yard:ALL TRACKS, 1 or more cars, 1 hand brakeR103 to R111 (Fairview Terminals, includingSurge Tracks):1 or more cars 1 hand brake

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated Locomotive Tie-up TracksTracks:Terrace: BF 40, 41 and 42Prince Rupert: RR 53Ridley Island - SF 69 and SF 70

2.2 Terrace Terminal(a) Equipment Restrictions

Track BF68: Heaviest car permitted (includ-ing contents) 250,000 lbs. Locomotives inGroups E, F, G, and H are not permitted.Wye: Tracks BF 59, 60 and 61. Maximumpermissible speed - 6 mph. Locomotives inseries EF-644e, GE-9s numbered 2643 andhigher are restricted from operating on wyeand connecting tracks.Loaded Coal Trains: may only operate ontracks BF 11 to BF 14 inclusive.

(b) Yarding Instructions: All trains must con-tact the Edmonton Pod on CH 3 and keying* 1 on the DTMF pad.

(c) Imperial Oil Spur Track BF 27: Due to firehazard, locomotives are only permitted tooperate up to the signs posted on this spur.No open flame appliances or smoking per-mitted while on this trackage. If reachers arerequired, such cars must not be equipped

PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - SKEENA SUBDIVISION


with an operating source of ignition.(d) Tracks BF 12 and 13. Maximum permissible

speed - 10 mph.

2.3 Prince Rupert Terminal(a) Private crossing at grade Mile 92.27

(Fairview Terminal Access Road). Cars mustnot be left within 150 feet of crossing on alltracks.

(b) Prince Rupert Ferry Slip. Before move-ments proceed onto apron, crews must firstensure that all fastenings have been madesecure. Speed to be governed by loadingconditions and in no case exceeding 5 MPHwhen movement is being made over apronor on the deck of barge. Movements musthave air brakes cut in at all times when load-ing and unloading barges. Locomotives arerestricted from operating over apron or deckof barge.

(c) WYE - Locomotives in series EF644e, GE-9s numbered 2643 and higher are restrictedfrom operating on wye and connectingtracks.

2.4 Slide Detector FenceMile 89.60 to Mile 90.20 - 3200 feet

2.5 TunnelMile 39.9 - 400 feet

2.6 Hazard Warning SystemMile 27.87 to 28.12 - 1100 feetMile 42.2 - 80 feetMile 74.1 - 195 feet

2.7 Avalanche ZonesBetween:Mile 27.5 and Mile 30.0Mile 39.3 and Mile 47.1Mile 49.5 and Mile 53.0Location of avalanche equipment:Mile 37.0 - Salvus highway maintenance camp.Mile 47.2 - Kwinitsa generator compound.

2.8 Hot Box and Dragging Equipment DetectorMileage 45.9 Skeena Subdivision - is locatedin an avalance zone. Whenever a train is requiredto be inspected as a result of a reading from thisdetector the following will apply during PERIODSOF AVALANCE WARNINGS.DANGER: Trains may be inspected outside of theavalanche zone, but must be inspected before thesuspect equipment is allowed to move over anydual control switch.


with an operating source of ignition.(d) Tracks BF 12 and 13. Maximum permissible

speed - 10 mph.

2.3 Prince Rupert Terminal(a) Private crossing at grade Mile 92.27

(Fairview Terminal Access Road). Cars mustnot be left within 150 feet of crossing on alltracks.

(b) Prince Rupert Ferry Slip. Before move-ments proceed onto apron, crews must firstensure that all fastenings have been madesecure. Speed to be governed by loadingconditions and in no case exceeding 5 MPHwhen movement is being made over apronor on the deck of barge. Movements musthave air brakes cut in at all times when load-ing and unloading barges. Locomotives arerestricted from operating over apron or deckof barge.

(c) WYE - Locomotives in series EF644e, GE-9s numbered 2643 and higher are restrictedfrom operating on wye and connectingtracks.

2.4 Slide Detector FenceMile 89.60 to Mile 90.20 - 3200 feet

2.5 TunnelMile 39.9 - 400 feet

2.6 Hazard Warning SystemMile 27.87 to 28.12 - 1100 feetMile 42.2 - 80 feetMile 74.1 - 195 feet

2.7 Avalanche ZonesBetween:Mile 27.5 and Mile 30.0Mile 39.3 and Mile 47.1Mile 49.5 and Mile 53.0Location of avalanche equipment:Mile 37.0 - Salvus highway maintenance camp.Mile 47.2 - Kwinitsa generator compound.

2.8 Hot Box and Dragging Equipment DetectorMileage 45.9 Skeena Subdivision - is locatedin an avalance zone. Whenever a train is requiredto be inspected as a result of a reading from thisdetector the following will apply during PERIODSOF AVALANCE WARNINGS.DANGER: Trains may be inspected outside of theavalanche zone, but must be inspected before thesuspect equipment is allowed to move over anydual control switch.



Movement tot he first suitable inspection locationmust be made consisten with safety and goodtrain handling techniques, including reducing speedimmediately to 10 mph or less. As per G01 5.3(a)- in the case of a DRAGGING EQUIPMENT alarm,an immediate controlled stop must be made andthe pullby provision is not applicable.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil


4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):286,000 lbs. Locomotives must not be operatedover trestle on Woodroom lead located on extremesouth side of Skeena Cellulose Watson Island PulpMill trackage.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedsMile Psgr Frt

MPH MPH0.0 to 5.4 Zone 45 353.8 to 4.3 40 355.4 to 14.7 Zone 55 458.4 to 8.6 50 4513.2 to 13.7 50 4514.7 to 26.6 Zone 55 5020.3 to 20.7 45 4026.6 to 30.6 Zone 50 4026.6 to 26.8 40 3530.6 to 46.1 Zone 55 4533.8 to 34.5 50 4537.7 to 38.2 50 4040.5 to 41.5 50 4546.1 to 52.6 Zone 50 4046.1 to 47.6 45 4052.6 to 64.2 Zone 55 4564.2 to 77.5 Zone 50 4064.9 to 65.3 45 4066.8 to 67.1 45 4071.6 to 72.4 40 3576.7 to 77.2 40 3577.5 to 85.6 Zone 55 4585.6 to 91.0 Zone 40 3586.2 to 87.1 25 2591.0 to 94.6 Zone 15 15

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) Mile 1.15 (Kenney Street) -

Westward movements approaching within1200 feet of crossing must not exceed 25mph until crossing fully occupied.Eastward movements approaching within1600 feet of crossing must not exceed 35mph until crossing fully occupied.


Movement tot he first suitable inspection locationmust be made consisten with safety and goodtrain handling techniques, including reducing speedimmediately to 10 mph or less. As per G01 5.3(a)- in the case of a DRAGGING EQUIPMENT alarm,an immediate controlled stop must be made andthe pullby provision is not applicable.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil


4.1 Heaviest car permitted (including contents):286,000 lbs. Locomotives must not be operatedover trestle on Woodroom lead located on extremesouth side of Skeena Cellulose Watson Island PulpMill trackage.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedsMile Psgr Frt

MPH MPH0.0 to 5.4 Zone 45 353.8 to 4.3 40 355.4 to 14.7 Zone 55 458.4 to 8.6 50 4513.2 to 13.7 50 4514.7 to 26.6 Zone 55 5020.3 to 20.7 45 4026.6 to 30.6 Zone 50 4026.6 to 26.8 40 3530.6 to 46.1 Zone 55 4533.8 to 34.5 50 4537.7 to 38.2 50 4040.5 to 41.5 50 4546.1 to 52.6 Zone 50 4046.1 to 47.6 45 4052.6 to 64.2 Zone 55 4564.2 to 77.5 Zone 50 4064.9 to 65.3 45 4066.8 to 67.1 45 4071.6 to 72.4 40 3576.7 to 77.2 40 3577.5 to 85.6 Zone 55 4585.6 to 91.0 Zone 40 3586.2 to 87.1 25 2591.0 to 94.6 Zone 15 15

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) Mile 1.15 (Kenney Street) -

Westward movements approaching within1200 feet of crossing must not exceed 25mph until crossing fully occupied.Eastward movements approaching within1600 feet of crossing must not exceed 35mph until crossing fully occupied.



(b) Mile 87.2 (Bridge) - Trains handling cars inexcess of 276,000 lbs must not exceed 15mph while such equipment is on bridge.

(c) Mile 92.70 - Westward movements ap-proaching within 1040 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 10 mph until crossing fully occu-pied.

(d) Mile 92.96 (B.C. Ferry Access) - Eastwardmovements over crossing from Ferry SlipLead switch must not exceed 10 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.



7.1 West Fraser Mills Ltd. - Mile 1.7. Capacity 1950feet. Switch points face east.PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE: Mile 0.06 (High-way 16) - Warning Devices Automatic: STOP signson both sides of crossing.

7.2 Ridley Island Lead - Mile 87.3. Extends south-erly from Nemoto and includes Ridley TerminalsInc. and Prince Rupert Grain Ltd.(a) Nemoto Power-Operated Switch

The power operated switch (Bull Switch) isequipped with an indicator light mounted onthe housing of the switch machine and dis-plays the following indications:Green light: Route is lined for PRG.(DTMF10#1011)Yellow light: Route is lined for RTI.( D T M F10#1021)No light: Switch is not properly lined for ei-ther route and must be operated by hand.In the absence of an indication light (no light),the power-operated switch must be operatedby hand. Switch must be taken off power,placed in hand position, the points must beengaged and lined for the route to be used.Switch must be lined in all instances. Thiscondition must be reported to the RTC assoon as practicable.

(b) Prince Rupert Grain Terminal Ltd. (PRG)(i) Before moving foul of ladder tracks,

when Prince Rupert Grain (PRG) en-gine is in the vicinity, engine crew willmake personal contact with PRG crewto ensure each has a clear understand-ing of the other crew’s intended move-ments and make arrangements to avoidconflct.

PPACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - SKEENA SUBDIVISION[151 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

(b) Mile 87.2 (Bridge) - Trains handling cars inexcess of 276,000 lbs must not exceed 15mph while such equipment is on bridge.

(c) Mile 92.70 - Westward movements ap-proaching within 1040 feet of crossing mustnot exceed 10 mph until crossing fully occu-pied.

(d) Mile 92.96 (B.C. Ferry Access) - Eastwardmovements over crossing from Ferry SlipLead switch must not exceed 10 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.



7.1 West Fraser Mills Ltd. - Mile 1.7. Capacity 1950feet. Switch points face east.PUBLIC CROSSING AT GRADE: Mile 0.06 (High-way 16) - Warning Devices Automatic: STOP signson both sides of crossing.

7.2 Ridley Island Lead - Mile 87.3. Extends south-erly from Nemoto and includes Ridley TerminalsInc. and Prince Rupert Grain Ltd.(a) Nemoto Power-Operated Switch

The power operated switch (Bull Switch) isequipped with an indicator light mounted onthe housing of the switch machine and dis-plays the following indications:Green light: Route is lined for PRG.(DTMF10#1011)Yellow light: Route is lined for RTI.( D T M F10#1021)No light: Switch is not properly lined for ei-ther route and must be operated by hand.In the absence of an indication light (no light),the power-operated switch must be operatedby hand. Switch must be taken off power,placed in hand position, the points must beengaged and lined for the route to be used.Switch must be lined in all instances. Thiscondition must be reported to the RTC assoon as practicable.

(b) Prince Rupert Grain Terminal Ltd. (PRG)(i) Before moving foul of ladder tracks,

when Prince Rupert Grain (PRG) en-gine is in the vicinity, engine crew willmake personal contact with PRG crewto ensure each has a clear understand-ing of the other crew’s intended move-ments and make arrangements to avoidconflct.

PPACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - SKEENA SUBDIVISION


(ii) CN engines must not enter PRG el-evator, runaround, or transfer trackswithout permission from PRG or RTC.Certain switches along the south lad-der track may be operated manuallyor by push-button electric track-sidecontrol. In electric track-side cont r o lmode the position of the switch is re-versed by pressing the “Reverse” but-ton located in the blue box adjacent toeach switch.PUSH-BUTTON MUST BE DE-PRESSED UNTIL SWITCH POINTSARE PROPERLY LINED. Instructionsfor manual operation of switches arecontained inside the blue box. RouteIndicator lights at each switch indicatewhether switch is lined for straight trackor diverging route. BEFORE PRO-CEEDING OVER THESE SWITCHESIT MUST BE DETERMINED BY VI-SUAL INSPECTION OF SWITCHPOINTS THAT THE SWITCH IS PROP-ERLY LINED REGARDLESS OF THEINDICATION OF THE ROUTE INDICA-TOR LIGHT.

(c) Ridley Terminals Inc. (RTI)(i) Movements must not enter the thaw

shed, indexer or dumper unless ac-companied by an employee of RidleyTerminals Inc.

(ii) Restricted clearance inside THAWSHED, INDEXER and DUMPER. Lo-comotives equipped with bay windowsare not permitted within the thaw shed,indexer or dumper. Awnings and winddeflectors on all locomotives must beplaced in closed position before enter-ing the thaw shed.

(iii) Crews will use extreme caution in thevicinity of the thaw shed, indexer anddumper, entraining and detraining onlywhen train or engine is stationary andthen only when necessary.

(iv) Maximum speed through thaw shed,indexer and dumper is 5 MPH.



(ii) CN engines must not enter PRG el-evator, runaround, or transfer trackswithout permission from PRG or RTC.Certain switches along the south lad-der track may be operated manuallyor by push-button electric track-sidecontrol. In electric track-side cont r o lmode the position of the switch is re-versed by pressing the “Reverse” but-ton located in the blue box adjacent toeach switch.PUSH-BUTTON MUST BE DE-PRESSED UNTIL SWITCH POINTSARE PROPERLY LINED. Instructionsfor manual operation of switches arecontained inside the blue box. RouteIndicator lights at each switch indicatewhether switch is lined for straight trackor diverging route. BEFORE PRO-CEEDING OVER THESE SWITCHESIT MUST BE DETERMINED BY VI-SUAL INSPECTION OF SWITCHPOINTS THAT THE SWITCH IS PROP-ERLY LINED REGARDLESS OF THEINDICATION OF THE ROUTE INDICA-TOR LIGHT.

(c) Ridley Terminals Inc. (RTI)(i) Movements must not enter the thaw

shed, indexer or dumper unless ac-companied by an employee of RidleyTerminals Inc.

(ii) Restricted clearance inside THAWSHED, INDEXER and DUMPER. Lo-comotives equipped with bay windowsare not permitted within the thaw shed,indexer or dumper. Awnings and winddeflectors on all locomotives must beplaced in closed position before enter-ing the thaw shed.

(iii) Crews will use extreme caution in thevicinity of the thaw shed, indexer anddumper, entraining and detraining onlywhen train or engine is stationary andthen only when necessary.

(iv) Maximum speed through thaw shed,indexer and dumper is 5 MPH.



[153 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - KITIMAT SUBDIVISION

KITIMAT 38.0

DUBOSE 21.5 1260

LAKELSE 13.4

SNELLING 1.6

CONNECTION WITH

TERRACE YARD Y 0.0

38.0

1.6

KITIMATSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

C2T2

#4461

C2T1

*4462

OCS 1

N S

82*4571

84*4572

RU

LE10

5

TGB

O

KITIMAT SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule B - Instructions concerning Terrace Yard

will be found in Skeena Subdivision footnotes.(b) Rule 104(c) - Mile 0.56 - swith East end of

track BF03 may be left lined and locked ineither position.

(c) Rule 105(a) applicable on all trackage whereRule 105 applies.Exception: Not applicable at TerraceTracks BF11-BF23. On these tracks, fore-men requiring protection for track units mustprovide positive protection by locking out thetrack through the use of special locks or bythe use of the red signals as prescribed byRule 40.1, ensuring that they will be visibleto all trains and engines, moving and orswitching within these limits.

(d) Rule 112(ii) - Kitimat Yard:Tracks KF18 to KF231 car: 1 hand brake2 or more cars: 2 hand brakesTrack KF48 (Eurocan Delivery)1 or more cars: 1 hand brake

Track KF38 (Alcan Delivery)1 or more cars: 1 hand brakeTracks KF69 to KF70

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN SNELLING AND KITIMAT


SNELLING AND MILE 0.0.REFER TO BULKLEY SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTE 1.4

FOR OPERATION THROUGH TERRACE EAST CONTROL LOCATION.

[153 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - KITIMAT SUBDIVISION

KITIMAT 38.0

DUBOSE 21.5 1260

LAKELSE 13.4

SNELLING 1.6

CONNECTION WITH

TERRACE YARD Y 0.0

38.0

1.6

KITIMATSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

RTC

Rad

io C

hann

el,

Tone

s an

d D

TMF

Cod

es

Engi

neer

ing

Rad

io

C2T2

#4461

C2T1

*4462

OCS 1

N S

82*4571

84*4572

RU

LE10

5

TGB

O

KITIMAT SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule B - Instructions concerning Terrace Yard

will be found in Skeena Subdivision footnotes.(b) Rule 104(c) - Mile 0.56 - swith East end of

track BF03 may be left lined and locked ineither position.

(c) Rule 105(a) applicable on all trackage whereRule 105 applies.Exception: Not applicable at TerraceTracks BF11-BF23. On these tracks, fore-men requiring protection for track units mustprovide positive protection by locking out thetrack through the use of special locks or bythe use of the red signals as prescribed byRule 40.1, ensuring that they will be visibleto all trains and engines, moving and orswitching within these limits.

(d) Rule 112(ii) - Kitimat Yard:Tracks KF18 to KF231 car: 1 hand brake2 or more cars: 2 hand brakesTrack KF48 (Eurocan Delivery)1 or more cars: 1 hand brake

Track KF38 (Alcan Delivery)1 or more cars: 1 hand brakeTracks KF69 to KF70

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN SNELLING AND KITIMAT


SNELLING AND MILE 0.0.REFER TO BULKLEY SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTE 1.4

FOR OPERATION THROUGH TERRACE EAST CONTROL LOCATION.


(Methanex Delivery)1 car: 1 hand brake2 or more cars: 2 hand brakes

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated Locomotive Tie-up TracksTerrace: BF 40, 41 and 42Kitimat: KF 18.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



4.2 Maximum number of working locomotives per-mitted in any engine consist is restricted to 18motorized axles.

4.3 Movements are restricted to 4 locomotives.

4.4 Marshalling: Due to train track dynamics, when-ever possible southward movements must have atleast 10 loaded cars at the head end of the train.Cars exceeding 80 feet in length must not be lo-cated with the head end 10 cars.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 6.8 Zone 200.7 to 1.1 106.6 bridge 108.3 to 8.8 bridge 106.8 to 10.3 Zone 1510.3 to 14.1 Zone 2514.1 to 18.9 Zone 2018.9 to 24.7 Zone 2521.8 bridge 1524.6 bridge 1024.7 to 31.9 Zone 2031.9 to 38.5 Zone 2534.7 to 35.1 20


PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - KITIMAT SUBDIVISION[154 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

(Methanex Delivery)1 car: 1 hand brake2 or more cars: 2 hand brakes

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Designated Locomotive Tie-up TracksTerrace: BF 40, 41 and 42Kitimat: KF 18.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



4.2 Maximum number of working locomotives per-mitted in any engine consist is restricted to 18motorized axles.

4.3 Movements are restricted to 4 locomotives.

4.4 Marshalling: Due to train track dynamics, when-ever possible southward movements must have atleast 10 loaded cars at the head end of the train.Cars exceeding 80 feet in length must not be lo-cated with the head end 10 cars.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 6.8 Zone 200.7 to 1.1 106.6 bridge 108.3 to 8.8 bridge 106.8 to 10.3 Zone 1510.3 to 14.1 Zone 2514.1 to 18.9 Zone 2018.9 to 24.7 Zone 2521.8 bridge 1524.6 bridge 1024.7 to 31.9 Zone 2031.9 to 38.5 Zone 2534.7 to 35.1 20


PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - KITIMAT SUBDIVISION



7.1 Kitimat Industrial Lead - Extends southward 2.4miles from Mile 38.0.Public Crossing at Grade: Kitimat (Alcan Ac-cess Road) Movements approaching within 500feet of crossing and until crossing fully occupied,must not exceed 5 MPH.Restricted Clearance: between the Alcan Indus-trial Lead and Eurocan lead switch stand and be-tween this switch stand and Eurocan storage trackKF 39.

Methanex Chemicals Trackage: Locomotivesare only permitted to operate up to signs postedrestricting their movement on tracks KF 73, KF74 and KF 75 account fire hazard. No open flameappliances or smoking permitted while on thistrackage. Partially loaded Methanol Cars whenswitched for placement must remain coupled toengine for a minimum of one (1) minute after themovement has stopped to allow sloshing actionto subside.Alcan Switching Crew: When switching move-ments are required between track KF32 and theMethanex Industries switch and an Alcan engineis on the Alcan Industrial Lead or in Alcan transfertrack KF38, conductors or locomotive engineersmust make personal or radio contact with the Alcancrew to ensure that each has a clear understand-ing of the other crew’s intended movements, andmake arrangements to avoid conflict.Eurocan Switching Crew: When switchingmovements are required at Eurocan Pulp and Pa-per, including tracks KF-39 and KF-40, conduc-tors or locomotive engineers must make personalor radio contact with the Eurocan crew to ensurethat each has a clear understanding of the othercrews intended movements and make arrange-ments to avoid conflict prior to entering aforemen-tioned trackage.Documentation/Bill Box: Kitmat - mounted on postby roadway near Track KF22 for handling docu-mentation accompanying shipments to/from thislocation. Box marked WAYBILLS and must be leftlocked.


PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - KITIMAT SUBDIVISION[155 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005


7.1 Kitimat Industrial Lead - Extends southward 2.4miles from Mile 38.0.Public Crossing at Grade: Kitimat (Alcan Ac-cess Road) Movements approaching within 500feet of crossing and until crossing fully occupied,must not exceed 5 MPH.Restricted Clearance: between the Alcan Indus-trial Lead and Eurocan lead switch stand and be-tween this switch stand and Eurocan storage trackKF 39.

Methanex Chemicals Trackage: Locomotivesare only permitted to operate up to signs postedrestricting their movement on tracks KF 73, KF74 and KF 75 account fire hazard. No open flameappliances or smoking permitted while on thistrackage. Partially loaded Methanol Cars whenswitched for placement must remain coupled toengine for a minimum of one (1) minute after themovement has stopped to allow sloshing actionto subside.Alcan Switching Crew: When switching move-ments are required between track KF32 and theMethanex Industries switch and an Alcan engineis on the Alcan Industrial Lead or in Alcan transfertrack KF38, conductors or locomotive engineersmust make personal or radio contact with the Alcancrew to ensure that each has a clear understand-ing of the other crew’s intended movements, andmake arrangements to avoid conflict.Eurocan Switching Crew: When switchingmovements are required at Eurocan Pulp and Pa-per, including tracks KF-39 and KF-40, conduc-tors or locomotive engineers must make personalor radio contact with the Eurocan crew to ensurethat each has a clear understanding of the othercrews intended movements and make arrange-ments to avoid conflict prior to entering aforemen-tioned trackage.Documentation/Bill Box: Kitmat - mounted on postby roadway near Track KF22 for handling docu-mentation accompanying shipments to/from thislocation. Box marked WAYBILLS and must be leftlocked.


PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - KITIMAT SUBDIVISION


UTA319

PRINCE GEORGE SOUTH Y 462.4

VIOLATO 469.0

NICHOLS 471.0 6360

QUAW 479.8 7100

FROST 487.6

ODELL Y 495.4 6700CONNECTION TO

STUART SUB

MCEWAN 508.5 7810

KILLY 513.6

MCINTYRE 525.1 6800

TACHEEDA 534.9 7960

WAKELY Y 537.2JCT WITH TUMBLER SUB

ANZAC 539.2 5820

HODDA 552.2 2800

KENNEDY Y 567.3 10200CONNECTION TOMACKENZIE SUB

CASWELL 575.4

AZOUZETTA 591.6 3100

GARBITT 602.0 8600

LEMORAY 612.4

HULCROSS 633.9 2900

PINESUL 640.9

DOKIE 657.2

CHETWYND 658.5

462.4

658.5

CHETWYNDSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

487.6

200

N S

TGBO

Rul

e 1

05PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - CHETWYND SUBDIVISION

545.9

605.2

201

202

203

204

205

206

207

UTB320

CHETWYND SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Subdivision Track - Prince George South

to Violato: Prince George coordinator mustprovide verbal permission for the movementof trains, engines and track units as well asprotection of track work as provided for byRule 40.1 on this track.

(b) Rule 103.1(c) not applicable at publiccrossing at grade Mile 463.2 for movementson North Yard Lead.

OCS

Rul

e 1

05

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN VIOLATO AND DOKIECONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.

RULE 105 BETWEEN RULE 105(a) APPLICABLEBETWEEN PRINCE GEORGE SOUTH AND VIOLATA

AND BETWEEN DOKIE AND CHETWYND

1[156 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

UTA319

PRINCE GEORGE SOUTH Y 462.4

VIOLATO 469.0

NICHOLS 471.0 6360

QUAW 479.8 7100

FROST 487.6

ODELL Y 495.4 6700CONNECTION TO

STUART SUB

MCEWAN 508.5 7810

KILLY 513.6

MCINTYRE 525.1 6800

TACHEEDA 534.9 7960

WAKELY Y 537.2JCT WITH TUMBLER SUB

ANZAC 539.2 5820

HODDA 552.2 2800

KENNEDY Y 567.3 10200CONNECTION TOMACKENZIE SUB

CASWELL 575.4

AZOUZETTA 591.6 3100

GARBITT 602.0 8600

LEMORAY 612.4

HULCROSS 633.9 2900

PINESUL 640.9

DOKIE 657.2

CHETWYND 658.5

462.4

658.5

CHETWYNDSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

487.6

200

N S

TGBO

Rul

e 1

05

PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - CHETWYND SUBDIVISION

545.9

605.2

201

202

203

204

205

206

207

UTB320

CHETWYND SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Subdivision Track - Prince George South

to Violato: Prince George coordinator mustprovide verbal permission for the movementof trains, engines and track units as well asprotection of track work as provided for byRule 40.1 on this track.

(b) Rule 103.1(c) not applicable at publiccrossing at grade Mile 463.2 for movementson North Yard Lead.

OCS

Rul

e 1

05

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN VIOLATO AND DOKIECONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.

RULE 105 BETWEEN RULE 105(a) APPLICABLEBETWEEN PRINCE GEORGE SOUTH AND VIOLATA

AND BETWEEN DOKIE AND CHETWYND

1

[157 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - CHETWYND SUBDIVISION

(c) Rule 104.1 - Spring Switch Mile 537.2 -normal position set for Chetwynd Sub. Whenhand operation of the switch is necessaryfor facing point movements, the switch maybe left lined and locked in reversed position.Except as otherwise provided, trains on theChetwynd Sub making a trailing movementthrough the spring switch may do so at trackspeed.

(d) Rule 104.5 - Exception Derails: Nicholssiding both ends; McIntyre siding south end,Kennedy siding and Garbitt siding north end.

(e) Rule 112 - Pinsul - Track P1 and P2 - 1 - 4cars, handbrakes must be applied on allcars. 5 or more cars - 4 handbrakes mustbe applied. Application to be made onequipment on north end of track. P1extension (load track) 1-6 cars, handbrakesmust be applied on all cars. 7 or more cars- 6 handbrakes must be applied.Prince George South - trackagebetween east Track 1 and class Track20: The minimum hand brake chart to amaximum of two handbrake must be applied.Application to be made to north end ofequipment. Exception - when securingtrains, handbrakes must be applied at thehead end of the train.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Prince George(1) Freight trains arriving Prince George must


(2) When spotting cars to the Rip In, cars areto be pushed to the north clear point of track.

(3) Unless otherwise authorized, crews mustnot leave cars north of the crossing in C-20.

(4) With the exception of the cab track, enginesmust receive permission from the locomotiveforeman, which will include the tracks to beused, prior to making movements on theshop tracks. Shops can be contacted onthe local radio channel 15. Unless otherwiseinstructed, shop track 5 will be used for yardengines and shop tracks 6 for arriving and 7for departing freight locomotives.

(5) Duke Energy - Cars spotted to the scale ontrack 1 must be left uncoupled on both endsby at least one foot.

(6) Helco Spur - both crossings on spur mustbe left clear when equipment is left.


(c) Rule 104.1 - Spring Switch Mile 537.2 -normal position set for Chetwynd Sub. Whenhand operation of the switch is necessaryfor facing point movements, the switch maybe left lined and locked in reversed position.Except as otherwise provided, trains on theChetwynd Sub making a trailing movementthrough the spring switch may do so at trackspeed.

(d) Rule 104.5 - Exception Derails: Nicholssiding both ends; McIntyre siding south end,Kennedy siding and Garbitt siding north end.

(e) Rule 112 - Pinsul - Track P1 and P2 - 1 - 4cars, handbrakes must be applied on allcars. 5 or more cars - 4 handbrakes mustbe applied. Application to be made onequipment on north end of track. P1extension (load track) 1-6 cars, handbrakesmust be applied on all cars. 7 or more cars- 6 handbrakes must be applied.Prince George South - trackagebetween east Track 1 and class Track20: The minimum hand brake chart to amaximum of two handbrake must be applied.Application to be made to north end ofequipment. Exception - when securingtrains, handbrakes must be applied at thehead end of the train.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Prince George(1) Freight trains arriving Prince George must


(2) When spotting cars to the Rip In, cars areto be pushed to the north clear point of track.

(3) Unless otherwise authorized, crews mustnot leave cars north of the crossing in C-20.

(4) With the exception of the cab track, enginesmust receive permission from the locomotiveforeman, which will include the tracks to beused, prior to making movements on theshop tracks. Shops can be contacted onthe local radio channel 15. Unless otherwiseinstructed, shop track 5 will be used for yardengines and shop tracks 6 for arriving and 7for departing freight locomotives.

(5) Duke Energy - Cars spotted to the scale ontrack 1 must be left uncoupled on both endsby at least one foot.

(6) Helco Spur - both crossings on spur mustbe left clear when equipment is left.


(7) PG Sort Lumber - CN is restricted fromperforming any switching moves south ofnorth fall restraint tower.

2.2 Bridge - Mile 467.4(a) Equipment must not be stored on tracks

between crossing located at Mile 467.6 andnorth switch to track B-7.

(b) Equipment must be handled on air andsufficiently charged prior to pulling orspotting customer trackage at Bridge.

(c) Unless otherwise authorized, movementsmust not be made south of the PGP chipdump crossing.

2.3 OdellStuart Sub begins and ends at the switch off sidingat Mile 495.5 Chetwynd Sub.


2.5 WakelyTumbler Sub begins and ends at spring switchMile 537.2 Chetwynd Sub.

2.6 KennedyMacKenzie Sub begins and ends at switch offKennedy siding.

2.7 Chetwynd(a) Freight trains arriving must not exceed 5 mph

while passing personnel performing a roll-by inspection.

(b) Six axle locomotives must not be operatedon Canfor trackage.

2.8 Wayside Inspection SystemsDetector Inspection and Setoff Point487.6 S - Quaw; N - Odell (setoff Barney)545.9 S - Anzac; N - Hodda584.7 S - Kennedy; N - Anzouzetta643.9 S - Hulcross; N - Chetwynd

2.9 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORSMile 466.4, 468.9, 501.0, 513.0, 527.1, 532.7,537.4, 540.9, 553.6, 565.4, 571.0, 576.3, 584.0,589.4, 592.9, 596.6, 600.1, 608.4, 616.9, 623.0,632.7, 636.2, 638.7, 642.6, 654.9.

2.10 TunnelMile 597.9 TIBS communication outage area.

2.11 Avalanche ZonesZone # CH1 Mile 592.0 to 592.1Zone # CH2 Mile 595.8 to 596.1


(7) PG Sort Lumber - CN is restricted fromperforming any switching moves south ofnorth fall restraint tower.

2.2 Bridge - Mile 467.4(a) Equipment must not be stored on tracks

between crossing located at Mile 467.6 andnorth switch to track B-7.

(b) Equipment must be handled on air andsufficiently charged prior to pulling orspotting customer trackage at Bridge.

(c) Unless otherwise authorized, movementsmust not be made south of the PGP chipdump crossing.

2.3 OdellStuart Sub begins and ends at the switch off sidingat Mile 495.5 Chetwynd Sub.



2.6 KennedyMacKenzie Sub begins and ends at switch offKennedy siding.

2.7 Chetwynd(a) Freight trains arriving must not exceed 5 mph

while passing personnel performing a roll-by inspection.

(b) Six axle locomotives must not be operatedon Canfor trackage.

2.8 Wayside Inspection SystemsDetector Inspection and Setoff Point487.6 S - Quaw; N - Odell (setoff Barney)545.9 S - Anzac; N - Hodda584.7 S - Kennedy; N - Anzouzetta643.9 S - Hulcross; N - Chetwynd

2.9 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORSMile 466.4, 468.9, 501.0, 513.0, 527.1, 532.7,537.4, 540.9, 553.6, 565.4, 571.0, 576.3, 584.0,589.4, 592.9, 596.6, 600.1, 608.4, 616.9, 623.0,632.7, 636.2, 638.7, 642.6, 654.9.

2.10 TunnelMile 597.9 TIBS communication outage area.

2.11 Avalanche ZonesZone # CH1 Mile 592.0 to 592.1Zone # CH2 Mile 595.8 to 596.1


3 INTERLOCKINGS

3.1 Non-Interlocking railway crossing at grade. Northconnector between Fraser and Chetwynd subs.Maximum speed - 15 MPH.


4.1 Equipment Restrictions(a) Heaviest car permitted (included contents):

272,000 lbs. Exceptions: Coal shipmentsnot exceeding 278,000 lbs gross weight maybe handled between Anzac and PrinceGeorge.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH462.4 to 472.0 zone 30472.0 to 522.0 zone 40472.0 to 473.7 35481.1 to 482.4 30493.0 to 502.1 35522.0 to 537.7 zone 35533.1 to 537.7 25537.7 to 577.4 zone 40547.1 to 547.9 30553.7 to 555.0 25555.0 to 565.9 35577.4 to 600.3 zone 30583.0 to 586.0 25592.0 to 600.3 25600.3 to 612.9 zone 40603.3 to 603.7 30606.8 to 607.0 30611.0 to 612.9 25612.9 to 658.5 zone 30627.8 to 628.5 25632.8 to 637.9 25641.9 to 642.5 20642.5 to 644.6 25


movements on all tracks approaching within400 feet of crossing must not exceed 15mph until crossing fully occupied.


(c) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 473.7 -southward movements within 1000 feet ofcrossing must not exceed 25 mphapproaching until crossing fully occupied.


3 INTERLOCKINGS

3.1 Non-Interlocking railway crossing at grade. Northconnector between Fraser and Chetwynd subs.Maximum speed - 15 MPH.



272,000 lbs. Exceptions: Coal shipmentsnot exceeding 278,000 lbs gross weight maybe handled between Anzac and PrinceGeorge.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH462.4 to 472.0 zone 30472.0 to 522.0 zone 40472.0 to 473.7 35481.1 to 482.4 30493.0 to 502.1 35522.0 to 537.7 zone 35533.1 to 537.7 25537.7 to 577.4 zone 40547.1 to 547.9 30553.7 to 555.0 25555.0 to 565.9 35577.4 to 600.3 zone 30583.0 to 586.0 25592.0 to 600.3 25600.3 to 612.9 zone 40603.3 to 603.7 30606.8 to 607.0 30611.0 to 612.9 25612.9 to 658.5 zone 30627.8 to 628.5 25632.8 to 637.9 25641.9 to 642.5 20642.5 to 644.6 25


movements on all tracks approaching within400 feet of crossing must not exceed 15mph until crossing fully occupied.


(c) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 473.7 -southward movements within 1000 feet ofcrossing must not exceed 25 mphapproaching until crossing fully occupied.




7 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE ONSPURS AND OTHER TRACKS(a) Mile 513.6 - Killy old Chip track - Restricted

to engineering use only.(b) Mile 539.3 - Spur - locomotives prohibited.

Reachers must be used when necessary tolift or set off equipment.

(c) Mile 640.9 Pinesul - Additional Trackage;(1) BC North Coordinator permission

required to enter trackage. Northwardtrains must request this permission atleast one hour prior to when accessrequired.

(2) Derail located on track P-1, 100 feetsouth of switch #4. When equipmentis protected by a blue signal, a speciallock will be used to secure the derailin derailing position. At other times aswitch lock must be used.

(3) Engines must not be operated within100 feet on either side of P-2 trackscale.

(4) Unless otherwise instructed by the BCNorth Coordinator, cars set out into thenorth end of the additional trackagemust be left one car length north ofconnector switch #2.

(5) High switch stand derail locatedbetween north main track and northP-1 and P-2 switch.


PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - CHETWYND SUBDIVISION[160 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005



7 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE ONSPURS AND OTHER TRACKS(a) Mile 513.6 - Killy old Chip track - Restricted

to engineering use only.(b) Mile 539.3 - Spur - locomotives prohibited.

Reachers must be used when necessary tolift or set off equipment.

(c) Mile 640.9 Pinesul - Additional Trackage;(1) BC North Coordinator permission

required to enter trackage. Northwardtrains must request this permission atleast one hour prior to when accessrequired.

(2) Derail located on track P-1, 100 feetsouth of switch #4. When equipmentis protected by a blue signal, a speciallock will be used to secure the derailin derailing position. At other times aswitch lock must be used.

(3) Engines must not be operated within100 feet on either side of P-2 trackscale.

(4) Unless otherwise instructed by the BCNorth Coordinator, cars set out into thenorth end of the additional trackagemust be left one car length north ofconnector switch #2.

(5) High switch stand derail locatedbetween north main track and northP-1 and P-2 switch.


PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - CHETWYND SUBDIVISION

[161 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - MACKENZIE SUBDIVISION

UTB320

KENNEDY Y 0.0JCT WITH CHETWYND SUB

GOAD 1.0

CHURCH 17.0

FINDLAY 21.5

MACKENZIE 23.5

0.0

23.5

MACKENZIESUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

esN S

OCS 1

TGBO

Rul

e 1

05

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN GOAD AND FINDLAYCONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.

RULE 105 AND RULE 105(a) APPLICABLEBETWEEN KENNEDY AND GOAD

AND BETWEEN FINDLAY AND MACKENZIE

Rul

e 1

05

204

MACKENZIE SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONSNil

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 KennedyMacKenzie Sub begins and ends at switch offKennedy siding on Chetwynd Sub.

2.2 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORSMile 2.0, 11.5, 20.5.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONSNil

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 23.5 zone 355.7 over bridge 2012.0 to 12.5 30

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) Mile 5.7 - Bridge -When practical, the use

of dynamic brakes or tractive effort shouldbe avoided when engine consist occupiesany portion of bridge.

[161 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - MACKENZIE SUBDIVISION

UTB320

KENNEDY Y 0.0JCT WITH CHETWYND SUB

GOAD 1.0

CHURCH 17.0

FINDLAY 21.5

MACKENZIE 23.5

0.0

23.5

MACKENZIESUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

esN S

OCS 1

TGBO

Rul

e 1

05

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN GOAD AND FINDLAYCONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.

RULE 105 AND RULE 105(a) APPLICABLEBETWEEN KENNEDY AND GOAD

AND BETWEEN FINDLAY AND MACKENZIE

Rul

e 1

05

204

MACKENZIE SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 KennedyMacKenzie Sub begins and ends at switch offKennedy siding on Chetwynd Sub.


3 INTERLOCKINGSNil


5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 23.5 zone 355.7 over bridge 2012.0 to 12.5 30

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) Mile 5.7 - Bridge -When practical, the use

of dynamic brakes or tractive effort shouldbe avoided when engine consist occupiesany portion of bridge.


(b) 2%+ Grades - 20 MPH must not be exceedby northward movements Mile 4.7 to 5.9 Thisinstructions is not applicable where theengines are dynamic brake equipped andless than 26% of the cars on the train areloaded.




PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - MACKENZIE SUBDIVISION[162 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

(b) 2%+ Grades - 20 MPH must not be exceedby northward movements Mile 4.7 to 5.9 Thisinstructions is not applicable where theengines are dynamic brake equipped andless than 26% of the cars on the train areloaded.




PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - MACKENZIE SUBDIVISION

[163 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - TUMBLER SUBDIVISION

WAKELY Y 0.0JCT WITH CHETWYND SUB

PARSNIP 8.0

TABLE 16.1 7945

WHITFORD 30.5

SENTINEL 33.6

SUKUNKA 42.0

WOLVERINE 48.4 7620

TUMBLER Y 61.6 7960

BURNT 69.0

TECK 69.6

0.0

69.6

TUMBLERSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

10.1

240

N S

OCS

1

TGBO

Rul

e 1

05

241

242

243

244

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN WAKELY AND BURNTCONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.

RULE 105 AND RULE 105(a) APPLICABLEBETWEEN BURNT AND TECK

TUMBLER SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES


2.2 Telephones - Telephones located inside lockeron either side of catenary switch bungalows atMile 15.5, 29.2, 47.8, 60.8 and 69.7.

2.3 Wayside Inspection SystemsDetector Inspection and Setoff Point10.1 S - Tacheeda; N - Table

2.4 Stand Alone Dragging Equipment DetectorsMile 29.1, 41.6.

2.5 Avalanche ZonesZone TU1 Mile 25.4 to 27.0Zone TU2 Mile 30.7 to 31.3Zone TU3 Mile 32.0 to 32.9Zone TU4 Mile 40.3 to 41.0

[163 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - TUMBLER SUBDIVISION

WAKELY Y 0.0JCT WITH CHETWYND SUB

PARSNIP 8.0

TABLE 16.1 7945

WHITFORD 30.5

SENTINEL 33.6

SUKUNKA 42.0

WOLVERINE 48.4 7620

TUMBLER Y 61.6 7960

BURNT 69.0

TECK 69.6

0.0

69.6

TUMBLERSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

10.1

240

N S

OCS

1

TGBO

Rul

e 1

05

241

242

243

244

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN WAKELY AND BURNTCONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.

RULE 105 AND RULE 105(a) APPLICABLEBETWEEN BURNT AND TECK

TUMBLER SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES


2.2 Telephones - Telephones located inside lockeron either side of catenary switch bungalows atMile 15.5, 29.2, 47.8, 60.8 and 69.7.

2.3 Wayside Inspection SystemsDetector Inspection and Setoff Point10.1 S - Tacheeda; N - Table

2.4 Stand Alone Dragging Equipment DetectorsMile 29.1, 41.6.

2.5 Avalanche ZonesZone TU1 Mile 25.4 to 27.0Zone TU2 Mile 30.7 to 31.3Zone TU3 Mile 32.0 to 32.9Zone TU4 Mile 40.3 to 41.0


2.6 TunnelsMile 36.9. 5.6 miles long. TIBS communicationoutage area.Mile 45.4. 3.7 miles long. TIBS communicationoutage area.Mile 49.6 length 800 feet.Mile 53.5 length 1200 feet.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil


4.1 Equipment RestrictionsHeaviest car permitted (included contents):272,000 lbs. Exceptions: Coal shipments notexceeding 278,000 lbs gross weight may behandled.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 17.0 zone 350.0 to 0.5 1517.0 to 49.0 zone 3049.0 to 60.8 zone 2560.8 to 69.0 zone 35

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) 20 MPH must not be exceed by loaded coal

trains between Mile 33.0 and Mile 17.0.(b) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 68.5 -



7 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE ONSPURS AND OTHER TRACKS(a) Wolverine - maximum capacity south end

18 cars; north end 4 cars.(b) Teck Spur - Loadout 20,750 feet. Movements

are under direction of Teck loadout operation.Maximum speed around loop, over scalesand through loadout building - 10 MPH. Tecksetout - capacity 545 feet connected tosouth end of spur.


PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - TUMBLER SUBDIVISION[164 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

2.6 TunnelsMile 36.9. 5.6 miles long. TIBS communicationoutage area.Mile 45.4. 3.7 miles long. TIBS communicationoutage area.Mile 49.6 length 800 feet.Mile 53.5 length 1200 feet.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil


4.1 Equipment RestrictionsHeaviest car permitted (included contents):272,000 lbs. Exceptions: Coal shipments notexceeding 278,000 lbs gross weight may behandled.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 17.0 zone 350.0 to 0.5 1517.0 to 49.0 zone 3049.0 to 60.8 zone 2560.8 to 69.0 zone 35

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) 20 MPH must not be exceed by loaded coal

trains between Mile 33.0 and Mile 17.0.(b) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 68.5 -



7 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE ONSPURS AND OTHER TRACKS(a) Wolverine - maximum capacity south end

18 cars; north end 4 cars.(b) Teck Spur - Loadout 20,750 feet. Movements

are under direction of Teck loadout operation.Maximum speed around loop, over scalesand through loadout building - 10 MPH. Tecksetout - capacity 545 feet connected tosouth end of spur.


PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - TUMBLER SUBDIVISION

[165 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - FORT ST. JOHN SUBDIVISION

CHETWYND Y 658.5CONNECTION TO

DAWSON CREEK SUB

WILLIAMS 662.3

BOND 670.5 1364

WINDY 678.6

WORTH 697.0

SEPTIMUS 704.8 6000

TEKO 713.3

TAYLOR 717.0 2800

LIWISKI 725.0

FORT ST. JOHN Y 728.0

658.5

728.0

FORT ST. JOHNSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

677.0

260

N S

OCS TG

BO

Rul

e 1

05

261

262

263

Rul

e 1

05

1

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN WILLIAMS AND LIWISKI


BETWEEN CHETWYND AND WILLIAMSAND BETWEEN LIWISKI AND FORT ST. JOHN

FORT ST. JOHN SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 104.5 - DTMF Derail - Remove derail

#72680 (from more than 200 ft). Talkermessage will advise when in non derailingposition. Replace derail #72681 (noequipment within 200 feet on either side ofderail). Talker message will confirmreplacement. If message not received, itmust be manually restored and RTC advised.

(b) Rule 104.5 - Exception Derail - Septimusnorth end.

(c) Rule 112 - Teko - A minimum of twohandbrakes must be applied for every fivecars left. Handbrakes to be appliedconsecutively from the north end.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Chetwynd(a) Connector switches Mile 659.1 and junction

switch Mile 659.2 must be left lined andlocked in the normal position when not inuse.


CHETWYND Y 658.5CONNECTION TO

DAWSON CREEK SUB

WILLIAMS 662.3

BOND 670.5 1364

WINDY 678.6

WORTH 697.0

SEPTIMUS 704.8 6000

TEKO 713.3

TAYLOR 717.0 2800

LIWISKI 725.0

FORT ST. JOHN Y 728.0

658.5

728.0

FORT ST. JOHNSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

677.0

260

N S

OCS TG

BO

Rul

e 1

05

261

262

263

Rul

e 1

05

1

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN WILLIAMS AND LIWISKI


BETWEEN CHETWYND AND WILLIAMSAND BETWEEN LIWISKI AND FORT ST. JOHN

FORT ST. JOHN SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS(a) Rule 104.5 - DTMF Derail - Remove derail

#72680 (from more than 200 ft). Talkermessage will advise when in non derailingposition. Replace derail #72681 (noequipment within 200 feet on either side ofderail). Talker message will confirmreplacement. If message not received, itmust be manually restored and RTC advised.

(b) Rule 104.5 - Exception Derail - Septimusnorth end.

(c) Rule 112 - Teko - A minimum of twohandbrakes must be applied for every fivecars left. Handbrakes to be appliedconsecutively from the north end.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Chetwynd(a) Connector switches Mile 659.1 and junction

switch Mile 659.2 must be left lined andlocked in the normal position when not inuse.


2.2 Taylor

(a) Track 1 is the designated siding.(b) Fibreco - movements must have permission

from BC NORTH coordinator prior toentering. Permission must be requested atleast 30 minutes ahead of time. Coordinatormust be advised when switching completedand movement has left Fibreco. Equipmentmust not be left standing on any customercrossing.

(c) Duke Energy - protected by gate that mustbe closed and locked when switchingcompleted.

(d) Taylor Gas liquids - cars must not be left onlead. Cars stored on runaround and storagetrack must be left at north end of thesetracks.

(e) Smoking is prohibited on the right of waynorth of the Alaska Highway crossing.

(f) Taylor Liquid Gas - protected by a chain thatmust be restored when switching iscompleted.

2.3 TekoGravel cars must be spotted south of derails inTeko east and west tracks.

2.4 Wayside Inspection SystemsDetector Inspection and Setoff Point677.0 S - bond; N - Worth

2.5 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORSMile 707.4, 712.0, 718.9, 720.0.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



263,000 lbs.(b) Six axle locomotives are prohibited from

operating on Taylor Gas Liquids, DukeEnergy leads and West Fraser trackage -Chetwynd.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH658.5 to 706.8 zone 30657.2 to 662.3 20706.8.0 to 728.0 zone 20


2.2 Taylor

(a) Track 1 is the designated siding.(b) Fibreco - movements must have permission

from BC NORTH coordinator prior toentering. Permission must be requested atleast 30 minutes ahead of time. Coordinatormust be advised when switching completedand movement has left Fibreco. Equipmentmust not be left standing on any customercrossing.

(c) Duke Energy - protected by gate that mustbe closed and locked when switchingcompleted.

(d) Taylor Gas liquids - cars must not be left onlead. Cars stored on runaround and storagetrack must be left at north end of thesetracks.

(e) Smoking is prohibited on the right of waynorth of the Alaska Highway crossing.

(f) Taylor Liquid Gas - protected by a chain thatmust be restored when switching iscompleted.

2.3 TekoGravel cars must be spotted south of derails inTeko east and west tracks.

2.4 Wayside Inspection SystemsDetector Inspection and Setoff Point677.0 S - bond; N - Worth

2.5 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORSMile 707.4, 712.0, 718.9, 720.0.

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



263,000 lbs.(b) Six axle locomotives are prohibited from

operating on Taylor Gas Liquids, DukeEnergy leads and West Fraser trackage -Chetwynd.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH658.5 to 706.8 zone 30657.2 to 662.3 20706.8.0 to 728.0 zone 20







PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - FORT ST. JOHN SUBDIVISION[167 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005






PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - FORT ST. JOHN SUBDIVISION

[168 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - FORT NELSON SUBDIVISION

FORT ST. JOHN 728.0

BARR 729.6

MURDALE 743.1 4580

NUNES 757.0

BLUE HILLS 767.5 2080

BUICK 776.2 3630

SNYDER 791.2

ZEKE 798.1 4970

BEATTON RIVER 815.9 5350

SILVER LAKE 838.2 3450

TAMARACK 852.9 1960

GUTAH 864.3 2870

SIKANNI 876.5 6100

NITEAL 897.2 4600

NEEDLEY 910.6 4970

FONTAS 917.9 2240

EKWAN 931.2 3500

ELLEH 942.6 3200

KLUA 960.8 3250

ALLAN 977.5

FORT NELSON Y 978.8

728.0

978.8

FORT NELSONSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

263

N S

OCS 1 TG

BO

Rul

e 1

05

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN BARR AND ALLAN


BETWEEN FORT ST. JOHN AND BARRAND BETWEEN ALLAN AND FORT NELSON

Rul

e 1

05

280

281

282

283

284

285

286

FORT NELSON SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONSRule 104.5 Exception Derail - Fort Nelson trackeast 4 - southend.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Cabooseless Train Inspection LocationsCabooseless trains must inspected at Fort StJohn, Mile 781.79 crossing, Mile 838.2 Silver Lakesouth siding switch; Mile 864.3 Gutah and Mile923.0.

2.2 Stand Alone Dragging Equipment DetectorsMile 736.5, 753.1, 769.8, 804.5, 819.9, 871.0,914.3, 941.0, 968.9.

[168 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - FORT NELSON SUBDIVISION

FORT ST. JOHN 728.0

BARR 729.6

MURDALE 743.1 4580

NUNES 757.0

BLUE HILLS 767.5 2080

BUICK 776.2 3630

SNYDER 791.2

ZEKE 798.1 4970

BEATTON RIVER 815.9 5350

SILVER LAKE 838.2 3450

TAMARACK 852.9 1960

GUTAH 864.3 2870

SIKANNI 876.5 6100

NITEAL 897.2 4600

NEEDLEY 910.6 4970

FONTAS 917.9 2240

EKWAN 931.2 3500

ELLEH 942.6 3200

KLUA 960.8 3250

ALLAN 977.5

FORT NELSON Y 978.8

728.0

978.8

FORT NELSONSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

263

N S

OCS 1 TG

BO

Rul

e 1

05

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN BARR AND ALLAN


BETWEEN FORT ST. JOHN AND BARRAND BETWEEN ALLAN AND FORT NELSON

Rul

e 1

05

280

281

282

283

284

285

286

FORT NELSON SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONSRule 104.5 Exception Derail - Fort Nelson trackeast 4 - southend.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Cabooseless Train Inspection LocationsCabooseless trains must inspected at Fort StJohn, Mile 781.79 crossing, Mile 838.2 Silver Lakesouth siding switch; Mile 864.3 Gutah and Mile923.0.

2.2 Stand Alone Dragging Equipment DetectorsMile 736.5, 753.1, 769.8, 804.5, 819.9, 871.0,914.3, 941.0, 968.9.


3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH728.0 to 777.0 zone 20777.0 to 859.0 zone 25804.0 to 806.0 10859.0 to 977.5 zone 30870.0 to 875.0 25900.0 to 903.0 25916.0 to 928.0 20973.4 (bridge) 20


movements approaching within 700 feet ofcrossing must not exceed 15 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.

(b) Bridge Mile 874.6 - maximum permissiblespeed 20 MPH.

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADEMile 973.4 - Trains approaching the highwayentrance to the Fort Nelson river bridge Mile 973.4must stop, then proceed when the bridge is seento be clear.



PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - FORT NELSON SUBDIVISION[169 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil



5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH728.0 to 777.0 zone 20777.0 to 859.0 zone 25804.0 to 806.0 10859.0 to 977.5 zone 30870.0 to 875.0 25900.0 to 903.0 25916.0 to 928.0 20973.4 (bridge) 20


movements approaching within 700 feet ofcrossing must not exceed 15 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.

(b) Bridge Mile 874.6 - maximum permissiblespeed 20 MPH.

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADEMile 973.4 - Trains approaching the highwayentrance to the Fort Nelson river bridge Mile 973.4must stop, then proceed when the bridge is seento be clear.



PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - FORT NELSON SUBDIVISION

[170 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - DAWSON CREEK SUBDIVISION

CHETWYND Y 0.0Jct with

FORT ST. JOHN SUB

NORRIS 0.9

WABI 8.1 1250

PERRY 10.0

SUNDANCE 14.3

FOSS 22.6 1250

TREMBLAY 35.5

KISKATINAW 49.3

ROWLAND 59.3

DAWSON CREEK Y 66.0

0.0

60.9

DAWSON CREEKSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

260

N S

OCS

TGBO

Rul

e 1

05

265

Rul

e 1

05

1

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN NORRIS AND ROWLAND


BETWEEN CHETWYND AND NORRISAND BETWEEN ROWLAND AND DAWSON CREEK

DAWSON CREEK SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Chetwynd(a) Dawson Creek sub begins and ends at south

leg of wye switch Mile 659.2 Fort St Johnsub.

2.2 Dawson Creek(a) Equipment must be handled on air between

Mile 62.1 and Mile 66.0.(b) Caution must be exercised when entraining

and detraining between Mile 61 and Mile 65account support pilings rising from right ofway.

(c) Louis Dreyfus Industrial Track - all equipmentwill be handled on air. Crews must advisethe BC North coordinator when switchinghas been completed and they are clear ofLouis Dreyfus Trackage.


3 INTERLOCKINGSNil

[170 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - DAWSON CREEK SUBDIVISION

CHETWYND Y 0.0Jct with

FORT ST. JOHN SUB

NORRIS 0.9

WABI 8.1 1250

PERRY 10.0

SUNDANCE 14.3

FOSS 22.6 1250

TREMBLAY 35.5

KISKATINAW 49.3

ROWLAND 59.3

DAWSON CREEK Y 66.0

0.0

60.9

DAWSON CREEKSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

260

N S

OCS

TGBO

Rul

e 1

05

265

Rul

e 1

05

1

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN NORRIS AND ROWLAND


BETWEEN CHETWYND AND NORRISAND BETWEEN ROWLAND AND DAWSON CREEK

DAWSON CREEK SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES



2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 Chetwynd(a) Dawson Creek sub begins and ends at south

leg of wye switch Mile 659.2 Fort St Johnsub.

2.2 Dawson Creek(a) Equipment must be handled on air between

Mile 62.1 and Mile 66.0.(b) Caution must be exercised when entraining

and detraining between Mile 61 and Mile 65account support pilings rising from right ofway.

(c) Louis Dreyfus Industrial Track - all equipmentwill be handled on air. Crews must advisethe BC North coordinator when switchinghas been completed and they are clear ofLouis Dreyfus Trackage.


3 INTERLOCKINGSNil




263,000 lbs.(b) Six axle locomotives prohibited north of Mile

0.9.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 60.9 zone 2060.9 to 66.0 zone 15

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) 2%+ Grades - 20 MPH must not be exceed

by northward movements Mile 10.9 to 16.6and southward movements Mile 22.7 to 16.6and 5.0 to 0.0.

(b) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 33.7 -southward movements approaching within250 feet of crossing must not exceed 10mph until crossing fully occupied.

(c) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 60.1 -movements approaching within 500 feet ofcrossing must not exceed 15 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.



7 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE ONSPURS AND OTHER TRACKS(a) Perry - Movements must have permission

from the BCN coordinator before makingmovements north of derail on additionaltrackage. Maximum permissible speed northof Mile 2.0 - 10 mph.

(b) Mile 42.5 - spur may only be used byengineering personnel.

(c) Grande Prairie Spur - Extension toDawson Creek Sub between Dawson Creekand Hythe. 49.9 miles. Spur mileages:Hythe Mile 88.1 to Dawson Creek Mile138.0. Rule 105(a) applicable. Heaviest carpermitted (including contents) 263,000 lbs.Locomotives in groups E,G and H prohibited.


PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - DAWSON CREEK SUBDIVISION[171 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005



263,000 lbs.(b) Six axle locomotives prohibited north of Mile

0.9.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 60.9 zone 2060.9 to 66.0 zone 15

5.2 Conditional Speeds(a) 2%+ Grades - 20 MPH must not be exceed

by northward movements Mile 10.9 to 16.6and southward movements Mile 22.7 to 16.6and 5.0 to 0.0.

(b) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 33.7 -southward movements approaching within250 feet of crossing must not exceed 10mph until crossing fully occupied.

(c) Public Crossing at Grade - Mile 60.1 -movements approaching within 500 feet ofcrossing must not exceed 15 mph untilcrossing fully occupied.



7 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE ONSPURS AND OTHER TRACKS(a) Perry - Movements must have permission

from the BCN coordinator before makingmovements north of derail on additionaltrackage. Maximum permissible speed northof Mile 2.0 - 10 mph.

(b) Mile 42.5 - spur may only be used byengineering personnel.

(c) Grande Prairie Spur - Extension toDawson Creek Sub between Dawson Creekand Hythe. 49.9 miles. Spur mileages:Hythe Mile 88.1 to Dawson Creek Mile138.0. Rule 105(a) applicable. Heaviest carpermitted (including contents) 263,000 lbs.Locomotives in groups E,G and H prohibited.


PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - DAWSON CREEK SUBDIVISION

[172 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - STUART SUBDIVISION

ODELL Y 0.0CONNECTION TOCHETWYND SUB

ALWARD 1.1

MERTON 19.9 4600

LIERSCH 37.5 1700

CARP 54.7 4220

SINCLAIR 70.0

FORT ST. JAMES 72.7

0.0

72.7

STUARTSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

51.4 201

N S

OCS TG

BO

Rul

e 1

05

221

Rul

e 1

05

220

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN ALWARD AND SINCLAIR


BETWEEN ODELL AND ALWARDAND BETWEEN SINCLAIR AND FORT ST. JAMES

STUART SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONSRule 104.5 - Exception Derails: Sidings: Merton,both ends; Liersch, both ends; Carp, north end.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 OdellStuart Sub begins and ends at switch off sidingat Mile 495.5 Chetwynd Sub.

2.2 Wayside Inspection SystemsDetector Inspection and Setoff Point51.4 S - Liersch; N - Carp

2.3 Stand Alone Dragging Equipment DetectorMile 27.9

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil


1[172 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - STUART SUBDIVISION

ODELL Y 0.0CONNECTION TOCHETWYND SUB

ALWARD 1.1

MERTON 19.9 4600

LIERSCH 37.5 1700

CARP 54.7 4220

SINCLAIR 70.0

FORT ST. JAMES 72.7

0.0

72.7

STUARTSUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

51.4 201

N S

OCS TG

BO

Rul

e 1

05

221

Rul

e 1

05

220

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN ALWARD AND SINCLAIR


BETWEEN ODELL AND ALWARDAND BETWEEN SINCLAIR AND FORT ST. JAMES

STUART SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONSRule 104.5 - Exception Derails: Sidings: Merton,both ends; Liersch, both ends; Carp, north end.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 OdellStuart Sub begins and ends at switch off sidingat Mile 495.5 Chetwynd Sub.

2.2 Wayside Inspection SystemsDetector Inspection and Setoff Point51.4 S - Liersch; N - Carp

2.3 Stand Alone Dragging Equipment DetectorMile 27.9

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil


1


5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 72.7 zone 350.0 to 1.1 1516.4 to 16.6 3027.9 to 28.4 2030.9 to 31.1 30

5.1 Conditional SpeedsPublic Crossing at Grade - Mile 72.1 -movements approaching within 250 feet ofcrossing must not exceed 10 mph until crossingfully occupied.


7 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE ONSPURS AND OTHER TRACKSMile 12.5 - Engineering Spur - 400 feet. For useby engineering personnel only.


PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - STUART SUBDIVISION[173 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH0.0 to 72.7 zone 350.0 to 1.1 1516.4 to 16.6 3027.9 to 28.4 2030.9 to 31.1 30

5.1 Conditional SpeedsPublic Crossing at Grade - Mile 72.1 -movements approaching within 250 feet ofcrossing must not exceed 10 mph until crossingfully occupied.


7 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE ONSPURS AND OTHER TRACKSMile 12.5 - Engineering Spur - 400 feet. For useby engineering personnel only.


PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - STUART SUBDIVISION

[174 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - TAKLA SUBDIVISION

FORT ST. JAMES 72.7

MANSON 76.0

TACHIE 99.0 4900

TREMBLEUR 127.5 5900

LEO CREEK 151.5 5400

NATION 176.8

TAKLA 185.0

BLUFF 188.5 4750

RICHARDSON 196.0

LOVELL Y 197.0

MARTIN 199.0

BULKLEY HOUSE 206.3

DRIFTWOOD 217.5 5950

TETANA 231.5 2500

CONNELLY 253.0 6240

SLOANE 269.0 2600

MINARET 273.3


UNDER CONSTRUCTIONMOSQUE 289.7 5680

CHIPMUNK 309.5

72.7

274.0

TAKLASUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

230

N S

OCS

1 TGBO

Rul

e 1

05

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN MANSON AND RICHARDSON AND

BETWEEN MARTIN AND SLOANECONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.

RULE 105 AND RULE 105(a) APPLICABLEBETWEEN FORT ST. JAMES AND MANSON, RICHARDSON

AND MARTIN AND BETWEEN SLOANE AND MILE 274.0

OCS

Rul

e 1

05R

ule

105

231

TAKLA SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONSRule 104.5 - Exception Derails: Sidings: Tachie,south end; Trembleur, south end; Leo Creek, northend; Bluff, both ends.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 TrembleurCars must not be stored on siding within 1150feet of siding south switch.

[174 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - TAKLA SUBDIVISION

FORT ST. JAMES 72.7

MANSON 76.0

TACHIE 99.0 4900

TREMBLEUR 127.5 5900

LEO CREEK 151.5 5400

NATION 176.8

TAKLA 185.0

BLUFF 188.5 4750

RICHARDSON 196.0

LOVELL Y 197.0

MARTIN 199.0

BULKLEY HOUSE 206.3

DRIFTWOOD 217.5 5950

TETANA 231.5 2500

CONNELLY 253.0 6240

SLOANE 269.0 2600

MINARET 273.3


UNDER CONSTRUCTIONMOSQUE 289.7 5680

CHIPMUNK 309.5

72.7

274.0

TAKLASUBDIVISION

Met

hod

of C

ontro

l

Num

ber o

f Tra

cks

Mile

Sidi

ng C

apac

ity In

Fee

t

DO

B / T

GBO

Hot

Box

and

Dra

ggin

gEq

uipm

ent D

etec

tors

Rad

io To

wer

Cod

e

Util

ity C

hann

el G

roup

Cod

es

230

N S

OCS

1 TGBO

Rul

e 1

05

SUBDIVISION CONTROL FEATURESOCS BETWEEN MANSON AND RICHARDSON AND

BETWEEN MARTIN AND SLOANECONTROLLED BY RTC EDMONTON.

RULE 105 AND RULE 105(a) APPLICABLEBETWEEN FORT ST. JAMES AND MANSON, RICHARDSON

AND MARTIN AND BETWEEN SLOANE AND MILE 274.0

OCS

Rul

e 1

05R

ule

105

231

TAKLA SUBDIVISION FOOTNOTES


1.1 SPECIAL APPLICATIONSRule 104.5 - Exception Derails: Sidings: Tachie,south end; Trembleur, south end; Leo Creek, northend; Bluff, both ends.

2 GENERAL FOOTNOTES

2.1 TrembleurCars must not be stored on siding within 1150feet of siding south switch.


2.2 Snow ConditionsTrain movements must not descend the gradesouthbound between Mile 81, Takla Subdivisionand Fort St. James when there are heavy snowconditions such that there is an estimatedaccumulation of 3 inches or more above the topof rail. Descending movements should proceedonly after the excess snow has been removedby machine, northward movement or removedby the movement of the locomotive consist,without loaded cars.

2.3 Cabooseless Train Inspection LocationsCabooseless trains must inspected at Mile 97.8Leo Creek Forrest Crossing, Mile 157.6 SakenicheForest Road Crossing and Mile 216.9 NC PlywoodRoad Crossing.

2.4 Mile 272Movements are not permitted beyond Mile 274unless authorized by the proper authority.

2.5 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORMile 116.5, 121.4, 137.5, 170.4, 230.2, 259.3,263.3.

2.6 Avalanche ZoneTA1 - Mile 248.1

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS(a) Heaviest car permitted (included contents):

230,000 lbs. Exceptions: Convertedbulkhead flats in series BCOL 11200 to11269 and 864000 to 866404 are permittedto a maximum weight (including contents)of 263,000 lbs.

(b) Unless otherwise authorized, six axlelocomotives are prohibited north of Mile 90.0.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH72.7 to 196.0 zone 20185.0 to 186.5 15(Trains may resume track speed once the enginepasses Mile 186.5 northward and Mile 185.0southward)196.0 to 254.0 zone 25254.0 to 274.0 zone 20272.0 to 274.0 15

PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - TAKLA SUBDIVISION[175 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

2.2 Snow ConditionsTrain movements must not descend the gradesouthbound between Mile 81, Takla Subdivisionand Fort St. James when there are heavy snowconditions such that there is an estimatedaccumulation of 3 inches or more above the topof rail. Descending movements should proceedonly after the excess snow has been removedby machine, northward movement or removedby the movement of the locomotive consist,without loaded cars.

2.3 Cabooseless Train Inspection LocationsCabooseless trains must inspected at Mile 97.8Leo Creek Forrest Crossing, Mile 157.6 SakenicheForest Road Crossing and Mile 216.9 NC PlywoodRoad Crossing.

2.4 Mile 272Movements are not permitted beyond Mile 274unless authorized by the proper authority.

2.5 STAND ALONE DRAGGING EQUIPMENTDETECTORMile 116.5, 121.4, 137.5, 170.4, 230.2, 259.3,263.3.

2.6 Avalanche ZoneTA1 - Mile 248.1

3 INTERLOCKINGSNil

4 EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS(a) Heaviest car permitted (included contents):

230,000 lbs. Exceptions: Convertedbulkhead flats in series BCOL 11200 to11269 and 864000 to 866404 are permittedto a maximum weight (including contents)of 263,000 lbs.

(b) Unless otherwise authorized, six axlelocomotives are prohibited north of Mile 90.0.

5 SPEEDS

5.1 Subdivision SpeedMile MPH72.7 to 196.0 zone 20185.0 to 186.5 15(Trains may resume track speed once the enginepasses Mile 186.5 northward and Mile 185.0southward)196.0 to 254.0 zone 25254.0 to 274.0 zone 20272.0 to 274.0 15

PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - TAKLA SUBDIVISION


6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADEMile 73.4 - Public Crossing at Grade - Northwardmovements from team track onto the main trackmust not exceed 5 mph until crossing is fullyoccupied.



PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - TAKLA SUBDIVISION[176 ]Time Table No. 11 JANUARY 1, 2005

6 PUBLIC CROSSINGS AT GRADEMile 73.4 - Public Crossing at Grade - Northwardmovements from team track onto the main trackmust not exceed 5 mph until crossing is fullyoccupied.



PACIFIC NORTH DIVISION - TAKLA SUBDIVISION

INDEX

WESTERN CANADA

DIVISIONAL

DATA

[ I ]JANUARY 1

2005

Western CanadaDIVISIONAL DATA

Effective0001 JANUARY 01, 2005

All employees in any service connected with themovement of trains and engines shall have a copyof these instructions accessible while on duty.

INDEX

WESTERN CANADA

DIVISIONAL

DATA

[ I ]JANUARY 1

2005

Western CanadaDIVISIONAL DATA

Effective0001 JANUARY 01, 2005

All employees in any service connected with themovement of trains and engines shall have a copyof these instructions accessible while on duty.

INDEX

WESTERN CANADA

DIVISIONAL

DATA

[ II ]JANUARY 1

2005

CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES 11. Siding Control Territory 12 Definitions - Subdivision Switch 13. Rule 6/Rule 83 Operating Bulletins 14. Rule 14 – Engine Whistle Signals 25. Rule 83.1(b) - Daily Operating Bulletin (DOB) 2

(a) Thunder Bay DOB 2(b) Winnipeg DOB 2

6. Rule 84 – Trains Tied Up On Line 37. Rule 98.1 DV Plate - Siding Operating Speed 38. Rule 104.2(a) - Local Control Dual

Control Switches (LCS) 39. Rule 104.2 - DTMF Operated Dual control

Switches 510. RULE 104.5 - Signalled Territory -

Self-Restoring Dual Control Derails. 611. RULE 104.5 - Non-Signalled Territory

Self-Restoring Hand Operated Derail 712. RULE 104.5 - Self-Restoring Derails

Equipped With Talkers 813. Rule 142 - Understanding between

Crew Members 814. Rule 577 915. Wayside Inspection Systems (WIS) 9

(a) Hazard Detector 9(b) Stand Alone Dragging Equipment Detector. 10(c) Fibre Optic Network Cut/Break 10

GENERAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 11SECTION 1 - Train Information

Braking Systems (TIBS) 1116. Arming Standard SBU and TrainLink ES IDU 1117. Verifying Train Length 11SECTION 2 - Operating Signs 1218. 2.1 - Overhead Wire Signs 12SECTION 3 - Equipment Restrictions 1219. New Item - Locomotive Groups 1220. New Item - Maximum Permissible

Motorized Axles 1321. 3.3(f) Revised - Automobile Transporter Cars

Placing of Multi-Levels ... 1322. 3.19 Revised - Rail and Transporter Cars 1423. 3.35 - New Item - Locomotive Marshalling 14SECTION 4 Company Policy and Regulatory Affairs 1424. 4.3(c)(v) Maximum duty times 1425. 4.3(d) - Further Revision to Work Rest Rules 1526. Item 4.8 - Transport Canada Railway

Safety Inspectors 16SECTION 5 – Inspection 1727. Tones - Hot Box & Dragging

Equipment Detectors 1728. 5.2(d) WIS Talkers– Temperature 1729. 5.3 (a) Stopping Train For Inspection 1830. 5.5 - Inspection Results 1831. Item 5.6 HBD Malfunctions 1832. GOI Section 5.7(b) Wheels 19SECTION 7 - Air Brake 1933. 7.1 Definitions 1934. Freight Air Brake chart - Note 6 1935. Items 7.1 and 7.2 (A) – Air Brakes 2036. Item 7.15Freight Air Brake Chart

No. 3 Air Brake Test 2037. Train Brake Status Report – WOPRT 20SECTION 8 Safety Rules 2138. 4.11 - Fire on Locomotives (New Item) 2139. Item 12.9 - Crossing Between

Coupled Equipment 2140. Item 12.10 - Coupling and

Uncoupling Equipment 22

INDEX

WESTERN CANADA

DIVISIONAL

DATA

[ II ]JANUARY 1

2005

CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES 11. Siding Control Territory 12 Definitions - Subdivision Switch 13. Rule 6/Rule 83 Operating Bulletins 14. Rule 14 – Engine Whistle Signals 25. Rule 83.1(b) - Daily Operating Bulletin (DOB) 2

(a) Thunder Bay DOB 2(b) Winnipeg DOB 2

6. Rule 84 – Trains Tied Up On Line 37. Rule 98.1 DV Plate - Siding Operating Speed 38. Rule 104.2(a) - Local Control Dual

Control Switches (LCS) 39. Rule 104.2 - DTMF Operated Dual control

Switches 510. RULE 104.5 - Signalled Territory -

Self-Restoring Dual Control Derails. 611. RULE 104.5 - Non-Signalled Territory

Self-Restoring Hand Operated Derail 712. RULE 104.5 - Self-Restoring Derails

Equipped With Talkers 813. Rule 142 - Understanding between

Crew Members 814. Rule 577 915. Wayside Inspection Systems (WIS) 9

(a) Hazard Detector 9(b) Stand Alone Dragging Equipment Detector. 10(c) Fibre Optic Network Cut/Break 10

GENERAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 11SECTION 1 - Train Information

Braking Systems (TIBS) 1116. Arming Standard SBU and TrainLink ES IDU 1117. Verifying Train Length 11SECTION 2 - Operating Signs 1218. 2.1 - Overhead Wire Signs 12SECTION 3 - Equipment Restrictions 1219. New Item - Locomotive Groups 1220. New Item - Maximum Permissible

Motorized Axles 1321. 3.3(f) Revised - Automobile Transporter Cars

Placing of Multi-Levels ... 1322. 3.19 Revised - Rail and Transporter Cars 1423. 3.35 - New Item - Locomotive Marshalling 14SECTION 4 Company Policy and Regulatory Affairs 1424. 4.3(c)(v) Maximum duty times 1425. 4.3(d) - Further Revision to Work Rest Rules 1526. Item 4.8 - Transport Canada Railway

Safety Inspectors 16SECTION 5 – Inspection 1727. Tones - Hot Box & Dragging

Equipment Detectors 1728. 5.2(d) WIS Talkers– Temperature 1729. 5.3 (a) Stopping Train For Inspection 1830. 5.5 - Inspection Results 1831. Item 5.6 HBD Malfunctions 1832. GOI Section 5.7(b) Wheels 19SECTION 7 - Air Brake 1933. 7.1 Definitions 1934. Freight Air Brake chart - Note 6 1935. Items 7.1 and 7.2 (A) – Air Brakes 2036. Item 7.15Freight Air Brake Chart

No. 3 Air Brake Test 2037. Train Brake Status Report – WOPRT 20SECTION 8 Safety Rules 2138. 4.11 - Fire on Locomotives (New Item) 2139. Item 12.9 - Crossing Between

Coupled Equipment 2140. Item 12.10 - Coupling and

Uncoupling Equipment 22

INDEX

WESTERN CANADA

DIVISIONAL

DATA

[ III ]JANUARY 1

2005

LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEERS MANUAL 2241. Train Handling – Empty Bulk Commodities 22

DANGEROUS GOODS 2242. Item 2.0 – Documentation – Revision 22

VIA 2343. VIA Notice 23

SECURITY 2344. Trespasser Activity – Heightened Awareness 23

RULES MENTORING / EXAMINATION 2345. Employee Rule Qualification

Mentoring & Examination Guidelines. 23

INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ALBERTA,BC NORTH AND BC SOUTH DIVISION 2446. Radio Rules Special Instruction - YARD LIGHTS 24

INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE TO THEPRAIRIE DIVISIONS 2547. SASKATCHEWAN ZONE – SPEEDS 2548. Rule 112 Exemption 25

RADIO 2649. Rule 125 SI - Conducting Emergency Radio Test 2650. Emergency Communication Procedures 2651. Call to RTC with DTMF Keypad 2752. Call to RTC with Tones 2753. Emergency Call to RTC with DTMF Keypad 2754. Emergency Call to RTC with Tones 2755. NEW GENERATION RADIO INSTRUCTIONS 28

(a) Tone Indications And Abbreviations 28(b) Abbreviations And Terms 28(c) Transportation Radio Network -

Emergency Call To RTC 28(d) Transportation Radio Network

Normal Call To RTC 28(e) Transportation Radio Network

Additional Features 29(f) Engineering Radio Network 29(g) Other Calling Features 32(h) Unsuccessful Calls 33(i) Modified New Generation

Radio (Mngr) Mobile Calling Instructions 33(j) Engineering Branch Line Radio (ELBR)

Calling Instructions (Saskatchewan) 33(k) Engineering Branch Line Radio (EBLR)

Calling Instructions 35EBLR TOWER LIST AND SPEED DIAL DIRECTORY 36RADIO TOWER CODES AND SUBDIVISION ZONES 37

PRAIRIE DIVISION 37ALBERTA, BC NORTH AND BC SOUTH DIVISIONS 41

57. 97 CHANNEL LOCOMOTIVE RADIO 44

RADIO CHANNEL & MODE ARRANGEMENT TABLE 45

Western Operations Centre andRTC Directory 46

INDEX

WESTERN CANADA

DIVISIONAL

DATA

[ III ]JANUARY 1

2005

LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEERS MANUAL 2241. Train Handling – Empty Bulk Commodities 22

DANGEROUS GOODS 2242. Item 2.0 – Documentation – Revision 22

VIA 2343. VIA Notice 23

SECURITY 2344. Trespasser Activity – Heightened Awareness 23

RULES MENTORING / EXAMINATION 2345. Employee Rule Qualification

Mentoring & Examination Guidelines. 23

INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ALBERTA,BC NORTH AND BC SOUTH DIVISION 2446. Radio Rules Special Instruction - YARD LIGHTS 24

INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE TO THEPRAIRIE DIVISIONS 2547. SASKATCHEWAN ZONE – SPEEDS 2548. Rule 112 Exemption 25

RADIO 2649. Rule 125 SI - Conducting Emergency Radio Test 2650. Emergency Communication Procedures 2651. Call to RTC with DTMF Keypad 2752. Call to RTC with Tones 2753. Emergency Call to RTC with DTMF Keypad 2754. Emergency Call to RTC with Tones 2755. NEW GENERATION RADIO INSTRUCTIONS 28

(a) Tone Indications And Abbreviations 28(b) Abbreviations And Terms 28(c) Transportation Radio Network -

Emergency Call To RTC 28(d) Transportation Radio Network

Normal Call To RTC 28(e) Transportation Radio Network

Additional Features 29(f) Engineering Radio Network 29(g) Other Calling Features 32(h) Unsuccessful Calls 33(i) Modified New Generation

Radio (Mngr) Mobile Calling Instructions 33(j) Engineering Branch Line Radio (ELBR)

Calling Instructions (Saskatchewan) 33(k) Engineering Branch Line Radio (EBLR)

Calling Instructions 35EBLR TOWER LIST AND SPEED DIAL DIRECTORY 36RADIO TOWER CODES AND SUBDIVISION ZONES 37

PRAIRIE DIVISION 37ALBERTA, BC NORTH AND BC SOUTH DIVISIONS 41

57. 97 CHANNEL LOCOMOTIVE RADIO 44

RADIO CHANNEL & MODE ARRANGEMENT TABLE 45

Western Operations Centre andRTC Directory 46

INDEX

WESTERN CANADA

DIVISIONAL

DATA

[ IV ]JANUARY 1

2005

KNUCKLE REPLACEMENT JOB AID

· Knuckle types ARE NOT interchangeable.· Replaced knuckle must match knuckle type at the

other end of the car· Each locomotive is equipped with spare knuckles.· All "E" type catalogue numbers start with "E50", all

"F" type with "F51."· In a pinch, an extra "E" type knuckle can be taken

from the end of the lead locomotive.

Coupler at otherend of affected car

Knuckle cataloguenumber

"E" type

Replacement knuckles

"F" type

E 5 0 B E

F 5 1 A E

E 5 0 A

R E

When replacing a Knuckle1. Separate equipment by at least 50 feet.2. Ensure equipment is stopped and secured.3. Communicate with engineer and other crew

members to ensure understanding of the work.4. Determine and obtain the type of knuckle that

must replace the broken knuckle (see "KnuckleKnowledge" above).

5. Remove the pin and set it within easy reach.6. Lift the operating lever and remove the old

knuckle from the coupler keeping feet clear of thearea.

7. Dispose of the knuckle, where it will not become atripping hazard.

8. Pulling the operating lever up, ensure the lockblock goes up into the head of the coupler allowingthe knuckle to be placed into the coupler. (Hint: youcan hold the operating lever in place by tying it to ahandhold.)

9. Insert the knuckle into the coupler, insert the pin,close the knuckle, and make sure it locks prop-erly. INDEX

WESTERN CANADA

DIVISIONAL

DATA

[ IV ]JANUARY 1

2005

KNUCKLE REPLACEMENT JOB AID

· Knuckle types ARE NOT interchangeable.· Replaced knuckle must match knuckle type at the

other end of the car· Each locomotive is equipped with spare knuckles.· All "E" type catalogue numbers start with "E50", all

"F" type with "F51."· In a pinch, an extra "E" type knuckle can be taken

from the end of the lead locomotive.

Coupler at otherend of affected car

Knuckle cataloguenumber

"E" type

Replacement knuckles

"F" type

E 5 0 B E

F 5 1 A E

E 5 0 A

R E

When replacing a Knuckle1. Separate equipment by at least 50 feet.2. Ensure equipment is stopped and secured.3. Communicate with engineer and other crew

members to ensure understanding of the work.4. Determine and obtain the type of knuckle that

must replace the broken knuckle (see "KnuckleKnowledge" above).

5. Remove the pin and set it within easy reach.6. Lift the operating lever and remove the old

knuckle from the coupler keeping feet clear of thearea.

7. Dispose of the knuckle, where it will not become atripping hazard.

8. Pulling the operating lever up, ensure the lockblock goes up into the head of the coupler allowingthe knuckle to be placed into the coupler. (Hint: youcan hold the operating lever in place by tying it to ahandhold.)

9. Insert the knuckle into the coupler, insert the pin,close the knuckle, and make sure it locks prop-erly.

1JANUARY 1

2005

Western Canada Divisional Data [ 1 ] JANUARY 1, 2005

CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES

1. Siding Control Territory(a) In Siding Control Territory, the following rules

and special instructions will apply for sidings inCTC where this Divisional Data Item is desig-nated applicable in subdivision footnotes:

i) Rule 40.1 - not applicable on any non-signalledsiding on the subdivision.

ii) Reduced Speed - In the application of reducedspeed, siding will be considered as clear ofequipment unless otherwise informed by theRTC.

iii) Rule 102 - Rule 102 is applicable to a trainoperating on a main track that is adjacent toa siding in siding control territory.

iv) Rule 104(c) - Hand operated switches in thesiding are considered lined for the normal routeunless advised otherwise by the RTC, GBO orspecial instruction.

v) Rule 105(a) - Not applicable on any siding inCTC.

vi) Rule 105.1 - Before permitting a train or engineto enter a siding occupied by other equipment,the RTC must advise a member of the crewthat such siding is occupied by other equip-ment.

vii) Rule 560 - Movements entering a non-signalledsiding must approach the signal to leave thesiding preparing to stop until the signal can beobserved as displaying a more favourable indi-cation than STOP.

viii) Rule 805 - Foreman must obtain a TOP toOCCUPY or WORK in the siding.

2. Definitions - Subdivision SwitchSwitches identified in Subdivision footnotes towhich Rule 104(c) is applicable. Subdivisionswitches connect to subdivision track(s).

3. Rule 6/Rule 83 Operating BulletinsOperating bulletins will be posted in bulletinbooks at home locations where crews normallyreport for duty.

1JANUARY 1

2005


CANADIAN RAIL OPERATING RULES

1. Siding Control Territory(a) In Siding Control Territory, the following rules

and special instructions will apply for sidings inCTC where this Divisional Data Item is desig-nated applicable in subdivision footnotes:

i) Rule 40.1 - not applicable on any non-signalledsiding on the subdivision.

ii) Reduced Speed - In the application of reducedspeed, siding will be considered as clear ofequipment unless otherwise informed by theRTC.

iii) Rule 102 - Rule 102 is applicable to a trainoperating on a main track that is adjacent toa siding in siding control territory.

iv) Rule 104(c) - Hand operated switches in thesiding are considered lined for the normal routeunless advised otherwise by the RTC, GBO orspecial instruction.

v) Rule 105(a) - Not applicable on any siding inCTC.

vi) Rule 105.1 - Before permitting a train or engineto enter a siding occupied by other equipment,the RTC must advise a member of the crewthat such siding is occupied by other equip-ment.

vii) Rule 560 - Movements entering a non-signalledsiding must approach the signal to leave thesiding preparing to stop until the signal can beobserved as displaying a more favourable indi-cation than STOP.

viii) Rule 805 - Foreman must obtain a TOP toOCCUPY or WORK in the siding.

2. Definitions - Subdivision SwitchSwitches identified in Subdivision footnotes towhich Rule 104(c) is applicable. Subdivisionswitches connect to subdivision track(s).

3. Rule 6/Rule 83 Operating BulletinsOperating bulletins will be posted in bulletinbooks at home locations where crews normallyreport for duty.

2JANUARY 1

2005


4. Rule 14 – Engine Whistle SignalsThe wording for portions of CROR Rule 14 asprovided in the CN CROR Book effective Feb-ruary 1, 2004 is incorrect and revised as fol-lows:

(l) __ __ o __ (#) (i) At every whistle post.(#) (ii) At least one-quarter of a mile from every

public crossing at grade (except within lim-its as may be prescribed in special instruc-tions) to be prolonged or repeated accordingto the speed of the movement until the cross-ing is fully occupied by the engine or cars.

(#) (iii) At frequent intervals when view is ob-structed by weather, curvature or other con-ditions.

Special Instruction:(iv)At locations specified in the time table orspecial instructions, the sounding of the en-gine whistle, except to prevent accident, inrespect to public crossings is prohibited.

(q) When two or more engines are coupled, thelocomotive engineer on the leading enginewill sound the signals as prescribed by thisrule.

(s) When a movement, not headed by an en-gine or snow plow, is equipped with a whistleat the leading end, such whistle must besounded as prescribed by 14(f) and (l). Inaddition, all engine whistle signals must besounded by the locomotive engineer.The remainder of Rule 14 as contained inthe CN CROR Rule Book remains in effect.

5. Rule 83.1(b) - Daily Operating Bulletin(DOB)Terminal DOB Effective at:

(a) THUNDER BAY DOBTakes effect at 0001 Central Time onKashabowie Sub and 0101 Eastern Time onKinghorn Sub. Limits:

Kashabowie Sub - between mile 1.3 and mile7.5 and between mile 10.9 and mile 13.4Kinghorn Sub - between mile 193.0 and mile195.5

(b) WINNIPEG DOBTakes effect at 0001. Limits:

Redditt Sub - between mile 240.0 and mile252.1City of Winnipeg industrial leads includingSt. Boniface Yard LeadConnecting Track with Central ManitobaRailway at Beach Jct.Rivers Sub - mile 0.0 to mile 14.4

2JANUARY 1

2005


4. Rule 14 – Engine Whistle SignalsThe wording for portions of CROR Rule 14 asprovided in the CN CROR Book effective Feb-ruary 1, 2004 is incorrect and revised as fol-lows:

(l) __ __ o __ (#) (i) At every whistle post.(#) (ii) At least one-quarter of a mile from every

public crossing at grade (except within lim-its as may be prescribed in special instruc-tions) to be prolonged or repeated accordingto the speed of the movement until the cross-ing is fully occupied by the engine or cars.

(#) (iii) At frequent intervals when view is ob-structed by weather, curvature or other con-ditions.

Special Instruction:(iv)At locations specified in the time table orspecial instructions, the sounding of the en-gine whistle, except to prevent accident, inrespect to public crossings is prohibited.

(q) When two or more engines are coupled, thelocomotive engineer on the leading enginewill sound the signals as prescribed by thisrule.

(s) When a movement, not headed by an en-gine or snow plow, is equipped with a whistleat the leading end, such whistle must besounded as prescribed by 14(f) and (l). Inaddition, all engine whistle signals must besounded by the locomotive engineer.The remainder of Rule 14 as contained inthe CN CROR Rule Book remains in effect.

5. Rule 83.1(b) - Daily Operating Bulletin(DOB)Terminal DOB Effective at:

(a) THUNDER BAY DOBTakes effect at 0001 Central Time onKashabowie Sub and 0101 Eastern Time onKinghorn Sub. Limits:

Kashabowie Sub - between mile 1.3 and mile7.5 and between mile 10.9 and mile 13.4Kinghorn Sub - between mile 193.0 and mile195.5

(b) WINNIPEG DOBTakes effect at 0001. Limits:

Redditt Sub - between mile 240.0 and mile252.1City of Winnipeg industrial leads includingSt. Boniface Yard LeadConnecting Track with Central ManitobaRailway at Beach Jct.Rivers Sub - mile 0.0 to mile 14.4

3JANUARY 1

2005


Winnipeg Main Trackage“X” Track, Between south track Redditt submile 248.7 and McArthur Jct. Signal 45.“X2” Track, between east and west legs ofwye mile 248.3 and mile 248.64 Beach Jct.south track Redditt Sub and G. W. W. D.Railway Crossing at Grade.“X3” Track, between south track Redditt Submile 248.2 and G.W.W.D. Railway Crossingat GradeLetellier Sub between mile 2.0 and mile 7.0

6. Rule 84 – Trains Tied Up On LineCROR Rule 84 is revised to include the follow-ing Special Instruction:Trains Tied Up On Line: Before any move-ment is made with a train that has been tied upon line, a member of the crew must contact theRTC to ensure that there are no restrictionsagainst moving any portion of that train.

7. Rule 98.1 DV Plate - Siding OperatingSpeedAt many siding locations DV plates have beenadded to signals to facilitate 25 mph speeds.At certain locations, the DV plate was addedonly to the signals governing leaving the sidingor other track at that location and not on theentrance signal to the track. When the depart-ing signal provides for 25 mph speeds, trains orengines may accelerate to that speed once thelead engine has passed the signal regardlessof speed posted for that siding.Example: Time table does not indicate a speedfor a siding. Rule 105 (c) required 15 mph forthis track. If departing signal is DV equipped,train may accelerate to 25 mph once leadingunit has passed signal.Note: Speed restrictions for equipment or trackconditions posted for that track must alwaysbe applied regardless of signal indication dis-played.

8. Rule 104.2(a) - Locoal Control DualControl Switches (LCS)

(a) Operating InstructionsNote: If indicator lights are extinguished, Rule

104.2(c) must be complied with(i) To Exit Main Track:

(1) Train must be stopped within 75 feet of switch.(2) Push “REVERSE” push-button, wait 20 sec-

onds. Switch will move to reverse positionand light will so indicate.

3JANUARY 1

2005


Winnipeg Main Trackage“X” Track, Between south track Redditt submile 248.7 and McArthur Jct. Signal 45.“X2” Track, between east and west legs ofwye mile 248.3 and mile 248.64 Beach Jct.south track Redditt Sub and G. W. W. D.Railway Crossing at Grade.“X3” Track, between south track Redditt Submile 248.2 and G.W.W.D. Railway Crossingat GradeLetellier Sub between mile 2.0 and mile 7.0

6. Rule 84 – Trains Tied Up On LineCROR Rule 84 is revised to include the follow-ing Special Instruction:Trains Tied Up On Line: Before any move-ment is made with a train that has been tied upon line, a member of the crew must contact theRTC to ensure that there are no restrictionsagainst moving any portion of that train.

7. Rule 98.1 DV Plate - Siding OperatingSpeedAt many siding locations DV plates have beenadded to signals to facilitate 25 mph speeds.At certain locations, the DV plate was addedonly to the signals governing leaving the sidingor other track at that location and not on theentrance signal to the track. When the depart-ing signal provides for 25 mph speeds, trains orengines may accelerate to that speed once thelead engine has passed the signal regardlessof speed posted for that siding.Example: Time table does not indicate a speedfor a siding. Rule 105 (c) required 15 mph forthis track. If departing signal is DV equipped,train may accelerate to 25 mph once leadingunit has passed signal.Note: Speed restrictions for equipment or trackconditions posted for that track must alwaysbe applied regardless of signal indication dis-played.

8. Rule 104.2(a) - Locoal Control DualControl Switches (LCS)

(a) Operating InstructionsNote: If indicator lights are extinguished, Rule

104.2(c) must be complied with(i) To Exit Main Track:

(1) Train must be stopped within 75 feet of switch.(2) Push “REVERSE” push-button, wait 20 sec-


4JANUARY 1

2005


(3) Occupy switch points then close and lockdoor.

(ii) To Enter Main Track:(1) Obtain permission from RTC to occupy main

track.(2) Push “Reverse” push-button, wait 20 sec-



(iii) Restoring Switch to Normal if Not Required:(1) Push “NORMAL” push-button, wait 20 sec-

onds. Switch will move to normal positionand light will so indicate.

(b) General Instructions:A train or engine movement leaving the maintrack must stop within 75 feet of the switchpoints and will line the dual control switch forthe route to be used, by means of a push but-ton located in a box near the switch.

(c) Lights: are provided to indicate switch posi-tion. If the light is not lighted for the requestedposition within one minute, the switch must beplaced in “hand” position in accordance withthe provisions of Rule 104.2(c).

(d) Completion of Movement: After the move-ment has occupied the switch points, close andlock door of box.

(e) Rule 568: A train or engine movement enteringthe main track will, after complying with Rule568(a), line the dual control switch for the routeto be used, by means of a push button locatedin a box near the switch. Lights are provided toindicate switch position. If the light is not lightedfor the requested position within one minute,the provisions of Rule 568(b) must be com-plied with and the switch must then be placedin “hand” position in accordance with the provi-sions of Rule 104.2(c).A train or engine movement entering the maintrack under the provisions of Rule 568(a) mustapproach the next signal prepared to stop, un-less or until the track is seen to be clear to thenext signal and such signal displays a morefavourable indication than Stop or Stop and Pro-ceed. A train or engine movement entering themain track under the provisions of Rule 568(b)must move at restricted speed to the next sig-nal.

(f) Restricted Speed: When a train or engine isrequired to move over an LCS switch under aRestricting Signal indication, a Stop and Pro-ceed Signal indication, or a Stop Signal indica-tion, or if switching is to be performed over thisswitch, movement must not be made until such

4JANUARY 1

2005



(ii) To Enter Main Track:(1) Obtain permission from RTC to occupy main

track.(2) Push “Reverse” push-button, wait 20 sec-



(iii) Restoring Switch to Normal if Not Required:(1) Push “NORMAL” push-button, wait 20 sec-

onds. Switch will move to normal positionand light will so indicate.

(b) General Instructions:A train or engine movement leaving the maintrack must stop within 75 feet of the switchpoints and will line the dual control switch forthe route to be used, by means of a push but-ton located in a box near the switch.

(c) Lights: are provided to indicate switch posi-tion. If the light is not lighted for the requestedposition within one minute, the switch must beplaced in “hand” position in accordance withthe provisions of Rule 104.2(c).

(d) Completion of Movement: After the move-ment has occupied the switch points, close andlock door of box.

(e) Rule 568: A train or engine movement enteringthe main track will, after complying with Rule568(a), line the dual control switch for the routeto be used, by means of a push button locatedin a box near the switch. Lights are provided toindicate switch position. If the light is not lightedfor the requested position within one minute,the provisions of Rule 568(b) must be com-plied with and the switch must then be placedin “hand” position in accordance with the provi-sions of Rule 104.2(c).A train or engine movement entering the maintrack under the provisions of Rule 568(a) mustapproach the next signal prepared to stop, un-less or until the track is seen to be clear to thenext signal and such signal displays a morefavourable indication than Stop or Stop and Pro-ceed. A train or engine movement entering themain track under the provisions of Rule 568(b)must move at restricted speed to the next sig-nal.

(f) Restricted Speed: When a train or engine isrequired to move over an LCS switch under aRestricting Signal indication, a Stop and Pro-ceed Signal indication, or a Stop Signal indica-tion, or if switching is to be performed over thisswitch, movement must not be made until such

5JANUARY 1

2005


switch has been placed in “hand” position inaccordance with the provisions of Rule 104.2(c).

(g) Rule 564: A Rule 564 authority given to pass astop signal where LCS switches are present inthe block, and stating that dual control switches“Need Not” be placed in hand position does notrelieve the employee from the requirement ofplacing an LCS switch in hand position as out-lined above.

(h) Track Unit Operation: Track units operatingunder the direction of a conductor in accordancewith Section 2 of “Track Units” items 2.3,or;Engineering Foreman operating in accor-dance with Section 3 of “Track Units” Rule 845are governed by the following.When making a through movement on the maintrack, if the light is not lighted for the requestedposition within one minute, the conductor orforeman must operate such switch in the “hand”position and not restore it to the “power” posi-tion until all track units have moved off theswitch. When making a movement to or fromthe main track, the conductor or foreman mustoperate such switch in the “hand” position andnot restore it to the “power” position until alltrack units have moved off the switch.

9. Rule 104.2 - DTMF Operated Dual ControlSwitchesThis instruction is applicable at locations speci-fied in time table footnotes.

a) Dual control switches are operated by DTMFcodes.

b) When switch is properly lined, route indicatorwill so indicate.

c) when the route indicator indicates “STOP”, itmust be determined that the switch is properlylined by observing the switch position light (SPL)in the control box and be governed as follows:

1. If the SPL indicates that the route to be usedis properly lined the movement may proceedat restricted speed to the next signal orblock end sign.

2. If the switch position light is displayed forother than the route to be used, depressthe appropriate button to line the switch forthe route to be used. After a short interval,the switch should line for the route selectedand the switch position light will be dis-played. Movement is governed by signal in-dication. If the signal remains at stop, thetrain or engine may pass the signal at re-stricted speed to the next signal or blockend sign.

5JANUARY 1

2005


switch has been placed in “hand” position inaccordance with the provisions of Rule 104.2(c).

(g) Rule 564: A Rule 564 authority given to pass astop signal where LCS switches are present inthe block, and stating that dual control switches“Need Not” be placed in hand position does notrelieve the employee from the requirement ofplacing an LCS switch in hand position as out-lined above.

(h) Track Unit Operation: Track units operatingunder the direction of a conductor in accordancewith Section 2 of “Track Units” items 2.3,or;Engineering Foreman operating in accor-dance with Section 3 of “Track Units” Rule 845are governed by the following.When making a through movement on the maintrack, if the light is not lighted for the requestedposition within one minute, the conductor orforeman must operate such switch in the “hand”position and not restore it to the “power” posi-tion until all track units have moved off theswitch. When making a movement to or fromthe main track, the conductor or foreman mustoperate such switch in the “hand” position andnot restore it to the “power” position until alltrack units have moved off the switch.

9. Rule 104.2 - DTMF Operated Dual ControlSwitchesThis instruction is applicable at locations speci-fied in time table footnotes.

a) Dual control switches are operated by DTMFcodes.

b) When switch is properly lined, route indicatorwill so indicate.

c) when the route indicator indicates “STOP”, itmust be determined that the switch is properlylined by observing the switch position light (SPL)in the control box and be governed as follows:

1. If the SPL indicates that the route to be usedis properly lined the movement may proceedat restricted speed to the next signal orblock end sign.

2. If the switch position light is displayed forother than the route to be used, depressthe appropriate button to line the switch forthe route to be used. After a short interval,the switch should line for the route selectedand the switch position light will be dis-played. Movement is governed by signal in-dication. If the signal remains at stop, thetrain or engine may pass the signal at re-stricted speed to the next signal or blockend sign.

6JANUARY 1

2005


Note: When the Time Running light is dis-played, the switch will not immediately re-spond to power operation. No further actionmay be taken until this light extinguishes.

3. If the switch will not lock in the desired posi-tion or neither switch indication light is illu-minated, the switch must then be operatedin hand position as provided for in Rule104.2(c).

(d) If the switch is found in hand position or linedfor other than the normal route, the RTC mustbe advised. Unless otherwise directed, theswitch must then be placed in power position.Movement is governed by signal indication.

(e) A crew member located at the switch mayprovide the control box information to anothercrew member of the train or engine affected.Such information is not considered advanceinformation in the application of CROR Rule 126.

10. RULE 104.5 - Signalled Territory - SelfRestoring Dual Control Derails.

(a) To enter main track from yard - passing overself restoring derail: When the CTC signal leav-ing a yard is displaying a permissive indica-tion, a member of the crew will enter the codefor the derail location on their DTMF radio. Thiswill cause the dual control mechanism to placethe derail in the non-derailing position. A greenstrobe indicator light located atop the derailmarker will operate to indicate to the crew thatthe derail is now in a non-derailing position.Movement must not advance to within 100 feetof derail until indicator strobe light is operating.

(b) To enter yard from main track - passing overself restoring derail: When the CTC signal toenter yard is displaying a permissive indica-tion, the occupancy of the approach circuit willcause the dual control mechanism to place thederail in the non-derailing position. The move-ment must approach the derail prepared to stop,unless or until the green strobe indicator lightlocated atop the derail marker is operating toindicate that the derail is now in a non-derail-ing position.

(c) Indicator Light Not Illuminated - When atrain or engine is required to move over the selfrestoring derail when the indicator light is notilluminated, movement must not be made un-til:

(i) the selector lever is placed in “hand” position;(ii) the hand throw lever is operated until the derail

point moves in both directions with the move-ment of the hand throw lever; and

(iii) the derail is lined by hand for the non-derailing

6JANUARY 1

2005


Note: When the Time Running light is dis-played, the switch will not immediately re-spond to power operation. No further actionmay be taken until this light extinguishes.

3. If the switch will not lock in the desired posi-tion or neither switch indication light is illu-minated, the switch must then be operatedin hand position as provided for in Rule104.2(c).

(d) If the switch is found in hand position or linedfor other than the normal route, the RTC mustbe advised. Unless otherwise directed, theswitch must then be placed in power position.Movement is governed by signal indication.

(e) A crew member located at the switch mayprovide the control box information to anothercrew member of the train or engine affected.Such information is not considered advanceinformation in the application of CROR Rule 126.

10. RULE 104.5 - Signalled Territory - SelfRestoring Dual Control Derails.

(a) To enter main track from yard - passing overself restoring derail: When the CTC signal leav-ing a yard is displaying a permissive indica-tion, a member of the crew will enter the codefor the derail location on their DTMF radio. Thiswill cause the dual control mechanism to placethe derail in the non-derailing position. A greenstrobe indicator light located atop the derailmarker will operate to indicate to the crew thatthe derail is now in a non-derailing position.Movement must not advance to within 100 feetof derail until indicator strobe light is operating.

(b) To enter yard from main track - passing overself restoring derail: When the CTC signal toenter yard is displaying a permissive indica-tion, the occupancy of the approach circuit willcause the dual control mechanism to place thederail in the non-derailing position. The move-ment must approach the derail prepared to stop,unless or until the green strobe indicator lightlocated atop the derail marker is operating toindicate that the derail is now in a non-derail-ing position.

(c) Indicator Light Not Illuminated - When atrain or engine is required to move over the selfrestoring derail when the indicator light is notilluminated, movement must not be made un-til:

(i) the selector lever is placed in “hand” position;(ii) the hand throw lever is operated until the derail

point moves in both directions with the move-ment of the hand throw lever; and

(iii) the derail is lined by hand for the non-derailing

7JANUARY 1

2005


position. The selector lever must be restored to“power” position and locked, but not before themovement has occupied the derail point.NOTE: In the application of Rule 115, the indi-cator strobe light must be “seen or known” tobe operating before movement commences. Ifnot illuminated, items (i), (ii), and (iii) must becomplied with. If reported not illuminated, theRTC must advise this condition to the Signalsand Communications department immediately.

(d) Derail Restoration and Failure - The self re-storing derail mechanism will restore the derailto the derailing position when the movementhas left the location of the derail. This will indi-cate to the RTC through the CTC display in theRTC office. Should the system indicate that thederail has not been restored to derailing posi-tion, the RTC must immediately report the con-dition to the Signals and Communication De-partment.

(e) Change in Operation - The operation of theSELF RESTORING DERAILS has beenchanged at the following locations:Clover Bar Mile 259.5 Wainwright Sub. (TracksB & C)Edson East Mile 128.6 Edson Sub.Jasper East Mile 234.3 Edson Sub. (North &South Track)Blue River West Mile 1.1 Clearwater Sub.Batchelor Mile 136.0 Clearwater Sub.Boston Bar West Mile 1.3 Yale Sub.Smithers West Mile 0.7 Bulkley Sub.The CTC signal to enter the main track WILLNOT display a permissive indication until thederail is in a non-derailing position. “To entermain track from yard” for these locations is re-vised to read:To enter main track from yard - passing overself restoring derail:

i) RTC will request CTC signal.ii) Member of crew will enter the code for the

derail location on their DTMF radio.iii) A green strobe light on top of derail will indi-

cate when in non derailing position.iv) CTC signal that was on request should now

indicate a permissive indication.v) Movements must not advance to within 100

feet of derail until the indicator strobe light isoperating and a permissive indication is pro-vided on the CTC governing signal.

11. RULE 104.5 - Non-Signalled Territory SelfRestoring Hand Operated Derail.

(a) To move over a self restoring derail in non sig-nalled territory, the following instructions apply:

7JANUARY 1

2005


position. The selector lever must be restored to“power” position and locked, but not before themovement has occupied the derail point.NOTE: In the application of Rule 115, the indi-cator strobe light must be “seen or known” tobe operating before movement commences. Ifnot illuminated, items (i), (ii), and (iii) must becomplied with. If reported not illuminated, theRTC must advise this condition to the Signalsand Communications department immediately.

(d) Derail Restoration and Failure - The self re-storing derail mechanism will restore the derailto the derailing position when the movementhas left the location of the derail. This will indi-cate to the RTC through the CTC display in theRTC office. Should the system indicate that thederail has not been restored to derailing posi-tion, the RTC must immediately report the con-dition to the Signals and Communication De-partment.

(e) Change in Operation - The operation of theSELF RESTORING DERAILS has beenchanged at the following locations:Clover Bar Mile 259.5 Wainwright Sub. (TracksB & C)Edson East Mile 128.6 Edson Sub.Jasper East Mile 234.3 Edson Sub. (North &South Track)Blue River West Mile 1.1 Clearwater Sub.Batchelor Mile 136.0 Clearwater Sub.Boston Bar West Mile 1.3 Yale Sub.Smithers West Mile 0.7 Bulkley Sub.The CTC signal to enter the main track WILLNOT display a permissive indication until thederail is in a non-derailing position. “To entermain track from yard” for these locations is re-vised to read:To enter main track from yard - passing overself restoring derail:

i) RTC will request CTC signal.ii) Member of crew will enter the code for the

derail location on their DTMF radio.iii) A green strobe light on top of derail will indi-

cate when in non derailing position.iv) CTC signal that was on request should now

indicate a permissive indication.v) Movements must not advance to within 100

feet of derail until the indicator strobe light isoperating and a permissive indication is pro-vided on the CTC governing signal.

11. RULE 104.5 - Non-Signalled Territory SelfRestoring Hand Operated Derail.

(a) To move over a self restoring derail in non sig-nalled territory, the following instructions apply:

8JANUARY 1

2005


(i) Movement must not advance to within 100 feetof derail.

(ii) A member of the crew will place the selectorlever in “hand” position.

(iii) The hand throw lever must be operated untilthe derail point moves in both directions withthe movement of the hand throw lever.

(iv) The derail may now be lined for non-derailingposition.

(v) The selector lever must be restored to “power”position and locked, but not before the move-ment has occupied the derail point.NOTE: During switching operations, the derailmust be left in “hand position”.

(vi) When the movement has departed the derailtrack circuit, the mechanism will restore thederail to derailing position. The crew will beadvised that this has taken place by a “Talker”message stating: “CN derail mile xxxx subdivi-sion, restored to the derailing position, repeatrestored to the derailing position”, broadcaston the end-to-end channel.

(vii) If the message is not received, the crew willcontact the RTC to inform that the derail wasnot reported reset. The RTC must immediatelyreport the condition to the Signals and Com-munications department.

NOTE: When track units are to be operated over aSelf Restoring Dual Control Derail or a SelfRestoring Hand Operated Derail, the derail mustbe operated in the “Hand” position until all trackunits have cleared the derail. Once clear, theforeman must ensure the selector lever is re-stored to the “Power” position and locked.

12. Self-Restoring Derails Equipped WithTalkersIn the event, that the message is not received,the crew will contact the RTC immediately toinform that the derail has not reported reset.When such condition has been reported or isindicating on the control system within the of-fice, the RTC must take immediate action toprevent movements from entering the limits ofthe malfunctioning derail and arrange to have aresponsible employee, such as another traincrew, TMC, yardmaster or even the departingcrew restore the derail to derailing position.

13. Rule 142 - Understanding between CrewMembersFollowing is in addition to requirements of CRORRule 142.The designation of the TGBO must be com-pared with the designation for the train on theWOPRT. When the WOPRT is not available, a

8JANUARY 1

2005


(i) Movement must not advance to within 100 feetof derail.

(ii) A member of the crew will place the selectorlever in “hand” position.

(iii) The hand throw lever must be operated untilthe derail point moves in both directions withthe movement of the hand throw lever.

(iv) The derail may now be lined for non-derailingposition.

(v) The selector lever must be restored to “power”position and locked, but not before the move-ment has occupied the derail point.NOTE: During switching operations, the derailmust be left in “hand position”.

(vi) When the movement has departed the derailtrack circuit, the mechanism will restore thederail to derailing position. The crew will beadvised that this has taken place by a “Talker”message stating: “CN derail mile xxxx subdivi-sion, restored to the derailing position, repeatrestored to the derailing position”, broadcaston the end-to-end channel.

(vii) If the message is not received, the crew willcontact the RTC to inform that the derail wasnot reported reset. The RTC must immediatelyreport the condition to the Signals and Com-munications department.

NOTE: When track units are to be operated over aSelf Restoring Dual Control Derail or a SelfRestoring Hand Operated Derail, the derail mustbe operated in the “Hand” position until all trackunits have cleared the derail. Once clear, theforeman must ensure the selector lever is re-stored to the “Power” position and locked.

12. Self-Restoring Derails Equipped WithTalkersIn the event, that the message is not received,the crew will contact the RTC immediately toinform that the derail has not reported reset.When such condition has been reported or isindicating on the control system within the of-fice, the RTC must take immediate action toprevent movements from entering the limits ofthe malfunctioning derail and arrange to have aresponsible employee, such as another traincrew, TMC, yardmaster or even the departingcrew restore the derail to derailing position.

13. Rule 142 - Understanding between CrewMembersFollowing is in addition to requirements of CRORRule 142.The designation of the TGBO must be com-pared with the designation for the train on theWOPRT. When the WOPRT is not available, a

9JANUARY 1

2005


member of the crew may obtain the correctdesignation of the train for comparison to theTGBO from the RTC, company supervisor, orother employee who has access to this infor-mation. If the designation is incorrect on theTGBO, the RTC must be contacted to issue anew TGBO with the correct designation or achange of designation by GBO. When theWOPRT is incorrect, the RTC, company su-pervisor, or other employee who has access tothe correct information may verbally instruct thecrew to change the designation on the WOPRT.

14. Rule 577Applicable in multitrack CTC on Prairie andPacific Subdivisions.

15. Wayside Inspection Systems (WIS)

(a) Hazard DetectorThe location of Hazard detectors will beidentified in subdivision footnotes.Hazard detectors include the following, SlideDetectors, Slump Detectors, Wash OutDetectors, High Water Detectors, BridgeScour and Avalanche Detectors. Whenactivated, the unit will begin broadcasting anEmergency Alarm message on Channel One.This broadcast will be repeated every twominutes until reset by S&C Maintainer.Additionally, the hazard detector may be tiedinto the CTC signal system independently ofthe radio talker. The signal system willdowngrade the signal indication governing theentrance to the affected block. (The RTC willreceive an indication on the RTC controlpanel).

Track Hazard Message: EMERGENCY,EMERGENCY, EMERGENCY, UNSAFETRACK CONDITION DETECTED AT MILExxx, yyy SUBDIVISION.

Upon hearing the Emergency MessageBroadcast, train movements must advise theRTC of the Emergency Message and operatethrough these limits prepared to stop short ofa track defect, not exceeding 10 mph untilthe lead locomotive exits the limits or thetrack is seen or known to be clear.

Note: Where Slide Detector Fences aremarked in the field by a signal consisting of awhite light with the letter “T” etched on itsface in advance of the fence(s), (mountedeither on the mast of one or more blocksignals, the mast of an instrument case or

9JANUARY 1

2005


member of the crew may obtain the correctdesignation of the train for comparison to theTGBO from the RTC, company supervisor, orother employee who has access to this infor-mation. If the designation is incorrect on theTGBO, the RTC must be contacted to issue anew TGBO with the correct designation or achange of designation by GBO. When theWOPRT is incorrect, the RTC, company su-pervisor, or other employee who has access tothe correct information may verbally instruct thecrew to change the designation on the WOPRT.

14. Rule 577Applicable in multitrack CTC on Prairie andPacific Subdivisions.

15. Wayside Inspection Systems (WIS)

(a) Hazard DetectorThe location of Hazard detectors will beidentified in subdivision footnotes.Hazard detectors include the following, SlideDetectors, Slump Detectors, Wash OutDetectors, High Water Detectors, BridgeScour and Avalanche Detectors. Whenactivated, the unit will begin broadcasting anEmergency Alarm message on Channel One.This broadcast will be repeated every twominutes until reset by S&C Maintainer.Additionally, the hazard detector may be tiedinto the CTC signal system independently ofthe radio talker. The signal system willdowngrade the signal indication governing theentrance to the affected block. (The RTC willreceive an indication on the RTC controlpanel).

Track Hazard Message: EMERGENCY,EMERGENCY, EMERGENCY, UNSAFETRACK CONDITION DETECTED AT MILExxx, yyy SUBDIVISION.

Upon hearing the Emergency MessageBroadcast, train movements must advise theRTC of the Emergency Message and operatethrough these limits prepared to stop short ofa track defect, not exceeding 10 mph untilthe lead locomotive exits the limits or thetrack is seen or known to be clear.

Note: Where Slide Detector Fences aremarked in the field by a signal consisting of awhite light with the letter “T” etched on itsface in advance of the fence(s), (mountedeither on the mast of one or more blocksignals, the mast of an instrument case or

10JANUARY 1

2005


on a separate mast), when lighted or flashingit indicates that the fence(s) are broken andthat the main track may be impassable.Trains must approach and pass fence(s)prepared to stop and in no case exceeding10 miles per hour until the leading end of themovement has exited the limits of the slidedetector fence or the track is seen to beclear to the end of the slide detector fencelimits. Trains delayed after passing signal orentering the main track between the signaland slide detector fence will be governed bythe above. If main track is not impassablespeed permitted by the governing blocksignal may then be resumed.

(b) Stand Alone Dragging Equipment Detec-tor.

Detector Message: EMERGENCY,EMERGENCY, EMERGENCY, DRAGGINGEQUIPMENT DETECTOR ACTIVATED ATMILE xxx, yyy SUBDIVISION.

The locations of stand alone draggingequipment detectors will be identified insubdivision footnotes. Trains passing over orhaving just passed over the site and receivingthe alarm message must stop immediately,consistent with good train handling practices,and a standing inspection of the train, up tothat portion of the train that has passed thedetector, must be made for dragging orderailed equipment. The RTC must beadvised when an emergency message hasbeen received along with the results of theinspection. Trains approaching a site wherethe message is being issued prior tooccupancy by their train, need not stop andinspect but must advise the RTC that theEmergency message is being broadcast.

(c) Fibre Optic Network Cut/Break

When a fibre optic network cut/break occurs,the affected RTC will be advised and muststop all trains on the affected sub. The RTCon receipt of advice of a fibre optic break willimmediately broadcast an emergencymessage on the end to end channel to alltrains in the identified area as follows;“Emergency, Emergency, Emergency,fibre cable break on the xxxxxxxSubdivision; all trains must stop andawait further instruction” (message to berepeated after a twenty second pause).Trains advised by the emergency broadcast,or by other means, must immediately come

10JANUARY 1

2005


on a separate mast), when lighted or flashingit indicates that the fence(s) are broken andthat the main track may be impassable.Trains must approach and pass fence(s)prepared to stop and in no case exceeding10 miles per hour until the leading end of themovement has exited the limits of the slidedetector fence or the track is seen to beclear to the end of the slide detector fencelimits. Trains delayed after passing signal orentering the main track between the signaland slide detector fence will be governed bythe above. If main track is not impassablespeed permitted by the governing blocksignal may then be resumed.

(b) Stand Alone Dragging Equipment Detec-tor.

Detector Message: EMERGENCY,EMERGENCY, EMERGENCY, DRAGGINGEQUIPMENT DETECTOR ACTIVATED ATMILE xxx, yyy SUBDIVISION.

The locations of stand alone draggingequipment detectors will be identified insubdivision footnotes. Trains passing over orhaving just passed over the site and receivingthe alarm message must stop immediately,consistent with good train handling practices,and a standing inspection of the train, up tothat portion of the train that has passed thedetector, must be made for dragging orderailed equipment. The RTC must beadvised when an emergency message hasbeen received along with the results of theinspection. Trains approaching a site wherethe message is being issued prior tooccupancy by their train, need not stop andinspect but must advise the RTC that theEmergency message is being broadcast.

(c) Fibre Optic Network Cut/Break

When a fibre optic network cut/break occurs,the affected RTC will be advised and muststop all trains on the affected sub. The RTCon receipt of advice of a fibre optic break willimmediately broadcast an emergencymessage on the end to end channel to alltrains in the identified area as follows;“Emergency, Emergency, Emergency,fibre cable break on the xxxxxxxSubdivision; all trains must stop andawait further instruction” (message to berepeated after a twenty second pause).Trains advised by the emergency broadcast,or by other means, must immediately come

11JANUARY 1

2005


to a stop, initiate a double rebroadcast of theRTC message on the end to end channel andawait further instruction from the RTC beforeproceeding. This advice may be in the formof a broadcast or train specific radiotransmission.

(d) Engineering Employees in the area hearingany of the above Emergency MessageBroadcast, must advise the RTC of thelocation and message being broadcast.Broadcast messages are repeated untilreset by S&C.

GENERAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

SECTION 1 - Train Information Braking Systems(TIBS)

16. Arming Standard SBU and TrainLink ESIDUCN is gradually migrating to new T.I.B.S. equip-ment called “TrainLink ES”, a system that pro-vides for improved braking capabilities and whenavailable can significantly reduce in-train-forces.Locomotives are gradually being equipped withTrainLink ES IDU and SIU (Sensory InterfaceUnit). Locomotives that have been equipped witha TrainLink ES IDU can be identified by a face-plate attached to the IDU that shows “TrainLinkES”. Conversely when IDU is powering up theLED will either show “EMERG DISABLED” or“EMERG ENABLED”. For more informationrefer to GOI Section 1.9.Currently confusion exists when attempting toestablish communication between a TrainLinkES IDU and a standard AAR SBU. A standardSBU MUST BE ARMED to same as a TrainLinkES SBU.The last sentence in section 1.9 (a) states: “Lo-comotives equipped with a TrainLink ES IDUand a conventional SBU must be “ARMED” thesame as a TrainLink ES System. (see “ARM-ING”) (b) TRAINLINK-ES SYSTEM - ARMINGand EMERGENCY TEST.

17. Verifying Train LengthRTC’s are required to verify the length of all trainson departure from crew change points. Operat-ing crews departing terminals and crew changepoints must contact the RTC and supply thisinformation, in particular any train that will be ofoversiding length.

11JANUARY 1

2005


to a stop, initiate a double rebroadcast of theRTC message on the end to end channel andawait further instruction from the RTC beforeproceeding. This advice may be in the formof a broadcast or train specific radiotransmission.

(d) Engineering Employees in the area hearingany of the above Emergency MessageBroadcast, must advise the RTC of thelocation and message being broadcast.Broadcast messages are repeated untilreset by S&C.

GENERAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

SECTION 1 - Train Information Braking Systems(TIBS)

16. Arming Standard SBU and TrainLink ESIDUCN is gradually migrating to new T.I.B.S. equip-ment called “TrainLink ES”, a system that pro-vides for improved braking capabilities and whenavailable can significantly reduce in-train-forces.Locomotives are gradually being equipped withTrainLink ES IDU and SIU (Sensory InterfaceUnit). Locomotives that have been equipped witha TrainLink ES IDU can be identified by a face-plate attached to the IDU that shows “TrainLinkES”. Conversely when IDU is powering up theLED will either show “EMERG DISABLED” or“EMERG ENABLED”. For more informationrefer to GOI Section 1.9.Currently confusion exists when attempting toestablish communication between a TrainLinkES IDU and a standard AAR SBU. A standardSBU MUST BE ARMED to same as a TrainLinkES SBU.The last sentence in section 1.9 (a) states: “Lo-comotives equipped with a TrainLink ES IDUand a conventional SBU must be “ARMED” thesame as a TrainLink ES System. (see “ARM-ING”) (b) TRAINLINK-ES SYSTEM - ARMINGand EMERGENCY TEST.

17. Verifying Train LengthRTC’s are required to verify the length of all trainson departure from crew change points. Operat-ing crews departing terminals and crew changepoints must contact the RTC and supply thisinformation, in particular any train that will be ofoversiding length.

12JANUARY 1

2005


SECTION 2 - Operating Signs

18. 2.1 - Overhead Wire SignsA new sign has been implemented for use inconjunction with cranes on the CN System.This sign is a sandwich style sign with a yellowlightning bolt on a white background and thewords: DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE WIRESOVERHEAD. It will be placed by the craneoperation staff temporarily at the side of thetrack to indicate the presence of overhead wiresthat could be detrimental to crane operation.THIS SIGN DOES NOT AFFECT TRAIN ORENGINE OR OTHER TRACK UNIT OPERA-TION.

SECTION 3 - Equipment Restrictions19. New Item - Locomotive Groups

Group ACN 1063 1078 1082

Group BCN 1339 1385

Group D1CN 233 263CN 271 281CN 1177 1179CN 1400 1444WC 1505 1508CN 4000 4143GTW 4600 4635CN 4790 4798CN 7014 7280

Group D2IC 1419 1511WC 1552 1571CN 7300 7316

Group ECN 200 207CN 211 232CN 264 270CN 500 526WC 1501 1503WC 2001 2006IC 3100 3027CN 4700 4789CN 4799 4810GTW 4900 4934GTW 5812 5861GTW 6221 6228GTW 6200 6228GTW 6400 6425CN 7000 7013CN 7200 7231CN 7500 7535CN 9400 9766IC 9560 9639

12JANUARY 1

2005


SECTION 2 - Operating Signs

18. 2.1 - Overhead Wire SignsA new sign has been implemented for use inconjunction with cranes on the CN System.This sign is a sandwich style sign with a yellowlightning bolt on a white background and thewords: DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE WIRESOVERHEAD. It will be placed by the craneoperation staff temporarily at the side of thetrack to indicate the presence of overhead wiresthat could be detrimental to crane operation.THIS SIGN DOES NOT AFFECT TRAIN ORENGINE OR OTHER TRACK UNIT OPERA-TION.

SECTION 3 - Equipment Restrictions19. New Item - Locomotive Groups

Group ACN 1063 1078 1082

Group BCN 1339 1385

Group D1CN 233 263CN 271 281CN 1177 1179CN 1400 1444WC 1505 1508CN 4000 4143GTW 4600 4635CN 4790 4798CN 7014 7280

Group D2IC 1419 1511WC 1552 1571CN 7300 7316

Group ECN 200 207CN 211 232CN 264 270CN 500 526WC 1501 1503WC 2001 2006IC 3100 3027CN 4700 4789CN 4799 4810GTW 4900 4934GTW 5812 5861GTW 6221 6228GTW 6200 6228GTW 6400 6425CN 7000 7013CN 7200 7231CN 7500 7535CN 9400 9766IC 9560 9639

13JANUARY 1

2005


Group FCN 1650 1653IC 2025 2041

Group GIC 1000 1039CN 2200 2205 (Locotrol)CN 2400 2454CN 2500 2695CN 5000 5387CN 5400 5459CN 5500 5563CN 5600 5800GTW 5930 5956CN 6000 6028GCFX 6030 6079

Group HIC 100 101CN 102 103WC 2500CN 5391GTW 5900DWP 5902 5911GTW 5912 5928WC 6001 6006IC 5000 6142IC 6200 6270WC 6497 6625WC 7495 7638

Note: 2004 acquisitions:2200-2205 GE Dash 9-44CW equipped withlocotrol. 2673-2695 GE Dash 9-44CW notequipped with locotrol.

20. New Item - Maximum Permissible Motor-ized AxlesUnless otherwise specified, the maximum num-ber of working locomotives permitted in anyengine consist is restricted to 24 motorizedaxles.In unit train service on subdivisions specified inthe Time Table or by Special Instructions, thelocomotive consist may be increased to 30 mo-torized axles.The Equipment Restrictions section of the Sub-division Footnotes may, on account of track con-ditions, curvature, or grade reasons, further re-strict the number of locomotives permitted onmovements within a specific subdivision.

21. 3.3(f) Revised - Automobile TransporterCars – Placing of Multi-Levels at Loading/Unloading Ramps.Hand brakes are to be set on all cars spottedfor loading or unloading. When so governed,

13JANUARY 1

2005


Group FCN 1650 1653IC 2025 2041

Group GIC 1000 1039CN 2200 2205 (Locotrol)CN 2400 2454CN 2500 2695CN 5000 5387CN 5400 5459CN 5500 5563CN 5600 5800GTW 5930 5956CN 6000 6028GCFX 6030 6079

Group HIC 100 101CN 102 103WC 2500CN 5391GTW 5900DWP 5902 5911GTW 5912 5928WC 6001 6006IC 5000 6142IC 6200 6270WC 6497 6625WC 7495 7638

Note: 2004 acquisitions:2200-2205 GE Dash 9-44CW equipped withlocotrol. 2673-2695 GE Dash 9-44CW notequipped with locotrol.

20. New Item - Maximum Permissible Motor-ized AxlesUnless otherwise specified, the maximum num-ber of working locomotives permitted in anyengine consist is restricted to 24 motorizedaxles.In unit train service on subdivisions specified inthe Time Table or by Special Instructions, thelocomotive consist may be increased to 30 mo-torized axles.The Equipment Restrictions section of the Sub-division Footnotes may, on account of track con-ditions, curvature, or grade reasons, further re-strict the number of locomotives permitted onmovements within a specific subdivision.

21. 3.3(f) Revised - Automobile TransporterCars – Placing of Multi-Levels at Loading/Unloading Ramps.Hand brakes are to be set on all cars spottedfor loading or unloading. When so governed,

14JANUARY 1

2005


the following provisions of the Special Instruc-tion to CROR Rule 112 are not applicable;Item (i) - Push/pull test.Item (iii) - Brake piston released.

22. 3.19 Revised - Rail and Transporter CarsMovements handling continuous welded or end-bolted rail exceeding 82 feet in length are re-stricted: to a maximum permissible speed of40 MPH, reducing to 10 MPH through turnoutsexcept when signal indication permits a speedof 30 MPH or greater through turnouts, thenspeed must not exceed 20 MPH through suchturnouts.• to a total of 40 continuous welded/end-

bolted rail cars marshalled on the headend when other equipment is handled inthe train,

• to a total of 80 continuous welded/end-bolted rail cars, including any required idlercars, when other equipment is not handledin the train.

23. 3.35 - New Item - Locomotive MarshallingThe following applies to ensure proper marshal-ling of shut-down and idling locomotives whenhandled in freight service:Unless otherwise authorized, locomotiveshandled in freight service, including shut-downor idling locomotives, must be marshalled aspart of or immediately behind the working loco-motive consist.

SECTION 4 Company Policy and RegulatoryAffairs

24. 4.3(c)(v) Maximum duty timesSix (6) continuous hours off-duty exclusive ofcall time, if applicable, will be required to resetthe clock to zero at home terminals and otherthan home terminals.In order to reset the clock to zero, you musthave an off-duty period of 6 hours, undisturbedby a call to work. Any applicable call time pre-scribed by the collective agreements must falloutside of the 6 hour off-duty period.Should a crew return to duty after the expira-tion of 6 continuous hours off-duty, undisturbedby a call to work, the crew's 24 hour clock willbe reset to zero.In order to properly enter the off-duty timeenroute employees will now be required to com-plete two new fields on the CATS tie-up screenwhen completing their tie-up. These are

14JANUARY 1

2005


the following provisions of the Special Instruc-tion to CROR Rule 112 are not applicable;Item (i) - Push/pull test.Item (iii) - Brake piston released.

22. 3.19 Revised - Rail and Transporter CarsMovements handling continuous welded or end-bolted rail exceeding 82 feet in length are re-stricted: to a maximum permissible speed of40 MPH, reducing to 10 MPH through turnoutsexcept when signal indication permits a speedof 30 MPH or greater through turnouts, thenspeed must not exceed 20 MPH through suchturnouts.• to a total of 40 continuous welded/end-

bolted rail cars marshalled on the headend when other equipment is handled inthe train,

• to a total of 80 continuous welded/end-bolted rail cars, including any required idlercars, when other equipment is not handledin the train.

23. 3.35 - New Item - Locomotive MarshallingThe following applies to ensure proper marshal-ling of shut-down and idling locomotives whenhandled in freight service:Unless otherwise authorized, locomotiveshandled in freight service, including shut-downor idling locomotives, must be marshalled aspart of or immediately behind the working loco-motive consist.

SECTION 4 Company Policy and RegulatoryAffairs

24. 4.3(c)(v) Maximum duty timesSix (6) continuous hours off-duty exclusive ofcall time, if applicable, will be required to resetthe clock to zero at home terminals and otherthan home terminals.In order to reset the clock to zero, you musthave an off-duty period of 6 hours, undisturbedby a call to work. Any applicable call time pre-scribed by the collective agreements must falloutside of the 6 hour off-duty period.Should a crew return to duty after the expira-tion of 6 continuous hours off-duty, undisturbedby a call to work, the crew's 24 hour clock willbe reset to zero.In order to properly enter the off-duty timeenroute employees will now be required to com-plete two new fields on the CATS tie-up screenwhen completing their tie-up. These are

15JANUARY 1

2005


"Respite From", which is the time of arrival atthe Company provided rest facility, and "Re-spite To", which is the time rest is completed.

25. 4.3(d) - Further Revision to Work RestRulesCN crews booking rest enroute or who are Tied-up Between Terminals are required to observeMandatory Off-Duty Time, General OperatingInstruction Item 4.3(d) [or Section 5.2 of theWork/Rest Rules], if they have been on-duty inexcess of 10 hours when they arrive at the restfacility.For the purposes of determining availability un-der the Work/Rest Rules employees will be con-sidered to be off-duty upon their arrival at theCompany provided rest facility and mandatoryrest (MTOD) will be applied in accordance withGOI 4.3(d)(i) [or Subsection 5.2.1 (b) of theWork/Rest Rules] for away-from-home termi-nals.Therefore, the following will apply to crews go-ing off-duty enroute in road service:

1) Should a crew exceed 10 hours on-duty priorto going off-duty upon the arrival at the Com-pany provided rest facility, they will be subjectto Mandatory Off-Duty Time as provided underGOI 4.3(d)(i) [or subsection 5.2.1 (b) of the Work/Rest Rules] for away-from-home terminals, thatis, at least 6 hours off-duty, exclusive of calltime, notwithstanding any ‘lesser’ personal restelected by employees under the provisions oftheir collective agreements.

2) After observing the Mandatory Off-Duty Timethe 24 hour clock will be reset to zero and thecrew will be governed only by the provisions ofGOI 4.3(c)(i) [or subsection 5.1.1 of the Work/Rest Rules] – maximum duty times for a singletour of duty.

3) Should a crew exceed 10 hours on-duty priorto going off-duty upon the arrival at the Com-pany provided rest facility, mandatory off-dutytime may be interrupted to deadheaded to thehome terminal only, whereupon full mandatoryrest will be required as provided in GOI 4.3(d)(i)[or subsection 5.2.1 (a) of the Work/Rest Rules]for home terminals.

4) Should a crew ‘not’ exceed 10 hours on-dutyprior to going off-duty upon the arrival at theCompany provided rest facility, Mandatory Off-Duty Time will not apply at that location andthe crew will be governed only by the provisionsof their collective agreement, for rest or tied upenroute, when determining the time they willreturn to duty.

5) Should a crew ‘not’ exceed 10 hours on-dutyprior to going off-duty upon the arrival at the

15JANUARY 1

2005


"Respite From", which is the time of arrival atthe Company provided rest facility, and "Re-spite To", which is the time rest is completed.

25. 4.3(d) - Further Revision to Work RestRulesCN crews booking rest enroute or who are Tied-up Between Terminals are required to observeMandatory Off-Duty Time, General OperatingInstruction Item 4.3(d) [or Section 5.2 of theWork/Rest Rules], if they have been on-duty inexcess of 10 hours when they arrive at the restfacility.For the purposes of determining availability un-der the Work/Rest Rules employees will be con-sidered to be off-duty upon their arrival at theCompany provided rest facility and mandatoryrest (MTOD) will be applied in accordance withGOI 4.3(d)(i) [or Subsection 5.2.1 (b) of theWork/Rest Rules] for away-from-home termi-nals.Therefore, the following will apply to crews go-ing off-duty enroute in road service:

1) Should a crew exceed 10 hours on-duty priorto going off-duty upon the arrival at the Com-pany provided rest facility, they will be subjectto Mandatory Off-Duty Time as provided underGOI 4.3(d)(i) [or subsection 5.2.1 (b) of the Work/Rest Rules] for away-from-home terminals, thatis, at least 6 hours off-duty, exclusive of calltime, notwithstanding any ‘lesser’ personal restelected by employees under the provisions oftheir collective agreements.

2) After observing the Mandatory Off-Duty Timethe 24 hour clock will be reset to zero and thecrew will be governed only by the provisions ofGOI 4.3(c)(i) [or subsection 5.1.1 of the Work/Rest Rules] – maximum duty times for a singletour of duty.

3) Should a crew exceed 10 hours on-duty priorto going off-duty upon the arrival at the Com-pany provided rest facility, mandatory off-dutytime may be interrupted to deadheaded to thehome terminal only, whereupon full mandatoryrest will be required as provided in GOI 4.3(d)(i)[or subsection 5.2.1 (a) of the Work/Rest Rules]for home terminals.

4) Should a crew ‘not’ exceed 10 hours on-dutyprior to going off-duty upon the arrival at theCompany provided rest facility, Mandatory Off-Duty Time will not apply at that location andthe crew will be governed only by the provisionsof their collective agreement, for rest or tied upenroute, when determining the time they willreturn to duty.

5) Should a crew ‘not’ exceed 10 hours on-dutyprior to going off-duty upon the arrival at the

16JANUARY 1

2005


Company provided rest facility and return to dutyprior to the expiration of 6 hours continuous off-duty time, as provided for in GOI 4.3(c)(v) [orsubsection 5.1.5 of the Work/Rest Rules], thecrew’s 24 hour clock will not be reset to zeroand the crew will be governed by the provisionsof GOI 4.3(c)(ii) [or subsection 5.1.2 of theWork/Rest Rules] – a maximum duty time of18 hours in a 24 hour period.

6) Should a crew ‘not’ exceed 10 hours on-dutyprior to going off-duty upon the arrival at theCompany provided rest facility and return to dutyprior to the expiration of 3 hours off-duty timeas provided for in GOI 4.3(d)(ii) [or subsection5.2.2 of the Work/Rest Rules], the crew willalso be governed by the provisions of GOI4.3(d)(ii) [or subsection 5.2.2 of the Work/RestRules] – the total on-duty time for the consecu-tive tours of duty will be combined for the pur-pose of calculating mandatory off-duty time atthe next location the crew goes off-duty.

7) Should a crew ‘not’ exceed 10 hours on-dutyprior to going off-duty upon the arrival at theCompany provided rest facility and return to dutyafter the expiration of 6 hours continuous off-duty time as provided for in GOI 4.3(c)(v) [orsubsection 5.1.5 of the Work/Rest Rules], thecrew’s 24 hour clock will be reset to zero andthe crew will be governed only by the provisionsof subsection GOI 4.3(c)(i) [or subsection 5.1.1of the Work/Rest Rules] – maximum duty timesfor a single tour of duty.In all case where crews take rest enroute orare tied-up between terminals, the time of ar-rival at the Company provided rest facility mustbe provided to the Crew Management Centre.Detailed instructions for providing the requiredinformation to your respective Crew Manage-ment Centres will be broadcast in CATS.

26. Item 4.8 - Transport Canada RailwaySafety InspectorsSections 27 and 28 of the Railway Safety Actprovide for the appointment of Railway SafetyInspectors. Each Inspector has an identifica-tion certificate which will also state theInspector’s area(s) of competence.Upon presentation of this certificate, RailwaySafety Inspectors may (within the inspector’sarea of competence) enter any railway work orequipment, whether or not in operation, to in-spect such railway work or equipment.An Inspector may forbid or restrict the use of aline of railway or rolling stock or an operatingpractice if he considers that such use or prac-

16JANUARY 1

2005


Company provided rest facility and return to dutyprior to the expiration of 6 hours continuous off-duty time, as provided for in GOI 4.3(c)(v) [orsubsection 5.1.5 of the Work/Rest Rules], thecrew’s 24 hour clock will not be reset to zeroand the crew will be governed by the provisionsof GOI 4.3(c)(ii) [or subsection 5.1.2 of theWork/Rest Rules] – a maximum duty time of18 hours in a 24 hour period.

6) Should a crew ‘not’ exceed 10 hours on-dutyprior to going off-duty upon the arrival at theCompany provided rest facility and return to dutyprior to the expiration of 3 hours off-duty timeas provided for in GOI 4.3(d)(ii) [or subsection5.2.2 of the Work/Rest Rules], the crew willalso be governed by the provisions of GOI4.3(d)(ii) [or subsection 5.2.2 of the Work/RestRules] – the total on-duty time for the consecu-tive tours of duty will be combined for the pur-pose of calculating mandatory off-duty time atthe next location the crew goes off-duty.

7) Should a crew ‘not’ exceed 10 hours on-dutyprior to going off-duty upon the arrival at theCompany provided rest facility and return to dutyafter the expiration of 6 hours continuous off-duty time as provided for in GOI 4.3(c)(v) [orsubsection 5.1.5 of the Work/Rest Rules], thecrew’s 24 hour clock will be reset to zero andthe crew will be governed only by the provisionsof subsection GOI 4.3(c)(i) [or subsection 5.1.1of the Work/Rest Rules] – maximum duty timesfor a single tour of duty.In all case where crews take rest enroute orare tied-up between terminals, the time of ar-rival at the Company provided rest facility mustbe provided to the Crew Management Centre.Detailed instructions for providing the requiredinformation to your respective Crew Manage-ment Centres will be broadcast in CATS.

26. Item 4.8 - Transport Canada RailwaySafety InspectorsSections 27 and 28 of the Railway Safety Actprovide for the appointment of Railway SafetyInspectors. Each Inspector has an identifica-tion certificate which will also state theInspector’s area(s) of competence.Upon presentation of this certificate, RailwaySafety Inspectors may (within the inspector’sarea of competence) enter any railway work orequipment, whether or not in operation, to in-spect such railway work or equipment.An Inspector may forbid or restrict the use of aline of railway or rolling stock or an operatingpractice if he considers that such use or prac-

17JANUARY 1

2005


tice poses an immediate threat to safe railwayoperations.Employees must respect the role of the Inspec-tor and give all reasonable assistance in thecourse of any inspection and must comply withall reasonable requests. To do otherwise con-stitutes an offence of the Railway Safety Act. Ifin doubt as to the proper course of action, di-rection must be sought from your immediatesupervisor.In the case of contravention of a Regulation,Emergency Directive, Order of the Minister,Order of a Railway Safety Inspector, or Ruleapproved by the Minister an individual is liableto a fine of up to $5,000 or imprisonment for upto six months, or both.

SECTION 5 - Inspection

27. Tones - Hot Box & Dragging EquipmentDetectorsSingle “Beep” Tone will occur two (2) secondsprior to the beginning of a Talker message whichwill indicate No Alarms.Double “Beep” Tone will occur two (2) secondsprior to receiving a message indicating an AlarmCondition (i.e. hot box, hot wheel, draggingEquipment, etc.).Speed Message: The speed announcement atthe end of the “No Alarms” message is broad-cast as a single message i.e. Thirty Seven.The number stated is in MPH. The Talker Sys-tem does not transmit the term MPH associ-ated with this message. The number transmit-ted indicates the speed at the time the move-ment entered the HB&DE site.

28. 5.2(d) WIS Talkers– TemperatureSelected WIS sites across the System havebeen programmed to provide a talker messagethat will include the outside ambient tempera-ture reading at the site location.All other ‘talker’ message content will remainunchanged.The temperature message will be delivered be-tween the now present alarm message andspeed message. In the case of a ‘No Alarm’message, following is an example of the entiremessage when the temperature function ispresent:‘CN Detector (subdivision) (mileage), NoAlarm...10 C...52. or‘CN Detector (subdivision) (mileage), NoAlarm...Minus 10C....52.’

17JANUARY 1

2005


tice poses an immediate threat to safe railwayoperations.Employees must respect the role of the Inspec-tor and give all reasonable assistance in thecourse of any inspection and must comply withall reasonable requests. To do otherwise con-stitutes an offence of the Railway Safety Act. Ifin doubt as to the proper course of action, di-rection must be sought from your immediatesupervisor.In the case of contravention of a Regulation,Emergency Directive, Order of the Minister,Order of a Railway Safety Inspector, or Ruleapproved by the Minister an individual is liableto a fine of up to $5,000 or imprisonment for upto six months, or both.

SECTION 5 - Inspection

27. Tones - Hot Box & Dragging EquipmentDetectorsSingle “Beep” Tone will occur two (2) secondsprior to the beginning of a Talker message whichwill indicate No Alarms.Double “Beep” Tone will occur two (2) secondsprior to receiving a message indicating an AlarmCondition (i.e. hot box, hot wheel, draggingEquipment, etc.).Speed Message: The speed announcement atthe end of the “No Alarms” message is broad-cast as a single message i.e. Thirty Seven.The number stated is in MPH. The Talker Sys-tem does not transmit the term MPH associ-ated with this message. The number transmit-ted indicates the speed at the time the move-ment entered the HB&DE site.

28. 5.2(d) WIS Talkers– TemperatureSelected WIS sites across the System havebeen programmed to provide a talker messagethat will include the outside ambient tempera-ture reading at the site location.All other ‘talker’ message content will remainunchanged.The temperature message will be delivered be-tween the now present alarm message andspeed message. In the case of a ‘No Alarm’message, following is an example of the entiremessage when the temperature function ispresent:‘CN Detector (subdivision) (mileage), NoAlarm...10 C...52. or‘CN Detector (subdivision) (mileage), NoAlarm...Minus 10C....52.’

18JANUARY 1

2005


Eventually, and further instructions will be is-sued, this temperature message will becomeintegral to providing slow order protection rela-tive to our cold/hot-weather rail protection policy.

29. 5.3 (a) Stopping Train For InspectionWhen advised there is an indication of drag-ging equipment, extreme journal temperature,or over-heated wheel, the locomotive engineermust stop immediately, initiating and utilizinga 'Split Service Reduction'.

30. 5.5 - Inspection ResultsRevised to iinclude the following;NOTE:

i) If inspection reveals “NOTHING FOUND”, thecrew must contact the RTC before leaving thelocation of the suspect car and verify that theproper axle/car was assuredly inspected. Basedon axle count the RTC will provide the crewmember with a suspect car number obtainedfrom SRS to verify that it coincides with the carnumber provided by the crew member. If a dis-crepancy exists the RTC and crew must as-sure, based on any recent lifts and/or setoffs,that the correct axle/car identified by the WISsite message received the required inspection.The locomotive engineer may be utilized to re-lay information between the crew member atthe car location and the RTC.

ii) in the event of a multiple alarm condition involv-ing one or more “NOTHING FOUND” reports,the SRS comparison will not be performed untilcompletion of the check and report from thecrew of the last suspect axle identified in themultiple alarm.The above process will ensure that a suspectcar does not go undetected as the result of amiscount of axles or misinterpretation of the‘talker’ message. The RTC will not provide theSRS ‘suspect’ car number until after the re-quired inspection report, including car numberinspected, is communicated by the crew.

31. Item 5.6 HBD MalfunctionsRevised as follows:

(a) A crew must consider an in-service hot box anddragging equipment detector to be malfunction-ing when the talker reports “NOT WORKING”,or when a message from the talker is garbled,unintelligible or not heard. In these circum-stances, the crew must immediately reducespeed to 15 MPH and advise the RTC of themalfunction. Normal track speed must not be

18JANUARY 1

2005


Eventually, and further instructions will be is-sued, this temperature message will becomeintegral to providing slow order protection rela-tive to our cold/hot-weather rail protection policy.

29. 5.3 (a) Stopping Train For InspectionWhen advised there is an indication of drag-ging equipment, extreme journal temperature,or over-heated wheel, the locomotive engineermust stop immediately, initiating and utilizinga 'Split Service Reduction'.

30. 5.5 - Inspection ResultsRevised to iinclude the following;NOTE:

i) If inspection reveals “NOTHING FOUND”, thecrew must contact the RTC before leaving thelocation of the suspect car and verify that theproper axle/car was assuredly inspected. Basedon axle count the RTC will provide the crewmember with a suspect car number obtainedfrom SRS to verify that it coincides with the carnumber provided by the crew member. If a dis-crepancy exists the RTC and crew must as-sure, based on any recent lifts and/or setoffs,that the correct axle/car identified by the WISsite message received the required inspection.The locomotive engineer may be utilized to re-lay information between the crew member atthe car location and the RTC.

ii) in the event of a multiple alarm condition involv-ing one or more “NOTHING FOUND” reports,the SRS comparison will not be performed untilcompletion of the check and report from thecrew of the last suspect axle identified in themultiple alarm.The above process will ensure that a suspectcar does not go undetected as the result of amiscount of axles or misinterpretation of the‘talker’ message. The RTC will not provide theSRS ‘suspect’ car number until after the re-quired inspection report, including car numberinspected, is communicated by the crew.

31. Item 5.6 HBD MalfunctionsRevised as follows:

(a) A crew must consider an in-service hot box anddragging equipment detector to be malfunction-ing when the talker reports “NOT WORKING”,or when a message from the talker is garbled,unintelligible or not heard. In these circum-stances, the crew must immediately reducespeed to 15 MPH and advise the RTC of themalfunction. Normal track speed must not be

19JANUARY 1

2005


resumed unless the movement is provided oneof the following:

• a pull-by inspection by wayside or train crewemployees;

• an inspection by a working Wayside Inspec-tion System detector; or

• RTC advice, after a check of Office systems,that no defects are present.Remainder of GOI Item 5.6 remains unchangedand in effect. It is important to note that reduc-tion to 15 MPH must commence ‘immediately’,and track speed is not to be continued whileawaiting for RTC response.

32. 5.7(b) WheelsRevised as follows.Remove references to:

• when the shell is 3/4" in length and width orlarger, and the shells are more or less con-tinuous around the periphery of the wheel.

• when one shell is 1" or more in length andwidth.

Replace with:• when a shell is 1 1/2" in length and 1 1/4" in

width.All else remains the same.

SECTION 7 - Air Brake

33. 7.1 Definitions - is revised to include thefollowing new definitions:

(x) Split Service Reduction: an initial 6 to 10PSI brake pipe reduction, and after exhaust hasstopped for 20 seconds, a further reduction toa Full Service application.(y) Positive Brake Pipe Reduction: An auto-matic brake pipe reduction of at least 6 PSI, asindicated by the IDU, on the last car of the trainin response to each air brake application.

34. Freight Air Brake chart - Note 6As the result of operational concerns and dia-logue with the Regulator on the subject, Note 6of the Freight Air Brake chart, found on page 13of GOI Section 7, is revised as follows:

Note (6) At through train change-off loca-tions, the incoming locomotive engineer mustleave the train brakes set to provide for atleast a Minimum Reduction (6-8 PSI) on therear car of the train as indicated on the IDUdisplay. It will only be necessary for the out-going locomotive engineer to verify continu-ity by identifying a 6 PSI increase in rear carbrake pipe pressure, as displayed on the IDU,

19JANUARY 1

2005


resumed unless the movement is provided oneof the following:

• a pull-by inspection by wayside or train crewemployees;

• an inspection by a working Wayside Inspec-tion System detector; or

• RTC advice, after a check of Office systems,that no defects are present.Remainder of GOI Item 5.6 remains unchangedand in effect. It is important to note that reduc-tion to 15 MPH must commence ‘immediately’,and track speed is not to be continued whileawaiting for RTC response.

32. 5.7(b) WheelsRevised as follows.Remove references to:

• when the shell is 3/4" in length and width orlarger, and the shells are more or less con-tinuous around the periphery of the wheel.

• when one shell is 1" or more in length andwidth.

Replace with:• when a shell is 1 1/2" in length and 1 1/4" in

width.All else remains the same.

SECTION 7 - Air Brake

33. 7.1 Definitions - is revised to include thefollowing new definitions:

(x) Split Service Reduction: an initial 6 to 10PSI brake pipe reduction, and after exhaust hasstopped for 20 seconds, a further reduction toa Full Service application.(y) Positive Brake Pipe Reduction: An auto-matic brake pipe reduction of at least 6 PSI, asindicated by the IDU, on the last car of the trainin response to each air brake application.

34. Freight Air Brake chart - Note 6As the result of operational concerns and dia-logue with the Regulator on the subject, Note 6of the Freight Air Brake chart, found on page 13of GOI Section 7, is revised as follows:

Note (6) At through train change-off loca-tions, the incoming locomotive engineer mustleave the train brakes set to provide for atleast a Minimum Reduction (6-8 PSI) on therear car of the train as indicated on the IDUdisplay. It will only be necessary for the out-going locomotive engineer to verify continu-ity by identifying a 6 PSI increase in rear carbrake pipe pressure, as displayed on the IDU,

20JANUARY 1

2005


before permitting the train to proceed.This change of practice, while retaining the levelof safety required by regulation i.e. assuringbrake pipe continuity, does so without deplet-ing brake pipe pressure to exorbitant and un-necessary lower levels which must ultimatelybe restored before train brakes release andoperational ‘taper’ levels are achieved.

35. Items 7.1 and 7.2 (A) – Air BrakesGOI Section 7.1 ‘Definitions’ is revised withthe addition of the following definition:POSITIVE BRAKE PIPE REDUCTION:An automatic brake pipe reduction of at least 6PSI, as indicated by the IDU, on the last car ofthe train in response to each air brake applica-tion.GOI Section 7.2(a) ‘General’ is revised andthe following is now applicable:

(a) (i) To ensure a positive freight car brake pipereduction and to avoid sticking brakes, the trainbrakes must not be released until a positivebrake pipe reduction of at least 6 PSI, as indi-cated by the IDU, has been made on the lastcar of the train.(ii) When a running release of the train brakesis to be made and operating conditions permit,the brake pipe must be reduced to ensure apositive brake pipe reduction. When operatingconditions do not permit, a positive brake pipereduction must be achieved at the next appro-priate opportunity.(iii)NOTE: The RTC Centre may contact a trainwhile enroute and request a 6 PSI reduction,then release, in an effort to correct a suspectedsticking brake.

36. 7.15 Freight Air Brake Chart No. 3 AirBrake TestThe requirement for a FULL SERVICE applica-tion to verify continuity of the brake pipe onfreight trains in the performance of a No. 3 AirBrake Test is rescinded and replaced with therequirement to provide an automatic brake pipereduction of at least 6 PSI (as indicated on theIDU) on the last car of the train.General Operating Instruction Item 7.15, FreightAir Brake Chart, is amended accordingly.

37. Train Brake Status Report – WOPRTConductors are required to input pertinent in-formation, and maintain current informationre: equipment in their train. Information con-tained in a Schedule “A” is to be transferred to

20JANUARY 1

2005


before permitting the train to proceed.This change of practice, while retaining the levelof safety required by regulation i.e. assuringbrake pipe continuity, does so without deplet-ing brake pipe pressure to exorbitant and un-necessary lower levels which must ultimatelybe restored before train brakes release andoperational ‘taper’ levels are achieved.

35. Items 7.1 and 7.2 (A) – Air BrakesGOI Section 7.1 ‘Definitions’ is revised withthe addition of the following definition:POSITIVE BRAKE PIPE REDUCTION:An automatic brake pipe reduction of at least 6PSI, as indicated by the IDU, on the last car ofthe train in response to each air brake applica-tion.GOI Section 7.2(a) ‘General’ is revised andthe following is now applicable:

(a) (i) To ensure a positive freight car brake pipereduction and to avoid sticking brakes, the trainbrakes must not be released until a positivebrake pipe reduction of at least 6 PSI, as indi-cated by the IDU, has been made on the lastcar of the train.(ii) When a running release of the train brakesis to be made and operating conditions permit,the brake pipe must be reduced to ensure apositive brake pipe reduction. When operatingconditions do not permit, a positive brake pipereduction must be achieved at the next appro-priate opportunity.(iii)NOTE: The RTC Centre may contact a trainwhile enroute and request a 6 PSI reduction,then release, in an effort to correct a suspectedsticking brake.

36. 7.15 Freight Air Brake Chart No. 3 AirBrake TestThe requirement for a FULL SERVICE applica-tion to verify continuity of the brake pipe onfreight trains in the performance of a No. 3 AirBrake Test is rescinded and replaced with therequirement to provide an automatic brake pipereduction of at least 6 PSI (as indicated on theIDU) on the last car of the train.General Operating Instruction Item 7.15, FreightAir Brake Chart, is amended accordingly.

37. Train Brake Status Report – WOPRTConductors are required to input pertinent in-formation, and maintain current informationre: equipment in their train. Information con-tained in a Schedule “A” is to be transferred to

21JANUARY 1

2005


the ‘Origin Brake Test’ section. The car num-ber and location in a train of ‘Cars with BrakesCut-out’ is to be maintained in the appropriatesection of the form.The format of the Brake Status Report will beas follows:

Month/ No. Type of

Location Day Time of Cars Test CondOriginBrakeTest _______ _____ _____ ______ ____ ____

Car Car CarCars with No. Position No. Position No. PositionBrakes ___ ____ ___ ____ ____ ____Cut-out ___ ____ ___ ____ ____ ____ ___ ____ ___ ____ ____ ____

The Brake Status Report is to be used to showthe Date, time location number of cars and typeof brake test originally performed on the train.In addition, the Date, Car Initial and Numberand Location in the train of any cars with brakesinoperative must be filled out in the applicablespaces. A space is provided for any remarks.The sections for the Conductor’s signature tobe transferred between crews, and the Undes-ired Emergency Brake Application (UDE) Re-port remain unchanged and are to be filled inas required.

SECTION 8 - Safety Rules

38. 4.11 - Fire on Locomotives ( New Item )In the event of a fire on a locomotive, whether atthe engine or in the electrical equipment, thefollowing procedure should be followed:1. Shut down engine immediately.2. Pull battery switch if practicable.3. Pull all cables and disconnect hoses be-tween the locomotive on fire and other locomo-tives in the consist.If possible, determine the location of the fire.It may be necessary to break electrical cabinetseals in order to properly direct fire extinguisherat flames.If it appears that the fire cannot be brought un-der control, a member of the operating crewshould immediately notify the proper authori-ties so that assistance may be obtained assoon as possible.Using the remaining locomotives of the con-

21JANUARY 1

2005


the ‘Origin Brake Test’ section. The car num-ber and location in a train of ‘Cars with BrakesCut-out’ is to be maintained in the appropriatesection of the form.The format of the Brake Status Report will beas follows:

Month/ No. Type of

Location Day Time of Cars Test CondOriginBrakeTest _______ _____ _____ ______ ____ ____

Car Car CarCars with No. Position No. Position No. PositionBrakes ___ ____ ___ ____ ____ ____Cut-out ___ ____ ___ ____ ____ ____ ___ ____ ___ ____ ____ ____

The Brake Status Report is to be used to showthe Date, time location number of cars and typeof brake test originally performed on the train.In addition, the Date, Car Initial and Numberand Location in the train of any cars with brakesinoperative must be filled out in the applicablespaces. A space is provided for any remarks.The sections for the Conductor’s signature tobe transferred between crews, and the Undes-ired Emergency Brake Application (UDE) Re-port remain unchanged and are to be filled inas required.

SECTION 8 - Safety Rules

38. 4.11 - Fire on Locomotives ( New Item )In the event of a fire on a locomotive, whether atthe engine or in the electrical equipment, thefollowing procedure should be followed:1. Shut down engine immediately.2. Pull battery switch if practicable.3. Pull all cables and disconnect hoses be-tween the locomotive on fire and other locomo-tives in the consist.If possible, determine the location of the fire.It may be necessary to break electrical cabinetseals in order to properly direct fire extinguisherat flames.If it appears that the fire cannot be brought un-der control, a member of the operating crewshould immediately notify the proper authori-ties so that assistance may be obtained assoon as possible.Using the remaining locomotives of the con-

22JANUARY 1

2005


sist, the locomotive on fire should be placed ona siding in a remote location, (properly secured)to prevent further damage to railway and privateproperty.

39. Item 12.9 - Crossing Between CoupledEquipmentA tripping hazard has been identified involvingcable connections between Intermodal“Gensets” and adjacent Intermodal containers.Often the connecting cables are run betweencontainers/platforms over top of the end-of-carwalkway. Therefore, and until further advised,employees are not to utilize walkways that arefouled by “Genset” connector cables to cross-over between cars. A walkway free of thesecables must be utilized to crossover betweenintermodal platforms.

40. Item 12.10 - Coupling and UncouplingEquipmentRevised in part:A speed of 1 MPH (slow walking speed) shouldnot be exceeded when coupling with a locomo-tive consist of three or more units.

LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEERS MANUAL

41. Train Handling – Empty Bulk Commodi-tiesAll empty bulk commodity trains (unit trains)are restricted to a maximum of 45 miles perhour. To take advantage of descending grades,this speed restriction does not apply when op-erating in throttle notches 1, 2, or 3, or if indynamic brake. This does not relieve subdivi-sion zone speeds nor speed restrictions asoutlined in the GOI or as specified on the trainjournals.Bulk empty trains can be identified by the let-ter “B” for potash, “C” for coal, “G” for grain, and“S” for sulphur in the train ID, i.e., C78141-10.To expedite empty movements this speed re-striction may be cancelled by verbal authorityfrom the RTC.

DANGEROUS GOODS42. Item 2.0 – Documentation - Revision

The first ‘NOTE’ in Item 2.0-DOCUMENTATION,of the CN Dangerous Goods section of the CNOperating Manual is revised as follows:NOTE: An SRS waybill (follower line onWOPRT or Train Lists) is an acceptable ship-

22JANUARY 1

2005


sist, the locomotive on fire should be placed ona siding in a remote location, (properly secured)to prevent further damage to railway and privateproperty.

39. Item 12.9 - Crossing Between CoupledEquipmentA tripping hazard has been identified involvingcable connections between Intermodal“Gensets” and adjacent Intermodal containers.Often the connecting cables are run betweencontainers/platforms over top of the end-of-carwalkway. Therefore, and until further advised,employees are not to utilize walkways that arefouled by “Genset” connector cables to cross-over between cars. A walkway free of thesecables must be utilized to crossover betweenintermodal platforms.

40. Item 12.10 - Coupling and UncouplingEquipmentRevised in part:A speed of 1 MPH (slow walking speed) shouldnot be exceeded when coupling with a locomo-tive consist of three or more units.

LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEERS MANUAL

41. Train Handling – Empty Bulk Commodi-tiesAll empty bulk commodity trains (unit trains)are restricted to a maximum of 45 miles perhour. To take advantage of descending grades,this speed restriction does not apply when op-erating in throttle notches 1, 2, or 3, or if indynamic brake. This does not relieve subdivi-sion zone speeds nor speed restrictions asoutlined in the GOI or as specified on the trainjournals.Bulk empty trains can be identified by the let-ter “B” for potash, “C” for coal, “G” for grain, and“S” for sulphur in the train ID, i.e., C78141-10.To expedite empty movements this speed re-striction may be cancelled by verbal authorityfrom the RTC.

DANGEROUS GOODS42. Item 2.0 – Documentation - Revision

The first ‘NOTE’ in Item 2.0-DOCUMENTATION,of the CN Dangerous Goods section of the CNOperating Manual is revised as follows:NOTE: An SRS waybill (follower line onWOPRT or Train Lists) is an acceptable ship-

23JANUARY 1

2005


ping document for ANY loaded or residue dan-gerous goods car/intermodal traffic.This removes the previous requirement restrict-ing the use of the SRS waybill for intermodaltraffic which originated in Canada or overseas.With this revision, documentation needs for anytype of dangerous goods traffic becomes bothsimilar and consistent.

VIA43. VIA Notice

All operating employees in VIA service mustbe in possession of VIA NOTICE TO OPERAT-ING EMPLOYEES while on duty. To obtain acopy or to ascertain whether a copy in posses-sion is current, employees must contact theVIA Operations Control Centre at 1-800-361-6265 when reporting for duty.

SECURITY44. Trespasser Activity – Heightened

AwarenessGiven ongoing security concerns with evolvingworld events, all employees must be alert andvigilant for any trespasser presence or any sus-picious activity on or in the vicinity of Companyproperty. Report any such activity immediatelyto the RTC or other available proper authoritywith specifics as to the location and nature ofthe activity.

RULES MENTORING / EXAMINATION45. Employee Rule Qualification / Mentoring

& Examination Guidelines.All employees holding a valid rules certificatemust be Mentored by their Supervisor.Employees NOT MENTORED are NOTPERMITTED to participate in a rules examsession.

a) Mentoring and Examaninationi) Transportation Employees require two full

days of Mentoring prior to writing QSOCexams. The exam/mentoring cycle shouldbe as follows:Year 1 - Day One Mentoring session Year 2 - Day Two Mentoring session Year 3 - Exam.

ii) Engineering exam cycle requires that acomplete one day Mentoring session be deliv-ered in year one or year two. Year three is theexam.

23JANUARY 1

2005


ping document for ANY loaded or residue dan-gerous goods car/intermodal traffic.This removes the previous requirement restrict-ing the use of the SRS waybill for intermodaltraffic which originated in Canada or overseas.With this revision, documentation needs for anytype of dangerous goods traffic becomes bothsimilar and consistent.

VIA43. VIA Notice

All operating employees in VIA service mustbe in possession of VIA NOTICE TO OPERAT-ING EMPLOYEES while on duty. To obtain acopy or to ascertain whether a copy in posses-sion is current, employees must contact theVIA Operations Control Centre at 1-800-361-6265 when reporting for duty.

SECURITY44. Trespasser Activity – Heightened

AwarenessGiven ongoing security concerns with evolvingworld events, all employees must be alert andvigilant for any trespasser presence or any sus-picious activity on or in the vicinity of Companyproperty. Report any such activity immediatelyto the RTC or other available proper authoritywith specifics as to the location and nature ofthe activity.

RULES MENTORING / EXAMINATION45. Employee Rule Qualification / Mentoring

& Examination Guidelines.All employees holding a valid rules certificatemust be Mentored by their Supervisor.Employees NOT MENTORED are NOTPERMITTED to participate in a rules examsession.

a) Mentoring and Examaninationi) Transportation Employees require two full

days of Mentoring prior to writing QSOCexams. The exam/mentoring cycle shouldbe as follows:Year 1 - Day One Mentoring session Year 2 - Day Two Mentoring session Year 3 - Exam.

ii) Engineering exam cycle requires that acomplete one day Mentoring session be deliv-ered in year one or year two. Year three is theexam.

24JANUARY 1

2005


iii) Employees are responsible to ensure thatthey have attended the required Mentor ses-sions prior to attending an exam session.

b) All employees that successfully write their rulesexams will be given a 3 year rules certificate.A 3-year expiry date cannot be extended be-yond the expiry date.

c) Exam schedules are administered by the CrewManagement Centre for Transportation employ-ees and for Engineering employees, by the En-gineering Admin Assistants. Employees notsure of their Mentoring or Exam requirementsMUST advise their Supervisor in sufficient timeprior to their rules due date.

d) Company policy requires that those employeesthat have returned to work after being absentfor extended period of time, i.e. laid-off, injured,will be governed by the following;i) 0 to 6 months, may return at anytime,

previous rules status is still valid.ii) 6 months to 12 months - Divisional Officers

will decide if the employee may requireMentoring or Examining

iii) Over 12 months, the employee must befully Mentored and Examined.

Note: In all instances when an employee resigns oris discharged, the employee’s rules status be-comes that of a new employee when returningto work.

e) Replacement Rules Certificates - Employeesrequiring a replacement Rules Certificate mustrequest that their Supervisor email RULESHQwith the following information, Employee Name:PIN: and Current Qualification, i.e. Cdr, Fore-man etc., and return address for delivery.

INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ALBERTA,BC NORTH AND BC SOUTH DIVISIONS

46. Radio Rules Special Instruction - YARDLIGHTSWhere specified by special instructions or bybulletin, yard lights may be activated and de-activated using the radio DTMF pad. Instruc-tions will be issued where radio operated yardlights are in use.Location Lights on Lights offMirror * 8 # * 8 #Bissell * 8 # * 8 #Jasper * 8 # * 8 #Edson * 8 # * 8 #Scotford * 8 # * 8 #Smithers Zone 1 * 81 # * 1 #Smithers Zone 2 * 82 # * 2 #Prince George Zone 1 * 81 # * 1 #

24JANUARY 1

2005


iii) Employees are responsible to ensure thatthey have attended the required Mentor ses-sions prior to attending an exam session.

b) All employees that successfully write their rulesexams will be given a 3 year rules certificate.A 3-year expiry date cannot be extended be-yond the expiry date.

c) Exam schedules are administered by the CrewManagement Centre for Transportation employ-ees and for Engineering employees, by the En-gineering Admin Assistants. Employees notsure of their Mentoring or Exam requirementsMUST advise their Supervisor in sufficient timeprior to their rules due date.

d) Company policy requires that those employeesthat have returned to work after being absentfor extended period of time, i.e. laid-off, injured,will be governed by the following;i) 0 to 6 months, may return at anytime,

previous rules status is still valid.ii) 6 months to 12 months - Divisional Officers

will decide if the employee may requireMentoring or Examining

iii) Over 12 months, the employee must befully Mentored and Examined.

Note: In all instances when an employee resigns oris discharged, the employee’s rules status be-comes that of a new employee when returningto work.

e) Replacement Rules Certificates - Employeesrequiring a replacement Rules Certificate mustrequest that their Supervisor email RULESHQwith the following information, Employee Name:PIN: and Current Qualification, i.e. Cdr, Fore-man etc., and return address for delivery.

INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE TO THE ALBERTA,BC NORTH AND BC SOUTH DIVISIONS

46. Radio Rules Special Instruction - YARDLIGHTSWhere specified by special instructions or bybulletin, yard lights may be activated and de-activated using the radio DTMF pad. Instruc-tions will be issued where radio operated yardlights are in use.Location Lights on Lights offMirror * 8 # * 8 #Bissell * 8 # * 8 #Jasper * 8 # * 8 #Edson * 8 # * 8 #Scotford * 8 # * 8 #Smithers Zone 1 * 81 # * 1 #Smithers Zone 2 * 82 # * 2 #Prince George Zone 1 * 81 # * 1 #

25JANUARY 1

2005


Prince George Zone 2 * 82 # * 2 #Prince George Zone 3 * 83 # * 3 #Prince George Zone 4 * 84 # * 4 #Prince George Zone 5 * 85 # * 5 #Prince George Zone 6 * 86 # * 6 #Prince George Zone 7 * 87 # * 7 #

INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE TO THEPRAIRIE DIVISIONS

47. SASKATCHEWAN DIVISION– SPEEDSTrain and engine movements on theSaskatchewan Zone are restricted to a maxi-mum speed of 10 mph on all tracks not gov-erned by subdivision SPEED tables.The following tracks are exempt from the abovespeed restriction:ALL SIDINGSand,Watrous Sub

- P.C.S. Lanigan Spur WS 48-49- Imperial Spur- Norco Spur WS 99 (Central Canada Potash)

Yorkton Sub - Rhein SpurRobinhood Sub - Amiens SpurTurtleford Sub - Bolney SpurElrose Sub - Matador SpurAberdeen Sub - Cudworth SpurSaskatoon Yard - SC & SR Zones, SD20-SD46Melville Yard - MT, MA, and MR ZonesRegina Yard - Ross Industrial leadTisdale Sub - Birch Hills SpurTracks in main yards at Regina, Saskatoonand Melville indicated above are now Re-duced Speed not exceeding 15 mph asprovided by Rule 105.

48. Rule 112 ExemptionWhile switching, set-off or a lift is being per-formed by trains at Saskatoon, Melville, Regina,North Battleford, Humboldt, Watrous, Dauphin,Canora, Brandon, Sioux Lookout, Fort Francesand Rainy River, that portion of the train thatisn’t being set off may remain withouthandbrakes applied provided such portion:i) is ten (10) cars or more;ii) has air brakes applied in Full Service or

Emergency;iii) has angle cock fully open;iv) will not be left in excess of two hours.If the above conditions (i. to iv.) cannot be met,handbrakes must be applied as per the chart.

25JANUARY 1

2005


Prince George Zone 2 * 82 # * 2 #Prince George Zone 3 * 83 # * 3 #Prince George Zone 4 * 84 # * 4 #Prince George Zone 5 * 85 # * 5 #Prince George Zone 6 * 86 # * 6 #Prince George Zone 7 * 87 # * 7 #

INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE TO THEPRAIRIE DIVISIONS

47. SASKATCHEWAN DIVISION– SPEEDSTrain and engine movements on theSaskatchewan Zone are restricted to a maxi-mum speed of 10 mph on all tracks not gov-erned by subdivision SPEED tables.The following tracks are exempt from the abovespeed restriction:ALL SIDINGSand,Watrous Sub

- P.C.S. Lanigan Spur WS 48-49- Imperial Spur- Norco Spur WS 99 (Central Canada Potash)

Yorkton Sub - Rhein SpurRobinhood Sub - Amiens SpurTurtleford Sub - Bolney SpurElrose Sub - Matador SpurAberdeen Sub - Cudworth SpurSaskatoon Yard - SC & SR Zones, SD20-SD46Melville Yard - MT, MA, and MR ZonesRegina Yard - Ross Industrial leadTisdale Sub - Birch Hills SpurTracks in main yards at Regina, Saskatoonand Melville indicated above are now Re-duced Speed not exceeding 15 mph asprovided by Rule 105.

48. Rule 112 ExemptionWhile switching, set-off or a lift is being per-formed by trains at Saskatoon, Melville, Regina,North Battleford, Humboldt, Watrous, Dauphin,Canora, Brandon, Sioux Lookout, Fort Francesand Rainy River, that portion of the train thatisn’t being set off may remain withouthandbrakes applied provided such portion:i) is ten (10) cars or more;ii) has air brakes applied in Full Service or

Emergency;iii) has angle cock fully open;iv) will not be left in excess of two hours.If the above conditions (i. to iv.) cannot be met,handbrakes must be applied as per the chart.

26JANUARY 1

2005


RADIO

49. Rule 125 Special Instruction - CONDUCT-ING EMERGENCY RADIO TEST

(a) In order to ensure emergency communicationchannel(s) are in operation, and to ensure em-ployees are familiar with the emergency proce-dures, the RTC will contact a train or enginecrew member or an engineering field employeeand direct them to initiate an emergency testcall on their respective RTC standby channel.

(b) These tests will be made randomly once perRTC shift. Employees receiving a request foran emergency test will initiate it on the appli-cable RTC standby channel, using the follow-ing example for wording: “Emergency test,Emergency test, Emergency test, CN 1234East at mile 12 Canada Sub., testing the emer-gency call.”

(c) Upon completion of test, the RTC will informthe employee if the test was successful. Em-ployees will then return to their designatedstandby channel.

50. Emergency Communication Procedures(a) The following instructions are supplemental to

those instructions contained in CROR Rule 125:(i) When initiating an emergency call:

(1) It must first be transmitted on the designatedstandby by channel(s) assigned to road andyard service to alert other trains or enginesin the vicinity; and

(2) It must then be immediately repeated ondesignated standby channel of the RTC (yardcoordinator where applicable).

Note 1 - ln the event it is not practicable to initiate anemergency call on the designated standbychannels, the Engineering radio network (whereavailable) can be used. In areas with Secondgeneration Radio (also called New Generationor VCCS) an emergency call on the Engineer-ing radio network will be automatically sent tothe RTC.

Note 2 - An emergency call can also be performedon the telephone network. Dial the 1-866-366-2347. When the 2nd dial tone is received dialthe 4 digit Emergency Zone code for the RTC.

(ii) The employee initiating an EMERGENCY call

shall:(1) immediately after transmitting the word:

“EMERGENCY” three times, transmit theidentification and location of employee, trainor engine, and

26JANUARY 1

2005


RADIO

49. Rule 125 Special Instruction - CONDUCT-ING EMERGENCY RADIO TEST

(a) In order to ensure emergency communicationchannel(s) are in operation, and to ensure em-ployees are familiar with the emergency proce-dures, the RTC will contact a train or enginecrew member or an engineering field employeeand direct them to initiate an emergency testcall on their respective RTC standby channel.

(b) These tests will be made randomly once perRTC shift. Employees receiving a request foran emergency test will initiate it on the appli-cable RTC standby channel, using the follow-ing example for wording: “Emergency test,Emergency test, Emergency test, CN 1234East at mile 12 Canada Sub., testing the emer-gency call.”

(c) Upon completion of test, the RTC will informthe employee if the test was successful. Em-ployees will then return to their designatedstandby channel.

50. Emergency Communication Procedures(a) The following instructions are supplemental to

those instructions contained in CROR Rule 125:(i) When initiating an emergency call:

(1) It must first be transmitted on the designatedstandby by channel(s) assigned to road andyard service to alert other trains or enginesin the vicinity; and

(2) It must then be immediately repeated ondesignated standby channel of the RTC (yardcoordinator where applicable).

Note 1 - ln the event it is not practicable to initiate anemergency call on the designated standbychannels, the Engineering radio network (whereavailable) can be used. In areas with Secondgeneration Radio (also called New Generationor VCCS) an emergency call on the Engineer-ing radio network will be automatically sent tothe RTC.

Note 2 - An emergency call can also be performedon the telephone network. Dial the 1-866-366-2347. When the 2nd dial tone is received dialthe 4 digit Emergency Zone code for the RTC.

(ii) The employee initiating an EMERGENCY call

shall:(1) immediately after transmitting the word:

“EMERGENCY” three times, transmit theidentification and location of employee, trainor engine, and

27JANUARY 1

2005


(2) continue by stating the nature of the emer-gency and assistance required, if any.

(iii) An emergency message shall be repeated atfrequent intervals until acknowledgement is re-ceived from the RTC or other radio user.

(iv) When an emergency message has been ac-knowledged, the RTC. or other radio user shallarrange to hold a specific channel open andnotify employees affected that silence must bemaintained on that channel.

(v) When an emergency is over all employees af-fected shall be so advised by radio broadcastinitiated by the RTC or other radio user.

51. Call to RTC with DTMF KeypadSelect RTC standby channel. Send key se-quence, when you receive;3 ringing tones - wait for RTC to respond. ifno tone received, try again. No tone will bereceived if RTC is using channel. Wait for RTCto finish talking before voice calling4 long tones - circuit is busy, try again.Series of rapid beeps - failure in system tryagain.

52. Call to RTC with TonesSelect RTC standby channel. Send the tonespecified in the time table for approximately 1second, when you receive;3 ringing tones - wait for RTC to respond. Ifno tone received, try again. No tone will bereceived if RTC is using channel. Wait for RTCto finish talking before voice calling.Series of rapid beeps - failure in system tryagain.

53. Emergency Call to RTC with DTMFKeypadSelect RTC standby channel.Send DTMF sequence * 0 #After a long tone - Go ahead and talk. If notone received after 10 seconds, try again. Notone will be received if RTC is using channel.Transmit call until acknowledged by the RTCSeries of rapid beeps - failure in system tryagain.On RTI Radios - Two beeps will be heard afterdialing * 0 #. The call may take up to 20 sec-onds prior to getting the office connection.

54. Emergency Call to RTC with TonesSelect RTC standby channelSend Tone 1 for approximately 1 second, thenimmediately send Tone for 2 for approximately1 second.

27JANUARY 1

2005


(2) continue by stating the nature of the emer-gency and assistance required, if any.

(iii) An emergency message shall be repeated atfrequent intervals until acknowledgement is re-ceived from the RTC or other radio user.

(iv) When an emergency message has been ac-knowledged, the RTC. or other radio user shallarrange to hold a specific channel open andnotify employees affected that silence must bemaintained on that channel.

(v) When an emergency is over all employees af-fected shall be so advised by radio broadcastinitiated by the RTC or other radio user.

51. Call to RTC with DTMF KeypadSelect RTC standby channel. Send key se-quence, when you receive;3 ringing tones - wait for RTC to respond. ifno tone received, try again. No tone will bereceived if RTC is using channel. Wait for RTCto finish talking before voice calling4 long tones - circuit is busy, try again.Series of rapid beeps - failure in system tryagain.

52. Call to RTC with TonesSelect RTC standby channel. Send the tonespecified in the time table for approximately 1second, when you receive;3 ringing tones - wait for RTC to respond. Ifno tone received, try again. No tone will bereceived if RTC is using channel. Wait for RTCto finish talking before voice calling.Series of rapid beeps - failure in system tryagain.

53. Emergency Call to RTC with DTMFKeypadSelect RTC standby channel.Send DTMF sequence * 0 #After a long tone - Go ahead and talk. If notone received after 10 seconds, try again. Notone will be received if RTC is using channel.Transmit call until acknowledged by the RTCSeries of rapid beeps - failure in system tryagain.On RTI Radios - Two beeps will be heard afterdialing * 0 #. The call may take up to 20 sec-onds prior to getting the office connection.

54. Emergency Call to RTC with TonesSelect RTC standby channelSend Tone 1 for approximately 1 second, thenimmediately send Tone for 2 for approximately1 second.

28JANUARY 1

2005


After a long tone is heard, voice call the emer-gency message. Wait for RTC to respond. Ifno tone received, try again. No tone will bereceived if RTC is using channel. Transmit calluntil acknowledged by the RTC.On RTI Radios - Two beeps will be heard afterdialing * 0 #. The call may take up to 20 sec-onds prior to getting the office connection andthe long tone.

55. NEW GENERATION RADIO INSTRUCTIONS(a) Mobile Radio Audible Tone Indications

And AbbreviationsThe following audible tones will be heard whenusing this radio system.

Tone Name Sound Indication

RINGBACK 3 Ringing Tones Mobile call registered onRTC console.

GO-AHEAD 1 Long Beep Connection established.FAIL Series of Rapid

Beeps System failure.BUSY 4 Long Tones System busy.INVALID 1 Warble Tone Call disallowed or current

call has been discon-nected.

BARGE-IN 1 Short Tone Call interrupted by RTC.DIAL Continuous Dial Tone Mobile caller to

dial number

(b) Abbreviations And TermsDTMF Refers to the Mobile Touch Tone

Numeric Keypad.NGR New Generation RadioMNGR Modified New Generation RadioEBLR Engineering Branch Line RadioRTI Radio Telephone InterfaceMobile Refers to user operating either a

mobile or portable radio.

(c) Transportation Radio Network EmergencyCall To RTC

(i) Mobile selects the designated RTC StandbyChannel for its location.

(ii) Transmit DTMF *0#. Alternatively, press TONE1 call button for 1 second then immediatelypress TONE 2 call button for 1 second.

(iii) Call has been successfully placed if the mobilereceives the “Go Ahead” tone after 5 to 10 sec-onds. RTI calls receive the “OK’ and after 10-20 seconds the “Go Ahead”.

(iv) Immediately after the “GO-AHEAD” tone, themobile proceeds with Emergency Messagebroadcast.

(d) Transportation Radio Network Normal CallTo RTC

28JANUARY 1

2005


After a long tone is heard, voice call the emer-gency message. Wait for RTC to respond. Ifno tone received, try again. No tone will bereceived if RTC is using channel. Transmit calluntil acknowledged by the RTC.On RTI Radios - Two beeps will be heard afterdialing * 0 #. The call may take up to 20 sec-onds prior to getting the office connection andthe long tone.

55. NEW GENERATION RADIO INSTRUCTIONS(a) Mobile Radio Audible Tone Indications

And AbbreviationsThe following audible tones will be heard whenusing this radio system.

Tone Name Sound Indication

RINGBACK 3 Ringing Tones Mobile call registered onRTC console.

GO-AHEAD 1 Long Beep Connection established.FAIL Series of Rapid

Beeps System failure.BUSY 4 Long Tones System busy.INVALID 1 Warble Tone Call disallowed or current

call has been discon-nected.

BARGE-IN 1 Short Tone Call interrupted by RTC.DIAL Continuous Dial Tone Mobile caller to

dial number

(b) Abbreviations And TermsDTMF Refers to the Mobile Touch Tone

Numeric Keypad.NGR New Generation RadioMNGR Modified New Generation RadioEBLR Engineering Branch Line RadioRTI Radio Telephone InterfaceMobile Refers to user operating either a

mobile or portable radio.

(c) Transportation Radio Network EmergencyCall To RTC


(ii) Transmit DTMF *0#. Alternatively, press TONE1 call button for 1 second then immediatelypress TONE 2 call button for 1 second.

(iii) Call has been successfully placed if the mobilereceives the “Go Ahead” tone after 5 to 10 sec-onds. RTI calls receive the “OK’ and after 10-20 seconds the “Go Ahead”.

(iv) Immediately after the “GO-AHEAD” tone, themobile proceeds with Emergency Messagebroadcast.

(d) Transportation Radio Network Normal CallTo RTC

29JANUARY 1

2005



(ii) Transmit either DTMF *1# (Tone 1) or DTMF*2# (Tone 2). Alternatively press the designatedTONE call button for 1 second.

(iii) Call has been successfully placed if the mobilereceives the “Ring Tones” approximately 5 -10seconds after call is requested. Wait for theRTC to respond.

(e) Transportation Radio Network AdditionalFeatures “RTC Standby Channels 6 Or 7

(i) Radio Calls Between Mobiles Within theCoverage of the Same Radio Tower (LocalRepeat)Calling mobile selects the designated RTCStandby Channel for its location and voice callsother mobile. Communications requires the useof the nearest radio tower to repeat the signalrather than a direct mobile to mobile path.

(ii) Radio Calls Between Mobiles Involving theCoverage of Two or More Radio Towers(Group Call);

(1) Calling mobile selects the designated RTCStandby Channel for its location.

(2) Transmit DTMF *1# or press the TONE 1call button for 1 second.

(3) After the “Go Ahead” tones are received, voicecall desired mobile. All towers in the subdivi-sion are connected by this call and only thoseinvolved in the communications will stay online with the remaining towers disconnect-ing after 2 minutes.

(f) Engineering Radio Network(i) Emergency Call to RTC

If unable to place this call on the RTC StandbyChannel through the Transportation Radio Net-work the Engineering Radio Network may beused as a secondary means.Calling mobile select the designated Engineer-ing Channel for its location and then proceedexactly as in steps b) and c) for an EmergencyCall through the Transportation Radio Network.

(ii) Normal Call to RTCIf unable to place this call on the RTC StandbyChannel through the Transportation Radio Net-work the Engineering Radio Network may beused as a secondary means.

(1) Calling mobile selects the designated Engi-neering Channel for its location.


(3) Call has been successfully placed if the

29JANUARY 1

2005



(ii) Transmit either DTMF *1# (Tone 1) or DTMF*2# (Tone 2). Alternatively press the designatedTONE call button for 1 second.

(iii) Call has been successfully placed if the mobilereceives the “Ring Tones” approximately 5 -10seconds after call is requested. Wait for theRTC to respond.

(e) Transportation Radio Network AdditionalFeatures “RTC Standby Channels 6 Or 7

(i) Radio Calls Between Mobiles Within theCoverage of the Same Radio Tower (LocalRepeat)Calling mobile selects the designated RTCStandby Channel for its location and voice callsother mobile. Communications requires the useof the nearest radio tower to repeat the signalrather than a direct mobile to mobile path.

(ii) Radio Calls Between Mobiles Involving theCoverage of Two or More Radio Towers(Group Call);

(1) Calling mobile selects the designated RTCStandby Channel for its location.


(3) After the “Go Ahead” tones are received, voicecall desired mobile. All towers in the subdivi-sion are connected by this call and only thoseinvolved in the communications will stay online with the remaining towers disconnect-ing after 2 minutes.

(f) Engineering Radio Network(i) Emergency Call to RTC

If unable to place this call on the RTC StandbyChannel through the Transportation Radio Net-work the Engineering Radio Network may beused as a secondary means.Calling mobile select the designated Engineer-ing Channel for its location and then proceedexactly as in steps b) and c) for an EmergencyCall through the Transportation Radio Network.

(ii) Normal Call to RTCIf unable to place this call on the RTC StandbyChannel through the Transportation Radio Net-work the Engineering Radio Network may beused as a secondary means.

(1) Calling mobile selects the designated Engi-neering Channel for its location.


(3) Call has been successfully placed if the

30JANUARY 1

2005


mobile receives the “OK” followed by the“RINGBACK” tones. Wait for the RTC to re-spond.

(iii) Radio Calls Between Mobiles Within theCoverage of the Same Radio Tower (LocalRepeat)Calling mobile select the designated Engineer-ing Standby Channel for its location and voicecall other mobile. Communications requiresthe use of the nearest radio tower to repeat thesignal rather than a direct mobile to mobile path.

(iv) Radio Calls Between Mobiles Involving theCoverage of Two or More Radio Towers(Group Call)

(1) Calling mobile select the designated Engi-neering Standby Channel for its location.


(3) After the “OK” followed by the “GO-AHEAD”tones are received, voice call the desiredmobile. All towers involved in this call willhave the same 3 most significant digits intheir Tower Code (i.e. 123X) as the Towerthrough which the mobile call was placed.

(4) Either mobile may DISCONNECT by trans-mitting ‘*#’.

(v) Radio Calls Between Mobiles Involving theCoverage of Two or More Radio TowersUsing 4 Digit ‘XXXX’ Tower Codes (Ex-tended Repeat - excluding Pacific Division)

(1) Calling mobile obtains the EngineeringStandby Channel for its location and theEngineering Tower Code (XXXX) for the calledmobiles location. The Towers may be lo-cated in different subdivisions.

(2) Calling mobile transmits DTMF *XXXX# onits Engineering Standby Channel.

(3) After the “GO-AHEAD” tone is received, voicecall the desired mobile.


NOTE: Changing the Least Significant Digit ofthe called Tower Code to ‘0’ will latch all towerson the called towers circuit. All towers involvedin this call will have the same 3 most signifi-cant digits in their Tower Code (i.e. 123X).

(vi) Radio Calls Between Mobiles Involving theCoverage of Two or More Radio TowersWith Tower Codes That Include ‘*’ + 4 dig-its ‘XXXX’.

(1) Calling mobile obtains the EngineeringStandby Channel and Tower Code for its lo-

30JANUARY 1

2005



(iii) Radio Calls Between Mobiles Within theCoverage of the Same Radio Tower (LocalRepeat)Calling mobile select the designated Engineer-ing Standby Channel for its location and voicecall other mobile. Communications requiresthe use of the nearest radio tower to repeat thesignal rather than a direct mobile to mobile path.

(iv) Radio Calls Between Mobiles Involving theCoverage of Two or More Radio Towers(Group Call)

(1) Calling mobile select the designated Engi-neering Standby Channel for its location.


(3) After the “OK” followed by the “GO-AHEAD”tones are received, voice call the desiredmobile. All towers involved in this call willhave the same 3 most significant digits intheir Tower Code (i.e. 123X) as the Towerthrough which the mobile call was placed.


(v) Radio Calls Between Mobiles Involving theCoverage of Two or More Radio TowersUsing 4 Digit ‘XXXX’ Tower Codes (Ex-tended Repeat - excluding Pacific Division)

(1) Calling mobile obtains the EngineeringStandby Channel for its location and theEngineering Tower Code (XXXX) for the calledmobiles location. The Towers may be lo-cated in different subdivisions.

(2) Calling mobile transmits DTMF *XXXX# onits Engineering Standby Channel.

(3) After the “GO-AHEAD” tone is received, voicecall the desired mobile.


NOTE: Changing the Least Significant Digit ofthe called Tower Code to ‘0’ will latch all towerson the called towers circuit. All towers involvedin this call will have the same 3 most signifi-cant digits in their Tower Code (i.e. 123X).

(vi) Radio Calls Between Mobiles Involving theCoverage of Two or More Radio TowersWith Tower Codes That Include ‘*’ + 4 dig-its ‘XXXX’.

(1) Calling mobile obtains the EngineeringStandby Channel and Tower Code for its lo-

31JANUARY 1

2005


cation and the Engineering Tower Code forthe Called mobiles location. The Towers maybe located in different subdivisions.

(2) Calling mobile transmits DTMF ‘*XXXX’ on itsEngineering Standby Channel.

(3) Upon receiving “DIAL” tone the mobile trans-mits the DTMF ‘XXXX’ 4 digits of the TowerCode for the called mobiles location. ‘*’ isnot transmitted.

(4) After the “OK” followed by the “GO-AHEAD”tones are received, voice call the desiredmobile.

(5) Either mobile may DISCONNECT by trans-mitting # + 9999 or # + XXXX where XXXX = 4digits of its Tower Code.

NOTE: Changing the Least Significant Digit ofthe called Tower Code to ‘0’ will latch all towerson the called towers circuit. All towers involvedin this call will have the same 3 most signifi-cant digits in their Tower Code (i.e. 123X) .

(vii) Mobile Call to a Telephone Through Tow-ers With Tower Codes That Include * + 4digits XXXX. (Pacific Division Only)

(1) Calling mobile obtains the EngineeringStandby Channel and Tower Code for its lo-cation.

(2) Calling mobile transmits the DTMF *XXXXTower Code on the Standby Channel.

(3) Upon receiving “DIAL” tone the mobile trans-mits DTMF 7000.

(4) Mobile will receive “DIAL” tone from theEdmonton CN Tower 421 exchange andshould now dial the telephone number.

(5) Mobile will receive “RINGING” or “BUSY” toneindications from telephone system.

(6) Call is DISCONNECTED at anytime by themobile transmitting # + 9999 or # + XXXXwhere XXXX = 4 digits of its local Tower Codeor the telephone going ON-HOOK.

(viii) Telephone to Mobile Calls(1) Obtain Tower Code for mobiles location.

Where Tower Codes are listed as *XXXX or#XXXX, only the 4 digit numeric portion of theTower Code is used.

(2) Dial the PABX to Radio System interconnectnumber; -

Western Canada Divisions1-866-366-2347

(3) Upon receiving a “DIAL” tone from the Radio

31JANUARY 1

2005


cation and the Engineering Tower Code forthe Called mobiles location. The Towers maybe located in different subdivisions.

(2) Calling mobile transmits DTMF ‘*XXXX’ on itsEngineering Standby Channel.

(3) Upon receiving “DIAL” tone the mobile trans-mits the DTMF ‘XXXX’ 4 digits of the TowerCode for the called mobiles location. ‘*’ isnot transmitted.

(4) After the “OK” followed by the “GO-AHEAD”tones are received, voice call the desiredmobile.

(5) Either mobile may DISCONNECT by trans-mitting # + 9999 or # + XXXX where XXXX = 4digits of its Tower Code.

NOTE: Changing the Least Significant Digit ofthe called Tower Code to ‘0’ will latch all towerson the called towers circuit. All towers involvedin this call will have the same 3 most signifi-cant digits in their Tower Code (i.e. 123X) .

(vii) Mobile Call to a Telephone Through Tow-ers With Tower Codes That Include * + 4digits XXXX. (Pacific Division Only)

(1) Calling mobile obtains the EngineeringStandby Channel and Tower Code for its lo-cation.

(2) Calling mobile transmits the DTMF *XXXXTower Code on the Standby Channel.

(3) Upon receiving “DIAL” tone the mobile trans-mits DTMF 7000.

(4) Mobile will receive “DIAL” tone from theEdmonton CN Tower 421 exchange andshould now dial the telephone number.

(5) Mobile will receive “RINGING” or “BUSY” toneindications from telephone system.

(6) Call is DISCONNECTED at anytime by themobile transmitting # + 9999 or # + XXXXwhere XXXX = 4 digits of its local Tower Codeor the telephone going ON-HOOK.

(viii) Telephone to Mobile Calls(1) Obtain Tower Code for mobiles location.

Where Tower Codes are listed as *XXXX or#XXXX, only the 4 digit numeric portion of theTower Code is used.

(2) Dial the PABX to Radio System interconnectnumber; -

Western Canada Divisions1-866-366-2347

(3) Upon receiving a “DIAL” tone from the Radio

32JANUARY 1

2005


System, dial the 4 digit Tower Code.(4) After the “GO-AHEAD” tone is received, voice

call the desired mobile.(5) Call is disconnected by telephone going ON-

hook.NOTE: Changing the Least Significant Digit ofthe called Tower Code to ‘0’ will latch all towerson the called towers circuit. All towers involvedin this call will have the same 3 most signifi-cant digits in their Tower Code (i.e. 123X).

(g) TRANSPORTATION AND ENGINEERING RA-DIO NETWORK “OTHER CALLING FEA-TURES”

(i) Normal Call to RTC by Tower Code - (Pa-cific Division Transportation Radio Networkonly) - Allows the mobile to positively deter-mine which tower will be selected to processits call. Can be used when Tower Codes aregiven in the Transportation Radio Network in-formation of a Subdivision listing.

(1) Mobile obtains the RTC Standby Channel andTower Code for its location.

(2) Transmit the DTMF Tower Code.(3) Call has been successfully placed if the


(ii) Time-Out Warning & Disconnect (Transpor-tation & Engineering Radio Networks) - The“OK” tone will be broadcast by a connectedtower if the tower is idle and has not received ortransmitted a voice message in 2 minutes. Thetower will automatically disconnect 10 secondslater if it remains idle. The 2 minute idle timeris reset each time the tower transmits or re-ceives.

(iii) Mobile Range Check (Transportation & En-gineering Radio Networks)

(1) Select the RTC Standby Channel or Engi-neering Network Channel for the mobilescurrent location.

(2) Transmit the 3 digit DTMF Code **#.(3) Mobile will receive an “OK” tone if it is within

range of the tower.NOTE: It is possible for more than one tower torespond to a range check and the mobile mayreceive several “OK” tones and or a mixedgarbled response.

32JANUARY 1

2005


System, dial the 4 digit Tower Code.(4) After the “GO-AHEAD” tone is received, voice

call the desired mobile.(5) Call is disconnected by telephone going ON-

hook.NOTE: Changing the Least Significant Digit ofthe called Tower Code to ‘0’ will latch all towerson the called towers circuit. All towers involvedin this call will have the same 3 most signifi-cant digits in their Tower Code (i.e. 123X).

(g) TRANSPORTATION AND ENGINEERING RA-DIO NETWORK “OTHER CALLING FEA-TURES”

(i) Normal Call to RTC by Tower Code - (Pa-cific Division Transportation Radio Networkonly) - Allows the mobile to positively deter-mine which tower will be selected to processits call. Can be used when Tower Codes aregiven in the Transportation Radio Network in-formation of a Subdivision listing.

(1) Mobile obtains the RTC Standby Channel andTower Code for its location.

(2) Transmit the DTMF Tower Code.(3) Call has been successfully placed if the


(ii) Time-Out Warning & Disconnect (Transpor-tation & Engineering Radio Networks) - The“OK” tone will be broadcast by a connectedtower if the tower is idle and has not received ortransmitted a voice message in 2 minutes. Thetower will automatically disconnect 10 secondslater if it remains idle. The 2 minute idle timeris reset each time the tower transmits or re-ceives.

(iii) Mobile Range Check (Transportation & En-gineering Radio Networks)

(1) Select the RTC Standby Channel or Engi-neering Network Channel for the mobilescurrent location.

(2) Transmit the 3 digit DTMF Code **#.(3) Mobile will receive an “OK” tone if it is within

range of the tower.NOTE: It is possible for more than one tower torespond to a range check and the mobile mayreceive several “OK” tones and or a mixedgarbled response.

33JANUARY 1

2005


(h) Unsuccessful Calls(i) When placing a call the “OK” tone may not al-

ways be clearly heard if more than one towerresponds.

(ii) Mobile calls are more reliably placed using theDTMF method as opposed to TONEs 1 and/or2.

(iii) If the mobile receives no “Audible Tone” indica-tions then either the tower has failed or themobile is out of communications range.

(iv) If the mobile receives a “BUSY” tone the sys-tem is busy, wait and try again.

(v) If the mobile receives a “FAIL” tone there hasbeen a system failure, wait and try again.

(vi) If RTC fails to respond to a successfully placedcall the mobile should retry every 5 minutes fora Normal call and immediately (10 - 20 sec-onds) for an Emergency call.

(i) Modified New Generation Radio (MNGR)Mobile Calling InstructionsModified new generation radio (MNGR) is asystem which interfaces older radio tower con-trol equipment with the New Generation Radiooffice control equipment. This system can befound on the Branch Line Territories inSaskatchewan and Alberta.

Emergency / Normal Call To RTC(1) Mobile selects the designated RTC Standby

Channel for its location.(2) Press the designated TONE call button or

transmit the 2 digit Tower Code.(3) If call successful mobile will hear a 1 sec-

ond single pitch “Answer-Back” tone.(4) If placing an EMERGENCY CALL immedi-

ately after hearing the “Answer Back” tonethe mobile has a 15 second audio connec-tion to the RTC in which to make its Emer-gency Broadcast. RTC should answer callimmediately after mobile’s broadcast.

(5) If placing a NORMAL CALL the mobile waitsfor the RTC to answer.

(j) Engineering Branch Line Radio (ELBR)Calling Instructions(SASKATCHEWAN)Radio coverage, Tower Name and Tower Codefor an EBLR Tower is obtained from the TimeTable Subdivision listings. The tables followingthese instructions contain the EBLR TowerNames, Channels, Telephone Numbers, TowerCodes and Speed Dial Codes for the EBLRsystem.

33JANUARY 1

2005


(h) Unsuccessful Calls(i) When placing a call the “OK” tone may not al-

ways be clearly heard if more than one towerresponds.

(ii) Mobile calls are more reliably placed using theDTMF method as opposed to TONEs 1 and/or2.

(iii) If the mobile receives no “Audible Tone” indica-tions then either the tower has failed or themobile is out of communications range.

(iv) If the mobile receives a “BUSY” tone the sys-tem is busy, wait and try again.

(v) If the mobile receives a “FAIL” tone there hasbeen a system failure, wait and try again.

(vi) If RTC fails to respond to a successfully placedcall the mobile should retry every 5 minutes fora Normal call and immediately (10 - 20 sec-onds) for an Emergency call.

(i) Modified New Generation Radio (MNGR)Mobile Calling InstructionsModified new generation radio (MNGR) is asystem which interfaces older radio tower con-trol equipment with the New Generation Radiooffice control equipment. This system can befound on the Branch Line Territories inSaskatchewan and Alberta.

Emergency / Normal Call To RTC(1) Mobile selects the designated RTC Standby

Channel for its location.(2) Press the designated TONE call button or

transmit the 2 digit Tower Code.(3) If call successful mobile will hear a 1 sec-

ond single pitch “Answer-Back” tone.(4) If placing an EMERGENCY CALL immedi-

ately after hearing the “Answer Back” tonethe mobile has a 15 second audio connec-tion to the RTC in which to make its Emer-gency Broadcast. RTC should answer callimmediately after mobile’s broadcast.

(5) If placing a NORMAL CALL the mobile waitsfor the RTC to answer.

(j) Engineering Branch Line Radio (ELBR)Calling Instructions(SASKATCHEWAN)Radio coverage, Tower Name and Tower Codefor an EBLR Tower is obtained from the TimeTable Subdivision listings. The tables followingthese instructions contain the EBLR TowerNames, Channels, Telephone Numbers, TowerCodes and Speed Dial Codes for the EBLRsystem.

34JANUARY 1

2005


(i) Radio Calls between Mobiles within thecoverage of the same Radio Tower (LocalRepeat)

(1) Calling mobile selects the EngineeringStandby Channel for its location.

(2) Transmit “Operate Turn-on Code” DTMF 12.(3) Voice call other mobile.(4) Either mobile transmits DTMF 14 to discon-

nect at end of call.(ii) Mobile Call to Speed Dial Number (Tele-

phone or another EBLR Tower)(1) Calling mobile obtains the Engineering

Standby Channel and DTMF Tower Code forits location plus 2 digit DTMF Speed DialCode for desired party or Tower Code for re-mote EBLR Tower where second mobile islocated.

(2) Transmit local Tower Code on Engineeringchannel.

(3) Upon receiving “DIAL” tone mobile transmitsthe DTMF 2 digit speed dial code for the de-sired party or EBLR Tower.NOTE: The mobile may need to provide thetelephone number for the called EBLR Towerwhen going through the Operator.

(4) Calling mobile proceeds to talk when calledparty answers or voice call other mobile ifcalling through a remote EBLR Tower.

(5) Mobile transmits DTMF 14 to disconnect ifcalled party does not answer, a “BUSY” toneis received or to disconnect at the end of thecall.

(iii) Telephone to Mobile Calls(1) Telephone caller obtains Tower Name from

Subdivision listing for mobiles location anduses this name to obtain the tower’s tele-phone number from the tables included.

(2) Caller dials the EBLR Tower telephone num-ber.

(3) Caller listens for “RINGING” followed by a lowpitched “BEEP” tone.

(4) Caller must dial 0 within 2 seconds of hear-ing this “BEEP” tone. If 0 is not dialed quicklyenough a “FAST BUSY” tone will be heard,caller must hang-up and try again.

(5) Upon success after dialing 0 the caller willhear a second low pitched “BEEP” tone indi-cating connection to tower.

(6) Voice call mobile.(7) Telephone caller dials 14 or mobile transmits

DTMF 14 to disconnect at end of call. Ahigh pitched “BEEP” tone is heard as ac-knowledgment to the disconnect.

34JANUARY 1

2005




(2) Transmit “Operate Turn-on Code” DTMF 12.(3) Voice call other mobile.(4) Either mobile transmits DTMF 14 to discon-

nect at end of call.(ii) Mobile Call to Speed Dial Number (Tele-



(2) Transmit local Tower Code on Engineeringchannel.

(3) Upon receiving “DIAL” tone mobile transmitsthe DTMF 2 digit speed dial code for the de-sired party or EBLR Tower.NOTE: The mobile may need to provide thetelephone number for the called EBLR Towerwhen going through the Operator.


(5) Mobile transmits DTMF 14 to disconnect ifcalled party does not answer, a “BUSY” toneis received or to disconnect at the end of thecall.


Subdivision listing for mobiles location anduses this name to obtain the tower’s tele-phone number from the tables included.


(3) Caller listens for “RINGING” followed by a lowpitched “BEEP” tone.

(4) Caller must dial 0 within 2 seconds of hear-ing this “BEEP” tone. If 0 is not dialed quicklyenough a “FAST BUSY” tone will be heard,caller must hang-up and try again.

(5) Upon success after dialing 0 the caller willhear a second low pitched “BEEP” tone indi-cating connection to tower.

(6) Voice call mobile.(7) Telephone caller dials 14 or mobile transmits

DTMF 14 to disconnect at end of call. Ahigh pitched “BEEP” tone is heard as ac-knowledgment to the disconnect.

35JANUARY 1

2005


(k) Engineering Branch Line Radio (EBLR)Calling InstructionsKinghorn SubdivisionRadio coverage, Tower Name and Tower Codefor an EBLR Tower is obtained from the TimeTable Subdivision listings. The tables follow-ing these instructions contain the EBLR TowerNames, Channels, Telephone Numbers, TowerCodes and Speed Dial Codes for the EBLRsystem.



(2) Voice call other mobile.(ii) Mobile Call to Speed Dial Number (Tele-



(2) Transmit DTMF “ * “ for 1 second on the lo-cal Engineering channel.

(3) Upon receiving “DIAL” tone mobile transmitsthe DTMF 2 digit speed dial code for thedesired party or EBLR Tower.

NOTE: The mobile may need to provide thetelephone number for the called EBLR Towerwhen going through the Operator. To callthe operator dial *96 .


(5) Mobile transmits DTMF # to disconnect ifcalled party does not answer, a “BUSY” toneis received or to disconnect at the end ofthe call.


Subdivision listing for mobile’s location anduses this name to obtain the towers tele-phone number from the tables included.


(3) Caller listens for “RINGING” followed by aserires of quick “BEEPS”.

(4) Voice call mobile.(5) Telephone caller dials # or mobile dials # to

disconnect at end of call.

35JANUARY 1

2005


(k) Engineering Branch Line Radio (EBLR)Calling InstructionsKinghorn SubdivisionRadio coverage, Tower Name and Tower Codefor an EBLR Tower is obtained from the TimeTable Subdivision listings. The tables follow-ing these instructions contain the EBLR TowerNames, Channels, Telephone Numbers, TowerCodes and Speed Dial Codes for the EBLRsystem.



(2) Voice call other mobile.(ii) Mobile Call to Speed Dial Number (Tele-



(2) Transmit DTMF “ * “ for 1 second on the lo-cal Engineering channel.

(3) Upon receiving “DIAL” tone mobile transmitsthe DTMF 2 digit speed dial code for thedesired party or EBLR Tower.

NOTE: The mobile may need to provide thetelephone number for the called EBLR Towerwhen going through the Operator. To callthe operator dial *96 .


(5) Mobile transmits DTMF # to disconnect ifcalled party does not answer, a “BUSY” toneis received or to disconnect at the end ofthe call.


Subdivision listing for mobile’s location anduses this name to obtain the towers tele-phone number from the tables included.


(3) Caller listens for “RINGING” followed by aserires of quick “BEEPS”.

(4) Voice call mobile.(5) Telephone caller dials # or mobile dials # to

disconnect at end of call.

36JANUARY 1

2005


EBLR TOWER LIST AND SPEED DIAL DIRECTORYSpeed Phone

ASSIGNMENT Channel Dial NumberSwan River 82 24 204-734-4224Westray 81 98 204-623-3338Etomani Lake 84 94 306-547-2018Hudson Bay 82 93 306-865-3889Humboldt 82 90 306-682-3860Mikado 81 86 306-563-5263Tuffnel 82 88 306-272-4316Wimmer 81 89 306-287-3658Geraldton 84 40 807-854-1906Jellicoe 81 41 807-879-1160Nipigon 82 19 807-887-3523Orient Bay 84 43 807-885-3291CN Police Wpg 38 1-800-665-0581Signals & Communications Trouble Reporting

25 1-800-863-4883Telephone Operator 96 0Facility Maint. Supervisor Sktoon 68 1-306-728-6205

TRANSPORTATION SUPERVISORSBiggar 44 1-306-948-6662Dauphin/Canora 33 1-306-563-4611Melville 28 1-306-728-1835Thunder Bay, Lines East 27 1-807-475-6771Thunder Bay Yard 34 1-807-475-6739Winnipeg Branch Lines 29 1-204-231-7558Winnipeg Lines West 30 1-204-934-8619TRACK SUPERVISORSBrandon 97 1-204-727-3076Canora 56 1-306-563-4612Dauphin 57 1-204-638-6666Fort Frances 50 1-807-274-9793Hudson Bay 53 1-306-865-2296Sioux Lookout 51 1-807-737-2483Thunder Bay Terminal 55 1-807-475-6764Winnipeg 72 1-204-231-7764Borradaile 82 33 780-853-4589Craik 81 85 306-734-5148Dana 84 30 306-244-7252Denholm 81 23 306-246-2075Denny 84 13 306-856-2070Glenavon 84 19 306-429-2179Hague 81 28 306-225-2053Hudson Bay 82 93 306-865-3889Humboldt 82 90 306-682-3860Kindersley 84 16 306-463-6661Lashburn 81 22 306-285-4288Lucky Lake 81 20 306-858-2284Lumsden 84 98 306-731-2212Mclean 82 91 306-699-2232Melfort 84 92 306-752-5085Mistatim 81 93 306-889-2149Moose Jaw 82 95 306-694-5877

36JANUARY 1

2005


EBLR TOWER LIST AND SPEED DIAL DIRECTORYSpeed Phone

ASSIGNMENT Channel Dial NumberSwan River 82 24 204-734-4224Westray 81 98 204-623-3338Etomani Lake 84 94 306-547-2018Hudson Bay 82 93 306-865-3889Humboldt 82 90 306-682-3860Mikado 81 86 306-563-5263Tuffnel 82 88 306-272-4316Wimmer 81 89 306-287-3658Geraldton 84 40 807-854-1906Jellicoe 81 41 807-879-1160Nipigon 82 19 807-887-3523Orient Bay 84 43 807-885-3291CN Police Wpg 38 1-800-665-0581Signals & Communications Trouble Reporting

25 1-800-863-4883Telephone Operator 96 0Facility Maint. Supervisor Sktoon 68 1-306-728-6205

TRANSPORTATION SUPERVISORSBiggar 44 1-306-948-6662Dauphin/Canora 33 1-306-563-4611Melville 28 1-306-728-1835Thunder Bay, Lines East 27 1-807-475-6771Thunder Bay Yard 34 1-807-475-6739Winnipeg Branch Lines 29 1-204-231-7558Winnipeg Lines West 30 1-204-934-8619TRACK SUPERVISORSBrandon 97 1-204-727-3076Canora 56 1-306-563-4612Dauphin 57 1-204-638-6666Fort Frances 50 1-807-274-9793Hudson Bay 53 1-306-865-2296Sioux Lookout 51 1-807-737-2483Thunder Bay Terminal 55 1-807-475-6764Winnipeg 72 1-204-231-7764Borradaile 82 33 780-853-4589Craik 81 85 306-734-5148Dana 84 30 306-244-7252Denholm 81 23 306-246-2075Denny 84 13 306-856-2070Glenavon 84 19 306-429-2179Hague 81 28 306-225-2053Hudson Bay 82 93 306-865-3889Humboldt 82 90 306-682-3860Kindersley 84 16 306-463-6661Lashburn 81 22 306-285-4288Lucky Lake 81 20 306-858-2284Lumsden 84 98 306-731-2212Mclean 82 91 306-699-2232Melfort 84 92 306-752-5085Mistatim 81 93 306-889-2149Moose Jaw 82 95 306-694-5877

37JANUARY 1

2005


Plato 81 17 306-962-3331Rabbit Lake 84 24 306-824-2095Radisson 84 29 306-827-2273Rosetown 82 31 306-882-2076Turtleford 82 21 306-845-2828CN Police Saskatoon 38 1-306-956-5631Work Force Coordinator 78 1-780-472-3772District Supt. Equipment 72 1-306-956-5507Dist. Supt. Transportation 34 1-306-956-5500Engineering Coordinator 54 1-306-956-5540Facility Maint. Saskatoon 62 1-306-956-5617Facility Maint. Supervisor Sktn 68 1-306-956-5530Maintenance Engineer South 55 1-306-956-5519Radio Shop, Saskatoon 75 1-306-956-5601Senior Tech. Supervisor Equipment 73 1-306-956-5508Track Engineer North 71 1-306-956-5542Track Engineer South 59 1-306-956-5521Welding Suprv. Saskatoon 69 1-306-956-5607Work Equipment Supervisor 65 1-306-956-5522TRANSPORTATION SUPERVISORSBiggar 44 1-306-948-6662Humboldt 35 1-306-953-1353Regina 37 1-306-566-4351Saskatoon 41 1-306-956-5626TRACK SUPERVISORSLloydminster 11 1-780-875-1575Melville 49 1-306-728-6201Moose Jaw 46 1-306-693-5779North Battleford 50 1-306-445-2522Regina (Craik) 47 1-306-924-2544Regina (Line) 60 1-306-924-2543Saskatoon (Aberdeen) 45 1-306-956-5604

Saskatoon (Rosetown) 57 1-306-956-5606

TOWER CODES AND SUBDIVISION ZONESPRAIRIE DIVISIONAberdeen Sub MNGR Zone 5023 Emergency 00230.0-19.0 2154 C5 T2 Humboldt19.0-54.5 2153 C3 T2 Dana/Totzke54.5-118.0 2152 C3 T2 Langham118.0-147.7 2151 C3 T2 BradaAllanwater Sub NGR Zone 5051 Emergency 00510.0-14.0 4181 C8 T1 Armstrong14.0-30.0 4182 C8 T1 Collins30.0-76.5 4183 C8 T1 Allanwater76.5-121.4 4184 C8 T1 Ycliff121.4-138.9 4185 C5 T1 PelicanAmiens Spur MNGR Zone 5026 Emergency 002649.4-75.0 2135 C4 T1 CaterAssiniboine Sub MNGR Zone 5040 Emergency 00400.0-40.0 4055 C2 T1 Sturgis40.0-56.8 4054 C3 T1 Ushta56.8-68.5 4053 C3 T1 Reserve68.5-92.2 4052 C4 T2 Hudson BayBlackfoot Sub NGR Zone 5009 Emergency 0009

37JANUARY 1

2005


Plato 81 17 306-962-3331Rabbit Lake 84 24 306-824-2095Radisson 84 29 306-827-2273Rosetown 82 31 306-882-2076Turtleford 82 21 306-845-2828CN Police Saskatoon 38 1-306-956-5631Work Force Coordinator 78 1-780-472-3772District Supt. Equipment 72 1-306-956-5507Dist. Supt. Transportation 34 1-306-956-5500Engineering Coordinator 54 1-306-956-5540Facility Maint. Saskatoon 62 1-306-956-5617Facility Maint. Supervisor Sktn 68 1-306-956-5530Maintenance Engineer South 55 1-306-956-5519Radio Shop, Saskatoon 75 1-306-956-5601Senior Tech. Supervisor Equipment 73 1-306-956-5508Track Engineer North 71 1-306-956-5542Track Engineer South 59 1-306-956-5521Welding Suprv. Saskatoon 69 1-306-956-5607Work Equipment Supervisor 65 1-306-956-5522TRANSPORTATION SUPERVISORSBiggar 44 1-306-948-6662Humboldt 35 1-306-953-1353Regina 37 1-306-566-4351Saskatoon 41 1-306-956-5626TRACK SUPERVISORSLloydminster 11 1-780-875-1575Melville 49 1-306-728-6201Moose Jaw 46 1-306-693-5779North Battleford 50 1-306-445-2522Regina (Craik) 47 1-306-924-2544Regina (Line) 60 1-306-924-2543Saskatoon (Aberdeen) 45 1-306-956-5604

Saskatoon (Rosetown) 57 1-306-956-5606

TOWER CODES AND SUBDIVISION ZONESPRAIRIE DIVISIONAberdeen Sub MNGR Zone 5023 Emergency 00230.0-19.0 2154 C5 T2 Humboldt19.0-54.5 2153 C3 T2 Dana/Totzke54.5-118.0 2152 C3 T2 Langham118.0-147.7 2151 C3 T2 BradaAllanwater Sub NGR Zone 5051 Emergency 00510.0-14.0 4181 C8 T1 Armstrong14.0-30.0 4182 C8 T1 Collins30.0-76.5 4183 C8 T1 Allanwater76.5-121.4 4184 C8 T1 Ycliff121.4-138.9 4185 C5 T1 PelicanAmiens Spur MNGR Zone 5026 Emergency 002649.4-75.0 2135 C4 T1 CaterAssiniboine Sub MNGR Zone 5040 Emergency 00400.0-40.0 4055 C2 T1 Sturgis40.0-56.8 4054 C3 T1 Ushta56.8-68.5 4053 C3 T1 Reserve68.5-92.2 4052 C4 T2 Hudson BayBlackfoot Sub NGR Zone 5009 Emergency 0009

38JANUARY 1

2005


0.0-14.0 2011 C8 T2 North Battleford14.0-68.0 2012 C8 T2 Paynton68.0-124.4 2013 C8 T2 EarlieBlaine Lake Sub MNGR Zone 5023 Emergency 002393.9-116.5 2151 C3T2 BradaBrooksby Sub MNGR Zone 5028 Emergency 00280.0-28.2 2413 C8 T2 Star City28.2-51.1 2418 C8 T1 Zenon ParkCarberry Sub MNGR Zone 5046 Emergency 00460.0-39.7 4201 C3 T2 BrandonCentral Butte Sub MNGR Zone 5027 Emergency 00270.0-23.0 2536 C2 T1 Regina, IPPL Yd.23.0-44.0 2537 C3 T1 Moose JawChelan Sub MNGR Zone 5028 Emergency 002813.0-49.0 2414 C8 T1 Porcupine49.0-60.1 2413 C8 T2 Star CityConquest Sub MNGR Zone 5025 Emergency 00250.0-3.0 2241 C8 T1 Saskatoon3.0-57.5 2515 C8 T2 Conquest57.5-94.3 2516 C8 T2 Lucky LakeCraik Sub MNGR Zone 5025 Emergency 00250.0-15.5 2536 C2 T1 Regina, IPPL48.5-92.0 2533 C4T1 Davidson92.0-124.0 2532 C4 T1 Kenaston124.0-154.1 2241 C8 T1 SaskatoonCromer SubRTI Zone 5046 Emergency 00460.0-26.5 4201 C3 T2 Brandon26.5-63.0 4202 C3 T1 Scarth63.0-97.0 4203 C3 T1 Fairlight97.0-128.6 3604 C3 T2 KiplingElrose Sub RTI Zone 5025 Emergency 00250.0-25.0 2515 C8 T2 Conquest25.0-72.0 2517 C8 T1 Elrose72.0-84.4 2518 C8 T1 RichleaFort Frances Sub NGR Zone 5052 Emergency 00520.0-23.5 4083 C3 T2/1 Atikokan23.5-63.8 4084 C3 T2 Mine Center

NGR Zone 5053 Emergency 005363.8-113.5 4171 C3 T1 Ft. Frances113.5-143.6 4172 C3 T1 Rainy RiverGladstone Sub MNGR Zone 5043 Emergency 00430.0-14.3 4071 C3 T1 Portage14.3-62.0 4072 C3 T1 Gladstone62.0-100.0 3703 C3 T1 McCreary100.0-121.7 3704 C3 T1 DauphinGlenavon Sub RTI Zone 5027 Emergency 00271.9-12.5 3604 C3 T1 Kipling12.5-45.0 2541 C8 T1 Glenavon45.0-73.0 2540 C8 T1 Vibank73.0-87.5 2536 C2 T1 ReginaImperial Spur NGR Zone 5021 Emergency 00210.0-9.0 2555 C2 T1 XenaKashabowie Sub NGR Zone 5054 Emergency 00541.3-18.6 4041 C2 T1/2 Thunder Bay18.6-45.5 4042 C3 T1/2 Mokomon45.5-97.0 4081 C4 T1 Kashabowie

38JANUARY 1

2005


0.0-14.0 2011 C8 T2 North Battleford14.0-68.0 2012 C8 T2 Paynton68.0-124.4 2013 C8 T2 EarlieBlaine Lake Sub MNGR Zone 5023 Emergency 002393.9-116.5 2151 C3T2 BradaBrooksby Sub MNGR Zone 5028 Emergency 00280.0-28.2 2413 C8 T2 Star City28.2-51.1 2418 C8 T1 Zenon ParkCarberry Sub MNGR Zone 5046 Emergency 00460.0-39.7 4201 C3 T2 BrandonCentral Butte Sub MNGR Zone 5027 Emergency 00270.0-23.0 2536 C2 T1 Regina, IPPL Yd.23.0-44.0 2537 C3 T1 Moose JawChelan Sub MNGR Zone 5028 Emergency 002813.0-49.0 2414 C8 T1 Porcupine49.0-60.1 2413 C8 T2 Star CityConquest Sub MNGR Zone 5025 Emergency 00250.0-3.0 2241 C8 T1 Saskatoon3.0-57.5 2515 C8 T2 Conquest57.5-94.3 2516 C8 T2 Lucky LakeCraik Sub MNGR Zone 5025 Emergency 00250.0-15.5 2536 C2 T1 Regina, IPPL48.5-92.0 2533 C4T1 Davidson92.0-124.0 2532 C4 T1 Kenaston124.0-154.1 2241 C8 T1 SaskatoonCromer SubRTI Zone 5046 Emergency 00460.0-26.5 4201 C3 T2 Brandon26.5-63.0 4202 C3 T1 Scarth63.0-97.0 4203 C3 T1 Fairlight97.0-128.6 3604 C3 T2 KiplingElrose Sub RTI Zone 5025 Emergency 00250.0-25.0 2515 C8 T2 Conquest25.0-72.0 2517 C8 T1 Elrose72.0-84.4 2518 C8 T1 RichleaFort Frances Sub NGR Zone 5052 Emergency 00520.0-23.5 4083 C3 T2/1 Atikokan23.5-63.8 4084 C3 T2 Mine Center

NGR Zone 5053 Emergency 005363.8-113.5 4171 C3 T1 Ft. Frances113.5-143.6 4172 C3 T1 Rainy RiverGladstone Sub MNGR Zone 5043 Emergency 00430.0-14.3 4071 C3 T1 Portage14.3-62.0 4072 C3 T1 Gladstone62.0-100.0 3703 C3 T1 McCreary100.0-121.7 3704 C3 T1 DauphinGlenavon Sub RTI Zone 5027 Emergency 00271.9-12.5 3604 C3 T1 Kipling12.5-45.0 2541 C8 T1 Glenavon45.0-73.0 2540 C8 T1 Vibank73.0-87.5 2536 C2 T1 ReginaImperial Spur NGR Zone 5021 Emergency 00210.0-9.0 2555 C2 T1 XenaKashabowie Sub NGR Zone 5054 Emergency 00541.3-18.6 4041 C2 T1/2 Thunder Bay18.6-45.5 4042 C3 T1/2 Mokomon45.5-97.0 4081 C4 T1 Kashabowie

39JANUARY 1

2005


97.0-127.0 4082 C4 T1 Kawene127.0-141.4 4083 C3 T1 AtikokanKinghorn Sub MNGR Zone 5056 Emergency 00561.9-30.0 4265 C3 T2 Geraldton30.0-70.0 4264 C3 T1 Jellicoe70.0-96.5 4263 C3 T2 Orient Bay96.5-154.0 4262 C3 T2 Nipigon154.0-178.5 4261 C3 T2 Loon Lake

NGR Zone 5056 Emergency 0056178.5-195.5 4041 C2 T2 Thunder BayLampman Sub MNGR Zone 5046 Emergency 00460.0-28.5 4203 C3 T1 Fairlight28.5-47.5 4206 C3 T2 Carlyle47.5-88.9 4207 C3 T2 LampmanLetellier Sub NGR Zone 5047 Emergency 00470.0-7.1 4281 C8 T1 Symington

MNGR7.1-63.4 4142 C8 T1 MorrisLewvan Sub MNGR Zone 5027 Emergency 0027100.0-115.5 2536 C2 T1 ReginaMargo Sub MNGR Zone 5041 Emergency 00410.0-25.2 4231 C3 T1 Canora25.2-49.0 4232 C3 T1 Margo49.0-83.5 4233 C3 T2 Wadena83.5-106.1 4234 C3 T1 Wimmer106.1-122.4 4235 C5 T1 HumboldtMatador Sub MNGR Zone 5025 Emergency 00250.0-29.7 2517 C8 T1 ElrosePreeceville Sub MNGR Zone 5040 Emergency 00400.0-9.0 4057 C3 T1 Swan River9.0-44.0 4056 C3 T1 Benito44.0-65.1 4055 C2 T1 SturgisQuappelle Sub RTI Zone 5027 Emergency 00270.0-30.0 3631 C5 T2 Goodeve30.0-75.0 3632 C8 T2 Balcaress

MNGR

75.0-93.8 2536 C2 T1 Regina, IPPLRedditt Sub NGR Zone 5050 Emergency 00500.0-12.6 4111 C5 T1 Pelican12.6-27.3 4111 C5 T2 Pelican27.3-63.0 4021 C4 T2 Amesdale63.0-100.0 4022 C4 T2 McIntosh100.0-111.0 4023 C4 T2 Jones111.0-130.4 4024 C4 T2 Redditt130.4-154.8 4025 C4 T2 Minaki154.8-166.0 4026 C4 T2 White166.0-208.0 4027 C4 T2 Rennie208.0-238.3 4028 C4 T2 Anola238.3-252.1 4281 C8 T1 NGR SymingtonRivers Sub NGR Zone 5045 Emergency 50450.0-14.3 4281 C8 T1 Symington14.3-32.7 4011 C2 T2 Calrin32.7-85.2 4012 C2 T2 Portage La Prairie85.2-126.3 4013 C2 T2 Petrel126.3-166.2 4014 C2 T2 Rivers

39JANUARY 1

2005


97.0-127.0 4082 C4 T1 Kawene127.0-141.4 4083 C3 T1 AtikokanKinghorn Sub MNGR Zone 5056 Emergency 00561.9-30.0 4265 C3 T2 Geraldton30.0-70.0 4264 C3 T1 Jellicoe70.0-96.5 4263 C3 T2 Orient Bay96.5-154.0 4262 C3 T2 Nipigon154.0-178.5 4261 C3 T2 Loon Lake

NGR Zone 5056 Emergency 0056178.5-195.5 4041 C2 T2 Thunder BayLampman Sub MNGR Zone 5046 Emergency 00460.0-28.5 4203 C3 T1 Fairlight28.5-47.5 4206 C3 T2 Carlyle47.5-88.9 4207 C3 T2 LampmanLetellier Sub NGR Zone 5047 Emergency 00470.0-7.1 4281 C8 T1 Symington

MNGR7.1-63.4 4142 C8 T1 MorrisLewvan Sub MNGR Zone 5027 Emergency 0027100.0-115.5 2536 C2 T1 ReginaMargo Sub MNGR Zone 5041 Emergency 00410.0-25.2 4231 C3 T1 Canora25.2-49.0 4232 C3 T1 Margo49.0-83.5 4233 C3 T2 Wadena83.5-106.1 4234 C3 T1 Wimmer106.1-122.4 4235 C5 T1 HumboldtMatador Sub MNGR Zone 5025 Emergency 00250.0-29.7 2517 C8 T1 ElrosePreeceville Sub MNGR Zone 5040 Emergency 00400.0-9.0 4057 C3 T1 Swan River9.0-44.0 4056 C3 T1 Benito44.0-65.1 4055 C2 T1 SturgisQuappelle Sub RTI Zone 5027 Emergency 00270.0-30.0 3631 C5 T2 Goodeve30.0-75.0 3632 C8 T2 Balcaress

MNGR

75.0-93.8 2536 C2 T1 Regina, IPPLRedditt Sub NGR Zone 5050 Emergency 00500.0-12.6 4111 C5 T1 Pelican12.6-27.3 4111 C5 T2 Pelican27.3-63.0 4021 C4 T2 Amesdale63.0-100.0 4022 C4 T2 McIntosh100.0-111.0 4023 C4 T2 Jones111.0-130.4 4024 C4 T2 Redditt130.4-154.8 4025 C4 T2 Minaki154.8-166.0 4026 C4 T2 White166.0-208.0 4027 C4 T2 Rennie208.0-238.3 4028 C4 T2 Anola238.3-252.1 4281 C8 T1 NGR SymingtonRivers Sub NGR Zone 5045 Emergency 50450.0-14.3 4281 C8 T1 Symington14.3-32.7 4011 C2 T2 Calrin32.7-85.2 4012 C2 T2 Portage La Prairie85.2-126.3 4013 C2 T2 Petrel126.3-166.2 4014 C2 T2 Rivers

40JANUARY 1

2005


166.2-206.0 4015 C2 T2 Uno206.0-236.4 4016 C4 T2 Welby236.4-275.0 4017 C4 T2 Atwater275.0-280.3 4018 C4 T2 MelvilleRobinhood Sub MNGR Zone 5026 Emergency 00260.0-36.3 2136 C4 T1 Mayfair36.3-69.6 2135 C4 T1 CaterRosetown Sub RTI Zone 5024 Emergency 00240.0-20.9 2241 C8 T1 Saskatoon20.9-50.0 3642 C8 T1 Tessier50.0-98.8 3643 C8 T1 Rosetown98.8-121.3 3644 C8 T1 KindersleySt. Brieux Sub MNGR Zone 5028 Emergency 00280.0-10.0 2413 C8 T2 Star City10.0-29.5 2412 C8 T2 St. Brieux29.5-54.1 2411 C5 T2 HumboldtSprague Sub NGR Zone 5053 Emergency 00530.0-23.0 2172 C3 T1 Rainy River23.0-67.5 2173 C3 T1 Boundary67.5-82.0 2174 C3 T1 Woodridge82.0-112.0 2175 C3 T1 Sandilands112.0-145.2 2176 C3 T1 Ste. AnneTisdale Sub MNGR Zone 5028 Emergency 00280.0-19.9 2177 C4 T1 Hudson Bay19.9-51.9 2176 C8 T1 Porcupine51.9-114.0 2175 C8 T1 Star City114.0-136.2 2178 C8 T1 Birch HillsTogo Sub MNGR Zone 5042 Emgergency 00420.0-10.0 4074 C3 T1 Dauphin10.0 - 47.0 4236 C3 T2 Grandview47.0-83.5 4237 C3 T2 Roblin83.5- 124.9 4238 C3 T2 KamsackTurnberry Sub MNGR Zone 5040 Emergency 00400.0-33.6 4052 C4 T2 Hudson Bay33.6-80.0 4051 C4 T2 WestrayTurtleford Sub MNGR Zone 5026 Emergency 00260.0-25.3 2151 C3 T2 Brada25.3-77.0 2131 C5 T1 TurtlefordWarman Sub NGR Zone 5021 Emergency 00210.0-17.2 2557 C2 T1 SaskatoonWatrous Sub Zone 5021 Emergency 00210.0-12.1 2551 C2 T1 NGR Melville12.1-47.5 2552 C2 T1 NGR Ituna47.5-80.0 2553 C2 T1 NGR Lestock80.0-117.0 2554 C2 T1 NGR Semans117.0-150.0 2555 C2 T1 NGR Xena150.0-170.0 2556 C2 T1 NGR Allan170.0-215.0 2557 C2 T1 NGR Saskatoon215.0-247.3 2558 C2 T1 NGR LeneyWinnipeg Terminals NGR Zone 5049 Emergency 0049Wpg. Terminals 4281 C8 T2 SymingtonYorkton Sub RTI Zone 5045 Emergency 00450.0-10.2 3783 C5 T1 Goodeve10.2-44.2 3782 C5 T1 Yorkton44.2-54.7 2593 C3 T2 MNGR Canora

40JANUARY 1

2005


166.2-206.0 4015 C2 T2 Uno206.0-236.4 4016 C4 T2 Welby236.4-275.0 4017 C4 T2 Atwater275.0-280.3 4018 C4 T2 MelvilleRobinhood Sub MNGR Zone 5026 Emergency 00260.0-36.3 2136 C4 T1 Mayfair36.3-69.6 2135 C4 T1 CaterRosetown Sub RTI Zone 5024 Emergency 00240.0-20.9 2241 C8 T1 Saskatoon20.9-50.0 3642 C8 T1 Tessier50.0-98.8 3643 C8 T1 Rosetown98.8-121.3 3644 C8 T1 KindersleySt. Brieux Sub MNGR Zone 5028 Emergency 00280.0-10.0 2413 C8 T2 Star City10.0-29.5 2412 C8 T2 St. Brieux29.5-54.1 2411 C5 T2 HumboldtSprague Sub NGR Zone 5053 Emergency 00530.0-23.0 2172 C3 T1 Rainy River23.0-67.5 2173 C3 T1 Boundary67.5-82.0 2174 C3 T1 Woodridge82.0-112.0 2175 C3 T1 Sandilands112.0-145.2 2176 C3 T1 Ste. AnneTisdale Sub MNGR Zone 5028 Emergency 00280.0-19.9 2177 C4 T1 Hudson Bay19.9-51.9 2176 C8 T1 Porcupine51.9-114.0 2175 C8 T1 Star City114.0-136.2 2178 C8 T1 Birch HillsTogo Sub MNGR Zone 5042 Emgergency 00420.0-10.0 4074 C3 T1 Dauphin10.0 - 47.0 4236 C3 T2 Grandview47.0-83.5 4237 C3 T2 Roblin83.5- 124.9 4238 C3 T2 KamsackTurnberry Sub MNGR Zone 5040 Emergency 00400.0-33.6 4052 C4 T2 Hudson Bay33.6-80.0 4051 C4 T2 WestrayTurtleford Sub MNGR Zone 5026 Emergency 00260.0-25.3 2151 C3 T2 Brada25.3-77.0 2131 C5 T1 TurtlefordWarman Sub NGR Zone 5021 Emergency 00210.0-17.2 2557 C2 T1 SaskatoonWatrous Sub Zone 5021 Emergency 00210.0-12.1 2551 C2 T1 NGR Melville12.1-47.5 2552 C2 T1 NGR Ituna47.5-80.0 2553 C2 T1 NGR Lestock80.0-117.0 2554 C2 T1 NGR Semans117.0-150.0 2555 C2 T1 NGR Xena150.0-170.0 2556 C2 T1 NGR Allan170.0-215.0 2557 C2 T1 NGR Saskatoon215.0-247.3 2558 C2 T1 NGR LeneyWinnipeg Terminals NGR Zone 5049 Emergency 0049Wpg. Terminals 4281 C8 T2 SymingtonYorkton Sub RTI Zone 5045 Emergency 00450.0-10.2 3783 C5 T1 Goodeve10.2-44.2 3782 C5 T1 Yorkton44.2-54.7 2593 C3 T2 MNGR Canora

41JANUARY 1

2005


PACIFIC DIVISIONAlbreda Sub Zone 5080 Emergency 00800.0-4.0 4561 4T1 Jasper4.0-20.4 4562 4T1 Geikie20.4-54.0 4563 4T1 Redpass54.0-87.0 4564 4T1 Tete Jaune87.0-117.5 4565 4T1 Clemina117.5-132.3 4566 4T1 Blue RiverAlliance Subdivision0.0-59.2 No Radio CoverageAshcroft Sub Zone 5084 Emergency 00840.0-20.2 4541 4T1 Tranquille20.2-59.2 4542 8T2 Campbell Hill

Zone 5082 Emergency 008259.2.2?-67.2 4542 8T1 Campbell Hill67.2-86.8 4543 4T1 Spences Bridge86.8-116.0 4544 4T1 Lytton116.0-125.5 4545 4T1 Boston Bar EastBrazeau Sub Zone 5012 Emergency 00120.0-13.5 2371 6T2 Mirror13.5-83.0 2372 7T2 Gilby83.0-97.0 2373 6T2 Rocky Mtn HouseBulkley Sub Zone 5074 Emergency 00740.0-30.5 4581 4T1 Evelyn30.5-74.0 4582 4T1 New Hazelton74.0-104.5 4583 4T1 Cedarvale104.5-122.2 4584 4T1 Pacific122.2-131.9 4585 4T1 TerraceCamrose Sub Zone 5010 Emergency 00100.0-4.8 2315 2T1 Ardrossan4.8-24.1 2383 3T2 Bretona24.1-78.0 2382 3T2 Camrose78.0-95.1 2381 3T2 MirrorClearwater Sub Zone 5081 Emergency 00810.0-16.7 4551 2T1 Wolfenden16.7-45.5 4552 2T1 McMurphy45.5-80.0 4553 2T1 Birch Island80.0-109.5 4554 2T1 Chu Chua109.5-139.4 4555 2T1 VinsullaDrumheller Sub Zone 5011 Emergency 00110.0-40.0 2044 2304 3T2 Delia40.0-57.5 2045 2305 2T2 Munson57.5-80.0 2046 2306 2T1 Wayne80.0-91.0 2047 2307 2T2 Rosebud91.0-131.9 2104 2363 3T2 McDonald LakeEdson Sub Zone 5019 Emergency 50194.1-31.5 2611 2T2 Spruce Grove31.5-50.0 2612 4T1 Wabamun50.0-67.0 2613 4T1 Gainford67.0-112.0 2614 4T1 Chip Lake112.0-129.6 2615 4T1 Wolf CreekEdson 2641 2T1 Edson129.6-148.0 2642 2T1 Bickerdike148.0-158.0 2643 2T1 Medicine Lodge158.0-180.0 2644 2T1 Obed180.0-210.0 2645 2T1 Entrance210.0-235.7 2646 2T1 Henry HouseEdson SubGreater Edmonton Terminal4.1-10.0 2701 5T1/2 WalkerFoothills Sub 5014 Emergency 00140.0-12.0 2351 6T2 McLeod River12.0-34.0 2352 7T2 Embarras34.0-42.0 2353 6T2 Mercoal42.0-49.9 2391 8T1 Coal ValleyFraser Sub Zone 5070 Emergency 00700.0-25.1 4612 3T1 McBride25.1-66.6 4613 3T2 Loos66.6-104.8 4614 2T1 Dewey Hansard

41JANUARY 1

2005


PACIFIC DIVISIONAlbreda Sub Zone 5080 Emergency 00800.0-4.0 4561 4T1 Jasper4.0-20.4 4562 4T1 Geikie20.4-54.0 4563 4T1 Redpass54.0-87.0 4564 4T1 Tete Jaune87.0-117.5 4565 4T1 Clemina117.5-132.3 4566 4T1 Blue RiverAlliance Subdivision0.0-59.2 No Radio CoverageAshcroft Sub Zone 5084 Emergency 00840.0-20.2 4541 4T1 Tranquille20.2-59.2 4542 8T2 Campbell Hill

Zone 5082 Emergency 008259.2.2?-67.2 4542 8T1 Campbell Hill67.2-86.8 4543 4T1 Spences Bridge86.8-116.0 4544 4T1 Lytton116.0-125.5 4545 4T1 Boston Bar EastBrazeau Sub Zone 5012 Emergency 00120.0-13.5 2371 6T2 Mirror13.5-83.0 2372 7T2 Gilby83.0-97.0 2373 6T2 Rocky Mtn HouseBulkley Sub Zone 5074 Emergency 00740.0-30.5 4581 4T1 Evelyn30.5-74.0 4582 4T1 New Hazelton74.0-104.5 4583 4T1 Cedarvale104.5-122.2 4584 4T1 Pacific122.2-131.9 4585 4T1 TerraceCamrose Sub Zone 5010 Emergency 00100.0-4.8 2315 2T1 Ardrossan4.8-24.1 2383 3T2 Bretona24.1-78.0 2382 3T2 Camrose78.0-95.1 2381 3T2 MirrorClearwater Sub Zone 5081 Emergency 00810.0-16.7 4551 2T1 Wolfenden16.7-45.5 4552 2T1 McMurphy45.5-80.0 4553 2T1 Birch Island80.0-109.5 4554 2T1 Chu Chua109.5-139.4 4555 2T1 VinsullaDrumheller Sub Zone 5011 Emergency 00110.0-40.0 2044 2304 3T2 Delia40.0-57.5 2045 2305 2T2 Munson57.5-80.0 2046 2306 2T1 Wayne80.0-91.0 2047 2307 2T2 Rosebud91.0-131.9 2104 2363 3T2 McDonald LakeEdson Sub Zone 5019 Emergency 50194.1-31.5 2611 2T2 Spruce Grove31.5-50.0 2612 4T1 Wabamun50.0-67.0 2613 4T1 Gainford67.0-112.0 2614 4T1 Chip Lake112.0-129.6 2615 4T1 Wolf CreekEdson 2641 2T1 Edson129.6-148.0 2642 2T1 Bickerdike148.0-158.0 2643 2T1 Medicine Lodge158.0-180.0 2644 2T1 Obed180.0-210.0 2645 2T1 Entrance210.0-235.7 2646 2T1 Henry HouseEdson SubGreater Edmonton Terminal4.1-10.0 2701 5T1/2 WalkerFoothills Sub 5014 Emergency 00140.0-12.0 2351 6T2 McLeod River12.0-34.0 2352 7T2 Embarras34.0-42.0 2353 6T2 Mercoal42.0-49.9 2391 8T1 Coal ValleyFraser Sub Zone 5070 Emergency 00700.0-25.1 4612 3T1 McBride25.1-66.6 4613 3T2 Loos66.6-104.8 4614 2T1 Dewey Hansard

42JANUARY 1

2005


104.8-124.0 4615 2T2 Giscome124.0-146.1 4616 2T1 ShelleyKitimat Sub Zone 5076 Emergency 00760.0-27.0 4462 2T2 Amsbury27.0-38.5 4461 2T1 KitimatMountain Park Sub Zone 5014 Emergency 00140.0-15.0 2353 6T2 Mercoal15.0-25.6 2354 7T2 Cadomin CH715.0-25.6 2392 1T1 Cadomin CH 1Nechako Sub Zone 5072 Emergency 00720.0-45.7 4601 4T1 PG West45.7-56.3 4602 4T1 Finmoore56.3-82.6 4603 4T1 Vanderhoof82.6-102.0 4604 4T1 Ft. Fraser102.0-115.4 4605 4T1 Endako East

Oyen Sub Zone 5013 Emergency 00130.0-43.8 2302 3T2 Flaxcombe43.8-91.0 2303 3T2 Oyen91.0-102.0 2308 3T2 Youngstown102.0-136.4 2304 3T2 DeliaRam River Sub Zone 5012 Emergency 00120.0-27.0 2373 6T2 Rocky MtnHouseRawlison Sub Zone 5083 Emergency 00830.0-2.5 4535 2T1 Ft. LangleyRobson Sub NGR Zone 5083 Emergency 00830.0-14.7 4563 4T1 Redpass14.7-29.8 4564 4T1 Tete JauneSangudo Sub Zone 5005 Emergency 00050.0-16.0 2281 8T1 St. Albert16.0-49.0 2282 8T1 Onoway49.0-139.0 2283 8T1 House MountainSangudo Sub MNGR139.0-167.3 2491 8T1 Pass CreekGreater Edmonton TerminalZone 5008 Emergency 00080.0-2.3 2801 8T2 WalkerSkeena Sub Zone 5075 Emergency 00750.0-21.0 4462 2T1 Amsbury21.0-47.4 4463 2T1 Salvus47.4-71.6 4464 2T1 Skeena71.6-85.2 4465 2T1 Sockeye85.2-94.6 4466 2T1 HorbayTelkwa Sub Zone 5073 Emergency 00730.0-20.2 4481 2T1 Endako West20.2-53.5 4482 2T1 Burns Lake53.5-75.8 4483 2T1 Topley75.8-98.0 4484 2T1 Houston98.0-125.2 4485 2T1 QuickTete Jaune Sub Zone 5080 Emergency 00800.0-1.9 4564 4T1 Tete Jaune1.9-43.4 4611 2T1 DunsterThree Hills Sub Zone 5011 Emergency 00110.0-25.5 2381 3T1 Mirror25.5-50.0 2363 3T1 Elnora50.0-71.4 2362 3T1 Three Hills71.4-126.0 2364 3T2 McDonald LakeVegreville Sub Zone 5008 Emergency 00080.0-8.5 2013 8T2 Earlie8.5-70.0 2091 8T2 Lavoy70-100.0 2092 8T2 Chipman100.0-127.7 2093 8T2 ScotfordVegreville SubGreater Edmonton Terminal At mile 127.7

2801 8T2 WalkerWainwright Sub Zone 5016 Emergency 00160.0-33.5 2021 4T2 Palo33.5-83.5 2022 4T2 Unity83.5-127.0 2023 4T2 Artland127.0-140.1 2024 4T2 Wainwright East140.1-157.7 2311 2T2 Wainwright West157.7-184.5 2312 2T2 Kinsella

42JANUARY 1

2005


104.8-124.0 4615 2T2 Giscome124.0-146.1 4616 2T1 ShelleyKitimat Sub Zone 5076 Emergency 00760.0-27.0 4462 2T2 Amsbury27.0-38.5 4461 2T1 KitimatMountain Park Sub Zone 5014 Emergency 00140.0-15.0 2353 6T2 Mercoal15.0-25.6 2354 7T2 Cadomin CH715.0-25.6 2392 1T1 Cadomin CH 1Nechako Sub Zone 5072 Emergency 00720.0-45.7 4601 4T1 PG West45.7-56.3 4602 4T1 Finmoore56.3-82.6 4603 4T1 Vanderhoof82.6-102.0 4604 4T1 Ft. Fraser102.0-115.4 4605 4T1 Endako East

Oyen Sub Zone 5013 Emergency 00130.0-43.8 2302 3T2 Flaxcombe43.8-91.0 2303 3T2 Oyen91.0-102.0 2308 3T2 Youngstown102.0-136.4 2304 3T2 DeliaRam River Sub Zone 5012 Emergency 00120.0-27.0 2373 6T2 Rocky MtnHouseRawlison Sub Zone 5083 Emergency 00830.0-2.5 4535 2T1 Ft. LangleyRobson Sub NGR Zone 5083 Emergency 00830.0-14.7 4563 4T1 Redpass14.7-29.8 4564 4T1 Tete JauneSangudo Sub Zone 5005 Emergency 00050.0-16.0 2281 8T1 St. Albert16.0-49.0 2282 8T1 Onoway49.0-139.0 2283 8T1 House MountainSangudo Sub MNGR139.0-167.3 2491 8T1 Pass CreekGreater Edmonton TerminalZone 5008 Emergency 00080.0-2.3 2801 8T2 WalkerSkeena Sub Zone 5075 Emergency 00750.0-21.0 4462 2T1 Amsbury21.0-47.4 4463 2T1 Salvus47.4-71.6 4464 2T1 Skeena71.6-85.2 4465 2T1 Sockeye85.2-94.6 4466 2T1 HorbayTelkwa Sub Zone 5073 Emergency 00730.0-20.2 4481 2T1 Endako West20.2-53.5 4482 2T1 Burns Lake53.5-75.8 4483 2T1 Topley75.8-98.0 4484 2T1 Houston98.0-125.2 4485 2T1 QuickTete Jaune Sub Zone 5080 Emergency 00800.0-1.9 4564 4T1 Tete Jaune1.9-43.4 4611 2T1 DunsterThree Hills Sub Zone 5011 Emergency 00110.0-25.5 2381 3T1 Mirror25.5-50.0 2363 3T1 Elnora50.0-71.4 2362 3T1 Three Hills71.4-126.0 2364 3T2 McDonald LakeVegreville Sub Zone 5008 Emergency 00080.0-8.5 2013 8T2 Earlie8.5-70.0 2091 8T2 Lavoy70-100.0 2092 8T2 Chipman100.0-127.7 2093 8T2 ScotfordVegreville SubGreater Edmonton Terminal At mile 127.7

2801 8T2 WalkerWainwright Sub Zone 5016 Emergency 00160.0-33.5 2021 4T2 Palo33.5-83.5 2022 4T2 Unity83.5-127.0 2023 4T2 Artland127.0-140.1 2024 4T2 Wainwright East140.1-157.7 2311 2T2 Wainwright West157.7-184.5 2312 2T2 Kinsella

43JANUARY 1

2005


184.5-205.0 2313 2T2 Bruce205.0-240.0 2314 2T2 Tofield240.0-264.7 2315 NGR 2T1 ArdrossanWainwright SubdivisionGreater Edmonton Terminal253.0-266.7 2701 5T1/2 WalkerWestlock Sub Zone 5004 Emergency 00040.0-3.0 2271 3T1 Dunvegan3.0-42.0 2272 3T1 Morinville42.0-67.2 2273 3T1 Westlock67.2-97.5 2274 3T1 Fawcett97.5-116.5 2275 3T1 Chisholm116.5-130.4 2276 3T1 MacmathYale Sub Zone 5083 Emergency 00830.0-3.1 4531 2T1 Boston Bar3.1-10.5 4532 2T1 Komo10.5-41.5 4533 2T1 Yale41.5-72.9 4534 2T1 Rosedale72.9-112.6 4535 2T1 Ft. Langley112.6-131.8 4536 2T2 Thornton Yd.

MSREP DTMF *5033# Tel. 1 877-406-3150S&C Call Desk DTMF *5099# Tel. 1 800-863-4883

Common DTMF Key pad sequences.

Emergency DTMF *0#Field Disconnect DTMF *#

43JANUARY 1

2005


184.5-205.0 2313 2T2 Bruce205.0-240.0 2314 2T2 Tofield240.0-264.7 2315 NGR 2T1 ArdrossanWainwright SubdivisionGreater Edmonton Terminal253.0-266.7 2701 5T1/2 WalkerWestlock Sub Zone 5004 Emergency 00040.0-3.0 2271 3T1 Dunvegan3.0-42.0 2272 3T1 Morinville42.0-67.2 2273 3T1 Westlock67.2-97.5 2274 3T1 Fawcett97.5-116.5 2275 3T1 Chisholm116.5-130.4 2276 3T1 MacmathYale Sub Zone 5083 Emergency 00830.0-3.1 4531 2T1 Boston Bar3.1-10.5 4532 2T1 Komo10.5-41.5 4533 2T1 Yale41.5-72.9 4534 2T1 Rosedale72.9-112.6 4535 2T1 Ft. Langley112.6-131.8 4536 2T2 Thornton Yd.

MSREP DTMF *5033# Tel. 1 877-406-3150S&C Call Desk DTMF *5099# Tel. 1 800-863-4883

Common DTMF Key pad sequences.

Emergency DTMF *0#Field Disconnect DTMF *#

44JANUARY 1

2005


56. 97 CHANNEL LOCOMOTIVE RADIO

Locomotives equipped with 97 channel radiosare capable of accessing both CN channels andthose of other railroads in Canada and the USA.On the TRACKSTAR IIIA radios, 35 commonlyused channels have been preset (18 CN and17 foreign). When a preset channel is selected,the applicable railway initials and channel num-ber will appear in the display. The radio is alsocapable of accessing 97 AAR railway channels.When an AAR channel is selected, its 4 digitdesignation will appear in the display.On TRACKSTAR IIIA radios.There have been reports from the field indicat-ing that calls being generated by DTMF tonesfrom a Trackstar locomotive radio are not beingreceived by the RTC office. Investigation hasdetermined that the first DTMF tone must bepushed for a long enough period of time to beproperly generated by the radio. To correct thisfault, it will be necessary for the user to pushthe first digit for a period of at least one fullsecond before proceeding to subsequent dig-its. This will ensure that the DTMF tones areproperly generated by the radio. The remain-ing digits may be generated in a normal man-ner.On SPECTRA radios 95 channels are preset.When selecting CN channels using the HOMEbutton, the corresponding CN channel will bedisplayed. For accessing foreign railroad chan-nels, the AAR channel designation must beused.

44JANUARY 1

2005


56. 97 CHANNEL LOCOMOTIVE RADIO

Locomotives equipped with 97 channel radiosare capable of accessing both CN channels andthose of other railroads in Canada and the USA.On the TRACKSTAR IIIA radios, 35 commonlyused channels have been preset (18 CN and17 foreign). When a preset channel is selected,the applicable railway initials and channel num-ber will appear in the display. The radio is alsocapable of accessing 97 AAR railway channels.When an AAR channel is selected, its 4 digitdesignation will appear in the display.On TRACKSTAR IIIA radios.There have been reports from the field indicat-ing that calls being generated by DTMF tonesfrom a Trackstar locomotive radio are not beingreceived by the RTC office. Investigation hasdetermined that the first DTMF tone must bepushed for a long enough period of time to beproperly generated by the radio. To correct thisfault, it will be necessary for the user to pushthe first digit for a period of at least one fullsecond before proceeding to subsequent dig-its. This will ensure that the DTMF tones areproperly generated by the radio. The remain-ing digits may be generated in a normal man-ner.On SPECTRA radios 95 channels are preset.When selecting CN channels using the HOMEbutton, the corresponding CN channel will bedisplayed. For accessing foreign railroad chan-nels, the AAR channel designation must beused.

45JANUARY 1

2005


RADIO CHANNEL &MODE ARRANGEMENT TABLE

CN AAR DISPLAY HOMECHANNEL DESIGNATION TS IIIA DISPLAY

SPECTRA1 8787 CN01 012 7373 CN02 023 5555 CN03 034 3737 CN04 045 1717 CN05 056 7925 CN06 067 6302 CN07 078 6161 CN08 08

14 3333 3333 1418 4141 4141 1820 4545 CN20 2022 0909 0909 2226 5757 CN26 2628 1313 CN28 2831 1919 CN31 3133 2525 2525 3337 7979 7979 3740 8585 CN40 4041 7777 7777 4142 8989 8989 4256 4949 4949 5665 8115 8115 6572 2121 2121 7278 5704 5704 7881 6523 CN81 8182 5307 CN82 8284 6911 CN84 84

FOREIGN CHANNEL DISPLAY AAR DESIG. &RAILWAY TS IIIA DISPLAY

SPECTRACP 1 CP01 9191CP 2 CP02 9591CP 3 CP03 2191CP 4 CP04 6767CP 5 CP05 8181CP 6 CP06 2181CP 7 CP07 9595CP 8 CP08 2195

BCR 1 0606 0101BCR 2 8406 8401BCR 3 7575 7575BCR 5 3939 3939BCR 6 9439 9439

NOTE:All 4 digit designations under TS IIIA are accessedby dressing and holding the AAR/Home button untilthe display changes to 4 digits and then scrolling tothe right channel.

45JANUARY 1

2005


RADIO CHANNEL &MODE ARRANGEMENT TABLE

CN AAR DISPLAY HOMECHANNEL DESIGNATION TS IIIA DISPLAY

SPECTRA1 8787 CN01 012 7373 CN02 023 5555 CN03 034 3737 CN04 045 1717 CN05 056 7925 CN06 067 6302 CN07 078 6161 CN08 08

14 3333 3333 1418 4141 4141 1820 4545 CN20 2022 0909 0909 2226 5757 CN26 2628 1313 CN28 2831 1919 CN31 3133 2525 2525 3337 7979 7979 3740 8585 CN40 4041 7777 7777 4142 8989 8989 4256 4949 4949 5665 8115 8115 6572 2121 2121 7278 5704 5704 7881 6523 CN81 8182 5307 CN82 8284 6911 CN84 84

FOREIGN CHANNEL DISPLAY AAR DESIG. &RAILWAY TS IIIA DISPLAY

SPECTRACP 1 CP01 9191CP 2 CP02 9591CP 3 CP03 2191CP 4 CP04 6767CP 5 CP05 8181CP 6 CP06 2181CP 7 CP07 9595CP 8 CP08 2195

BCR 1 0606 0101BCR 2 8406 8401BCR 3 7575 7575BCR 5 3939 3939BCR 6 9439 9439

NOTE:All 4 digit designations under TS IIIA are accessedby dressing and holding the AAR/Home button untilthe display changes to 4 digits and then scrolling tothe right channel.

46JANUARY 1

2005


Kollesavich, GDKLamontagne, MALLeBlanc, RDLLisenchuk, GSLLussier, BJLMacKay, JEMMacDonald, DGMMcLean, GBMMalanchuk, JSMMartinson, DJMMaslo, VTMMcDonald, BEMMcMahon, SAMMcMinn, RGMMeise, ARMMiller, MBMMoreau, PBMMorkeberg, EOMMorris, AWMMoss, RBMNevins, LVNOwens, RWOPich, WPPilgrim, DMPPronovost, RDPPugh, MLPRelitz, BLRRichardson, RJRRoberts, KWRRusnak, MGRRusnak, DERRusnak, CJRShear, GASTardif, ATUhrich, RWUUhrich, DKUWatson, LAWWeight, BWWert, REWWest, GSWZomber, SMZZukowski, PJZ

WESTERN OPERATIONS CENTREEDMONTON

ALBERT NASHMANGeneral Manager

ROCKY HARTLINESenior Manager WOC

WAYNE JACKSON RON MARRESESENIOR MANAGER OPERATIONS SENIOR MANAGER OPERATIONS

Prairie Division Pacific Division

DAVE MARCHANDManager Service Design / RTC

Chief DispatchersR.J. Adair A.E.Osterlund J.Z. Ammar H.C.RiedelG.K. Bent P.L.Owens V.M.Guest M. GauthierM.D. Swanson R.P.Capper D.R. Pare R.C. PollonW.C.Donlevy R. M. Froment J.A.Pichor K.E.ToewsR.W.Hintz R.C.Shockey B.M.SobkowiczD.L.Paterson

RAIL TRAFFIC CONTROLLERS (RTC)Anderson, DIAAndrews-Fowler, DEAArchambault, SMAAshton, DRABeaudry, RLBBeisiegel, BLBBelliveau, MFBBent, JRBBeyer, RCBBigland, NABBrown, JDBBrownlee, SDBBurgess, WMBComeau, JPCCraigen, JCCDowdell, JKDDowney, LMDEngele, RAEEvashenko, CJEFabian, SJFFlewin, HAFFootz, WDFFoster, JPFFournier, JRFFowler, MPFFraser, WMFFulmes, LVFHaczkewicz, LMHHardcastle, PWHHayduk, RLHHedley, DKHHorne, HBHHoyseth, RBHHudson, SJHJohns, KRJKennedy, GRKKeough, DDK

46JANUARY 1

2005


Kollesavich, GDKLamontagne, MALLeBlanc, RDLLisenchuk, GSLLussier, BJLMacKay, JEMMacDonald, DGMMcLean, GBMMalanchuk, JSMMartinson, DJMMaslo, VTMMcDonald, BEMMcMahon, SAMMcMinn, RGMMeise, ARMMiller, MBMMoreau, PBMMorkeberg, EOMMorris, AWMMoss, RBMNevins, LVNOwens, RWOPich, WPPilgrim, DMPPronovost, RDPPugh, MLPRelitz, BLRRichardson, RJRRoberts, KWRRusnak, MGRRusnak, DERRusnak, CJRShear, GASTardif, ATUhrich, RWUUhrich, DKUWatson, LAWWeight, BWWert, REWWest, GSWZomber, SMZZukowski, PJZ

WESTERN OPERATIONS CENTREEDMONTON

ALBERT NASHMANGeneral Manager

ROCKY HARTLINESenior Manager WOC

WAYNE JACKSON RON MARRESESENIOR MANAGER OPERATIONS SENIOR MANAGER OPERATIONS

Prairie Division Pacific Division

DAVE MARCHANDManager Service Design / RTC

Chief DispatchersR.J. Adair A.E.Osterlund J.Z. Ammar H.C.RiedelG.K. Bent P.L.Owens V.M.Guest M. GauthierM.D. Swanson R.P.Capper D.R. Pare R.C. PollonW.C.Donlevy R. M. Froment J.A.Pichor K.E.ToewsR.W.Hintz R.C.Shockey B.M.SobkowiczD.L.Paterson

RAIL TRAFFIC CONTROLLERS (RTC)Anderson, DIAAndrews-Fowler, DEAArchambault, SMAAshton, DRABeaudry, RLBBeisiegel, BLBBelliveau, MFBBent, JRBBeyer, RCBBigland, NABBrown, JDBBrownlee, SDBBurgess, WMBComeau, JPCCraigen, JCCDowdell, JKDDowney, LMDEngele, RAEEvashenko, CJEFabian, SJFFlewin, HAFFootz, WDFFoster, JPFFournier, JRFFowler, MPFFraser, WMFFulmes, LVFHaczkewicz, LMHHardcastle, PWHHayduk, RLHHedley, DKHHorne, HBHHoyseth, RBHHudson, SJHJohns, KRJKennedy, GRKKeough, DDK

47JANUARY 1

2005


RAIWESTERN OPERATIONS CENTRE&

RAIL TRAFFIC CONTROL DIRECTORY

472-3999 1-800-668-6222 WOC Emergency Number1-866-472-3072 WOC RTC & CMC Toll Free Number

472-3767 1-800-465-9239 CN Police Emergency Number

472-3110 fax 472-3946 Chief Dispatcher - WOC East(Lakehead Zone, GWT, Rivers Suband South MB Branches).

472-4064 fax 472-3946 Chief Dispatcher - WOC Central(Jasper East Switch to MelvilleWest Switch)

472-3181 fax 472-3946 Chief Dispatcher - WOC West(Jasper East Switch to GVT andBC North)

472-3951 fax 472-3946 Chief Dispatcher - WOC Branch(PNL, PSL, SK, AB, Remaining MBBranches).

472-4073 fax 472-3946 Chief Dispatcher - Motive Power472-3753 fax 472-3038 Work Force Coordinator472-3208 fax 472-3284 Operations Assistant WOC472-3063 fax 472-3105 RTC Staff Coordinator

PRAIRIE DIVISION

472-3925 fax 472-3231 Desk ARedditt and Allanwater Subs0700-1500 MT Monday - FridayTranscona East to Hudson(All territories on remainingshifts)

472-3819 fax 472-3231 Desk BRedditt and Allanwater SubsMonday - Friday Hudson toArmstrong.

472-3191 fax 472-4087 Desk DWinnipeg Terminals - South MB -N.W. ON Branches 24/7 ReginaBranches 1740-0700 MT Monday-Friday and all shifts on weekendsGladstone-Togo subs 2300-0700MT daily except Sunday night(Desk J)

472-3712 fax 472-4087 Desk FRivers Sub (Diamond to Cana Jct)

472-3881 fax 472-4087 Desk GWatrous and Warman Subs

472-3155 fax 472-3231 Desk HTete Jaune and Fraser Subs.Monday to Friday 0700 to 1740 MT(Desk Q on off shifts).

472-3716 fax 472-3231 Desk JGladstone, Togo, Margo,Aberdeen, North SK Branches andNorth MB Branches. Daily 0700 -2300 MT and Sunday 2300-0700MT Monday.

472-4085 fax 472-3231 Desk KSprague, Kashabowie and FortFrances Subs

47JANUARY 1

2005


RAIWESTERN OPERATIONS CENTRE&

RAIL TRAFFIC CONTROL DIRECTORY

472-3999 1-800-668-6222 WOC Emergency Number1-866-472-3072 WOC RTC & CMC Toll Free Number

472-3767 1-800-465-9239 CN Police Emergency Number

472-3110 fax 472-3946 Chief Dispatcher - WOC East(Lakehead Zone, GWT, Rivers Suband South MB Branches).

472-4064 fax 472-3946 Chief Dispatcher - WOC Central(Jasper East Switch to MelvilleWest Switch)

472-3181 fax 472-3946 Chief Dispatcher - WOC West(Jasper East Switch to GVT andBC North)

472-3951 fax 472-3946 Chief Dispatcher - WOC Branch(PNL, PSL, SK, AB, Remaining MBBranches).

472-4073 fax 472-3946 Chief Dispatcher - Motive Power472-3753 fax 472-3038 Work Force Coordinator472-3208 fax 472-3284 Operations Assistant WOC472-3063 fax 472-3105 RTC Staff Coordinator

PRAIRIE DIVISION

472-3925 fax 472-3231 Desk ARedditt and Allanwater Subs0700-1500 MT Monday - FridayTranscona East to Hudson(All territories on remainingshifts)

472-3819 fax 472-3231 Desk BRedditt and Allanwater SubsMonday - Friday Hudson toArmstrong.

472-3191 fax 472-4087 Desk DWinnipeg Terminals - South MB -N.W. ON Branches 24/7 ReginaBranches 1740-0700 MT Monday-Friday and all shifts on weekendsGladstone-Togo subs 2300-0700MT daily except Sunday night(Desk J)

472-3712 fax 472-4087 Desk FRivers Sub (Diamond to Cana Jct)

472-3881 fax 472-4087 Desk GWatrous and Warman Subs

472-3155 fax 472-3231 Desk HTete Jaune and Fraser Subs.Monday to Friday 0700 to 1740 MT(Desk Q on off shifts).

472-3716 fax 472-3231 Desk JGladstone, Togo, Margo,Aberdeen, North SK Branches andNorth MB Branches. Daily 0700 -2300 MT and Sunday 2300-0700MT Monday.

472-4085 fax 472-3231 Desk KSprague, Kashabowie and FortFrances Subs

48JANUARY 1

2005


PACIFIC DIVISIONPACIFIC DIVISION

472-3051 fax 472-3758 Desk LAlberta BranchesVegreville-Blackfoot andSaskatoon Branches 1740-0700MT Monday-Friday and all shiftson weekends Aberdeen-Margo-North SK Branches-SaskatoonBranches and North MBBranches 2300-0700 MT dailyexcept Sunday evening, seeDesk "J" for OCS territoryremoved from "L" on Sundayevening

472-3055 fax 472-4087 Desk MWainwright Sub Clover Bar Eastto Biggar 0700-1500 MT dailyand 1500-2300 MT Monday-Friday East Jct. To Biggar 2300-0700 MT daily and 1500-2300Saturday-Sunday

472-3196 fax 472-3231 Desk PVegreville-Blackfoot-ReginaBranches-Saskatoon Branches0700-1740 MT Monday-Friday

472-3734 fax 472-3231 Desk QBulkley-Skeena-Kitimat-Telkwa-NechakoTete Jaune-Fraser 1740-0700MT Monday-Friday and all shiftson weekends

472-3053 fax 472-4087 Desk REdmonton Terminals - Clover BarEast (Wainwright Sub) to Yates(Edson Sub) 0700-1500 MTdaily. 1500-2300 MT Monday-Friday. 1500-1820 MT Saturdayand Sunday.

472-3052 fax 472-4087 Desk SEdson West-Foothills-MountainPark Edson East 2300-0700 MTdaily and 1820-2300 MTSaturday and Sunday

472-3735 fax 472-3758 Desk TAlbreda-Robson and JasperYard 24/7 Clearwater Sub 2300-0700 MT daily and 1840-2300MT Saturday and Sunday

472-3736 fax 472-3758 Desk XClearwater Subs0700-0900 MT Monday-FridayBasque (Ashcroft Sub) to BlueRiver. 0900-1700 MT Monday-Friday Clearwater Sub. 1700-2300 MT Monday-Friday and0700-1840 MT Saturday-SundayBasque (Ashcroft Sub) to BlueRiver.

472-3737 fax 472-3758 Desk YAshcroft Sub 0700-0900 MTMonday-Friday Basque toGreater Vancouver Terminals(GVT). 1700-2300 MT Monday-Friday and 0700-1840 MTSaturday-Sunday Basque toGVT 0900-1700 MT Monday-Friday Ashcroft Sub 1840-2300MT Saturday-Sunday and 2300-0700 daily Ashcroft and YaleSubs

48JANUARY 1

2005


PACIFIC DIVISIONPACIFIC DIVISION

472-3051 fax 472-3758 Desk LAlberta BranchesVegreville-Blackfoot andSaskatoon Branches 1740-0700MT Monday-Friday and all shiftson weekends Aberdeen-Margo-North SK Branches-SaskatoonBranches and North MBBranches 2300-0700 MT dailyexcept Sunday evening, seeDesk "J" for OCS territoryremoved from "L" on Sundayevening

472-3055 fax 472-4087 Desk MWainwright Sub Clover Bar Eastto Biggar 0700-1500 MT dailyand 1500-2300 MT Monday-Friday East Jct. To Biggar 2300-0700 MT daily and 1500-2300Saturday-Sunday

472-3196 fax 472-3231 Desk PVegreville-Blackfoot-ReginaBranches-Saskatoon Branches0700-1740 MT Monday-Friday

472-3734 fax 472-3231 Desk QBulkley-Skeena-Kitimat-Telkwa-NechakoTete Jaune-Fraser 1740-0700MT Monday-Friday and all shiftson weekends

472-3053 fax 472-4087 Desk REdmonton Terminals - Clover BarEast (Wainwright Sub) to Yates(Edson Sub) 0700-1500 MTdaily. 1500-2300 MT Monday-Friday. 1500-1820 MT Saturdayand Sunday.

472-3052 fax 472-4087 Desk SEdson West-Foothills-MountainPark Edson East 2300-0700 MTdaily and 1820-2300 MTSaturday and Sunday

472-3735 fax 472-3758 Desk TAlbreda-Robson and JasperYard 24/7 Clearwater Sub 2300-0700 MT daily and 1840-2300MT Saturday and Sunday

472-3736 fax 472-3758 Desk XClearwater Subs0700-0900 MT Monday-FridayBasque (Ashcroft Sub) to BlueRiver. 0900-1700 MT Monday-Friday Clearwater Sub. 1700-2300 MT Monday-Friday and0700-1840 MT Saturday-SundayBasque (Ashcroft Sub) to BlueRiver.

472-3737 fax 472-3758 Desk YAshcroft Sub 0700-0900 MTMonday-Friday Basque toGreater Vancouver Terminals(GVT). 1700-2300 MT Monday-Friday and 0700-1840 MTSaturday-Sunday Basque toGVT 0900-1700 MT Monday-Friday Ashcroft Sub 1840-2300MT Saturday-Sunday and 2300-0700 daily Ashcroft and YaleSubs

49JANUARY 1

2005


472-3738 fax 472-3758 Desk ZYale Sub 0900-1700 Monday to Friday

Note:For the purpose of tracking RTC OCS coverage, the followingsubdivisions and RTC controlled Spurs will always be groupedtogether:South MB - N.W. ON Branches :Kinghorn-Kashabowie OCS-Marmion Lake Spur-Letellier-Carberry-Cromer-LampmanNorth MB Branches :Assiniboine-Turnberry-Preeceville-Swan River Spur-ErwoodSpurRegina Branches :Yorkton-Rhein Spur-Quappelle-Glenavon-Lewvan-Central Butte-Lanigan SpurSaskatoon Branches :Craik-Rosetown-Elrose-ConquestNorth SK Branches :Tisdale-Birch Hills Spur-Brooksby-St. Brieux-Blaine Lake-Robinhood-Turtleford-Bolney Spur-Cudworth Spur-Amiens SpurAB Branches :Sangudo-Windfall Spur-Westlock-Camrose-Alliance-Three Hills-Brazeau-Ram River-Drumheller-OyenPNL Subs are listed in the directory separately.

49JANUARY 1

2005


472-3738 fax 472-3758 Desk ZYale Sub 0900-1700 Monday to Friday

Note:For the purpose of tracking RTC OCS coverage, the followingsubdivisions and RTC controlled Spurs will always be groupedtogether:South MB - N.W. ON Branches :Kinghorn-Kashabowie OCS-Marmion Lake Spur-Letellier-Carberry-Cromer-LampmanNorth MB Branches :Assiniboine-Turnberry-Preeceville-Swan River Spur-ErwoodSpurRegina Branches :Yorkton-Rhein Spur-Quappelle-Glenavon-Lewvan-Central Butte-Lanigan SpurSaskatoon Branches :Craik-Rosetown-Elrose-ConquestNorth SK Branches :Tisdale-Birch Hills Spur-Brooksby-St. Brieux-Blaine Lake-Robinhood-Turtleford-Bolney Spur-Cudworth Spur-Amiens SpurAB Branches :Sangudo-Windfall Spur-Westlock-Camrose-Alliance-Three Hills-Brazeau-Ram River-Drumheller-OyenPNL Subs are listed in the directory separately.

50JANUARY 1

2005


Notes

50JANUARY 1

2005


Notes

time table no. 11 [1 ] january 1, 2005 time table no. 11 ... · 1 canadian rail operating rules 1.1...

Documents